Spring 2013 Issue 41

 

Special Focus |  Policy and Legislation |  e-Government |  e-Commerce |  e-Society |  e-Security |  ICT Development

 


Contact Us: unpan-ap@sass.org.cn

 

 New Intl Telecom Regulations Treaty Drafted

 Beyond ICT: The Newest Digital Revolution

 Best Broadband Cities in the World

 World Bank Publishes Report on ICT in Africa

 AUSTRALIA: New Cyber Security Policy

 Azerbaijani Communications and IT Ministry Announces Plans for 2013

 CHINA: Internet Speeds to Be Among Asia's Fastest

 INDIA: Capacity Building for Better E-Governance Leading to Good Governance

 The Philippines Introduces E-payment System in E-procurement

 U.S.: Federal IT Priorities in Obama's Second Term

 

 

 

 New Paper from the Association for Progressive Communications and the Internet Society Connects Internet Protocols and Human Rights
 New Intl Telecom Regulations Treaty Drafted
 Laws to Protect Internet Freedom Required
 AFRICA: Nigeria to Launch $20m ICT Fund
 ASIA: Electronic Arts Should Make a Much Bigger Push
 EUROPE: European Commission Proposes Rules to Make Government Websites Accessible for All
 European Parliament Endorses First Ever Digital Freedom Strategy
 Boosting the European ICT Sector - Turning the Spotlight Towards the Next Generation

 EU Cyber Security Strategy and Directive Announced Today

 Trust and Cooperation Key to EU Cyber Strategy, Says EC

 Denmark: 63 New Public Services to Become Digital by 2015

 Finland’s ICT 2015 Group Publishes Recommendations
 Slovenia: Data Protection Laws
 UK Government Introduces Digital Health Strategy
 NORTH AMERICA: U.S. - Future Cities - IT Priorities for Urban Transformation
 Federal IT Priorities in Obama's Second Term

 Cyber Information Sharing Bill Gets New Life in House

 

 

 CHINA: Ready to Enhance Communication
 Laws Urged to Cover Theft of Online Data
 Huge Smart City Plan Covers Shanghai

 Mobile Payments to Be Launched in Taiwan

 2 Zhejiang Cities Launch 4G Service

 JAPAN: University Deploys Cloud to Empower Business Continuity Plan

 Web Use for Campaigns to Be Liberalized

 NFC-Based Guide App Launched in Tokyo

 MONGOLIA: Sky-High ICT Goals

 

 

 PHILIPPINES: Govt Unveils “Smarter Philippines” Programme
 Philippine City to Computerise Land Titles

 The Philippines Launches Prepaid Cards for Easier Loan Disbursement

 The Philippines to Test E-Tax System by July

 SINGAPORE: To Set Up Two Bodies to Manage Personal Data Protection Act

 THAILAND: True Plans to Launch 4G Service in April

 Thailand Launches New Facility for Geoinformatics Development

 Thai Govt Expands Free Wi-Fi Project to the Province

 Thailand Issues 3G Licenses

 Thailand to Implement E-Tax Invoice

 Thailand G-Cloud 2013 Plan Revealed

 Thailand Plans to Integrate CCTVs Nationwide with Analytic Software

 VIETNAM: National Assembly Debates New Law on Electronic Transactions

 Vietnam Launches E-Customs Procedures

 Vietnam to Launch National Credit Information Database

 

 

 BANGLADESH: Work on to Formulate Guidelines for More Media Freedom Inu

 INDIA: IT Among Key Sectors to Offer Jobs in 12th Plan

 Creating World Class IT Infrastructure in India

 Goa’s New IT Policy to Have Thrust on ESDM Sector CM

 SRI LANKA: Apparel Group Takes MillenniumIT Communications Solution

 MALDIVES: To Introduce Passenger Information System

 

 

 AZERBAIJAN: Joining New ITU Regulation

 Broadband Internet Development Project in Azerbaijan to Be Adopted by Month End

 Azerbaijani Communications and IT Ministry Announces Plans for 2013

 Azerbaijani IT Company Presents Tax Administration Modernization Project in Kyrgyzstan

 Information Kazakhstan 2020 Draft Program Approved

 4G Communication Standard to Be Introduced in Astana and Almaty by End of Year

 TAJIKISTAN: Adopting New Media Legislation

 TURKMENISTAN: Law on Mass Media Comes into Force

 UZBEKISTAN: Special Information Systems to Be Created in Judicial Sphere

 

 

 AUSTRALIA: New Cyber Security Policy

 Cloud Computing Trial to Be Launched in Australia

 Victorian Government Reveals Revamped ICT Strategy

 New Standards Impose Rigorous Process for E-Waste Disposal

 NSW Government - Plan Will Make Sydney ‘Global Magnet’ for ICT Industry

 ITU Stalemate Could Spur National Regulation

 NSW Govt Plan to Make Sydney an ICT Talent Hub

 Govt Acts on Cyber Bullies

 

 

 

 E-Democracy: Isn’t It a Key to Cease Corruption?

 Government-backed Monopoly May Be Needed for Broadband Networks, ITU Says

 AFRICA: Tanzania - Isles Keen on e-Government Implementation

 ASIA: Management World Asia Reveals Innovative New Revenue Generation Through Digital Service Delivery

 EUROPE: Putting Accessibility at the Heart of e-Government

 European Commission Releases Open Data Portal

 Bulgaria: After 13 Years of Preparations, Bulgaria Launches E-government

 German Government Should Make Its Software Available as Open Source, Committee Advises

 German 'Egovernment' Transition Encouraged

 Moldova’s E-Government to Slip

 Russian Opinion: E-Democracy – A Tool or a Toy?

 NORTH AMERICA: Canada - Big Data Pushing Faster, Better Decisions
 U.S.: Wireless Broadband - Ready for Government Work?

 CIO Council Report on Barriers, Gaps, & Opportunities for Government Use of Mobile Technology

 Federal Communications Commission Streamlines and Modernizes International Reporting Requirements

 Transparency - What to Consider Before Releasing Data to the Public

 6 Ways to Optimize Gov-to-Citizen Communication

 USA Utilities Commission Revamps IT System

 More Mobile Devices Will Impact Government IT Operations

 US State Adopts Cloud Collaboration Platform

 

 

 CHINA: Governments Go More Transparent on Web

 E-Government Services Reach More Chinese Cities

 Gov't Staff Credit Cards Widely Adopted

 JAPAN: Institute Upgrades Private Cloud Infrastructure

 SOUTH KOREA: Mobile Devices Crucial for Seoul's E-Govt

 Website on Integrated Information on Dokdo Opens

 MONGOLIA: Gemalto to Help Egovernance Project

 

 

 INDONESIA: Putting Financial Data in the Cloud

 Indonesia to Increase Transparency with an Online Programme

 MALAYSIA: Local Council Launches Online Portal for Ratepayers

 Malaysia Launches Election Monitoring Portal

 Government Call Centre Expanded in Malaysia

 PHILIPPINES: Launching Online Portal for Local Govt Finances

 Philippine Gov't Mulls of Taxing Online Stores

 Philippine Province Adopts E-Accounting System

 The Philippines Improves Emergency Loan Processing System

 The Philippines Introduces E-payment System in E-procurement

 The Philippines Beefs Up Anti-Crime Campaign with E-Gallery

 SINGAPORE: App Provides Real-Time Info on Budget

 VIETNAM: Ministry of Defence Launches e-Portal

 Residents Can Rate Civil Servants Online in Vietnam

 Bank Data Released for Turbulent 2012

 

 

 INDIA: e-Governance 10 Mantras for Success

 Evolving e-Governance Systems

 UP Plans to Roll Out 60 e-Gov Services by 2013

 “E-Governance Has Gained Momentum in the Country”

 Issue of Internet Governance

 Solutions for e-Governance

 Challenges and Opportunities in e-Governance

 e-Governance Initiative of MoUD

 E-Gov Road Map for Varanasi Civic Body Ready

 Panel Submits Report on HR Policy for E-Gov Projects

 Assam’s E-Gov Module Wins Top Award

 Capacity Building for Better E-Governance Leading to Good Governance

 Creating Foundations for Effective e-Governance

 E-Governance Is Reaching the Citizens Directly

 New Technologies for e-Governance

 

 

 AZERBAIJAN: Taxes Ministry Creates Organisation to Deal with Electronic Audit
 E-Service Application for Licensure in the ICT Field Integrated into “E-Government” Portal

 Azerbaijani Communications Ministry Introduces Mobile Platform for E-Government Access

 Newly Established Commission to Consider Online Media Complaints in Azerbaijan

 UZBEKISTAN: To Create ‘E-Government’

 Creation of "Electronic Government" to Be Accelerated in Uzbekistan

 

 

 AUSTRALIA: Tax Regulator Moves to Cloud Services

 Australian Govt Fights Against Internet Governance Changes

 Aust Gov Drives High-Tech Transport Reforms

 Super Fast Broadband and Government Service Delivery

 Queensland Govt Launches Open Data Portal

 Opening Up Government for Citizen Engagement

 Australian Council Launches Town Planning Portal

 NEW ZEALAND: Government Boosts Digital Services

 

 

 

 Global IT Spending to Hit US$3.7 Trillion

 Global Telco Revenues Hit $2trn but Growth Slow

 Global Mobile Ad Revenue to Reach $11.4B in 2013

 AFRICA: Nigeria - Minister Says ICT Contributes 5.7 Percent to GDP in Third Quarter of 2012

 Asia-Pacific PC Market Contracts for First Time in 2012

 EU: EC Launches Consultation on Cross-Border Ecommerce Issues and Needs

 German ICT Exports Up 3.5% in First Nine Months of 2012

 Poland Fastest-Growing e-Commerce Market in EU: Report

 UK IT Sector Missing Out on 280m Worth of R&D Tax Relief

 NORTH AMERICA: Canadian Online Holiday Spending Topped $2.8 Billion - Report

 

 

 CHINA: Smartphones Boost Usage of Mobile Internet

 More Chinese Translating Online: Report

 China Mobile to Develop Own-Brand Smartphones

 Income from Phone Video Clips Set to Soar

 China's Telecom Sector Revenue Rises 9.2%

 Chinese Private Firms May Offer Mobile Services Directly to Users

 E-Commerce Service Sector Expands 83% in 2012
 4G Trials to Continue, Firms See Potential

 Revenue in Online Games Surges 36%

 Taobao Mall Expects Home Appliance Sales to Double

 IT Service Income Set to Expand 15%
 Baidu's Net Surges 36%, Revenue Up 42%
 JAPAN: Consumer Attitudes and Online Retail Dynamics
 SOUTH KOREA: Mobile Advertising Industry Grows Exponentially
 IT Trade Surplus Hits Record in November
 Samsung Becomes World's No. 1 Mobile Phone Maker
 Smartphone Makers Race to Beat Market Saturation

 

 

 VIETNAM: IT Firms Shy Away from PPP Mechanism

 Smart-phone Sales Up 83% as Consumer Interest Grows
 More Ha Noi Enterprises Declare Taxes Online
 VNPT to Pull Plug on Pay Phone Service

 

 

 BANGLADESH: SEC Launches New Market Surveillance Software

 E-commerce Week Begins
 INDIA: CMSS to Roll Out e-Procurement Solution

 NEPAL: Telecom Mobile Service Obstructed Across Country

 

 

 AZERBAIJAN: Mobile Number Portability Service to Be Free in First Mobile Operator’s Network

 Microsoft Azerbaijan, Ataholding Sign Cooperation Agreement

 Non-Cash Payments in Azerbaijan Increase by 18.5 Percent in 2012

 Azerbaijani Company Receives License to Provide E-Insurance

 ICT Sector Revenues Increase by 14 Percent in Azerbaijan in January

 KAZAKHSTAN: Software Market

 Increasing Numbers of Kazakh Residents Prefer Electronic Payments

 TAJIKISTAN: Total Income of Communication Companies Amounts to Over $ 470 Million in 2012

 TURKMENISTAN: First Private Mobile Communications Operator Set Up

 

 

 Western Australia Boosts US$23 Mil GIS Project

 Cost Cutting, Productivity Gains Driving Government ICT Spending

 Australian Consumers Drive Demand for Mobile Apps

 NEW ZEALAND: Christmas Boosts Electronic Card Spending

 Telcommunications Cable Cuts Prices

 

 

 

 UNESCO Calls for Wise Use of ICT in Education

 Evidence Lacking on Mhealth Effectiveness in Poor Countries

 Facebook’s Mobile App Dominated in 2012

 AFRICA: Internet Exchange Project Aims to Keep Traffic Local

 EU: 700.000 Job Openings in the ICT Sector

 Germany: Internet Access Declared a Basic Right

 UK: City of London Gets Free Wi-Fi Access

 UK University Launches App for Distant Learning

 NORTH AMERICA: Canada - Mobile App Simplifies Recycling
 Online Traveller Information Service Launched in Canada

 U.S.: Health IT Bubble Is No Bubble at All

 U.S. Postal Service Continues to Explore Digital Services

 

 

 CHINA: Online Philanthropy More Popular

 Smart TVs Become Smarter but Still Early Days for the Technology

 China's Internet Users Reach 564 Mln

 Shanghai Revs Up Internet Speed with Network Upgrade

 Wi-Fi Service Extended to Some Bus Routes

 JAPAN: Cloud Service for Senior Care Introduced
 Better Info-Sharing to Aid Disabled in Disasters
 SOUTH KOREA: New Mobile Payment System Aims to Replace Wallets
 S. Korean TV Goes All Digital Starting Monday

 Nearly Half of Smartphone Users Have 4G Handsets
 Online Use of Resident Registration No. Restricted from Monday

 

 

 INDONESIA: Jakarta to Launch E-Payment System for Public Transport

 MYANMAR: Telemedicine Service Launched
 MALAYSIA: To Launch Emergency App for People with Disabilities
 Malaysia Determines Suitability of Project Locations with GIS
 Managing Malaysia's Water Utilities with GIS
 PHILIPPINES: To Introduce Personal Controlled Health Data
 The Philippines Releases Pension Payments with E-Banking

 The Philippines Enhances Performance Monitoring with IT

 The Philippines to Deploy Smart Bus Management System

 The Philippines Introduces App for Vocational Education

 SINGAPORE: Wants More Interoperable Health Data - Survey

 Intelligence Software Brought into Classroom

 THAILAND: Schools Pilot E-classroom Project

 Thailand to Launch Disaster Warning App

 Thai Government to Optimise Smart ID to Connect with Farmers

 Thai Traffic Police Engages Motorists Via E-Survey

 

 

 BANGLADESH: Access to ICT to Disabled Stressed

 INDIA: License Goes Online
 Policing Takes a Giant Leap Through CC TNS

 Govt to Set Up 500 Community Radio Stations by 2017

 E-Stamping Introduced in All Delhi District Courts

 

 

 ARMENIA: Artsakh President - IT Development to Start from Primary School Level
 AZERBAIJAN: Minister - Informatization Level of Educational System to Be Satisfactory

 E-Services for Cargo Transportation Introduced in Azerbaijan

 Some 11,000 People Visited Azerbaijani www.b2b.az Portal Services in 2012

 Nearly 90% of Tax Declarations in Azerbaijan Submitted Electronically
 Central E-Library System to Be Implemented in Azerbaijan

 

 

 AUSTRALIA: Gov Launches Mobile App for Health
 Aust Wiki Launches Social Media Kit for Disabled

 Laying the Groundwork for G-cloud in Australia

 Social Media Drives Aust Emergency Management

 Aust Gov Launches Mobile App for Seniors

 Tenders Available Through New App in Australia

 NEW ZEALAND: Broadband Cost 'Too High' - Survey

 Free Service to Ease Skills Shortage

 

 

 

 Research Shows “Dramatic Growth” in Global Cyber Attacks
 ARAB STATES: ITU-IMPACT Establishes First Cybersecurity Innovation Centre for Arab Region

 European Commission Launches Cybercrime Centre

 EU Cybersecurity Plan to Protect Open Internet and Online Freedom and Opportunity

 EU Cybersecurity Agency Warns About Over-reliance on Cloud

 Latvian Web Site at Center of Cyber-Bullying Inquiry

 NORTH AMERICA: U.S. - Senate Panel Takes Up Electronic Privacy Issues

 9 Ways Hacktivists Shocked the World in 2012

 GovTech's Top 10 Cybersecurity Stories of 2012

 New Defense Budget Aims to Improve Cybersecurity

 Cyber Threats, and Agency Costs, Expected to Climb in 2013

 Obama Signs Executive Order for Cybersecurity

 Obama’s Cyber Security Plan Lacks Muscle: Experts

 US to Share Cyberthreat Data with Private Sector

 

 

 CHINA: Nearly 100 Telecom Ring Scammers Going to Jail

 China Threatened by Overseas Hackers

 JAPAN: Police to Add Cybercrime to Bounty System

 National Competition Held to Find 'White-Hat' Hackers

 Over 10% Help Hackers by Using Same Info for All Online Accounts

 Survey: 14% of Net Users Use Only 1 Password

 'Cyber-Attack' Strikes Govt Again

 Net Banking Scams Seen on the Rise

 Japan Steps Up Cybercrime Investigation

 SOUTH KOREA: Twitter Hit by Cyber Attack

 Korea’s IT Secures the Safety of Special Olympics

 

 

 INDONESIA: To Improve Government Website Security

 SINGAPORE: Government Amends Law to Deal with Cyber Attacks

 More Cyber Extortion Cases in Singapore Last Year

 THAILAND: To Develop Public Offering System for Securities

 New Law on Cybercrimes to Deal with New Techno

 

 

 BANGLADESH: Forming Tribunal to Try Cyber Criminals

 INDIA: Over 10K Government Email IDs Hit in Cyber Attack

 Securing the Telecom Network

 India Setting Up National Cyber Security Architecture

 PAKISTAN: Transparency to Be Ensured in 3G Licence Auction at Every Cost

 

 

 AZERBAIJAN: Azerspace Satellite to Be Used for Security of Export Energy Routes

 TAJIKISTAN: Internet Providers Told to Unblock 131 Websites

 

 

 AUSTRALIA: Gillard to Announce Cybersecurity Centre

 NEW ZEALAND: Clear Way to Secure Online Identity

 NZ App Users at Risk of Cyber Attacks - Survey

 New Zealand Fights Crime with Smartphones for Police

 

 

 

 Information Economy Report 2012

 Global Internet User Survey 2012

 Beyond ICT: The Newest Digital Revolution

 Local Software Can Spur Development, Says UN Report

 Best Broadband Cities in the World

 Big Data Grows in 2013
 The Public Cloud Arrives in 2013
 Global Internet Connection Speed Up 11%
 ICT in Energy and Utilities: Frost & Sullivan's Top Predictions for 2013

 Cisco Visual Networking Index Forecast Projects 13-Fold Growth in Global Mobile Internet Data Traffic from 2012 – 2017

 World Bank Publishes Report on ICT in Africa

 ASIA: IT Recruitment to Slow in 2013

 EUROPE: Estonia Decodes IT Future

 UK G-Cloud Enters Second Phase
 North America: U.S. - 2013 IT Trends Predicted

 2012 Year in Review: Big Data - It’s Really Happening

 10 Smartest Cities in North America

 The Best Open Data Releases of 2012

 10 Transformational Impacts of the Cloud in 2013

 4G, 5G and the Future

 

 

 CHINA: Boost for Mobile Internet Industry
 Report Says 'Smart City' Construction Faces Risks

 100m New 3G Users Seen in 2013
 Internet Speeds to Be Among Asia's Fastest

 JAPAN: “City Innovation” to Take the Stage at Smart City Week 2013 in Yokohama

 'S. Korea, World’s Second-Most Innovative Country'

 

 

 Unlocking the Cloud: Enhancing Efficiency and Accountability

 PHILIPPINES: Pushing Ahead National Worker Database with Local Government

 

 

 INDIA: Enhancing Mobility Through ICT

 AISECT Wins Manthan Award for eFinancial Inclusion

 India Drafts Agenda to Spread IT Literacy

 India’s IT Spend to Go Up by 10.5% in 2013 Gartner

 SRI LANKA: Outsourcing Specialists Join International Grouping

 NEPAL: ICT Conference 2013 Kicks Off

 

 

 AZERBAIJAN: Revenues from ICT Sector May Reach $9 Billion by 2020

 Azerbaijani Communications Ministry Announces Promising Directions in Connection with Announcement of 2013 as Year of ICT

 Over $ 131 mn Allocated to the Development of Broadband Internet in Azerbaijan

 Azerbaijan to Make Considerable ICT Achievements in 2013

 Azerbaijan to Invest in Afghanistan’s ICT Sector

 Revenues of ICT Sector to Grow Fivefold by 2020

 

 

 AUSTRALIA: ICT Integration Underway

 Smartphones Use Doubles in 2012

 NEW ZEALAND: Ranks Midway for Innovation

 

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

New Intl Telecom Regulations Treaty Drafted

 

A new global telecommunications treaty was agreed to on 13 December, during the World Conference on International Telecommunications 2012 (WCIT-12) convened by the International Telecommunication Union (ITU), the United Nations specialised agency for ICT, in Dubai. Attended by nearly 2000 delegates from 193 member states of the ITU, the WCIT-12 was called to review the 24-year-old International Telecommunication Regulations (ITRs), the current binding treaty to facilitate international interconnection and ensuring efficiency and public usefulness and availability of information and communication services. The new draft of the treaty sets out general principles for ensuring the free flow of information around the world, and includes new provisions emphasising efforts to assist developing countries and the right to freedom of expression over ICT networks, and promote accessibility of ICT technologies for persons with disabilities. The treaty also contains a resolution to create a single global number for access to emergency services, and new text mandating greater transparency in the prices set for mobile roaming. In a statement released at the end of the conference, Dr Hamadoun I. Touré, Secretary General of the ITU, said, “This treaty contains many gains and achievements including increased transparency in international mobile roaming charges and competition, an extremely important win for consumers.” “Information and communication technologies can now play a greater role in driving sustainable development, in particular with new Articles that provide recommendations for dealing with the growing scourge of e-waste and promoting greater energy efficiency.” The treaty, however, has only been signed by 89 nations. Disagreement over provisions granting governments greater control over the internet led to 55 countries either refusing to sign or reserving the right to sign later. USA, UK, Australia and Canada are among the nations refusing to sign. Opponents object to proposals which would give governments greater powers to control international phone calls and data traffic. Several states also maintain that attempts in the treaty to control spam email can be used by governments to censor content in the name of attacking spam. The regulations of the new treaty will come into force in January 2015.

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 12/28/2012

TOP↑

 

Beyond ICT: The Newest Digital Revolution

 

The history of human social development is, to some extent, the history of human scientific and technological progress. Humanity achieves scientific and technological progress by pushing its physical and mental limits and breaking away from the restrictions of time and space. This has been true in times both ancient and modern. Our ancestors built beacon towers and invented the wheel, while we have ubiquitous Internet connection and vehicles capable of reaching outer space. In the course of our scientific and technological development, two epoch-making inventions have been the steam engine and the computer. The steam engine ushered in the industrial age by providing far more power than what manual labor and beasts of burden could generate. The computer brought us into the information age through data processing capabilities that far outperform the human brain. The past century has witnessed several waves of progress made possible by information technologies, including those used for communications (telegraphy, telephony, and broadcasting), home entertainment (radio, TV), computing, and the Internet. Information technologies drive economic growth worldwide and reshape the way people live and work. At present, we are evolving from a "society on wheels" to a "society on the network." However, information systems are still regarded as aid tools and support systems, keeping the digital and physical worlds somewhat parallel and compartmentalized. Now, as the digital and physical worlds begin to merge, the development of the Internet of Things has proven to be an effective catalyst of information-based developments and is sure to bring groundbreaking changes to all of humanity. Beyond information and communications, the increasing integration of the digital and physical worlds will lead to a new digital revolution. British philosopher Karl R. Popper divides human society into three parts: the physical world, the mental/psychological world, and the world of products of the human mind (also known as the world of objective knowledge). In the future, the physical world will be married with the digital world to form a new world. This integration will bring tremendous changes to the way we live and work, the way businesses operate, and the way society functions — a new age of digital citizens, digital enterprises, and digital society.

 

•Heavy reliance on networks will usher in an age of digital citizenry. Nowadays, the ways in which people communicate, acquire information, study, have fun, shop, make friends, and pair-bond are quite different from what we saw just two decades ago. People not only have more means to stay connected and obtain information, but have exceeded the constraints of their physical location or time zone. With the developments in this short time span, rather than waiting days or even months for letters to arrive, people now contact others in real time via email, instant messaging, and social networking. Likewise, people can read the news online anytime, anywhere, rather than clinging to their TVs or radios. Wikipedia and other interactive platforms allow people to easily find answers to their questions, without having to wade through voluminous encyclopedias or wait for office hour-working librarians. Internet users exceeded 2.4 billion in 2012, over 34% of the world's population, with this figure growing roughly 8% each year. There are also as many as 1.1 billion smartphone subscribers right now, an increase of 42% over 2011. However, this is just the beginning. As digital lifestyles are adopted, digital citizenry will shape the behaviors of next-gen consumers, changing the way people live, and shaking up numerous industries. For example, traditional video sales and rental stores are disappearing, and the 244-year old Encyclopedia Britannica is no longer printed. It is very likely that in the next few decades, children will ask why the word newspaper contains the word paper in much the same way as our children today ask why the media is still referred to as the press.

 

•The age of digital business is drawing near, as seen by our commercial dependence on networks for production and operations. Network developments have significant influence on business activities. Which business today can even continue to operate if its network fails? E-commerce is booming and extending its reach into every consumer buying decision, whether involving digital content (e-books and digital music), cars, or home appliances, or even small items like snacks and slippers. In 2012 alone, electronic retail sales worldwide totaled $1.1 trillion. Information technologies will be further applied to enterprise production and operations. Rather than being tools or support components, ICT will become integral to production, decision-making, customer relationship management, service provisioning, marketing, and logistics. ICT will be employed in the building of end-to-end systems that work in real time, playing a role in each and every link, from idea generation to product conceptualization to precision marketing to efficient operations to on-time delivery. In other words, digitization will become a key characteristic of the future enterprise. A borderless internet gives rise to a digital society. Thanks to the boundary-free nature of the Internet, a large number of borderless virtual communities and societies have come into being. A plethora of these communities will combine to form a digital society that transcends borders, cultures, and races. Facebook is home to over one billion users (or netizens), making it the third largest "citizenry" in the world. This type of digital society, which mirrors while extending beyond the physical world, will undoubtedly impact many aspects of social administration and transformation, including politics, economy, law, culture, news & media, security, and ethics, among others. As a communications tool and support system, information technologies have significantly changed the way in which people live and work over the past few decades. They also spawn new economies and industries while reshuffling traditional ones. No doubt, the increasing integration of the physical and digital worlds will have a more tremendous impact on society. Such integration will direct ICT development in a way that can better serve society. Smart infrastructure presents opportunities for further ICT development. Technologically-speaking, ICT innovations mainly fall into five groups: mobility, broadband interconnectivity, social networking, cloud computing, and big data processing. The objective of these innovations is to transform the physical world into a smart world underpinned by smart ICT infrastructure, making the latter key to advancing information-based development.

 

•From big data to "big” wisdom, the IT systems of carriers and enterprises are evolving from post-processing support systems to real-time business systems. This transition marks a fundamental change in how IT functions. We are living in what may be the “big bang” of information. In 2012, up to 2.4 zettabytes of data (that’s 2.4 billion terabytes) was generated globally; it would take as many as three trillion DVDs to store all this data. By 2020, the amount of data generated is expected to grow fourteen-fold. This data will have two major sources. The first is from the huge amount of transactions between enterprises and between enterprises and consumers. The second is from countless interactions on the Internet, social networks, enterprise service networks, and the Internet of Things. Social networking will be particularly pervasive; it will be emblematic of all applications, not just for social networking utilities like Facebook. Typically, big data has four characteristics: variety, volume, velocity, and value. Velocity and value are most important. By combining the analytical capabilities of the human brain to determine behavioral patterns and the data processing capabilities of computers, we can quickly analyze big data and leverage digital assets to develop valuable diagrams that show relationships, intentions, consumption patterns, interests, and mobility. From big data to "big" wisdom, IT systems will be capable of understanding not only the present preferences of customers but also their future tendencies. This will make social administration, corporate decision-making, and individual lifestyles smarter and more logical. Therefore, IT systems for both enterprises and carriers shall no longer function as post-processing support systems. Rather, they will become real-time business systems that facilitate business operations, a transition that marks a fundamental change in IT.

 

•As traditional IT enterprise architecture is no longer capable of processing the huge volumes of data being encountered, an Internet-oriented cloud computing architecture is needed. The rebuilding of data centers will prove the basis of supporting big data. Over the past two decades, most enterprises have applied client-server architecture for their IT. Although these systems were constantly upgraded, their technical architecture was not, making each upgrade repetitive and not transformative. With client-server, the server primarily stores small volumes of enterprise transaction data, leaving most data scattered across employee PCs (clients). As Internet technologies have continued to develop, data has begun its migration from the PC to the cloud, causing a sharp spike in data volume for the latter. The need to store such vast volumes is exactly what is driving innovations in computing and storage architectures, and giving rise to the emergence of cloud computing architectures that feature virtualization, parallel computing, distributed storage, and automation, making for a dramatic change over the traditional architectures. In fact, this new push is considered the third major wave of IT transformation after those related to the mainframe and client/server architecture. Presently, traditional enterprise IT architectures are no longer capable of processing the voluminous amounts of data that they take in. To answer this need, an internet-oriented cloud computing architecture is required. This architecture will form the basis of both big data and "big" wisdom.

 

•Low-bandwidth networks are hindering information-based development and user experience improvement. A ubiquitous Gigabit network is a prerequisite for any digital society. To lay the foundation for a Terabit-network society, next-gen research is needed. As public and private clouds develop, the amount of data they carry is sure to mushroom, as the analysis of data is more effective when its storage is centralized. To drive this migration, ubiquitous networking with greater bandwidth is required to support data upload and data usage. Ubiquitous broadband makes cloud computing accessible. Devices across the entire industry chain, including content creation devices (video cameras), cloud computing devices that process information, and terminals where information is generated and consumed (PCs, tablets, etc.) all now support high-definition video, even smartphones that cost only $150. However, the global network, which has an average bandwidth of only 3.1Mbps, is still unable to support high-definition video, leading to the aforementioned hindrances to user experience. Therefore, we must accelerate the construction of Gigabit networks to enable seamless ultra-broadband access, the basis for building a digital society. We must also intensify our research into and innovation efforts for technologies such as next-generation mobile access, next-generation digital subscriber line (DSL) access, passive optical network (PON) access, next-generation Internet, and all-optical networking (AON). This focus on future networks will lay a solid foundation for building a Terabit-network society.

 

•To support evolution from a "hard" pipe to a "soft" pipe, we should develop programmable, scalable, application-agile, automatic, and open intelligent networks. Software-defined networking (SDN) will lead to the development of next-gen network architectures. Technologies are enablers of network development. In the past two decades, driven by advancements of technologies from time-division multiplexing (TDM) towards all-IP, networks have undergone three different revolutions: analog to digital, fixed to mobile, and narrowband to broadband. At present, All-IP networks are undeniably the mainstay for telco and enterprise networks. However, as networks grow, with information flowing in and out in uncertain directions and technologies being upgraded rapidly, it is important that networks be flexible, intelligent, scalable, and automated. Equally important is a change in how we think about network architectural design. The core concepts for cloud computing development, such as virtualization, software decoupling from hardware, centralized resource pool scheduling, automatic deployment, high scalability, and on-demand service provisioning, provide valuable references for network development. Introduction of these concepts into the design of network architectures and products can form the concepts of SDN, including forwarding and control element separation (FORces) to centralize network control and resource scheduling, software decoupling from hardware to virtualize network functions, network function development of cloud-based architecture to realize automatic deployment and high scalability, and application-aware network development to improve network capabilities, among others. By adopting these concepts, we can lead the developments of next-generation product architectures and network architectures, establish an intelligent application-aware network that can intelligently schedule traffic, improve user experience and network utilization, support traffic-based operations, and generate new revenue streams.

 

•Intelligent terminals will not just be tools for communications; they will become extensions of our own senses. Terminals of the future will be context-aware and have intelligent sensory capabilities. What makes a terminal intelligent is far more than just its CPUs and operating system - It also relates to its sensory capabilities. By using various sensors (compasses, accelerators, gyroscopes, barometers, global positioning systems, light sensors, microphones, cameras, touch screens, temperature sensors, and infrared instruments), we can extend the human sensory and nervous systems in the form of intelligent terminals,  bringing us one-step away from true brain-machine interaction. These intelligent terminals will be context-aware, and able to both sense and predict behavior through features such as auto-completion. By combining cloud-based big data analysis capabilities with context-aware terminals, we can provide personalized and intelligent services that realize true human-machine interaction, enabling a dramatic improvement in the user experience. To respond to the ICT transformation being driven by the integration of the physical world and digital worlds, Huawei has developed a pipe strategy that covers cloud-based data center infrastructure (used for information storage and processing), infrastructure networks (used for information transmission and delivery), and intelligent terminals (used for information creation and consumption). Huawei has also set up its 2012 Laboratories, dedicated to researching next-generation technologies, while developing a SoftCOM (Software Defined Network + teleCOM) network architecture development strategy.  Huawei will openly partner with industry peers to raise information society to a new level.

From http://www.telecomasia.net/ 01/04/2013

TOP↑

 

Best Broadband Cities in the World

 

The latest Net Index city statistics revealed that Hong Kong has the highest average broadband speed, followed by Vilnius in Lithuania and Bucharest in Romania. According to the Net Index website, which uses data from millions of recent test results from Speedtest.net, the Hong Kong central district has an average real-world download speed of 46Mbps. This is significantly higher than the global average of 12.64Mbps. The latest Ookla Net Index statistics list the following cities as the top broadband cities in the world.

1.Hong Kong Central District – 45.93Mbps

2.Vilnius, Lithuania – 41.41Mbps

3.Bucharest, Romania – 35.58Mbps

4.Singapore, Singapore – 35.47Mbps

5.Taipei, Taiwan – 34.57Mbps

6.Seoul, South Korea – 34.50Mbps

7.Constanta, Romania – 34.16Mbps

8.Iasi, Romania – 33.95 Mbps

9.Tokyo, Japan – 33.37Mbps

10.Sofia, Bulgaria – 32.83 Mbps

 

In South Africa Edenvale is currently ranked as the area/city with the highest average broadband speed, followed by Midrand and Sandton.

1.Edenvale – 6.73 Mbps

2.Midrand – 5.94 Mbps

3.Sandton – 5.73 Mbps

4.Paarl – 5.19 Mbps

5.Johannesburg – 4.42 Mbps

6.Brits – 4.35 Mbps

7.Worcester – 3.91 Mbps

8.Randburg – 3.54 Mbps

9.Pretoria – 3.43 Mbps

10.Boksburg – 3.42 Mbps

From http://mybroadband.co.za/ 01/14/2013

TOP↑

 

World Bank Publishes Report on ICT in Africa

 

Africa is still at the beginning of its growth curve in the use of ICT in key sectors of the economy and now is the time for rigorous evaluation, replication, and scaling up of best practice, according to the eTransform Africa report produced by the World Bank and the African Development Bank with the support of the African Union. The report identifies best practice in the use of ICT in agriculture, climate change adaptation, education, financial services, government services and health. It also highlights the role of ICT in enhancing regional trade and integration. The report includes more than 20 case studies of ICT transformation in action in Africa, as well as a statistical annex presenting data on mobile and broadband access in African countries.

From http://www.telecompaper.com/ 12/13/2012

TOP↑

 

 

AUSTRALIA: New Cyber Security Policy

 

Earlier today, my colleague Graeme Philipson wrote of the establishment of the Australian Cyber Security Centre (ACSC) to be an amalgam of Defence's Cyber Security Operations Centre, the Attorney-General's Computer Emergency Response Team (CERT) Australia, ASIO's Cyber Espionage Branch, elements of the AFP's High-Tech Crime Operations capability and all-source assessment analysts from the Australian Crime Commission, according to the Federal Government's much anticipated posture document on the future of Australia's National Security. Showing the extreme importance of cyber security, we find the announcement featured prominently on page 40 of the 44 page document. Accepting that this is the Federal Government's current position on Cyber Security, iTWire asked a number of industry experts for their thoughts. Adam Biviano, Senior Manager, Strategic Products, Trend Micro ANZ was generally in favour, "Trend Micro welcomes the Government's initiative as an important move in the fight against cyber crime.

 

"Law enforcement and governments have always played cat and mouse with criminals. The reality is that while there is money to be made from attacking computer systems, then criminals will never give up." Biviano continued, "Combining the key agencies into a single centre is a sensible approach. "With cyber crime, accurate intelligence is critical for implementing strategies to effectively tackle the problem. Having a centralised strategy to stave off cyber attacks. Combine this with the law making and enforcement capability of government and you have the foundation for a solid security strategy." In a press release, the Australian Computer Society agreed, "Besides The risk to critical infrastructure including banking and finance, emergency services, energy and utilities, food, health care, IT and communications, mass gatherings transportation and water, there is also a significant economic risk arising from cyber crime and terrorism. In our past submissions to the government the ACS have made the case that the best form of defence is for the Government to regulate and control practitioners who lead and manage our nations' ICT based critical infrastructure."

 

AVG's Security Advisor, Michael McKinnon agrees, "The establishment of the Australian Cyber Security Centre is encouraging, and not at all surprising given this follows a worldwide trend at the moment." McKinnon continued, "For example, the European Cybercrime Centre announced earlier this month, and New Zealand also announcing a joint statement with the UK on Cyber security." "As one of the world's largest ICT companies, Huawei is encouraged by the Government's vision to bolster Australia's cyber security defences," said Chairman of Huawei Australia Rear Admiral John Lord AM (Retd). "Huawei stands ready and willing to work with industry and Government to make this vision a reality. Globally, Huawei is already working in partnership with Governments and security agencies in this critical area." Identifying the issues with obtaining suitable staff to populate this new body, ACS CEO Alan Patterson comments: "Elevating the recognition of ICT professional standards and skills within both industry and public spheres is a critical step in the future-proofing of our national cyber security. Without suitably qualified and certifiable practitioners, our ability to counter cyber attacks at any level will be greatly hampered.

 

"The ACS will continue our work with the government, industry and ICT practitioners to further the understanding of cyber security in Australia. Another factor in the equation will be the impact of the NBN" added Biviano. "The combination of huge bandwidth and Australia's increasing reliance on the internet will no doubt be a magnet for organised criminals. The Government needs to ensure that business and society operate in the safest environment possible, or confidence in the connected future will suffer. As globalisation continues to be driven in part through the Internet," muses McKinnon, ”it is encouraging to see these security operation centres being created to foster better sharing of intel and knowledge between nations to stop Cybercriminals." Further, McKinnon adds, "In a perfect world these so-called borderless crimes would be prosecuted by an equally borderless legal system, yet in reality it's evident that different interests and sovereignties around the world make this a virtual impossibility; leaving us with the need to defend our own sovereignty which the ACSC also addresses." In a comment to Graeme Philipson's report, iTWire's good friend and regular commenter 'TachyonRider' asked for my thoughts, "seeing as though we already have the Cyber Security Operations Centre (CSOC) (http://www.dsd.gov.au/infosec/csoc.htm) in the Defence Signals Directorate (DSD). One would reasonably imagine the CSOC already coordinates effectively with ASIO and the AFP."

 

To address this, I would point out that having a number of organisations all covering the gamut of research, investigations, technical advice and remediation work is somewhat wasteful and broadly, I would agree with the proposal. But (and there's always a but!). My concern is that we are very likely to be pushing a lot of civilian-focussed work into an organisation that must, by its very design be subject to all kinds of military-style security levels and restrictions. Prime Minister Gillard's document tends to dwell more strongly on the Government's requirements in this area to the possible detriment of private industry. And the more DoD-based the organisation becomes, the harder it will be for third-party organisations (equipment and service providers, for instance) to get a seat at the table. Trend Micro's Biviano seems to agree with this assessment, "I would be keen to understand further how the new ACSC will interact with not only other tiers of government but also business. It will be interesting to see what tactical actions the ACSC delivers over the medium to longer term. What interfaces will it create for other tiers of government, and businesses? As there is a wealth of intelligence to be shared, what will be their interaction strategy with the private security industry?" Echoing this emphasis on private industry, AVG's McKinnon adds, "For Business and Enterprise this move should be sending a clear signal that if you haven't already started implementing a Security Programme then you're already behind the curve. It's time to step-up and get serious about defending from cyber attack, and don't rely solely on the Government to do the job for you."

From http://www.itwire.com 01/24/2013

TOP↑

 

Azerbaijani Communications and IT Ministry Announces Plans for 2013

 

As 2013 has been declared the Year of ICT in Azerbaijan, it will be marked by launching Azerspace, the country's first telecommunication satellite, Azerbaijani Communications and IT Minister Ali Abbasov told media today. He said the satellite has already been delivered to the cosmodrome at Kourou, and its launch is scheduled for February 7. The second major project will start this year and lasts for three years. This will be to develop broadband Internet financed by the Azerbaijani State Oil Fund. The main goal of the project is to bring the indices on broadband connections to the level of developed countries. 2013 will be also marked by the transition to digital broadcasting. Analogue broadcasting will be stopped by late 2013. He stressed that the Ministry's plans are to ensure the e-government's portal is developed as a 'single window' principle. E-services rendered to citizens will be further expanded together with the ASAN Service centre. Abbasov added that the decisions taken in 2012 to create regional innovation zones and industrial parks will be developed in 2013.

From http://en.trend.az/ 01/21/2013

TOP↑

 

CHINA: Internet Speeds to Be Among Asia's Fastest

 

SHANGHAI currently has the Chinese mainland's fastest Internet speed and it is expected to be among the fastest broadband speeds in Asia by 2015, the country's biggest fixed-line operator China Telecom said yesterday. China Telecom's Shanghai branch, which has 2.6 million household subscribers, plans to double broadband bandwidth to 32 megabytes per second (Mbps) by the end of this year with a new wave of network upgrading operations that is due to start in March. Bandwidth in Shanghai will hit 50 Mbps by 2015, it said. Shanghai is way ahead of the industry regulator's target to upgrade broadband networks in urban regions to 20 megabytes per second by 2015 on the mainland, triggering a total investment of 500 billion yuan (US$79.4 billion) last year, according to the Ministry of Industry and Information Technology. By the end of last year, Shanghai's average broadband bandwidth reached 16 Mbps, the fastest on the mainland. Since 2009, Shanghai's average broadband bandwidth has jumped 6.9 times, Shanghai Telecom said. Shanghai will be among the cities with the fastest Internet in the world by the end of this year, said Wu Dongli, Shanghai Telecom's vice general manager. Hong Kong currently ranks No. 1 in the Asia-Pacific in broadband bandwidth of 44.4 Mbps, followed by Singapore's 39.3 Mbps and Japan's 38 Mbps, according to Net Index. China's broadband market is dominated by China Telecom and China Unicom, which have been criticized as providing "fake broadband" because of low speeds and high prices. Net surfers have complained about broadband speed, with industry watchers questioning the real speed available. In December 2011, Beijing-based Data Center of China Internet said 91 percent of users experienced broadband speeds less than 400 kilobits per second by the third quarter of 2011. The average cost of 1 megabyte per second bandwidth on China's mainland was four times the cost in the US and over 400 times that of Hong Kong.

From http://www.shanghaidaily.com/ 02/23/2013

TOP↑

INDIA: Capacity Building for Better E-Governance Leading to Good Governance

 

NIELIT has been playing a key role in improving the reach and scope of IT related education in the country. What is your vision for the organisation? There is going to be a vast increase in the scope of work that NIELIT has been doing. NIELIT has been set up to carry out Human Resource Development and related activities in the area of Information, Electronics & Communication Technology (IECT). The organisation has its headquarters in New Delhi. It has branches in 23 cities across India – Agartala, Aizawl, Aurang- abad, Ajmer, Calicut, Chennai, Chandigarh, Shimla, Gorakhpur, Lucknow, Patna, Gangtok, Itanagar, Imphal, Srinagar/Jammu, Shillong, Kohima/ Chuchuyimlang, Kolkata and Tezpur/Guwahati.

 

The organisation is engaged both in the formal and non formal education in the area of IECT. It also concentrates on developing industry oriented quality education and training. It is establishing standards for becoming the country’s premier institution for examination and certification in the field of IECT. Today NIELIT is a National Examination Body, which accredits institutes/organisations for conducting courses particularly in the non- formal sector of IT Education & Training. Our vision for the organisation is to make NIELIT an institute of national importance in the field of IT, electronics, e-Governance and education. NIELIT can become of a stature that is similar to the IIT or IIM, with the permission and the blessings of the Hon’ble Parliament.

 

At times students face problems as they are unable to access course content in their own language. What steps is NIELIT taking to help such students? NIELIT has developed CCC e-content in all the constitutionally recognised Indian languages except in Santhali. The e-contents of CCC has also been devel- oped in Mizo and Kokborok. The e-contents have been made available on a dedi- cated e-learning portal “http://elearn.doeacc.edu.in” for free access by students. We are in the process of developing e-content for other courses and we are also planning to conduct online examinations. NIELIT is now undertaking projects concerned with capacity building in the field of e-Governance. Tell us about it. As you might know, NIELIT will be undertaking projects to conduct e-Governance training for various cadres of Central and State Government officials with funding support of Department of Administrative Reforms and Public Grievances. NIELIT  has conducted one workshop for the Cabinet of Bihar. It is also conducting e-Gov Capacity Building for senior officers in Delhi Government. Capacity building in the area of e-Governance is of great importance to the nation, and we are keen to contribute our mite in it. To take this up, our team of senior directors was in NISG (National Institute for Smart Governance), Hyderabad, for five days training in e-Governance project lifecycle. NIELIT centres in different parts of the country have been undertaking Capacity Building for improving the IT literacy and employability of ST & SC candidates.

 

Tell us about the work that you have been doing for NPR. NIELIT is the Nodal Implementing Agency on DeitY (Department of Electroncs and Information Technology) for the data digitisation for the creation of National Population Register (NPR) project of Registrar General of India (RGI). Data digitisation work for UT Chandigarh has been completed on pilot basis in March 2012. In Phase I, the data digitisation work of 25 urban zones have been completed and data digitisation in respect of 19 rural zones are expected to be completed shortly. In Phase II, for 48 rural zones, the contract has been awarded to successful bidders and work is in progress and is expected to be completed by March, 2013.

 

You have been associated with IT Industry for almost 28 years. Before taking over as MD, NIELET, you had been serving as Managing Director, RajCOMP, and Director Technical RajCOMP Info Services Ltd. In that capacity you had been instrumental in executing many IT and e-Governance Projects for the Government of Rajasthan. Tell us about the main issues that you have faced in bringing the benefits of IT to the masses. Every IT project comes with its own set of unique challenges. And when the project is from the field of e-Governance, then the challenges become more complicated, as in such cases we also have to look at governance issues, along with IT. When a project is being implemented, multiple issues related to Vendor Management, Technical Management, Finance Management, HR Management, Legal Management and over and above the Expectation Management come to the fore. It is possible that the expectation of the end-users, the citizens, could be totally different from the expectations of the policy makers.

 

It is a difficult task to bridge the gap between the two sets of expectations. Also there can be mismatch in terms of time, cost and even the vision of any project due to changes in government or administrative setup. While conceiving any e-Governance project, we tend to think that automation will automatically result in e Governance becoming a reality. We tend to forget that the IT component in any e-Governance project is only 10 to 15 percent. The major component is management and implementation of the decision and policy of the government, and that is a much tougher task. At times, the financial considerations make it impossible for us to go for the best possible technology in e-Governance projects, so this too is a challenge. We are unable to hire the most talented experts as they require a higher salary, the government norms restrict the salary that can be paid to the experts. Moreover, when we are implementing e-Governance projects, we think of pilots only and pilot hardly get rolled out because of multiple reasons.

 

“e-Governance projects will not be able to deliver at the ground level unless there is capacity building in a big way.” During the last few years Rajasthan has achieved lot of success in e-Governance implementations. In your opinion what is the most critical factor for the successful execution of e-Governance Projects? The capability of government departments to work as a cohesive team is important. A good team leader and support from the seniors are the key factors for success of e-Governance project. In Rajasthan, I achieved a degree of success in execution of NeGP Projects, after joining as the Managing Director of Rajcomp in June 2009. The projects that I was involved with are the CSC, State Data Centre (SDC), State Wide Area Network (SWAN), e-District, State Service Delivery Gateway (SSDG), etc. I have also contributed in the successful launch of the RPSC online. This all had been possible because of kind support that I have received from the Secretary (IT), Shri Sanjay Malhotra, Principal Secretary (IT), Shri Shrimant Pandey. I was also guided by the vision of the leader, Hon’ble Chief Minister, Shri Ashok Gehlot.

 

In your opinion what is the importance of field experience in the success of e-Governance projects? Should the government departments focus on having at least a few people who have the experience of working in the field? e-Gov Projects face major challenges in terms of shortage of experts having knowledge of technology with the IT companies. It also faces challenge in terms of commitment from the top and ownership of the project. It has been observed that those who have driven motorcycle in the field are different from those who know how to drive motorcycle on the blackboard. I am pointing out to the fact that issues being faced in the field are different from those discussed at policy making forums. At planning stage a project might seem very a project is very simple but when it is being implemented in the field, multiple issues related to Vendor Management, Technical Management, Finance Management, HR Management, Legal Management and over and above the Expectation Management starts. So field experience is of utmost importance.

 

You have taken over as the Managing Director of NIELET, a Government of India organisation, engaged in capacity building. What are the main challenges that you are facing in the new assignment? The new challenge is a part and parcel of the assignments I have been executing because unless and until capacity building in the field of IT and e-Governance is undertaken for government employees and citizens, we will not be able to bring the real fruits of IT to our citizens. e-Governance projects will not be able to deliver at the ground level unless there is capacity building in a big way. In my humble opinion, my new assignment is nothing more than a continuation of the activities that I have been part of during my earlier years of service. It provides me with opportunities for using my past experiences of working with actual projects to design new course content and better ways of delivery through IT tools.

From http://egov.eletsonline.com 02/06/2013

TOP↑

 

The Philippines Introduces E-payment System in E-procurement

 

The Philippine Government Electronic Procurement System (PhilGEPS), in partnership with the Land Bank of the Philippines, introduced a new e-payment system which seeks to enhance transparency in how the government agencies transact and do business with its suppliers. The PhilGEPS is the central portal of all public procurement activities that provides both government agencies and suppliers a more open, transparent and competitive environment. The new e-payment system allows government agencies to pay for procured items through the PhilGEPS portal at any time of the day. In addition, it reduces the time needed to complete purchasing transaction, which normally involves a tedious process of completing financial documents. According to Budget and Management Secretary Florencio B. Abad, the new system will help agencies ensure a quicker and more efficient procurement system, as well as boost the Aquino administration’s overall transparency campaign. “The establishment of the e-Payment system effectively brings us to the realm of cashless transactions, where procurement activities can be tracked and accounted very quickly and accurately,” he said. “The development of this online payment facility is particularly important for liquidating expenses that are charged against public funds. Because every step of the process can now be tracked and monitored, we can begin to close off all avenues for irregularity and, ultimately, establish better accountability across government.” Abad revealed that with the PHILGEPS e-Payment facility, LandBank can now offer similar e-Payment services for other government services, such as license applications with the Land Transportation Office (LTO) and clearance applications with the National Bureau of Investigation.

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 01/21/2013

TOP↑

 

U.S.: Federal IT Priorities in Obama's Second Term

 

Now that President Obama's second term is under way, the IT community is looking to federal CIO Steven VanRoekel to shed some light on technology policy for the next four years. At a Jan. 22 hearing of the House Oversight and Government Reform Committee, VanRoekel spoke on the topic of "Wasting Information Technology Dollars: How can the Federal Government Reform its IT Investment Strategy?" According to a report in fedscoop, VanRoekel's testimony represented a continuation of priorities set when he first assumed his position in 2011, following the departure of Vivek Kundra. The top three IT priorities of the Obama administration are to innovate in service of the public good, maximize the return from investment in IT and focus on cybersecurity. “Building on the progress of the last four years, my objective is to balance cost savings with innovation by continuing to cut costs while we invest in technology that securely services the American people,” VanRoekel said. Legislators expressed concern over estimates that nearly half of federal IT dollars are devoted to maintaining "obsolete and deficient IT resources." VanRoekel responded that older systems are actually better insulated from the latest cybersecurity threats, which seem to focus on taking down newer systems. Also among VanRoekel's stated priorities, according to Information Week, is a shift from owning physical IT assets to investing in technology-as-a-service. VanRoekel was joined at the hearing by Government Accountability Office Director for Information Technology Management Issues David Powner and former Congressman Tom Davis, as well as industry representatives from SAP, Brocade, VMWare and Microsoft.

From http://www.govtech.com/ 01/24/2013

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

New Paper from the Association for Progressive Communications and the Internet Society Connects Internet Protocols and Human Rights

 

“Like Internet protocols, human rights standards attempt to articulate principles that will apply universally over time, as ideas and conditions evolve,” a new paper argues. Commissioned by the Association for Progressive Communications and the Internet Society, the issue paper released today compares the standards-making processes as well as the principles underlying human rights on the one hand and Internet protocols on the other. The technical and the legal come together in this unusual but useful exploration of the fundamental intents behind Internet protocols and the human rights framework. Co-authors Avri Doria and Joy Liddicoat, respectively protocols specialist and human rights advocate, incorporated valuable contributions by the Internet Society’s Nicolas Seidler and Markus Kummer and dialogue from the Internet Governance Forum 2012. “There are some shared principles between Internet protocols and human rights,” the main authors say in their discussion of this interconnectedness. “They generate continuities and discontinuities which could inform and assist those who seek to defend human rights and to maintain a free and unencumbered Internet.”

 

The main contribution of this paper is the examination of selected Internet protocols and human rights and the discussion around the impacts of the points of convergence and divergence. “We see this discussion as a process,” said Markus Kummer, Vice-President for Public Policy at the Internet Society, insisting that comments in reaction to the paper are welcome. “It is our hope that this discussion will engage human rights activists, policy makers and the Internet technical community in a dialogue about ways that they can collaborate. It is our belief that human rights considerations are part of the DNA of the Internet and that a dialogue between these communities will be beneficial to promote a rights-fostering Internet.” “This opportunity for human rights and technical communities to collaborate shows there is more we can do together to promote and protect both human rights and the Internet,” said Joy Liddicoat. “We are grateful for the Internet Society’s support for this research and look forward to more dialogue in 2013.” The issue paper is part of APC’s Connect Your Rights! project, the aim of which it is to make the links between the internet and human rights. The project is conducted with support from the Swedish International Development Cooperation Agency (Sida). It is also part of the Internet Society’s core mission to promote an open Internet as a necessary foundation for people to exercise some of their key fundamental rights in the online environment, including freedom of expression and freedom of association and peaceful assembly.

From http://www.apc.org/ 12/13/2012

TOP↑

 

New Intl Telecom Regulations Treaty Drafted

 

A new global telecommunications treaty was agreed to on 13 December, during the World Conference on International Telecommunications 2012 (WCIT-12) convened by the International Telecommunication Union (ITU), the United Nations specialised agency for ICT, in Dubai. Attended by nearly 2000 delegates from 193 member states of the ITU, the WCIT-12 was called to review the 24-year-old International Telecommunication Regulations (ITRs), the current binding treaty to facilitate international interconnection and ensuring efficiency and public usefulness and availability of information and communication services. The new draft of the treaty sets out general principles for ensuring the free flow of information around the world, and includes new provisions emphasising efforts to assist developing countries and the right to freedom of expression over ICT networks, and promote accessibility of ICT technologies for persons with disabilities. The treaty also contains a resolution to create a single global number for access to emergency services, and new text mandating greater transparency in the prices set for mobile roaming. In a statement released at the end of the conference, Dr Hamadoun I. Touré, Secretary General of the ITU, said, “This treaty contains many gains and achievements including increased transparency in international mobile roaming charges and competition, an extremely important win for consumers.” “Information and communication technologies can now play a greater role in driving sustainable development, in particular with new Articles that provide recommendations for dealing with the growing scourge of e-waste and promoting greater energy efficiency.” The treaty, however, has only been signed by 89 nations. Disagreement over provisions granting governments greater control over the internet led to 55 countries either refusing to sign or reserving the right to sign later. USA, UK, Australia and Canada are among the nations refusing to sign. Opponents object to proposals which would give governments greater powers to control international phone calls and data traffic. Several states also maintain that attempts in the treaty to control spam email can be used by governments to censor content in the name of attacking spam. The regulations of the new treaty will come into force in January 2015.

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 12/28/2012

TOP↑

 

Laws to Protect Internet Freedom Required

 

With social networking site Facebook boasting of 1 billion members globally and micro-blogging site Twitter claiming millions, opinion was divided on whether the freedom of expression was under threat in the digital age. "Censorship of content should be the last resort as curbing a particular content online actually amplifies its spread over the internet," said Sunil Abraham from Centre for Internet and Society. He was speaking at a panel discussion organised by London based Index on Censorship and the Editors Guild of India on the issue at the India International Centre Tuesday evening. "The government has refused to amend Section 66(A) of the IT Act which is used to curb free speech on the net," said Guild chief TN Ninan who moderated the debate. "The law treats digital media differently than the print media," he said. Director of Free Speech Debate, Oxford University, Timothy Garton Ash said, "There was no threat to the freedom of speech as Internet was actually an opportunity for spreading freedom of expression." India with the large number of net users could act as swing state between two extremes of China which is trying to control the net and the US which champions free speech, he said. "The question is what are the legitimate limits of free speech rather than asking for unlimited speech," said Ash. Ajit Balakrishnan, CEO and founder of online portal rediff.com, said "there was a sense of powerlessness among nation states as only local laws applied to any such violations." He said the Internet was not so democratic as it sounded as the actual numbers of users who posted content on Facebook were just 8-9 million while the rest just watched. The same was with Twitter with just 7-8 per cent users actually posting messages. Kirsty Hughes, CEO, Index on Censorship, said "freedom of speech was universal" while noting a "worrying trend that increasingly governments were moving to control the Internet."

From http://www.guardian.co.uk/ 01/16/2013

TOP↑

 

AFRICA: Nigeria to Launch $20m ICT Fund

 

Nigeria’s Minister of Communication Technology, Omobola Johnson, has disclosed that the government would soon launch an ICT Innovation Fund that would raise about $20 million for ICT entrepreneurs, to boost growth in the increasingly relevant sector. According to BusinessDay, she made the disclosure on Wednesday at the 18th Nigeria Economic Summit which held in Abuja, Nigeria’s capital, adding that the fund would be launched in early 2013. The minister also said that ICT which is the fourth largest contributor to Nigeria’s GDP, contributed about 5.7 percent to the country’s Gross Domestic Product (GDP) in the third quarter of the year. Nigeria’s information and computer technology sector is growing at about 29 percent, on the back of creative businesses and innovation by young Nigerian talents, faster than any other sector of the economy. Johnson said the sector presents the best opportunities for financial empowerment to many young Nigerians who have realised its potentials. “Skills are much easier to acquire by young people and it does not require huge capital, compared with other businesses,” Johnson said, in relation to the attraction to information and computer technology in the country. “India is an example where ICT employs 2.5 million professionals and contributes 6.4 per of GDP, which is about 100 billion dollars for India’’, she furthered. According to Johnson, India which shares several key similarities with Nigeria in terms of demography, GDP per capita, human development index and poverty rate has been able to develop a very strong global world class ICT sector, despite various negative economic indices. The minister stated: “We can also do this in Nigeria despite all the challenges we have.” According to BusinessDay, the country’s ministry of communication is also collaborating with the banking and oil and gas industries to launch its software development initiative, Techlaunch Pad. Johnson said that the initiative, which would be launched on Monday, and would present software developers opportunities in more established businesses and industries.

From http://www.ventures-africa.com/ 12/08/2012

TOP↑

 

ASIA: Electronic Arts Should Make a Much Bigger Push

 

Video game consoles like Sony's Playstation 3 and Microsoft's ( MSFT ) X-Box 360 are in the last stages of their product cycles, and this has led to a decline in sales for video game developers like Electronic Arts ( EA ). EA reported a 19% year-on-year decline in packaged goods revenue in its last earnings announcement. This might be attributed to the fact the EA is waiting for the next generation consoles, Playstation 4 and X-Box 720, to develop video games specifically designed for the platforms. Since the product cycle hasn't refreshed after 2005, the company has decreased the number of games released per year from 36 titles in fiscal 2011 to 22 in 2012, and plans to release just 14 titles in 2013. While the number of titles and the subsequent sales might increase with the launch of the next generation consoles, we believe that the company might currently be missing out on a big revenue opportunity in Asia. EA earns just 7% of its net revenues from Asia, a surprising fact, given that Japan alone accounts for 15% of the world's video game sales.

 

How Can Electronic Arts Capitalize on Asia?

According to data compiled by Nintendo, Electronic Arts published the best selling games in Europe and U.S. through the first nine months of 2012, for all platforms. Sports games topped the charts with FIFA 13 for Playstation 3 and X-Box 360 in pole position in Europe, followed by last year's version, FIFA 12 for Playstation 3. In the U.S., Madden NFL 13 was at the top for both major platforms. However, looking at the chart for Japan, not a single title published by Electronic Arts shows up in the top 20. Japan is a region Electronic Arts should work on tapping, especially by promoting its sports-based games like FIFA 13. Soccer is very popular in the country, and Japan's national team won the last continental competition, the AFC cup, in 2011. English and European soccer leagues are also popular in Asia and has a huge fan base due to extensive television coverage and marketing. Also the fact that Electronic Arts has an exclusive licensing agreement with soccer's governing body, FIFA, and other regional bodies like the English Football Association Premier League Limited, give it a big edge over competing titles like Pro Evolution Soccer. Electronic Arts is currently trying to promote FIFA Online in Japan and Korea, particularly through its FIFA Online franchise. The company reported a 9% increase in Asia revenues for the six months ending September, but the overall contribution from the region is still small compared to the contribution from North America and Europe.

 

Electronic Arts could boost revenues by as much as 20%, if it is able to bring Asian revenues to even half the level of North American revenues. Electronic Arts has a gross profit margin close to 60%. However, high research and development costs and selling, general and administrative expenditures lower cash flows. R&D costs are around 30% of revenues for the last four years and SG&A consumed around 25% of the revenues. We expect these figures to remain roughly the same in the coming years. However, gross profit margins might increase due to the fact the Electronic Arts is shifting to an online sales structure. Digital revenues accounted for 33% of Electronic Arts's total net revenues in the September quarter of 2011. In 2012, they accounted for 46%. While the exact margin for digital revenues is not provided by the company, the management has suggested that they offer higher margins, and we agree with this view. Zynga ( ZNGA ), which is entirely focused on digital revenues, has margins around 70% and can be used as a benchmark for Electronic Arts. We expect gross profit margins to approach 70% by the end of our forecast period.

From http://www.nasdaq.com/ 01/10/2013

TOP↑

 

EUROPE: European Commission Proposes Rules to Make Government Websites Accessible for All

 

Over 100 million EU citizens would find it easier to use online public services to look for a job, register a car, submit a tax declaration and apply for a passport or driving license thanks to new rules proposed today by the European Commission on the International Day of People with Disability. The Commission's proposal for a Directive on the accessibility of public sector bodies' websites would introduce mandatory EU standardised accessibility features, from the end of 2015, for 12 types of websites. Mandatory accessibility would apply to essential government services like social security and health related services, job searches, university applications and issuing of personal documents and certificates. The proposed new rules would also clarify what web accessibility means (technical specs, methodology for assessment, reporting, bottom up testing), and governments would be encouraged to apply the rules across all services, not only the mandatory list.

From http://europa.eu/ 12/03/2012

TOP↑

 

European Parliament Endorses First Ever Digital Freedom Strategy

 

With a large majority the European Parliament today adopted the first ever Digital Freedom Strategy in the EU’s foreign policy. Dutch Member of European Parliament Marietje Schaake (D66/ALDE) and Rapporteur for the report is happy with the broad support. Schaake: “The Parliament unequivocally acknowledges that digital freedoms, like uncensored access to the internet, are fundamental rights which deserve equal protection as traditional human rights. I have set out a number of concrete points of action to be incorporated in the EU’s trade and development policies. New technologies bring huge opportunities, but people can only really enjoy them if we also tackle the threats emerging from the rise of ICTs, for example by authoritarian regimes.”

 

Struggle for human rights

Over the past months Schaake has managed to put the revolutionary impact of the internet and new technologies on societies and our day-to-day lives on the EU’s political agenda. “The struggle for human rights increasingly has a technological side”, Schaake says. “Prisons are populated by dissidents confronted with their own internet and mobile communications.Irancontinues the building of a virtual bunker, which eventually will cut off the Iranians from the World Wide Web through the creation of a ‘Halal Internet’. Plans are presented to make anonymous blogging inChinaillegal andRussiais stepping up the monitoring of online traffic.”

 

Concrete actions

Unrestricted access to an open internet is an important enabler of fundamental rights, an indispensable prerequisite for enjoying universal human rights such as freedom of expression and freedom of assembly, and for ensuring transparency and accountability in public life. Schaake’s report on A Digital Freedom Strategy in EU Foreign Policy includes many concrete measures. EU’s trade and association agreements, development programs and accession negotiations should be made conditional on respect for digital freedoms. Collected digital evidence, like smart phone pictures and clips of human rights violations should be admissible in court proceedings. Moreover, the EU should stop the export of digital arms: technologies used by authoritarian regimes to track and trace human rights activists, journalists and dissidents. “These kinds of exports toIran and Syria are blocked now”, Schaake says. “But we need rules and regulations that ensure accountability of companies regarding the impact of their products and software, like misuse for human rights violations. We should think about ‘human rights by design’ to prevent or limit future harm.”

 

Credibility

The EU should help build the basic ICT infrastructure in developing counties, and provide wireless tablets to enable (online) education. To be a credible defender and advocate the EU domestically has to maintain high standards of digital freedom. The strategy calls on the EU to codify the principle of net neutrality, like the Netherlands did in 2012. European companies forced by third country government to take down online content, should be able to count on political backing from European authorities like the High Representative for Foreign Policy or the EU’s Trade Commissioner.

 

Global player

The EU should globally take the lead in promoting and protecting digital freedoms, Schaake explains. “EU is the world’s largest trading block, but it is also a community of values. It should use its power and act as a global player. The global and borderless nature of the Internet requires new forms of international cooperation and governance with multiple stakeholders. Technologies should be used to promote transparency and freedom.”

 

Crowd-sourced report

MEP Schaake used an innovative way of writing her report. She posted a discussion paper online on the EU’s digital freedom strategy in its external actions, and invited various stakeholders to provide input through crowd-sourcing. Many internet users, NGO’s, governments and businesses did so. “This is one of the many opportunities of the Internet: bridging the gap between citizens and politics”, says Schaake.

From http://www.marietjeschaake.eu/ 12/13/2012

TOP↑

 

Boosting the European ICT Sector - Turning the Spotlight Towards the Next Generation

 

BELGIUM, BRUSSELS - As decision-makers around the world were mulling over the question of how to jumpstart the economy and get back to solid growth, the European Commission quietly published a report containing some rather interesting findings. The clear upshot of its Digital Agenda Scoreboard, released in summer 2012, was that there is enough digital demand to achieve sustainable growth in Europe – yet this potential is undermined by a lack of adequate internet connections, research and skills to keep up with this demand. In December, the Commission followed up on these findings by drawing up a ‘to-do’ list of actions to shape up Europe’s digital sector. Unsurprisingly, cloud computing – which has been hailed as the next big thing in the world of IT for a while now – can be found among these priorities. Among the challenges which are currently preventing Europeans from reaping the full benefits of this trend, there is in my view one key issue which is often ignored in debates on how to build adequate cloud services for Europe: the need to provide faster broadband access to more users. Promising initiatives are underway to make this happen; measures to foster investment in high speed fixed and mobile broadband networks top the Commission’s list of digital priorities for 2013 and 2014. In these troubled economic times, however, calls for investments in ICT all too often fall on deaf ears with national governments, as well as operators, who are reluctant to invest in areas where they might not see a short-term return.

 

I strongly hope that we will see a shift to a longer-term perspective on this issue in the months and years to come. Broadband growth is the key to new services and new jobs, and holds huge potential for contributing to the EU’s economic recovery. At Huawei, we are eager to provide the tools European operators need to drive this process forward. As an ICT industry leader, we are well positioned to provide virtually any kind of equipment for both fixed and mobile networks. While we are at the forefront of efforts to pave the way for next-generation networks, we are also developing solutions to enable existing networks to cope with huge amounts of data. We have established close cooperation with all the top telecom operators and will work to take these efforts further in the future. I believe that our leadership, our expertise and our know-how can be of great assistance to the European industry as well as to the next generation of ICT leaders. I would like to make a few points on cyber security in this context. This issue also ranks high on the Commission’s ‘to-do’ list which sets out the objectives of preventing cross-border cyber incidents and stimulating a larger European market for security and privacy-by-design products. Cyber security is a critical issue which cannot be addressed through a ‘one-size-fits-all’ approach. As information technologies are constantly evolving, so are cyber risks. We need to look at all stages of the value chain – from component development and purchasing to assembly and placement of the final product – and ensure that adequate checks and balances are in place. This will allow us to manage risks, identify threats and make adaptations where necessary.

 

Overcoming misconceptions that can make us the target of protectionist measures is crucial if we want to contribute efficiently to taking the European ICT sector to the next level. There is one more item on the EU’s digital task list for the following two years which I would like to highlight. Investments are needed not only to build next-generation networks, but also to provide the right set of skills to the next generation of ICT leaders. The Commission calls for the launch of a grand coalition on digital skills and jobs to avoid a shortage of skilled personnel: if no action is taken, an estimated 700 000 ICT jobs could go unfilled by 2015. Huawei has taken a proactive approach to the development of ICT skills in Europe. Since 2011, we have been running an undergraduate work experience programme which gives students from different European countries the opportunity to follow a five-week training course in China. Initially targeting undergraduates in the UK, the programme has progressively been extended to cover France, Luxembourg, Germany and Italy and will be opened to more EU countries in the years to come. About a dozen students per country from diverse academic backgrounds including future engineers as well as budding economists and lawyers receive hands-on experience in Huawei’s Chinese headquarters. This initiative is highly successful on a number of different levels. Returning participants unanimously express amazement at the huge difference between their expectations and the highly rewarding experience abroad. The scheme allows participating students to enhance their skills in their specific fields of expertise, but also to acquire an additional set of professional skills and experiences which are a huge asset in an increasingly globalised, multicultural working environment. This programme is but one example of Huawei’s commitment to boosting the European ICT sector. It is indicative of our commitment to fostering economic growth and creating jobs with a focus on young people. Investing in e-skills is a prerequisite to preserving the European social model, protecting our environment and, ultimately, improving our quality of life.

From http://www.neurope.eu/ 01/21/2013

TOP↑

 

EU Cyber Security Strategy and Directive Announced Today

 

The European Commission (EC - the executive arm of the European Union) has finally published its long-awaited European cyber security strategy, and supported it with a Directive ‘concerning measures to ensure a high common level of network and information security across the Union’ to ensure that the strategy actually happens. Directives are instructions to the member states on what has to be achieved by legislation, leaving each state to implement the legislation in the manner best suited to their own circumstances. In this way the EC’s new NIS (network information security) Directive is attempting to set a standard minimum level of security across the Union without deterring any state from setting the bar even higher. The three key proposals in the NIS Directive are that each member state must adopt an NIS strategy and implement an NIS competent authority; must create a ‘cooperation mechanism’ to share security information across the Union; and that “operators of critical infrastructures, such as energy, transport, and key providers of information society services (e-commerce platforms, social networks, etc), as well as public administrations [are] to adopt appropriate steps to manage security risks and report serious incidents to the national competent authorities.” The key statement in the last requirement is ‘report serious incidents’, which is a significant advance on the Data Protection Regulation that requires disclosure of the loss of personal data. It is noticeable that initial response from the security industry largely supports the EC initiative, while business itself is more reserved. “Firms are concerned that reporting online attacks and security breaches might damage their reputations,” reports the BBC. But this brings a stinging rebuke from Wieland Alge, VP and general manager EMEA at Barracuda Networks: “Businesses’ protests of trade secrets and data confidentiality are quite unfounded. By focusing on their reputation and stock market value only, they forget that what’s at stake in an attack is the customers’ data. And that means us and our data.”

 

More typical of the industry’s response is that from Symantec’s Ilias Chantzos, senior director of government affairs, EMEA & APJ: “Symantec welcomes the EU’s cyber security strategy and shares a commitment to its broad objectives... it is definitely a step in the right direction.” John Yeo, EMEA director at Trustwave, takes a more reflexive view, calling it a curate’s egg. “The threat of harsher penalties for businesses that fail to protect private individuals’ data will undoubtedly cause companies to take a closer look at the measures they have in place to secure sensitive data.” That is a good thing. But he wonders about the EU’s cost saving claims which state the strategy will “save companies costs of up to 2.3 billion EUR per year and increase EU GDP by 4% by 2020.” He suspects that the larger multinationals will benefit the most (despite the fact that they are the ones objecting the most), but that “the elephant in the room is the impact on the 23 million SMEs within the EU.” He notes that the EC already acknowledges that "the most important individual business constraint reported by SMEs is the compliance with administrative regulations,” and suspects that this will only make things worse for SMEs. What isn’t yet known is how the Directive will be implemented in individual countries, and how many of the 23 million SME’s will be drawn into that third proposal of the Directive. Who will benefit, he asks. “Security companies, lawyers and multinational organizations look set to benefit whilst SMEs will be burdened with more expense in an already strained economic climate.” And the key question and the fundamental drive behind the strategy: will it help consumers feel more confident in sharing their data online? “I very much doubt it,” says John Yeo. “The increased publicity around the data breaches and associated fines likely to arise from the changes could easily lead to desensitization, or the belief that suffering a data breach is inevitable.”

From http://www.infosecurity-magazine.com/ 02/07/2013

TOP↑

 

Trust and Cooperation Key to EU Cyber Strategy, Says EC

 

The strategy and an accompanying proposal for a Directive on Network and Information Security (NIS) across the European Union is expected to be published today, February 7 2013. At the ISSA London 2013 European conference on February 5, Ann-Sofie Ronnlund the EC’s directorate-general for communication networks, content and technology, told the audience that due to increased cyber threats, the European cyber security strategy is focused on addressing insufficient national preparedness and boosting co-operation across the EU. “We need to work together to counteract the cyber risks and the incidents that are happening cross-border. We need to ensure a safe and resilient digital environment in respect of fundamental rights and EU core values”, Ronnlund said. The EC strategy has three main aims: to prevent and fight cybercrime; to strengthen the security and resilience of networks and information security systems; and to establish a more coherent European cyber security policy.

The proposed legislation on NIS, Ronnlund advised, will:

Improve the security of smart grids and industrial control systems

Fight botnets

Raise awareness

Develop cyber security standards and procurement policies

Encourage research investment

Develop industrial and technical resources at an EU level

 

The European Cybercrime Centre (EC3) at Europol in The Hague will provide support to “enhance national capabilities to investigate and combat cybercrime”, and encourage the fast implementation of cybercrime directives, Ronnlund said. The cyber defence policy strategy, advised Ronnlund, aims to “Gather national initiatives under one EU umbrella” and encourage dialogue and co-operation between the military and civilian sectors, establishing an international cyberspace policy. Such policy would enshrine basic human rights and EU core values, Ronnlund insisted. A further objective of the proposed NIS directive, she advised, is to strengthen the relationship and cooperation between public and private sector. Trust is essential, said Ronnlund, who also emphasized the importance of “better trust between member states” and “increased trust from consumers in relation to online payments. We need to promote trust in a digital economy”. Finally, Ronnlund referenced the risk management component of the proposed directive, which includes the requirement for data breach disclosures to national data protection authorities. The proposal is to extend data breach disclosure obligation to the energy sector, healthcare, credit providers, transport, and providers of search engines and electronic payment platforms. The obligations to report data breaches will apply only to “significant” incidents from a “societal point of view”, Ronnlund assured the audience. “We need to establish trust between states and end users through increased transparency,” she concluded.

From http://www.infosecurity-magazine.com/ 02/07/2013

TOP↑

 

 

Denmark: 63 New Public Services to Become Digital by 2015

 

A new analysis - published in November 2012 - shows that the online communication between citizens and business with the public sector should be doubled by 2015 in order to achieve a digital public sector in Denmark.  In this context, 63 new public services that need to become digital by 2015 have been identified. A consulting firm, in cooperation with the state, municipalities and regions, published an analysis that shows how the objective of the Common Public Digitalisation Strategy can be achieved; their conclusion is that 80 % of all relevant communication between citizens and businesses and the public sector should be digital by the end of 2015. Currently, approximately 40 % of citizens' communications with the public sector takes place via digital channels. Furthermore, a plan was produced from this analysis that identifies which areas citizens should have to use internet services instead of filling in paper forms by 2015. In this plan, 63 services were identified; when these are online, the degree of digitalisation will have been increased to 84 %. In this way, it is now clear which services the public sector should focus on in the coming years in order to meet the strategy's objectives. The transition from paper forms to digital self-services will take place gradually, as a new wave of electronic solutions will be introduced each year until 2015. Changing a public doctor, declaring a bicycle theft, a marriage and an income tax return are just some of the services authorities are working on to make them only available electronically from 2013. In total, it is estimated that the state can save up to DKK900 million (approx. �120 million) per year, when these 63 identified service areas have become digitised. These savings will be made because manual data entry and calling back citizens will no longer be required; moreover, working with better and more user-friendly solutions will contribute towards more efficient services for citizens.

From http://www.epractice.eu/ 12/05/2012

TOP↑

 

Finland’s ICT 2015 Group Publishes Recommendations

 

More than 200 experts have contributed to the proposals to support long-term growth in the Finnish ICT industry. Finland’s ICT 2015 working group, established by the Ministry of Employment and the Economy following structural changes in the Nokia cluster, has published its recommendations for the country’s ICT strategy. The report proposes reforms concerning ICT infrastructure, research, funding and working practices that are designed to support long-term growth in the sector. Entitled 21 paths towards a frictionless Finland, the report states that digital services offer opportunities for progress in all sectors, including the public sector. The report proposes a 10-year program designed to make Finland a global leader in the application of ICT.

 

Strategy for ICT sector growth

Major proposals in the report include the construction of a unified national IT architecture which would make it easier to create electronic services across organisational boundaries. The report also calls for a ten-year, EUR 20 million programme for research, development and innovation that would bring together the central players in the industry, such as universities, research centres, companies and investors. A new funding programme worth EUR 25-40 million should provide adequate finance for start-ups and companies in the growth phase. The report also calls for more training in the games, security and big data sectors of the industry, more research in the mobile sector, and the creation of an open data ecosystem.

From http://www.investineu.com/ 01/26/2013

TOP↑

 

Slovenia: Data Protection Laws

 

The Constitution of Slovenia guarantees protection of personal data and Slovenia legislature has enacted comprehensive laws in the area of data protection, which accords with the European standards. In light of this constitutional assurance and to gain acceptance as a member of the European Union (“EU”), Slovenia enacted data protection legislation that applies to personal data submitted to or collected within its territory, or where the person collecting personal data is located in Slovenia, or is a Slovenia diplomatic representative abroad. This article provides a brief description of Slovenian Personal Data Protection Act. The Inspectorate for Personal Data Protection (the “Inspectorate”) is a special body within Slovenia’s Ministry of Justice, which enforces the Personal Data Protection Act, 1999 (the “Act”). In addition, Slovenia’s Human Rights Ombudsman (the “Ombudsman”) is charged with the role of protecting personal data. The Act is very comprehensive and was amended in the years 2001, 2002, and later in 2005, to accord with Directive 95/46/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of October 24, 1995, on the protection of individuals with regard to the processing of personal data and the free movement of such data. The application of the Act extends to any person, irrespective of nationality, race, color, religious belief, or any other personal circumstance. Personal data processed by individuals exclusively for private use is not protected under the Act. In addition to protecting data from being used unlawfully or in a way that may be harmful to the data subject, the Act also ensures that individuals can access, modify, or delete their personal data at any time. Slovenian law prohibits any type of activity concerning personal data collection and processing not expressly authorized by this Act. Moreover, in Slovenia, public entities may only process personal data that they are legally authorized to process, whereas private entities must receive written consent from the individuals who are the subject of such data.

From http://www.i-policy.org/ 12/04/2012

TOP↑

 

UK Government Introduces Digital Health Strategy

 

The Department of Health (DH), UK has announced a new digital health strategy to embed advanced tools and techniques throughout its work to facilitate communication, and increase efficiency in engaging with audiences and stakeholders. The DH’s new strategy includes its commitments to improve the development of digital skills needed across the organisation, day-to-day efficiency, and impact of its open policy making. At the same time, the DH will also steward the health and care system towards a ‘health information revolution’. “Going digital means that public services can be more efficient, more transparent and more effective,” said Dr Dan Poulter, Parliamentary under-secretary of state for health. He added that the government’s digital strategy has a bold and simple ambition: to re-design government services, to place them online and to make them straightforward and convenient. To start with early this year, the DH will pilot a formal project to educate policymakers in the use of digital and adopt a ‘digital first’ approach to all communications activity and evaluation. It will also consider building upon the work already completed including the NHS Choices website and app that have been used by millions on UK citizens in the past year. It will also look to build upon the work already completed, such as the NHS Choices website and app that have been used by millions on UK residents in the past year. “There are many advantages to going digital, both for users and for taxpayers. The most obvious improvement will be making public services easier to use, giving people access to services online, reducing the number of forms they need to fill in, giving people the information they need to help them in their everyday lives.” Dr Poulter pointed out. He added that some technologies – notably telehealth and telecare that empowered patients to be treated at home - are a “powerful way to improve services while significantly reducing costs”. He suggested that this strategy can save as much as £1.8 billion (US$2.9 billion) every year. Making the DH more transparent is as part of an effort to share more information, and being more communicative over the digital space. This comes a years after the government led by Health Secretary Andrew Lansley began ‘Maps and Apps’ programme at the end of 2011. The programme is a campaign to crowdsource the most popular apps for health, allow and encourage general practitioners to initiate apps for patients to manage their own health.

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 01/14/2013

TOP↑

 

NORTH AMERICA: U.S. - Future Cities - IT Priorities for Urban Transformation

 

City planners and their IT teams are setting big goals -- and facing big challenges -- in the development of tech-enabled "Future Cities," our survey results show. The global population recently passed 7 billion, and more of us are cramming into the world's cities, putting more pressure on municipal infrastructures and services. This changing demographic presents a civic management challenge of unprecedented scope and complexity, one that requires innovative technologies and well-conceived implementations to succeed. I live in the New York metro area, where local officials are rethinking everything from building codes to public transportation in the wake of Hurricane Sandy. But we didn't need the storm of the century to tell us that the systems and networks used for municipal operations need our attention. Technologies woven into buildings, highways, rail systems, electricity grids, water treatment plants, school systems and hospitals are in need of upgrade and investment, here and in many other cities across the country. At InformationWeek's parent company, UBM, we refer to these burgeoning population centers, characterized not just by their size but the sophistication of their infrastructures, as "Future Cities." InformationWeek has just completed a survey that reveals much about where U.S. cities are in their IT planning and implementation, which technologies are expected to make the greatest impact and how businesses stand to benefit.

 

InformationWeek's Future Cities Survey, completed in October by 198 municipal IT pros, reveals that most are still in the early stages of these efforts. Only 7% of survey respondents describe their city strategies as progressive and well conceived. More than five times that many, 38%, describe those strategies as poor or nonexistent. Half say their cities are somewhere in-between -- well planned in some areas but not others. As a starting point, metropolitan IT teams are looking to make government run more smoothly. The most-mentioned area of initial focus, cited by 39% of survey respondents, is government operations. That includes the systems and applications used for the business of government, such as 311 and other IT-enabled public services. Other areas of Future Cities activity are public safety and crime prevention (30%), communications infrastructure (28%) and transportation systems (26%). New York City's recently unveiled Domain Awareness System, co-developed with Microsoft and to be marketed to other cities, incorporates aspects of all three areas in a citywide surveillance platform -- to the chagrin of privacy watchdogs. The most sought-after benefits of city IT planning and implementation are more efficient delivery of public services (66%), improved infrastructure (44%) and lower costs (44%). That's the low-hanging fruit. More intriguing is that 36% of respondents to our survey see Future Cities technology investments improving quality of life for citizens. For example, the city of Santa Monica, Calif., has deployed a real-time traffic management system to ease congestion and open and close parking spaces as necessary. Commuters there spend fewer hours staring at brake lights. (We recently recognized Santa Monica as a government innovator for its traffic management initiative.)

 

Which technologies have the greatest potential to improve municipal operations? Mobility and bandwidth top the list of our survey respondents. Mobile devices and apps were rated as having very high or extremely high potential by 71% of respondents, followed closely by broadband networks (70%) and wireless services (62%). Many cities are already taking steps to accommodate smartphone-carrying citizens and visitors. San Francisco has created a device-agnostic framework that it uses to develop mobile apps for city services and information, and New York is converting old payphone booths into touchscreen kiosks that double as Wi-Fi hotspots. Municipal IT pros also see potential in information and automation systems for transportation (63% of survey respondents designated them as having very high or extremely high potential) and in cameras and other public safety devices (58%). Other technologies respondents rated highly are virtualization, water management and conservation systems, energy-efficient buildings, and smart meters and other monitoring devices. The biggest obstacle to moving ahead, by far, is finding the money to pay for it. Cash-strapped local governments don't have the revenue to invest in nice-to-haves like predictive analytics for crime prevention or sensor networks for water management. Eighty-eight percent of survey respondents point to limited funding as a top challenge to Future Cities initiatives. Municipal CIOs will have to make a strong business case to get projects funded. Other challenges respondents identified include political leadership (cited by 35%), bureaucracy (34%) and outdated IT infrastructure (27%).

 

Mayors and other city officials need help from the private sector to move ahead. When we asked who should lead Future Cities efforts, the vast majority of respondents (66%) cited public-private collaboration. The most promising areas for working together are improving K-12 education (identified as very important or extremely important by 57%), expanding access to wireless and broadband networks (57%) and ensuring the cybersecurity of critical infrastructure (54%). Businesses have a stake in the outcome of these and other Future Cities projects. The most frequently cited business benefit, mentioned by 69% of survey respondents, is access to improved municipal infrastructure and services. Other potential benefits include lower business costs (cited by 45%) and making companies more competitive (38%). Citizens must be involved as well, and social media is seen as the best way to facilitate their input. While social media ranked dead last in our list of 17 technologies that could improve municipal operations, 60% of respondents say the Web and social media are a prime way for the public to participate in Future Cities activities, and 53% cite crowdsourcing technologies. The high marks given to public-private partnerships and man-on-the-street brainstorming suggest that municipal IT pros understand that Future Cities programs have their best chance at success when all stakeholders are involved. To facilitate that discussion, we launched a new online community, UBM's Future Cities, in October. It's a place where city leaders and planners, business executives and municipal technologists can bounce ideas off one another. For example, the site just posted a conversation with Manny Diaz, president of the U.S. Council of Mayors and the former mayor of Miami, on the ongoing transformation of Miami from a "laughing stock" into a model city. More of those conversations must take place in cities around the world, and I plan to join them. Because there's no place like home -- a place I share with 20 million others, and growing.

From http://www.informationweek.com/ 11/28/2012

TOP↑

 

Federal IT Priorities in Obama's Second Term

 

Now that President Obama's second term is under way, the IT community is looking to federal CIO Steven VanRoekel to shed some light on technology policy for the next four years. At a Jan. 22 hearing of the House Oversight and Government Reform Committee, VanRoekel spoke on the topic of "Wasting Information Technology Dollars: How can the Federal Government Reform its IT Investment Strategy?" According to a report in fedscoop, VanRoekel's testimony represented a continuation of priorities set when he first assumed his position in 2011, following the departure of Vivek Kundra. The top three IT priorities of the Obama administration are to innovate in service of the public good, maximize the return from investment in IT and focus on cybersecurity. “Building on the progress of the last four years, my objective is to balance cost savings with innovation by continuing to cut costs while we invest in technology that securely services the American people,” VanRoekel said. Legislators expressed concern over estimates that nearly half of federal IT dollars are devoted to maintaining "obsolete and deficient IT resources." VanRoekel responded that older systems are actually better insulated from the latest cybersecurity threats, which seem to focus on taking down newer systems. Also among VanRoekel's stated priorities, according to Information Week, is a shift from owning physical IT assets to investing in technology-as-a-service. VanRoekel was joined at the hearing by Government Accountability Office Director for Information Technology Management Issues David Powner and former Congressman Tom Davis, as well as industry representatives from SAP, Brocade, VMWare and Microsoft.

From http://www.govtech.com/ 01/24/2013

TOP↑

 

Cyber Information Sharing Bill Gets New Life in House

 

Although last year's efforts to pass cybersecurity legislation in Congress were repeatedly stymied by gridlock, the top Republican and Democrat on the House Intelligence Committee say 2013's a whole new ball game. Reps. Mike Rogers (R-Mich.) and Dutch Ruppersberger (D-Md.), the chairman and ranking member of the Intelligence Committee, respectively, cosponsored one of several cybersecurity bills in the last Congress, the Cyber Intelligence Sharing and Protection Act (CISPA). It cleared the House, but died in the Senate in the midst of a White House veto threat. But Rogers said he and Ruppersberger now have mended fences with the White House. Addressing the Center for Strategic and International Studies Wednesday, Rogers praised the President for issuing an executive order this week to strengthen cybersecurity, a step he said would advance the cause of the legislation. He said it also was a good thing that the President brought up the topic during the State of the Union address. "He also acknowledged we need to pass a bill in Congress, another very good thing. It's a tone change, and we're wildly accepting of that change," he said. "And the executive order, we think, takes a little bit of the pressure off of the Senate's insistence on creating [cybersecurity] rules, regulations and standards for private infrastructure. All of that combined, I think, increases our opportunity to get a cyber information sharing bill that we all believe is important." And Ruppersberger said the Intelligence Committee and the White House now are actively discussing the way forward in Congress — a contrast to the environment surrounding last year's veto threat, which the Maryland Democrat described, at the time, as a "kick to the solar plexus." "We had some issues with the White House last time, and we still don't agree on everything. But what we do agree on is that we're going to work together," he said. "Our intelligence staff and the White House staff are working together now. We had a commitment again today from the White House. They will work with us because they know how serious this is."

 

A more narrowly tailored bill

Rogers and Ruppersberger reintroduced CISPA Wednesday in a form they say is more narrowly tailored and that should solve the previous privacy concerns the White House and civil liberties groups expressed last year. As opposed to the more overarching cybersecurity overhaul the Senate considered in the last Congress, the House Intelligence Committee bill focuses only on information sharing. The government's intelligence community would be ordered to come up with a secure way of sharing classified cyber threat signatures with Internet service providers and other private sector companies. Those companies, in turn, could voluntarily share threat signatures with the government and would receive liability protection from any lawsuits that could otherwise arise from transmitting proprietary data. But Rogers said that protection would not be a blank check to violate customer privacy. Companies, he said, would only be able to send to the government information about bona fide cyber threats, not the actual content of email messages, Facebook posts or tweets. "If this was about content, none of this would work," he said. "We're not worried about content. It has to be about trying to find malicious code that's embedded in an email or whatever, but that's not the content. But in order to doubly make sure agencies are following the law, we've said the inspector general must, every year, do an audit and then report to us on how they've used the information, what kind of information they got, if they got it wrong, how they rectified it and properly destroyed the information, and make sure it's not collected on government servers, which we thought was important."

 

Limited use of information

In addition to oversight and an annual report by the Intelligence Community Inspector General, the revised bill would clamp down on the government's use of any information it gets from private companies under the program. Last year's bill, for example, would have let prosecutors use that shared information in child pornography investigations or matters relating more broadly to "national security" investigations. This year's edition says agencies can only use the information they get from the private sector for "cybersecurity purposes." Nonetheless, the new bill drew criticism from at least one civil liberties group. The Constitution Project issued a statement saying it could still be used to authorize domestic spying and hand over personal information to government agencies. "The safeguards for privacy rights and civil liberties contained in this cybersecurity bill are woefully inadequate," said Sharon Bradford Franklin, the organization's senior policy counsel. "While the goal of protecting our nation's networks from cyber attacks is a laudable one, Congress must also address the very real threat this legislation poses to Americans' privacy rights and civil liberties." Ruppersberger claimed he and Rogers have done all they can to solve the concerns of civil liberties watchdogs. "We reached out, and it seemed that there was nothing we could do to change their views," he said. "There's just an opinion out there that the intelligence community is listening in on everybody, and believe me, they aren't. It's against the law for these agencies to spy on an American citizen unless we have an order from the [Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Court]. They go to jail if they don't comply with that. We've bent over backwards to make sure we're not invading anybody's privacy, but the threats are so serious that we have to deal with them."

 

Threat level is high

The threats, according to Rogers and Ruppersberger, are two-fold: intellectual property theft and the possibility of destructive cyber attacks on U.S.-based IT systems. To the first point, Ruppersberger cited the National Security Agency's estimate that foreign actors stole $300 billion worth of trade secrets from U.S. companies in 2012. On the second, Rogers worries about an attack that could cause actual destruction of computing systems, similar to last year's cyber assault on the Saudi state-owned oil company, Aramco. "Some have argued that had the system used for that attack got a little farther out than it did before it was caught, it could have come back to impact parts of the United States, including some telecommunications companies. Some of that is still classified, but it was caught within days, not weeks, and think about how much damage that was," he said. "The world's changed. We can admire this problem. We can talk about this problem. We can say we have differences of opinion on how we want to approach it, but the day has come when this kind of attack has reached the shores of the United States, and we'd better be ready for it. If not, we're going to be picking up the pieces of what happens after an attack and I don't think you want to see what Congress does then. We don't do anything well after a significant emotional event."

From http://www.federalnewsradio.com/ 02/14/2013

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

CHINA: Ready to Enhance Communication

 

A top government spokesman said China is poised to enhance communication with the rest of the world in a more "proactive and comprehensive" manner in the coming year. China has delivered on the open and timely release of information in the past year, said Wang Chen, minister of the State Council Information Office, on Tuesday in an address to more than 400 representatives from major world news agencies and overseas diplomats stationed in Beijing as well as spokesmen from 60 central agencies. So far this year, the State Council Information Office has organized 57 news conferences on heated issues including the disputes over the Diaoyu Islands and China's rare earth export policy — a wide range of topics that aimed to let the rest of the world understand China in a "comprehensive" manner, he said. Next year marks the first year under the new leadership, when documents issued following the 18th Party Congress will be implemented. As all eyes fall on China, which underwent the leadership transition in November, the minister said he welcomes more foreign reporters who wish to visit China and look deeper into the country. "China needs to know the world, and the world needs to understand China. I hope foreign friends come and see China for themselves ... and cover China in a more sufficient way," he said, adding that the office is committed to providing service as usual for all journalists.

 

Foreign reporters said they hope more facilities will be provided to assist their reporting on China in the coming year. Eric Baculinao, Beijing bureau chief of NBC News Worldwide LLC, said that the past year has been an important year for the US and China, and the next year will mean new challenges for reporters. "We will do more reporting about China under the new leadership. We hope that there will be more conveniences for us to report on issues that are important for both countries. I look forward to a more productive year in China in terms of news reporting from here, but this will depend on how convenient it will be for us," he said. Kor Kian Beng, a correspondent with the Singapore-based The Straits Times, said he expects to have more opportunities to attend important conferences and see different parts of China. Chi Zhang, a producer with Brussels-based VRT Nieuws, has worked in China since 2008, and said he hopes to travel to different parts of the country. He attended a media trip to the Ningxia Hui autonomous region last year and produced a TV program on the Hui ethnic group, local wind power plants and control of the deserts, which was "inspiring and eye-opening". "Next year we will keep focusing on people's livelihoods, economic development, rural development and anti-corruption. I would like more chances to go to various parts of China for reporting," he said.

From http://www.china.org.cn/ 12/19/2012

TOP↑

 

Laws Urged to Cover Theft of Online Data

 

Specific laws are needed to combat the theft of personal data, according to experts, after seven men were charged in Changsha, Hunan province, with selling more than 100 million bits of personal information online over the past five years. Information included names and addresses of cell phone users, car owners, company bosses and bank customers, Legal Daily reported on Thursday. The data were sold on the Internet and used to spam cell phones and illegal GPS devices, authorities said. Prosecutors said Zeng Zhizhong and Yi Zhijiang spent 4,000 yuan ($640) buying the databases of cell phone users, for instance, in Jiangxi and Hunan provinces over the Internet. Experts said the illegal use of personal data has worsened in recent years, partly because of improvements in the technology used to find it. In a survey by the Ministry of Industry and Information Technology released in April, 60 percent of respondents said their private information had been stolen, and the same number had received junk messages. To see just how easy it is to find personal information over the Internet, a China Daily reporter searched "car owners' data" on the Baidu search engine and was offered numerous links providing data. An operator on one website, chezhuziliao.com, said it charges 1 yuan for 10 car owners' information. To prove the authenticity, the operator e-mailed a list of 100 car owners in Beijing, dating from May to June 2011. The list included car owners' names and addresses, license plate details, cell phone numbers, car brands and models, and even the serial numbers on car frames.

 

China Daily called one of the owners on the list, who said he received many unexpected calls from insurance salesmen — but he was surprised and concerned to hear his own information was actually being sold. "A thief calling you and standing in front of your home may break in at any time. That's more dangerous than receiving harassing promotion calls," he said. Many laws and regulations cover the issue of private information — including about 40 enacted by the national legislature, 30 by the State Council and 200 by ministries, and banking and insurance regulatory commissions. However, Yang Lixin, a law professor at Renmin University of China, said the legal framework lacks a clear definition for private-information protection. "Courts pay less attention to the offense because there is no detailed explanation or definition on the subject," said Yang. Ruan Qilin, a professor at China University of Political Science and Law, said many suspects arrested in a police crackdown of the crime last year were released, after the evidence collected failed to be strong enough to prosecute, because of the weak definitions. Ruan added that China needs specific laws on private-information protection that would properly regulate who can handle and manage personal information. Citizen awareness in protecting privacy should also be enhanced through further public education, Ruan said.

From http://www.china.org.cn/ 12/21/2012

TOP↑

 

 

Huge Smart City Plan Covers Shanghai

 

CHINA will invest 80 billion yuan (US$12.7 billion) over three years until 2015 to build 90 smart cities nationwide, including one in Shanghai's Pudong New Area, under a smart city program, a ministry said yesterday. The new high-tech cities will be energy-friendly and intelligent as part of a move to enhance people's daily life, the Ministry of Housing and Urban-rural Development said. "It's an activity to improve people's daily life and stimulate domestic economic demand with a huge investment," the ministry said. The project will also elevate the urban environment and better manage city resources, the ministry added. The China Development Bank will extend loans worth 80 billion yuan over three years till 2015 to support the program. Shanghai will build 16 smart communities that will adopt the Internet of Things technology, including in Lujiazui and Biyun regions in Pudong. The Internet of Things, which connects devices through a network, is a promising technology that allows consumers to program, for example, washing machines, refrigerators and air conditioners via mobile devices or by wearing a Google Glass device or a wristwatch.

From http://www.shanghaidaily.com/ 01/30/2013

TOP↑

 

Mobile Payments to Be Launched in Taiwan

 

The Fair Trade Commission (FTC) of Taiwan approved the formation of a joint venture to run a platform enabling mobile payment applications for smartphones. A consortium of five leading domestic telecom carriers and a non-contact payment card provider aims to jointly run Trusted Service Management (TSM), a platform enabling mobile payments through near-field communications (NFC). Apps enabling NFC, a technology that enables users to make payments by tapping their smartphones on NFC readers, are projected to become available to smartphone users in Taiwan by the end of 2013. With FTC approval, the mobile platform can be deployed to allow users to pay credit card bills, public transport fares and shopping bills through their smartphones. To prevent the creation of a monopoly in the mobile payments market in Taiwan, the FTC attached several conditions to its approval of the joint venture. For example, members of the consortium are not allowed to bar the entry of other carriers and electronic payment operators into the market. Additionally, they may not reject the integration of services provided by other mobile transaction platforms. Further development of the mobile payment ecosystem in Taiwan is essential to allow large scale deployment of the platform. For instance, financial institutions such as banks must come on board, along with retailers and corporations who must start accepting mobile payments.

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 02/01/2013

TOP↑

 

2 Zhejiang Cities Launch 4G Service

 

TWO cities in Zhejiang Province have launched a 4G mobile phone network for commercial use, marking a new age of high-speed mobile Internet in China. With a 500 yuan (US$80) deposit, subscribers to China Mobile in Hangzhou, the provincial capital, and Wenzhou, can access the service, said a company spokesman. China Mobile, the country's largest mobile operator, employs TD-LTE technology, one of two international standards, for the 4G network. Its maximum Internet speed is up to 10 times faster than 3G. The commercial use of the network will target both individual and business users, the spokesman said. He added the firm's subscribers in Zhejiang's Ningbo could also apply for a 4G trial.

From http://www.shanghaidaily.com/ 02/05/2013

TOP↑

 

JAPAN: University Deploys Cloud to Empower Business Continuity Plan

 

Kyoto University in Japan, on January 10, announced its ICT progress on virtualising 128 servers and building an on-campus private cloud system to strengthen its business continuity plan capabilities for the university’s all-purpose server system and optimisation of ICT investment. In partnership with Fujitsu, the new on-campus cloud system enables key services on the university’s homepage and other servers even during disasters or blackouts in the Kansai region. The University’s Institute for Information Management and Communication and the Academic Centre for Computing and Media Studies are operating and administering the new cloud environment. The new system has allowed over 400 virtual servers to be operated, thus enabling the consolidation of general-purpose servers that have up to now been independently operated throughout the campus. It will help to streamline server operations and management while delivering increased convenience to faculty and researchers. Kyoto University also planned to use Fujitsu’s datacentre in eastern Japan to further proceed with the construction and operation of its new system for the BCP. As part of leveraging the new system, the University will also further optimise its ICT investment and cultivate more cutting-edge and supportive environment for nurturing human resources and promoting research and development. The new system started the operation on December 28, 2012. The Kyoto University was one of the government universities underwent partial privatisation in 2004 and faced with a new organisational and environmental changes within the new operation. One of which includes a need to communicate research results and educational curriculum to audience both within and outside of the universities. Therefore, in both academic and research setting, it has been very important to facilitate a transaction of wide range and large-capacity content across networks. Therefore, the Kyoto University established the Institute for Information Management and Communication in 2005 in order to facilitate this aim to optimise the IT infrastructure. Kyoto University is the national university and the second oldest university in Japan. It consists of three campuses: Yoshida, Uji, and Katsura, as well as a number of facilities located across the country. The University is located in Kansai region—on the Southern-centre of the country.

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 01/15/2013

TOP↑

 

Web Use for Campaigns to Be Liberalized

 

Political parties have agreed to liberalize use of the Internet for election campaigning ahead of this summer's House of Councillors vote, a move that could significantly change the landscape of campaigning in both national and local elections. The ruling Liberal Democratic Party and the main opposition Democratic Party of Japan have compiled respective bills to revise the Public Offices Election Law and other related laws and will soon begin interparty talks on the revision. Most parties have agreed on such points as liberalizing the use of e-mail and social networking services (SNS) for election campaigns. At the plenary session of the House of Representatives on Thursday, Prime Minister Shinzo Abe demonstrated his forward-looking stance toward using the Internet for such purposes. "The Internet is an effective way to convey opinions to a large number of people," Abe said. "After each party discusses the issue, I'll make efforts to allow [Internet] use in election campaigns as soon as possible." Although political parties agreed on steps to liberalize Internet use for campaigns before the 2010 upper house election, no legislative action was taken. Since then, there has been huge growth in the number of users of SNS sites such as Facebook and Twitter. Under these circumstances, parties held internal debates over the extent of Internet liberalization for campaigns and considered measures against defamation, deception and other malicious actions. The resulting draft compiled Thursday by the LDP included the following steps toward liberalization:

-- Election campaigns using e-mail and websites will be liberalized for candidates, parties and others.

-- Legal penalties will be devised for posting false information and defamation against candidates on the Internet.

The draft also stipulates that only political parties will be allowed to post paid campaign advertisements on the Internet.

 

Keeping up with the times

The parties agreed in 2010 guidelines to bar e-mail use and seek voluntary restraint on Twitter use for election campaigns. However, these days, with an increasing number of people using both e-mail and SNS, political parties are considering liberalizing both for election campaigns. However, as sending unsolicited e-mails may annoy voters, the parties' drafts include different restrictions for the use of e-mail. The LDP draft states e-mail can be sent only to people who agree in advance to receive them. The DPJ draft stipulates that sending e-mail to an unspecified number of people would be allowed, but not to people who decline to receive them. Regarding online advertising for campaign runs, the DPJ and Your Party proposed allowing parties as well as individual candidates to place paid Internet ads that are within the range of legally permitted expenses for election campaigns. After the parties work out the details of such points, the LDP aims to submit the bill to revise the law with opposition parties by the end of February and to pass it during the current Diet session. If the bill is passed, Internet use for election campaigning will be liberalized in time for this summer's upper house election, and will apply to all future votes, including local elections. The move to allow parties to use the Internet for election campaigns is expected to lead to a change in strategies to appeal to voters. "Candidates with little name recognition and parties with weak organizations will be able to attract voters' attention, especially young people," a junior DPJ member said. However, an LDP member said, "I think the effects [of using the Internet for campaigning] will be limited, in addition to costing a lot of time and money." In other countries, including the United States, the Internet has been actively used in election campaigns. In last year's U.S. presidential election, President Barack Obama tweeted "Four more years" two hours before his victory speech to announce his reelection win to the public. According to the National Diet Library and other sources, e-mail was first used for campaigns in the United States at the Democratic Party's primary election in 1992 to choose its presidential candidate. Since the mid-1990s, the use of websites for election campaigning has boomed in such countries as Britain, France and Germany.

From http://www.yomiuri.co.jp/ 02/04/2013

TOP↑

 

NFC-Based Guide App Launched in Tokyo

 

The Government of Tokyo, Japan, has launched a mobile app for Android-based smartphones to help residents with special mobility needs find their way around Ginza, an upscale shopping district in the city. The government has posted more than 300 NFC (near-field communication) tags around Ginza to serve as location markers. Visitors trying to find their way around the area can download the Android app, search for and select destinations in the area, and choose mobility options such as ‘wheelchair’ or ‘elderly’. They can then tap their smartphones on the nearest NFC tag, and the app will calculate a route to the destination based on the mobility restrictions given. The app uses publicly available government data to calculate an accurate route, and uses the NFC tags as the starting point of a trip. This can especially be useful underground, when services such as GPS may not function well. The tags have been placed along the streets, near popular shops, and near public transport hubs such as bus stops and train stations. The experiment began Tuesday and runs until 31 March. It is sponsored by the local Tokyo government and the Ministry of Land, Infrastructure, Transport and Tourism, and is part of ‘Tokyo Ubiquitous Project, Ginza’, the city’s ongoing project to integrate mobile phones into city life.

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 02/13/2013

TOP↑

 

MONGOLIA: Sky-High ICT Goals

 

Cabinet approval for Mongolia’s first satellite in late 2012 makes clear the height of the country’s ambitions for improving information and communications technology (ICT) provisions. Although a satellite launch is an ambitious objective, improving on-the-ground infrastructure will prove to be just as significant, and as challenging. In November, the cabinet approved the “National Satellite for Communications of Mongolia” project, the centrepiece of a collection of goals identified as part of a national vision to transform the economy into a knowledge-based economy by 2021. Although the country has long relied upon space communications to link its widely distributed population, there is no domestic satellite in service. Instead, $2m is paid each year to rent other nations’ satellites. This includes use of the “Ipstar-5” broadband satellite for delivery of TV and radio programmes to rural areas, the “Intelsat” satellite for telecommunications and mobile phone services, and low orbiting satellites for digital data on weather. The new satellite, which is set to launch in 2015, is planned to provide domestic communications, including TV, internet, radio, e-services and government links. “Regardless of the geographic location, individuals, herdsmen, households and organisations will have access to wireless communication services at a low cost nationwide,” noted local media. Increasing levels of technical hardware suggest a satellite link could play an important role in building ICT capacity. Imports of IT products rose 30% year-on-year (y-o-y), including a y-o-y rise of 30% in desktop computer imports and a 50% increase in laptop computer imports. Initial estimates for the price of the satellite project predict MNT630bn ($441m), with MNT280bn ($196m) slated for research and MNT350bn ($245m) for the launch and maintenance. Funding is expected to come from the state budget, the private sector and foreign assistance.

 

It has been anticipated that the satellite project will earn some $50m in its lifetime and trends suggest profits in Mongolia’s ICT industry are set to rise. According to data from the Information Technology, Post and Telecommunications Authority (ITPTA), revenue generated by the sector rose from MNT140bn ($98m) in 2005 to MNT539bn ($377.3m) in 2011. Given its expertise and bilateral relations with Mongolia, Japan will likely play an important role in the satellite project. In March, former Prime Minister S. Batbold signed a memorandum of cooperation with Tokyo that outlines measure for cooperation for technical studies on communications satellite systems and earth observatory satellites. In the same month, the government also signed an agreement with Singapore to work together on ICT activities and projects that aim to help transform Mongolia into a knowledge-based society. This agreement outlined cooperation on exploration of concepts such as enterprise architecture, cloud computing, project management and e-government. In addition to the satellite project, the National Broadband Programme (2011-15) is a government plan to ensure that at least 50% of all households have access to inexpensive broadband connections for bandwidth-intensive services, high-speed internet and television. The government also plans for 40% of households in remote areas to have access to a wireless broadband service.

 

Currently, 175 soums (villages) out of 331 are connected by 18,700 km of fibre optic and 8400 km digital microwave network. The ITPTA estimates that 100% coverage would require some 40,000 km of installed capacity. However, social media survey figures released in December by Japanese firm Cereja Technology underline the popularity of ICT in the country, with 17% of the population using Facebook. The country has also been quickly rising through the ranks of global networking surveys. The International Telecommunication Union in October placed the country 84th in its annual “Measuring the Information Society” report, a rise of three places on 2011. Meanwhile, Mongolia performed well in the Networked Readiness Index 2011-12 released by the World Economic Forum in April, achieving 63th place out of the 143 counties surveyed, a significant rise on 85th out of 138 nations in 2010-11. There are also government plans to improve ICT security and regulation in tandem with the development of technologies. In April, the cabinet approved an e-governance action plan for 2016. Officials have said that the action plan will benefit from the approval of a draft law on e-signatures to enable the creation of a legal environment. There are also plans to strengthen the role of the Communications Regulatory Commission of Mongolia in regulating competition issues and the provision of networks and services for fixed-line and wireless telecommunications.

From http://www.i-policy.org/ 02/02/2013

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

PHILIPPINES: Govt Unveils “Smarter Philippines” Programme

 

The Information and Communications Technology Office of the Department of Science and Technology (DOST-ICTO) unveiled its upcoming flagship programme called “Smarter Philippines”, which aims to leverage ICT to boost the country’s economy by touching on several core industries. According to Alejandro Melchor III, deputy executive director for ICT industry development at the ICTO, the “Smarter Philippines” consists of the following components: Smarter Governance, Smarter People, Smarter High-Tech Industry, Smarter Computing, Smarter SMEs, Smarter Agriculture World Development, Smarter Environmental Healthcare, Energy and Transport, Smarter Disaster and Mitigation, Public Safety and Smarter Cities. “DOST with the ICT office intends to transform every aspect of society through technology innovation. Actually, Smarter Philippines is a new program that will fuel tremendous growth to the ICT industry and create tremendous demand for engineering, content development, and domestic ICT industry,” he said.

 

While the programme is yet to be launched, Melchor revealed that some of its components are now in operation in key areas such as disaster risk reduction, transparency and governance, and in bringing IT-BPO investments in cities outside of Metro Manila. For disaster risk reduction, DOST launched the “National Operational Assessment of Hazards (NOAH) Programme which aims to respond to the urgent need for a reliable flood warning system in all major river systems and watersheds in the country. It is designed to set up a more responsive disaster preparedness system to reduce loss of lives, and damages to properties due to rain-triggered natural hazards. Just last month, a mobile version of the programme was launched so that Filipinos can access information relevant to current weather conditions right on the palm of their hands. Meanwhile, under its Smarter Cities component, the government is pushing for its Next Wave Cities Programme, which seeks to create employment opportunities in the countryside by promoting different provinces as suitable BPO destinations.

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 01/04/2013

TOP↑

 

Philippine City to Computerise Land Titles

 

Lucena City branch’s Registry of Deeds in Quezon, the Philippines will implement ‘Land Titling Computerisation Programme’ (LTCP) in the city, said Attorney Patrick Wendell Ilagan, Chief of the Registry of Deeds, Lucena Branch. Ilagan said that the LTCP will be divided into four phases complying with the Land Registration Authority (LRA)’s programme. The new computerisation on land registration will help solve the missing or distraction of the original land titles problems because all data will be kept electronically in the data base, he added. Last year, Lucena City’s Registry of Deeds has collected total of PH 13.59 million (US$ 332,235) which includes registration fee and real property tax, said Public Information Office in Lucena . Lucena City is the capital city of Quezon province situated on the Southeast of Manila, and has a population of 264,879 people as per the 2011 census.

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 01/10/2013

TOP↑

 

The Philippines Launches Prepaid Cards for Easier Loan Disbursement

 

The Home Development Mutual Fund (HDMF), or more commonly known in the Philippines as the Pag-IBIG fund, launched the ‘Pag-IBIG Citi Prepaid Card’ as part of its efforts to provide more than 12 million fund members a more convenient and secure way of receiving and using their loan benefits. HDMF is the provident financial institution in the Philippines, and membership is mandatory for all Filipino employees, onshore and offshore. The Pag-IBIG Citi Prepaid Card is a reloadable prepaid card and can be used for the disbursement of Multi-Purpose Loans (MPL) and Calamity loan proceeds. Members may sign up to avail of the card for the release of their benefits upon filing their loan applications. MPL aims to provide financial assistance to fund members concerning various needs such as: minor home improvements, tuition and medical expenses, health and even additional capital for small businesses. Meanwhile, fund members who reside in calamity-stricken areas can apply for a calamity loan where they can borrow up to 80 per cent of their total savings. Borrowers who are interested to apply for the card can go to the nearest Pag-IBIG branch office and file their loan application. Once approved, the loan proceeds will be credited to their Pag-IBIG Citi Prepaid Card, and the member can then make purchases at more than 130,000 Visa-accepting merchants nationwide and withdraw cash at any local ATMs.

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 02/05/2013

TOP↑

 

The Philippines to Test E-Tax System by July

 

The Bureau of Internal Revenue (BIR) is targeting to roll-out the pilot phase of its enhanced electronic Tax Information System (eTIS) in the National Capital Region by July as part of the agency’s continuing efforts to enhance tax administration in the country.  The eTIS is one of the sub-components of the BIR’s US$54.3 million Revenue Administration Reform Project (RARP) which aims to increase tax revenues over time and address issues posed by corruption, tax administration inefficiencies and lack of transparency, by introducing state of the art technologies to enhance the country’s overall tax administration system. The implementation of eTIS will entail a reengineering of BIR’s core business processes to provide a fully efficient and enhanced tax administration that can be used by the agency nationwide. Once the system is in place, it is expected to improve the trustworthiness of actions and decisions based on tax data. These, in turn, will improve tax compliance monitoring, reduce client contact and opportunities for negotiated assessments, increase the detection of misreporting and enhance the value of reports.

 

Furthermore, improved compliance, audit and enforcement tools are expected to contribute to a sustainable program of tax administration leading to increased tax revenue collection. According to BIR Commissioner Kim S. Jacinto-Henares, once the eTIS is rolled out in the National Capital Region, the agency hopes it can fully implement the system nationwide by mid-2014. "We really want to automate our operations to lessen face-to-face transactions, therefore reducing the opportunities for corruption, and to make the process of paying taxes easier,” she said. "This digitisation will also help us obtain, track, and analyse data faster, giving us more information that we can use in refining our operations and improving our revenue collection.”

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 02/14/2013

TOP↑

 

SINGAPORE: To Set Up Two Bodies to Manage Personal Data Protection Act

 

SINGAPORE, Dec. 20 (Xinhua) -- Singapore's Ministry of Communications and Information (MCI) said on Thursday that they will set up a Personal Data Protection Commission and a Data Protection Advisory Committee to respectively administer and advise on the Personal Data Protection Act on Jan. 2, 2013. The act, which was passed by the city-state's parliament in October and will come into effect on Jan. 2 next year, is aim at protecting personal information from being stolen or indiscriminately collected and used for marketing purposes. "It will be implemented in phases over an 18-month period to allow time for organizations to adjust fully to the new law," the MCI said in a statement. The MCI said the commission will undertake education and outreach programs to help organizations and the public understand the law as well as issue advisory guidelines for organizations to comply with the act. Meanwhile, the commission will also set up a "Do Not Call" registry in early 2014 for public registration, the ministry added.

 

The "Do Not Call" registry will allow people to opt out of receiving intrusive marketing messages like telemarketing calls, faxes as well as text and multi-media messages including those sent via smart phone applications such as WhatsApp and Viber. The committee, on the other hand, is established to advise the commission on matters relating to the key roles, administration and enforcement of the Act. "During the transition period, the commission will work closely with sectoral regulators and associations to help organizations comply with the act to adjust their data protection practices, and embark on public education and engagement programs to help consumers better understand how they may protect their own personal data from misuse," local media Channel NewsAsia quoted Leong Keng Thai, chairman of the commission, as saying. According to earlier report, the act covers all private sector organizations engaged in data activities within Singapore. The commission can impose fines of up to 1 million Singapore dollars ( about 820,000 U.S. dollars) for every offense and penalties of 10, 000 Singapore dollars (8,200 U.S. dollars) for every unsolicited marketing call or message to a number in the "Do Not Call" registry.

From http://news.xinhuanet.com/ 12/21/2012

TOP↑

 

THAILAND: True Plans to Launch 4G Service in April

 

True Corp plans to launch 4G wireless broadband service on the 2.1-gigahertz spectrum in Bangkok in April in a bid to steal the show from its rivals, which are expected to debut the 3G service on their 2.1GHz spectrum bands in the same month. A True source said the company had already ordered imported 4G network equipment, which will utilise the 2.1GHz spectrum. It plans to launch the 4G service in a few commercial areas in Bangkok. True subsidiary Real Future is one of the three holders of the 2.1GHz spectrum licences granted by the National Broadcasting and Telecommunications Commission (NBTC) last December. Under this technology-neutral licence, they can utilise any technologies to provide cellular service.  The other two licence holders are Advanced Wireless Network (AWN) of the largest cellular operator Advanced Info Service (AIS), and DTAC Network of the second largest cellular operator Total Access Communication (DTAC). All three licence holders are expected to kick off the 2.1GHz service in April.

 

AIS chief executive Wichian Mektrakarn said that at this stage, AIS has focused on the 3G-2.1GHz service and the nationwide 2.1GHz network rollout. A telecom industry source believes True group will not launch the 4G service nationwide, but only in a few spots, due to the lack of commercial viability. Eventually it will have to launch the 3G service on the 2.1GHz spectrum. True and DTAC currently have considerable bandwidth - enough to enable them to offer 4G service in some areas. AIS recently said it needs more spectrum bandwidth to serve its future business plan. It is likely to join with its concession owner, TOT, in the future to offer the 4G service. DTAC group holds 1,800 megahertz, 850MHz and 2.1GHz spectra, while True group has 2.1GHz and has partnered with CAT Telecom to offer 3G service on 850MHz. AIS holds 900MHz and 2.1GHz spectra. The 1,800MHz concession of AIS subsidiary Digital Phone Co will end this September, the same time as that of TrueMove of True.

 

Last year AIS, DTAC and TrueMove test-launched the non-commercial 4G service on their existing spectra with the NBTC's consent. Last week True group called a "CEO Vision" internal meeting of 2,500 high-ranking executives. True chief executive officer Suphachai Chearavanont told the executives in the meeting to join forces to make True group the leader on all fronts, including the wireless service arena. True has also sought a possible foreign partnership to bolster its strength. One likely suitor it is reportedly in talks with is telecom giant China Mobile. True's chief financial officer Noppadol Dej-udom declined to confirm the report about China Mobile, saying only that talks on a possible tie up with a foreign partner are ongoing. "Choosing a lifelong spouse will take as long as it requires. We prefer to take as much as time needed to make the right decision on this important subject," Noppadol said.

From http://www.nationmultimedia.com/ 02/11/2013

TOP↑

 

Thailand Launches New Facility for Geoinformatics Development

 

Thailand’s Geo-Informatics and Space Technology Development Agency (GISTDA) has launched a new facility called ‘Space Krenovation Park (SKP) to further enhance the development of country’s geo-informatics and space technology. The SKP is located at the Thaichote Satellite Control Station in Chon Buri province. GISTDA Executive Director Dr Anond Snidvongs said during the opening ceremony of the SKP that the agreement to forge alliances between Thai and foreign geo-informatics and space technology entrepreneurs was signed to support related research, develop innovative and add value to relevant products and businesses such as spare parts for space missions, batteries, mapping, high resolution satellite images, as well as a centre for the development of potential geo-informatics and space technology in ASEAN. The SKP comprises of seven main sections including satellite control unit, geo-informatics centre for ASEAN, a facility to provide knowledge and training to private entrepreneurs who are keen to enter this business, a rent space for private sector to conduct research on relevant product development.

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 12/06/2012

TOP↑

 

Thai Govt Expands Free Wi-Fi Project to the Province

 

Thailand’s Ministry of ICT (MICT) in partnership with private telecom operator, True Move has launched a pilot project to offer free Wi-Fi in Nakhon Ratchasima province. Group Captain Anudith Nakornthap said that the MICT selected Nakhon Ratchasima to be the first province outside Bangkok to trial the Public Free Wi-Fi project under the country’s ICT master theme of ‘Smart Thailand’. “This trial project will especially enhance the use of free tablet pcs under the One Tablet Per Child Policy project, given to first grade students in Nakhon Ratchasima this year,” he added. True Move planned to allow its 50,000 hot spots nationwide to join the MICT’s free Wi-Fi campaign. Users can select ‘ICT Free Wi-Fi by True’ network and register to obtain username and password. They can use free service up to 30 minutes per day, for the total of 15 hours per month with the download speed of 2 Mbps. Users will need to re-register every three months, said Suphachai Chearavanont, the Chief Executive Officer and President of True Move.

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 12/07/2012

TOP↑

 

Thailand Issues 3G Licenses

 

Ending the long-awaited licences for 3G, Thailand’s National Broadcasting and Telecommunications Commission (NBTC) on December 7 granted the spectrum licences to the three mobile operators to begin the services. The NBTC’s five-member telecom committee last week voted 4-1 to award license for the 2.1-gigahertz spectrum to the three bid winners of the slots which are Advance Info Service (AIS), Total Access Communication (DTAC), and Real Future of True (TRUE), to provide third-generation broadband cellular service, said Committee Chairman Settapong Malisuwan. According to him, the telecom committee will also require them to offer low 3G service tariffs, with 15 per cent lower than the average of both voice and data tariff fees of all telecom operators. This condition relates to the 2.1GHz licensing regulations that the licence holders must offer fair tariffs and ensure service quality. “Mobile-phone tariffs had already dropped by 10 per cent, while the 3G licence holders would have lower regulatory costs, which could enable them to operate the 15-per-cent reduction,” added Malisuwan. The license started on December 7, and will last 15 years with the expiry date set at December 6, 2027. The NBTC office will call in the three companies to receive licences this week.

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 12/10/2012

TOP↑

 

Thailand to Implement E-Tax Invoice

 

Thailand’s Revenue Department will implement Electronic Tax Invoice system and allow for online submission via internet. This system is slated to effect a tremendous change in the way registered companies file documents, issue tax invoices and receipts, and is aimed to cause an essential reduction in cost and paper use while empowering e-commerce business, said Prowmatr Huntra, Principal Advisor on ICT, Revenue Department, Ministry of Finance, Thailand. The RD released the Departmental Regulation allowing a VAT operator to issue and deliver tax invoices electronically early this year, and gave them time until early next year to prepare, deliver and keep their tax invoices or receipts in an electronic form as they see fit.

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 12/18/2012

TOP↑

 

Thailand G-Cloud 2013 Plan Revealed

 

Electronic Government Agency (EGA) under Thai ICT Ministry has recently announced its progress and plan for 2013 to further enhance the development and use of Government Cloud. Dr Sak Segkhoonthod, President and CEO of the EGA announced that the EGA’s focus in 2013 will be to provide more Software as a Service (SaaS), creating a Government Application Centre (GAC), and pushing forward Open Government IT project to further integrate data and services for citizens, and lastly implementing ‘Smart Box’ programme to connect with and deliver government services for remote communities. “SaaS will be the key system on our G-Cloud, while the GAC will become the centre of applications for public sector,” he said and added that the development of GAC is expected to be launched at the third quarter of this year. The past year, the EGA already prepared necessary enterprise architecture for the GAC’s network, and liaised with several agencies in preparedness for the official launch, according to him.

 

Regarding the integration of government IT project under Open Government initiative, Dr Segkhoonthod said that we have seen major collaborations for service and data consolidation among key ministries and agencies for the past year, such as the recent launch of ‘One ID Card for Smart Farmers’ programme, in collaboration with Agriculture and Cooperatives Ministry, the ICT Ministry, Interior Ministry, and Natural Resources and Environment Ministry. “Other major collaborations will be made available to cover public health, social welfare, education and several others,” he added and explained that agencies can use the Application Programming Interface (API) created by the EGA to further develop their own system. Launched in April 2012, Thailand’s G-Cloud has seen its progress in making available over 140 e-government services on the secured cloud environment, operated by the EGA.

 

“There have been total of thirty three agencies benefiting from the G-Cloud as of now,” Dr Segkhoonthod said. This year, the EGA will increase its investment on G-Cloud and aims to service sixty more projects. Dr Segkhoonthod also announced that the EGA has successfully linked 1,199 government agencies from national, provincial, and regional levels, to the Government Information Network (GIN) over the G-Cloud and support services such as Government Financial Management Information System (GFMIS), Teleconference. The EGA planned to expand the connection further to 2,000 more agencies, and initiate two more new services including Flood Alert System and GIN Web Conference.

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 01/29/2013

TOP↑

 

Thailand Plans to Integrate CCTVs Nationwide with Analytic Software

 

An installation of analytic software will help integrate data from CCTVs of different sources, said Thai ICT Minister Group Captain Anudith Nakornthap. Following last week’s task given by the Thai Prime Minister over the possibility of integrating CCTVs networks nationwide to boots security operations, narcotic solution, and traffic control, the ICT Minister told reporters that the ministry is likely to suggest the use of smart analytic software to connect all CCTVs networks owned by different agencies via data centre. "The use of software and the new system will be shared among related agencies, without replacing the existing CCTVs," he added and said that this solution will reduce the countrywide investment cost on CCTVs by 50 per cent. The ICT Ministry will be responsible on procuring the software, and IT related issue, while the use of the system will depend upon the tasks of each agencies, according to him. The ministry is now pushing forward an establishment of joint committee with the ministry of Interior, Defence, and the Royal Thai Police to finalise this project. The minister expected to summerise the solution and present the project at the cabinet meeting by end of February.

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 02/04/2013

TOP↑

 

VIETNAM: National Assembly Debates New Law on Electronic Transactions

 

The National Assembly switched its focus to the approval of new and amended laws on Friday after debating development projects since the ongoing session opened last Tuesday. Members began by discussing the draft of a Law on Electronic Transactions, which is required for Laos' accession to the World Trade Organisation next year. It will also be necessary when the Asean Economic Community comes into effect in 2015. Minister of Science and Technology Prof. Dr Boviengkham Vongdara presented the draft law, highlighting the need to enact the law so that electronic transactions could be properly regulated. He explained that an electronic transaction is a form of agreement making or the exchange of information through the use of electronic devices. “In recent years, electronic transactions have been increasingly used in various sectors, especially in banking, trading, taxation, tourism, e-governance and so on.”

 

But the management of such transactions remains a challenge because the existing laws and regulations do not cover issues related to consumer protection, the electronic certification of licences, and the recognition of electronic documents. It has become essential for Laos to enact this law to regulate electronic transactions and ensure that Laos benefits from today's technological developments. The draft has been developed from the Decree on Electronic Trade and the new content brings it into line with other laws enacted by Laos and other countries. The draft has already been debated in a number of meetings to get input from various sectors so the law will be as comprehensive as possible. Prof. Dr Boviengkham said the law fulfils Party policy and supports the government's socio-economic development plan and various international conventions that Laos is party to.

 

The draft law comprises 10 parts and 55 articles. The first part refers to the purpose of the law and government policy in relation to electronic transactions, and gives explanations of the vocabulary used. The second part talks about electronic documents and agreements, the third covers electronic licences, the fourth talks about electronic transactions within government organisations, the fifth covers mediation, the sixth relates to prohibitions, the seventh discusses the settlement of disputes relating to electronic transactions, the eighth talks about management and inspection, and the ninth part talks about policies for those who perform well in this field and measures to be taken against violators.

From http://www.vientianetimes.org.la/ 12/10/2012

TOP↑

 

Vietnam Launches E-Customs Procedures

 

The Vietnam Customs officially launched its electronic customs (e-customs) procedures nationwide as part of the agency’s 2020 development strategy which aims to reduce the manual and checking of goods from the current rate of 15-20 per cent to under 10 per cent by 2015, and further decrease it to 7 per cent and below by 2020. According to Deputy Head of the General Department of Customs’ Reform Board Tran Quoc Dinh, the initiative comes after seven years since the country first introduced e-customs procedures in customs offices located in Hoh Chih Min city and the northern Hai Phong City. After the pilot project was deemed successful, it was then expanded to other offices located in Ha Noi, Da Nang, Dong Nai and Binh Duong. "Individuals no longer have to fill-up forms and stand in long queues during business hours. With the e-customs in place, individuals can simply go online and make customs declarations from the comforts of their own homes,” he said. By 2020, the Customs Department hopes that the e-customs procedure will be fully implemented in all of its branches (sea border gates, airports, land border gates and other economic areas) nationwide. Dinh also revealed that the nationwide application of e-customs procedures is an important foundation for the implementation of the Viet Nam Automated Cargo Clearance System and the Viet Nam Customs Intelligent Database System by 2014 and as well as the national strategy on customs reform by 2020.

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 01/09/2013

TOP↑

 

Vietnam to Launch National Credit Information Database

 

The State Bank of Vietnam (SBV) has issued a circular that mandates the formal creation of a national credit information database to give credit institutions an oversight of the industry and to help them achieve efficiency in their internal operations. The circular governs the State Bank’s departments and entities, the SBV branches of provinces and the cities directly under the central government, credit institutions and foreign bank branches, borrowers and other relevant stakeholders. According to an official statement from SBV, the national credit information database aims to support SBV’s role in managing and supervising banking operations in the country, help credit institutions prevent and mitigate risks in their operations and assist borrowers to get access to bank loans, thereby contributing to the socio-economic development. The circular is expected to take effect on 1st of July, 2013.

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 02/18/2013

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

BANGLADESH: Work on to Formulate Guidelines for More Media Freedom Inu

 

Information Minister Hasanul Huq Inu on Monday said work to formulate various guidelines is underway to ensure more freedom of the mass media. “The mass media are enjoying freedom in Bangladesh. Work is underway to formulate guidelines to ensure their more freedom,” he said. The minister made the remarks when an eight-member delegation of foreign journalists called on him at his office. Inu said the present government has taken various steps for economic reforms. “The government has increased allocation for the development of agriculture, education and human resources and changed many policies.” He also said the digitisation process goes on in the country and the government has given priority to Information and Communication Technology to cope with the globalisation and development. The foreign journalists include Guangjin Cheng of China Daily, Li Xiang of History Reberence, Agni Roy of India’s Ananda Bazar, 24 Ghonta editor Arindam Chakrabarty, Mij Rani Singh from London, Tarique Al-Maeena of Saudi Gazette, Valerius Reza Boenwan of Singapore’s the Sun Media and Kunio Endo of Japan.

From http://www.unbconnect.com 12/17/2012

TOP↑

 

INDIA: IT Among Key Sectors to Offer Jobs in 12th Plan

 

New Delhi: Services like Information Technology, finance and banking, tourism, trade and transport are going to be major employment generators in the 12th five year plan period and beyond. The 12th Plan document calls for adopting sector-specific strategies to ensure sustained expansion of employment opportunities in these areas. The draft document suggested that a comprehensive social security must be put into place for workers in organised sector, which provides for pension, medical insurance and unemployment benefits that are seamlessly transferable across employers in all sectors of the economy. The 12th Plan hopes to make manufacturing sector a genuine engine of growth, which could generate 100 million work opportunities by 2022. It said the employment contribution of labour-intensive manufacturing namely textile and garments, leather and footwear, gems and jewellery, food processing industries can be greatly enhanced provided the government puts supportive policies in place. The document said incentives will have to be improved for expanding employment in the organized sector. The 12th plan should focus on demand-aligned skill development and aim at significantly stepping up growth in employment and manufacturing so that under-employed labour force can speedily move from low-paid farms jobs to better-paid, more productive manufacturing and service sectors.

From http://egov.eletsonline.com 02/04/2013

TOP↑

 

Creating World Class IT Infrastructure in India

 

HP is the global leader in IT. The company also has a significant presence in India.What is your outlook on the government market in India? For our enterprise business, the government plays a very significant role. We look at the government from many different verticals. There are projects that are being funded by the Central Government. There are those that are the initiatives of the State Government. There are also the Public Sector related initiatives. Major PSEs like IOCL, NTPC or BHEL and others have different kinds of needs that we are ready to provide. In fact, we are engaging with many different governments globally. If we look at the US Federal Government, whether it is the US Navy or the US Armed Forces, we are doing a lot of work in those organisations. Providing cutting-edge technology to government organisations has always been a huge business for us. In India, we have started from the Compaq days. HP PC continues to be very popular in the country.

 

The e-Governance field has made lot of progress during the last few years. What kind of work is HP doing in the e-Governance area? In e-Governance area, we have done fairly extensive amount of work. We look at the e-Governance vertical from the state perspective, centre perspective and the PSU perspective. We distinguish between the three verticals because different kinds of solutions are required for each. In the centre, we have organisations like the UIDAI, the NIC and many e-learning portals that are doing excellent e-Governance work. The centre decides the policies and framework in accordance to which the e-Governance solutions are developed and implemented. The power reforms that have been undertaken during the last few years have led to a lot of e-Governance happening in the sector. The Accelerated Power Development & Reforms Programme (APDRP) has been very  successful.

 

The banking and insurance sector is also growing very fast in the country. The  government is also taking lot of new initiatives in the name of financial inclusion. How is BFSI sector doing for you? In the Banking, Financial Services and Insurance (BFSI) area we enjoy a pretty good market share. We are doing lot of hard work in this area. We would appreciate if the government could speed up the process of new solutions development and deployments. There are some large tenders that we got more than one or two years ago, and now we are waiting for them to take off. We are the lowest bidder for these projects. The price at which we are prepared to work is highly competitive.

 

Please tell us about the ways in which the rupee-dollar fluctuations are having an impact on your business? Some of our government bids were placed when the dollar was hovering in the range of Rs. 44-45. Manpower can be managed, but on the customs duty we have no control. We are struggling due to the dollar-rupee price fluctuations. We are working in various government ministries to find out ways by which we can manage the rapid currency fluctuations. It is not only us; no OEM can absorb such high fluctuations. That is one of the reasons that some of the large and complex projects we execute take a lot of time and the organisation goes into making losses. The PSUs are more manageable. It is rare for any PSU tender to go on for more than one year. Even in states the projects get executed in a more timely manner, probably because there could be lot few pulls and pressures being faced by regional governments.

 

In the last two years we have seen lot of new initiatives coming up. We have projects like the UIDAI and many others being launched by the government. What are the ways by which such projects have contributed to the growth of the government market? Earlier we used to have small teams based out of Delhi. Now we have multiple teams sitting in each of the geographies helping us in doing our work for various government departments in centre and states. There is healthy growth in the work that we do for both–the centre and the states. In the next couple of years this business is going to be big. Some of these projects, like Aadhaar, will get implemented. Today, we can’t even imagine the kind of e-inclusion and financial inclusion that Aadhaar can lead to. Every department will have some kind of connect with Aadhaar, so many organisations have started working on those things. In the next couple of years we are going to see big investments from the government happening.HP will be playing a very critical role from technology standpoint and from enablement perspective.

 

What is your view of the kind of work that HP is doing?  HP is the only organisation which has such a wide range of products and solutions. We are offering a range of devices, technologies, desktop to laptop to handheld devices, server, storage, networking and much more. So we are the only company that has all the software tools, which can be managed and optimised to the last dot. Then, we have technological services and enterprise services to ensure our delivery capability to deliver from a normal project to most complex project, which may be required in government. We are in a position where we can work it out and help the government. What is the impact of your solutions? Can you give us some examples where your solutions are at work? We have executed the e-Procurement Project for the Government of Karnataka. We have done the entire e-Procurement for them. Karnataka is the first state in the country to have the e-procurement system. We did implement this project and the impact today is so paramount that this is rated as one of the best e-auction and e-procurement sites across India. The system is leading to a lot of savings every month for the state government and that is why other state governments have started demanding such solutions.

 

In the BFSI space, creating the core banking solutions have been the thrust area. It has created bid e-inclusion. We have done work for Bank of Baroda and Bank of India. Another project that I would like to mention is the one that we have done for the Director General of Employment and Training (DGET). This is a vocational training programme, one that is dedicated to creating skilled workforce for crop mixing and other things. We have also worked with the NIC very closely for the completion of large and complex IT projects. The projects that we have done with the NIC are now being used by government departments at the centre and in the states. Going forward, how do you see the business outlook changing in India?

Currently our population is close to one billion; it could even be more than one billion. To cater to the needs of so many people you need high-end technological solutions. We need to develop and implement technologies that will enable us to make a difference in the life of every human being.

From http://egov.eletsonline.com 02/06/2013

TOP↑

 

Goa’s New IT Policy to Have Thrust on ESDM Sector CM

 

Goa will soon come out with a comprehensive IT policy to support the Electronic System Design and Manufacturing (ESDM) sector in the state, Goa Chief Minister Manohar Parrikar said. Inaugurating a national workshop on “Electronic System Design and Manufacturing: Advantage Goa” here, the Chief Minister assured the Manufacturers’ Association for Information Technology (MAIT), the apex body actively representing ICT Manufacturing, Training, IT, Design, R&D and associated services sector, of all support in their endeavour to strengthen the ESDM sector. The National Workshop was organised under the aegis of the Department of Electronics & IT and the Government of Goa. Emphasizing that the focus on ESDM should not be only aimed at reducing the trade gap, the Chief Minister said that there was a need to have local base for Electronic System Design and Manufacturing within India in view of the country’s security requirements.

 

“It is our patriotic duty to promote manufacturing of electronic systems design products in India as most of the security equipment are manufactured in other countries like China which poses a major security threat for the country,” he said. He also pledged his support to MAIT in the implementation of policies. Speaking at the inaugural session, Mr J V Ramamurthy, President, MAIT and President & COO, HCL Infosystems Ltd said “This initiative under the aegis of the Department of Electronics & Information Technology and the Government of Goa presents a huge opportunity for the State to become an electronics hardware manufacturing hub to meet its domestic requirements as well as the global requirements”. There was a special session at the Workshop that highlighted the State and Central Government’s initiatives in the ESDM space. Others who also spoke on the occasion included P S Narotra, Senior Director, Department of Electronics & IT and S K Marwaha, Additional Director, Department of Electronics & IT.

 

This session was followed by a panel discussion on “India – the Electronic System Design & Manufacturing Hub: Opportunities & Challenges”. The discussion was moderated by Shri. Deepak P.Chodankar, Head-R&D, Smartlink Network Systems Ltd and the panellists included Shri Subhash Phaldessai, Chairman, Infotech Corporation of Goa Limited, Shri. Nilesh B. Phal Dessai, Director IT, Government of Goa, Shri P S Narotra, Sr Director, Department of Electronics & IT and Shri Hemant Usgaonkar, General Manager, Siemens Ltd, Goa. Shri Anwar Shirpurwala, Executive Director MAIT on behalf of the Indian IT industry, thanked the Govt. of India for giving the hardware sector its rightful due by way of creating conducive atmosphere in the country, what with several policies being implemented at a faster clip. He further mentioned that the ESDM is an idea whose time has truly come.

From http://egov.eletsonline.com 02/18/2013

TOP↑

 

SRI LANKA: Apparel Group Takes MillenniumIT Communications Solution

 

Sri Lanka's MAS Holdings has adopted a system provided by MillenniumIT and Dialog Axiata for internal communications for its plants and design centres in 41 locations in 10 countries. MillenniumIT, a unit of the London Stock Exchange group said the Microsoft Lync Server based system hosted by Dialog will allow employees to collaborate and communicate. "While reducing costs involved in audio and web conferencing, Lync will enable MAS employees to collaborate by sharing knowledge and information efficiently, regardless of location," MillenniumIT said in a statement. "Ad-hoc meetings between individuals or large groups will be made far more effective with Lync’s online meeting capabilities."

 

Sanjaya Dayananda, head of Microsoft business at MillenniumIT said Lync has a secure and reliable communication system works with existing tools and systems for easier management and lower cost of ownership. "In this project, MillenniumIT has proven their capability and in some cases exceeded our expectations throughout the implementation process," Senaka Harischandra, chief information officer of MAS Holdings said in a statement. "With this implementation MAS expects a significant reduction in time and cost of travel between the factories and office sites situated both locally and overseas, resulting in greater productivity and speed all round."

From http://www.lankabusinessonline.com 01/09/2013

TOP↑

 

MALDIVES: To Introduce Passenger Information System

 

Deputy Immigration Controller Hamid Fathulla said on Sunday that with the introduction of the Passenger Information System (PIS), Immigration would receive information on passengers before their arrival in Maldives. He added that the system would enable authorities to be more prepared about arriving passengers. According to Fathulla, the Immigration department at present is only able determine information of passengers once they land in the Maldives. "But when the system is established, the plane would send us the details of the passengers when the board. So it will be easy for us to clear them before they arrive. And we will also know beforehand the people who have been deported from the Maldives by referring to the blacklist," he said. Fathulla revealed that the issues with the current system allows people who have been deported to re-enter the Maldives, while adding that the new system would solve that problem. "Insha Allah we will introduce the system very soon." The PIS is being used in many countries around the world.

From http://www.haveeru.com.mv 12/17/2012

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

AZERBAIJAN: Joining New ITU Regulation

 

Azerbaijan joined the new regulations of the International Telecommunication Union (ITU), the Azerbaijani Communications and IT Ministry said today after a document was signed by Minister Ali Abbasov. The new regulations will come into force after ratification according to the Azerbaijani legislation. The new ITU new regulations are to ensure the free flow of information worldwide and was agreed within the World Conference on International Telecommunications, held in Dubai (Dec. 13-14). The text of the agreement focuses on further efforts to help developing countries, to promote access to information for people with disabilities and to approve the right of all people to freedom of speech within the networks of information and communication technologies. New ITU regulations will create the way to a more equitable sphere for all. A decision was made at the conference to create a single global number for the emergency services, as well as new provisions aimed at improving the energy efficiency of ICT networks and help combat e-waste. Energetic and long discussions at the conference were caused by such complex issues as safety of networks, determining the organisations providing services in accordance with the terms of the agreement, the principle of non-discriminatory access to each other's networks and the issue of whether to include freedom of speech in the preamble of the agreement.

From http://en.trend.az/ 12/17/2012

TOP↑

 

Broadband Internet Development Project in Azerbaijan to Be Adopted by Month End

 

Approval of the project on development of broadband Internet in Azerbaijan is expected by the end of the month, Aztelekom Production Association (PO) of the Ministry of Communications and Information Technologies of Azerbaijan told Trend on Friday. The document is currently being finalized by the Ministry of Communications and Information Technology, and the final cost of the project will be determined upon its approval. 291 million manat is allocated from the State Oil Fund budget for 2013 for implementation of this project that will contribute to expansion of broadband infrastructure and deployment of multimedia services in regions of Azerbaijan on its base. Gradual transfer of the regional telecommunications operator nodes to Next Generation Network (NGN), alternative routing of optical telecommunication lines and construction of high-speed IP-based lines of MPLS networks over DWDM networks are considered within the project. The necessary conditions for the transport of traffic from private providers will also be provided. The possibility of using GPON technology to bring the optical lines to the end users in large cities is under consideration. The possibility of application of CDMA 1x EV-DO and WiMAX standards for provision of broadband services coverage for people living in remote communities is also being considered. To date, about two thousand kilometers of fiber-optic communication lines have been laid across the regions of Azerbaijan within the development project for broadband Internet, of which 570 kilometers were laid by commercial providers.

From http://en.trend.az/ 01/13/2013

TOP↑

 

Azerbaijani Communications and IT Ministry Announces Plans for 2013

 

As 2013 has been declared the Year of ICT in Azerbaijan, it will be marked by launching Azerspace, the country's first telecommunication satellite, Azerbaijani Communications and IT Minister Ali Abbasov told media today. He said the satellite has already been delivered to the cosmodrome at Kourou, and its launch is scheduled for February 7. The second major project will start this year and lasts for three years. This will be to develop broadband Internet financed by the Azerbaijani State Oil Fund. The main goal of the project is to bring the indices on broadband connections to the level of developed countries. 2013 will be also marked by the transition to digital broadcasting. Analogue broadcasting will be stopped by late 2013. He stressed that the Ministry's plans are to ensure the e-government's portal is developed as a 'single window' principle. E-services rendered to citizens will be further expanded together with the ASAN Service centre. Abbasov added that the decisions taken in 2012 to create regional innovation zones and industrial parks will be developed in 2013.

From http://en.trend.az/ 01/21/2013

TOP↑

 

 

Azerbaijani IT Company Presents Tax Administration Modernization Project in Kyrgyzstan

 

"e-Government creation experience based on example of Azerbaijani IT company SINAM's tax administration modernization project (ITAS) and technological innovations of Oracle information technologies" conference was held in Bishkek, the company said today. According to the Information Policy Department of Kyrgyz Government, representatives of presidential apparatus, parliament, government, donor community, banks and other institutions and companies were invited to participate at the conference. The purpose of the event - acquaintance with available experience on creation of e-government at the regional and global levels, further development perspectives, finding the ways of bilateral cooperation in this direction. It should be noted that presently state bodies of Kyrgyzstan are very active on application of e-government principles and operation modes in the country. Creation of e-government is the one of the priorities of the "National strategy for sustainable development of Kyrgyz Republic for 2013-2017". During the conference Azerbaijani SINAM Company shared its experience in the field of development of information systems for e-Government on example of Integrated Tax Administration System (ITAS) project. The project is realized by ADB in cooperation with the Kyrgyz Government. Project's goal is the introduction of modern tax administration system covering main business-processes of the State Tax Service of the Kyrgyz Republic. Up-to-date IT-technologies were used within this project implementation.

 

It should be noted that, for the first time in Kyrgyz Republic, the Oracle Business Intelligence system was used for the creation of analytical reporting system. This product, designed for creation analytical systems and establishment of accountability, provides modern platform for business analysis allowing to timely get complete and important information for better decision-making across the whole organization. In their joint presentation SINAM and Oracle gave detailed information about this software and its application opportunities on example of ITAS project. In the "Review of DB Technology and Prospects in Oracle activities" presentation the Company provided information on the most famous product - Oracle Database. For today, this database management system has become an invariable part of any big information system. Also, company representatives spoke about Oracle Exadata DB machine integrated platform which is designed for deployment of all database applications and consists of database management servers, information storage systems, peripherals and networking equipment as well as software.

From http://en.trend.az/ 02/04/2013

TOP↑

 

Information Kazakhstan 2020 Draft Program Approved

 

At today's meeting the Сabinet approved the draft state-run program Information Kazakhstan 2020. Transport and Communications Minister Askar Zhumagulov tabled the document. The program is purposed to introduce information and communication technologies in all economic sectors. It will let solve tasks in order to raise efficiency of public administration system and contribute to the development of the country's information space. The draft program foresees further implementation of modern communication technologies, digital television, and active use of new technologies.

From http://engnews.gazeta.kz/ 11/27/2012

TOP↑

 

4G Communication Standard to Be Introduced in Astana and Almaty by End of Year

 

A 4G communication standard will be introduced in Astana and Almaty by the end of year, Kazakh Minister of Transport and Communications Askar Zhumagaliyev said at a briefing at the Central Communications Service (CCS) under the President of Kazakhstan on Wednesday. "Telecommunications are developing intensively. We hope to launch a 4G communication standard in Almaty and Astana this year. Following this we are planning to gradually develop it in other cities of Kazakhstan. The introduction was launched as a pilot project at Kazakhtelecom JSC. Base stations were installed in the cities of Astana and Almaty to organise and conduct pilot testing of fourth-generation mobile communications, "Zhumagaliyev said. The minister said that the 3G standard mobile communication network was put into operation in the cities of Astana and Almaty and in all regional centres of the country in 2011. Currently, the introduction of this technology is in process. "Provision for residents in the district centres and towns with a population of 10,000 or more with the third generation communication service is planned for the beginning of 2015," he said.

From http://en.trend.az/ 12/20/2012

TOP↑

 

TAJIKISTAN: Adopting New Media Legislation

 

The Deputies of the Majlisi Namoyandagon (Tajikistan's lower chamber of the parliament) have endorsed a new bill on the periodical press and other mass media, Asia-Plus reported on Wednesday. A regular sitting of the fourth session of the Majlisi Namoyandagon of the fourth convocation, resided over by its head, Shukurjon Zuhurov, took place in Dushanbe on December 12. MP Olim Salimzoda, who is one of authors of a new media law, said that a special working group comprising representatives of the parliament, the government, political parties and journalism community to work further on the country's media law. During more than two years, the working group held 18 meetings and the bill was submitted for consideration to the Majlisi Namoyandagon in March 2010. "Under the new law, all media outlets in Tajikistan will be registered as legal entities and public agencies will have to answer journalist inquiries within three days," the parliamentarian noted.

From http://en.trend.az/ 12/12/2012

TOP↑

 

TURKMENISTAN: Law on Mass Media Comes into Force

 

The law 'On mass media' has come into force in Turkmenistan establishing regulations for collection, dissemination of information, determining rights, obligations and responsibilities of individuals, journalists and entities, as well as regulating their activities, an official Turkmen source said on Monday. The article of the law states that the right to establish a mass media institution belongs to state administration bodies, local executive authorities and local self-government, political parties and other public associations, legal entities and Turkmen citizens who have reached the age of 18, or their associations. The state guarantees the right of mass media for freedom of expression. 'No one can prohibit or prevent the media from disseminating information of public interest', the law says. Turkmen citizens have the right to use any form of mass media to express their opinions and beliefs, search, receive and disseminate information. The new law also guarantees free access of Turkmen citizens to the reports and materials of the foreign mass media. Turkmen government policy is based on the principles of banning: media censorship except in cases stipulated by the country's legislation; creation of bodies for preliminary control of information; influencing entities, preparing and distributing information and pressurising journalists to present incorrect and biased information in the media. The law also noted that the liability grounds for media abuse are: using information of the media which happens to be state or other secrets protected by law; an appeal to the violent change of constitutional order, propaganda of war, violence and cruelty, racial, ethnic or religious hatred, discrimination or intolerance, distribution of pornography and other criminal acts.

From http://en.trend.az/ 01/07/2013

TOP↑

 

UZBEKISTAN: Special Information Systems to Be Created in Judicial Sphere

 

Uzbekistan will develop and introduce information systems that are integrated within the national information system for collecting, processing and storing information about the activity in the courts in 2013-14. This work is envisaged by the order of the Cabinet of Ministers which approved the programme of introducing modern information and communication technologies in the work of the courts. The programme will see the analysis of introducing and developing information and communication technologies, including on resources and systems, the number and quality of online services, as well as the qualified personnel in the field of information and communication technologies in the courts. It is planned to provide court personnel with computer and office equipment, to create the local area networks in the central and regional court offices and to organise electronic litigation within the development of infrastructure for information and communication technologies. Moreover, the decree of the government envisages the measures will increase the level of computer literacy and improve the skills of judges and court staff, including their certification for using modern computer and information and communication technologies. The increased number of information resources and improved quality of online services will allow applications to the court with petitions and other documents in an electronic manner to exchange data and to interact effectively with legal and physical entities to publish the decisions of the economic courts. They will be financed from the state budget, the Development Fund of the Courts and the Judicial Bodies, as well as grants and loans from international financial institutions and organisations and other sources not prohibited by law.

From http://en.trend.az/ 12/18/2012

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

AUSTRALIA: New Cyber Security Policy

 

Earlier today, my colleague Graeme Philipson wrote of the establishment of the Australian Cyber Security Centre (ACSC) to be an amalgam of Defence's Cyber Security Operations Centre, the Attorney-General's Computer Emergency Response Team (CERT) Australia, ASIO's Cyber Espionage Branch, elements of the AFP's High-Tech Crime Operations capability and all-source assessment analysts from the Australian Crime Commission, according to the Federal Government's much anticipated posture document on the future of Australia's National Security. Showing the extreme importance of cyber security, we find the announcement featured prominently on page 40 of the 44 page document. Accepting that this is the Federal Government's current position on Cyber Security, iTWire asked a number of industry experts for their thoughts. Adam Biviano, Senior Manager, Strategic Products, Trend Micro ANZ was generally in favour, "Trend Micro welcomes the Government's initiative as an important move in the fight against cyber crime.

 

"Law enforcement and governments have always played cat and mouse with criminals. The reality is that while there is money to be made from attacking computer systems, then criminals will never give up." Biviano continued, "Combining the key agencies into a single centre is a sensible approach. "With cyber crime, accurate intelligence is critical for implementing strategies to effectively tackle the problem. Having a centralised strategy to stave off cyber attacks. Combine this with the law making and enforcement capability of government and you have the foundation for a solid security strategy." In a press release, the Australian Computer Society agreed, "Besides The risk to critical infrastructure including banking and finance, emergency services, energy and utilities, food, health care, IT and communications, mass gatherings transportation and water, there is also a significant economic risk arising from cyber crime and terrorism. In our past submissions to the government the ACS have made the case that the best form of defence is for the Government to regulate and control practitioners who lead and manage our nations' ICT based critical infrastructure."

 

AVG's Security Advisor, Michael McKinnon agrees, "The establishment of the Australian Cyber Security Centre is encouraging, and not at all surprising given this follows a worldwide trend at the moment." McKinnon continued, "For example, the European Cybercrime Centre announced earlier this month, and New Zealand also announcing a joint statement with the UK on Cyber security." "As one of the world's largest ICT companies, Huawei is encouraged by the Government's vision to bolster Australia's cyber security defences," said Chairman of Huawei Australia Rear Admiral John Lord AM (Retd). "Huawei stands ready and willing to work with industry and Government to make this vision a reality. Globally, Huawei is already working in partnership with Governments and security agencies in this critical area." Identifying the issues with obtaining suitable staff to populate this new body, ACS CEO Alan Patterson comments: "Elevating the recognition of ICT professional standards and skills within both industry and public spheres is a critical step in the future-proofing of our national cyber security. Without suitably qualified and certifiable practitioners, our ability to counter cyber attacks at any level will be greatly hampered.

 

"The ACS will continue our work with the government, industry and ICT practitioners to further the understanding of cyber security in Australia. Another factor in the equation will be the impact of the NBN" added Biviano. "The combination of huge bandwidth and Australia's increasing reliance on the internet will no doubt be a magnet for organised criminals. The Government needs to ensure that business and society operate in the safest environment possible, or confidence in the connected future will suffer. As globalisation continues to be driven in part through the Internet," muses McKinnon, ”it is encouraging to see these security operation centres being created to foster better sharing of intel and knowledge between nations to stop Cybercriminals." Further, McKinnon adds, "In a perfect world these so-called borderless crimes would be prosecuted by an equally borderless legal system, yet in reality it's evident that different interests and sovereignties around the world make this a virtual impossibility; leaving us with the need to defend our own sovereignty which the ACSC also addresses." In a comment to Graeme Philipson's report, iTWire's good friend and regular commenter 'TachyonRider' asked for my thoughts, "seeing as though we already have the Cyber Security Operations Centre (CSOC) (http://www.dsd.gov.au/infosec/csoc.htm) in the Defence Signals Directorate (DSD). One would reasonably imagine the CSOC already coordinates effectively with ASIO and the AFP."

 

To address this, I would point out that having a number of organisations all covering the gamut of research, investigations, technical advice and remediation work is somewhat wasteful and broadly, I would agree with the proposal. But (and there's always a but!). My concern is that we are very likely to be pushing a lot of civilian-focussed work into an organisation that must, by its very design be subject to all kinds of military-style security levels and restrictions. Prime Minister Gillard's document tends to dwell more strongly on the Government's requirements in this area to the possible detriment of private industry. And the more DoD-based the organisation becomes, the harder it will be for third-party organisations (equipment and service providers, for instance) to get a seat at the table. Trend Micro's Biviano seems to agree with this assessment, "I would be keen to understand further how the new ACSC will interact with not only other tiers of government but also business. It will be interesting to see what tactical actions the ACSC delivers over the medium to longer term. What interfaces will it create for other tiers of government, and businesses? As there is a wealth of intelligence to be shared, what will be their interaction strategy with the private security industry?" Echoing this emphasis on private industry, AVG's McKinnon adds, "For Business and Enterprise this move should be sending a clear signal that if you haven't already started implementing a Security Programme then you're already behind the curve. It's time to step-up and get serious about defending from cyber attack, and don't rely solely on the Government to do the job for you."

From http://www.itwire.com 01/24/2013

TOP↑

 

Cloud Computing Trial to Be Launched in Australia

 

The Government of the State of New South Wales (NSW), Australia, will launch five pilot projects to test cloud-based IT solutions to improve government services. Greg Pearce, the Minister for Finance and Services, NSW, called for expressions of interest from the private sector. “We will test multiple cloud based systems across different scenarios and environments to ensure they are cost-effective, secure and efficient”, he said in a statement. “If successful we will look at how they can be rolled out across government.” The five projects planned are cloud solutions for email, Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP), shared service multi-tenanted email, ICT infrastructure and cloud-based desktop and collaboration services. “The trial will test technical and regulatory questions, as well as opportunities to reduce the Government’s annual ICT expenditure”, said Pearce. Government organisations such as Fire and Rescue NSW, the Department of Trade and Investment, WorkCover (agency working to ensure productive, healthy and safe workplaces in NSW) and Businesslink (a provider of outsourced business services) will be participating in the trial. The Department of Finance and Services of NSW will monitor all projects throughout 2013.

From http://www.futuregov.asia 02/06/2013

TOP↑

 

Victorian Government Reveals Revamped ICT Strategy

 

During the last two decades or so, successive Victorian Governments have been keen on ICT industry strategy, but the Baillieu Government has now revealed how it plans to improve its own use of technology. Announcing the Victorian Government's new ICT strategy, the Assistant Treasurer and Technology Minister Gordon Rich-Phillips said the 50-point action plan had been developed following rigorous consultation with industry and the public. He also took the opportunity to criticise the previous Brumby Government for what he said was "at least $1.44 billion of taxpayers' money wasted in cost blowouts on projects like HealthSMART, myki and the LEAP database." The strategy notes the changes in Victorians' expectations about the use of ICT to communicate with governments. While 78% of Australian internet users accessed government services or information online in 2011, almost one-third of Victorians were no more than somewhat satisfied with their last online engagement with government.

 

There's also the increasing access to high-speed broadband (though the NBN only warrants a single mention by name, and that's tucked away on the Acknowledgements page), Big Data, the desire to think again about which ICT services should be delivered in-house, and alleged gaps in ICT leadership, governance and skills. Measures planned by the Victorian Government include greater use of apps and mobile-friendly web sites, improved information sharing between systems (with due attention to privacy, security, etc), further release of Government datasets where appropriate (either free or at minimal cost), and the use of interactive or social technologies for the co-design and co-production of public services. The Government also intends to bolster its project management and project assurance capability, adopt modern delivery techniques such as Agile, engage with suppliers earlier and more flexibly, reuse systems wherever possible, withdraw from direct delivery of infrastructure services, and improve internal technical and governance capability.

 

"Victoria's ICT industry has a wealth of expertise and we look forward to a closer and more productive relationship in the future," said Rich-Phillips. The AIIA welcomed the strategy. Board chairman Kee Wong said “Businesses and communities are driving increasing demand for mobile technology and online services. We welcome the positive steps that the Victorian Government is taking to embrace technology advances and transform service delivery to meet these demands." Wong added "It is encouraging to see the Victorian Government recognise past mistakes in the development and delivery of ICT-enabled initiatives and look at alternative principles."

From http://www.itwire.com 02/12/2013

TOP↑

 

New Standards Impose Rigorous Process for E-Waste Disposal

 

New standards designed to help divert e-waste from landfill by imposing a rigorous process for its collection, storage, and recycling have been set by Standards Australia. The new, joint Australian and New Zealand Standard, ‘AS/NZS 5377:2013 Collection, storage, transport and treatment of end-of-life electrical and electronic equipment’, outlines minimum requirements for the safe and environmentally sound handling of e-waste. Colin Blair, Chief Executive Officer, Standards Australia, said the standard sets out principles and minimum requirements for end-of-life electrical equipment in order to maximise re-use, reduce the amount of waste going to landfill, safeguard worker health, and minimise environmental harm. “The standard states that a lack of full scientific certainty should not be used as a reason for postponing measures to prevent environmental degradation or adverse health and safety effects. The standard sends a strong message regarding the environmental concerns of e-waste.”

 

According to Blair, the standard recognises that there are laws in place regulating how to comply with occupational health and safety requirements and environmental performance, and that Australia and New Zealand are signatories to international agreements on environmentally sound management of hazardous wastes and pollutants. “The standard enhances existing environmental protections and international obligations, while establishing the processes required to reduce the amount of waste going to landfill.” Senator Don Farrell, Federal Parliamentary Secretary for Sustainability and Urban Water welcomed the new standard, which he said aligned with the Australian Government’s goal of ensuring that e-waste is managed in a manner that protects human health and the environment. “The new standard will complement the Australian Government’s National Television and Computer Recycling Scheme under which recycling services for televisions and computers are being rolled out to communities across Australia.”

 

Senator Farrell said that householders and businesses could drop off unwanted e-waste products “confident that the valuable materials they contain will be recovered, and that any hazardous materials will not enter the environment.” He said the standard also provided environmentally-effective guidelines for industry and would help ensure that, from 1 July 2014, at least 90 per cent of all materials in e-waste collected under the National Television and Computer Recycling Scheme were recovered for use in new products.”

From http://www.itwire.com 02/18/2013

TOP↑

 

NSW Government - Plan Will Make Sydney ‘Global Magnet’ for ICT Industry

 

The NSW Government says it will make Sydney a “global magnet” for digital and ICT talent and pilot smart work hubs, and a global leader in the ICT sector, as part of its response to a high-level Industry Action Plan on the Digital Economy. The State’s Deputy Premier and Minister for Trade and Investment, Andrew Stoner, says that the final Digital Economy Industry Action Plan identifies seven key areas of development for government and industry to position NSW as a global leader in the sector by 2021. “The Action Plan highlights NSW’s significant competitive advantage in digital and ICT industries, with this State the source of around 50 per cent of Australia’s total exports of telecommunications, computer and information services,” the Minister said.

 

Mr Stoner said the high-level Taskforce established to develop the action plan had identified the “critical need for NSW to build on its digital strengths,” with the sector playing a vital role in enabling innovation and productivity gains across other priority sectors in the NSW economy. “The Taskforce identified 50 actions for industry and government across seven areas including digital leadership and skills, connecting regional communities, open data innovation, growing Sydney’s Digital Precinct, improving finance and investment channels, and driving infrastructure productivity. The Taskforce believes success in these areas will enable NSW to lead in building a Digital Economy that sets global benchmarks for innovation and economic growth.”

 

The Minister said the NSW Government would work with industry to pursue the priority actions for the digital economy over the next 12 months:

• Introduce Innovate NSW, a new $6.7 million initiative to support deeper collaboration to address the State’s key challenges and opportunities

• Identify actions to make it easier for all businesses, including SMEs, to bid for government goods and services procurement contracts

• Pilot Smart Work Hubs to increase opportunities for teleworking

• Implement the NSW Government’s Open Data initiative as part of the NSW Government ICT Strategy

• Partner with the Committee for Sydney to identify and implement initiatives to position Sydney as a Global Talent Hub

• Continue to roll out free and reliable internet access via WiFi hotspots to 139 country libraries across the State under the NSW State Library’s four-year Revitalising Regional Libraries program, and

• Continue to implement the NSW State Library’s major digitisation program for its collection and upgrade of its digital infrastructure.

 

Sydney is already well positioned for growth in the digital economy, home to a diverse range of global ICT expertise developing innovative solutions in the variety of business and consumer facing sectors. With this Action Plan, we have a chance to take that momentum and develop Sydney and NSW’s true potential towards a leading role in the global digital economy.” The Chair of the NSW Digital Economy Taskforce and Director of IBM Research, Glenn Wightwick, said the Action Plan’s recommendations were based on months of research, consultation and debate among sector leaders and other key stakeholders. Wightwick said a strong and vibrant digital economy would be an essential factor in helping to address future economic challenges and to drive economic growth in NSW. "It is critical that we recognise the central role that ICT is playing in transforming every sector of our economy and see this as an opportunity to improve our competitiveness and productivity. This presents really exciting opportunities for everyone in NSW.”

 

Wightwick also said that the action plan offered solutions to a range of issues impacting growth in the digital economy including export opportunities, innovation, productivity, investment, skills, employment and workforce participation, business conditions and global competitiveness. “Looking forward, only those who can most effectively adopt and exploit opportunities to transform the way they do business, develop new products and services, improve efficiency and better serve their customers will be leaders in the global digital economy.” Mr Stoner said the centrepiece of the Government’s response to the industry action plan was a new framework underpinning economic development in NSW and immediate actions government and industry would take to address the priority issues highlighted by the taskforces.

From http://www.itwire.com 12/13/2012

TOP↑

 

ITU Stalemate Could Spur National Regulation

 

Academics warn of inevitable fragmentation of internet controls. The world's major Internet companies, backed by U.S. policymakers, got much of what they wanted last week when many nations refused to sign a global telecommunications treaty that opponents feared could lead to greater government control over online content and communications. In rejecting even mild Internet language in the updated International Telecommunications Union treaty and persuading dozens of other countries to refuse their signatures, the U.S. made a powerful statement in support of the open Internet, U.S. officials and industry leaders said. But both technologists and politicians fear the Internet remains in imminent danger of new controls imposed by various countries, and some said the rift that only widened during the 12-day ITU conference in Dubai could wind up hastening the end of the Net as we know it. "If the international community can't agree on what is actually quite a simple text on telecommunications, then there is a risk that the consensus that has mostly held today around Internet governance within (Web-address overseer) ICANN and the multi-stakeholder model just falls apart over time," a European delegate told Reuters. "Some countries clearly think it is time to rethink that whole system, and the fights over that could prove irresolvable."

 

An increasing number of nations are alarmed about Internet-based warfare, international cybercrime or internal dissidents' use of so-called "over-the-top" services such as Twitter and Facebook that are outside the control of domestic telecom authorities. Many hoped that the ITU would prove the right forum to set standards or at least exchange views on how to handle their problems. But the United States' refusal to sign the treaty even after all mention of the Internet had been relegated to a side resolution may have convinced other countries that they have to go it alone, delegates said. "This could lead to a balkanisation of the Internet, because each country will have its own view on how to deal with over-the-top players and will regulate the Internet in a different way," said another European delegate, who would speak only on condition anonymity. Without U.S. and European cooperation, "maybe in the future we could come to a fragmented Internet," said Andrey Mukhanov, international chief at Russia's Ministry of Telecom and Mass Communications.

 

HARD LINE IN NEGOTIATIONS

Spurred on by search giant Google and others, the Americans took a hard line against an alliance of countries that wanted the right to know more about the routing of Internet traffic or identities of Web users, including Russia, and developing countries that wanted content providers to pay at least some of the costs of transmission. The West was able to rally more countries against the ITU having any Internet role than agency officials had expected, leaving just 89 of 144 attending nations willing to sign the treaty immediately. They also endorse a nonbinding resolution that the ITU should play a future role guiding Internet standards, along with private industry and national governments. Some delegates charged that the Americans had planned on rejecting any treaty and so were negotiating under false pretenses. "The U.S. had a plan to try and water down as much of the treaty as it could and then not sign," the second European said. Other allied delegates and a U.S. spokesman hotly disputed the claim. "The U.S. was consistent and unwavering in its positions," he said. "In the end - and only in the end - was it apparent that the proposed treaty would not meet that standard."

 

But the suspicion underscores the unease greeting the United States on the issue. Some in Russia, China and other nations suspect the U.S. of using the Net to sow discontent and launch spying and military attacks. For many technology companies, and for activists who are helping dissidents, the worst-case scenario now would be a split in the structural underpinnings of the Internet. In theory, the electronic packets that make up an email or Web session could be intercepted and monitored near their origin, or traffic could be subjected to massive firewalls along national boundaries, as is the case in China. Most technologists view the former scenario as unlikely, at least for many years: the existing Internet protocol is too deeply entrenched, said Milton Mueller, a Syracuse University professor who studies Net governance. "People who want to `secede' from that global connectivity will have to introduce costly technical exceptions to do so," Mueller said.

 

A more immediate prospect is stricter national regulations requiring Internet service providers and others to help monitor, report and censor content, a trend that has already accelerated since the Arab Spring revolts. Jonathan Zittrain, co-founder of Harvard University's Berkman Center for Internet Society, also predicted more fragmentation at the application level, with countries like China encouraging controllable homegrown alternatives to the likes of Facebook and Twitter. Zittrain, Mueller and other experts said fans of the open Net have much work to do in Dubai's wake. They say government and industry officials should not only preach the merits of the existing system, in which various industry-led non-profit organisations organise the core Internet protocols and procedures, but strive to articulate a better way forward. "The position we're in now isn't tenable," said James Lewis, a cybersecurity advisor to the White House based at the Center for Strategic and International Studies. "For us to say 'No, it's got be an ad hoc arrangement of non-governmental entities and a nonprofit corporation ... maybe we could get away with that 10 years ago, but it's going to be increasingly hard." Lewis said the United States needed to concede a greater role for national sovereignty and the U.N., while Mueller said the goal should be a "more globalised, transnational notion of communications governance" that will take decades to achieve.

 

In the meantime, activists concerned about new regulation can assist by spreading virtual private network technology, which can national controls, Zittrain said. Backup hosting and distribution could also be key, he said. "We can devise systems for keeping content up amidst filtering or denial-of-service attacks, so that a platform like Twitter can be a genuine choice for someone in China."

From http://www.itnews.com.au 12/17/2012

TOP↑

 

NSW Govt Plan to Make Sydney an ICT Talent Hub

 

The NSW Government has detailed its strategy to boost the state's digital economy, as part of the O'Farrell administration's plan to help the state adapt to disruptive innovation and increasing competition from emerging economies. The Industry Action Plan for the Digital Economy, released by Deputy Premier and Minister for Trade and Investment Andrew Stoner, includes a $6.7 million innovation initiative to identify opportunities and challenges for the state, as well as smart work hubs and the implementation of the NSW Government's open data initiative. The State will also seek to raise the profile of Sydney, with the aim of positioning the city as a global hub for digital and ICT talent. The plan has been in the pipeline since September last year when the Government set innovation and productivity targets for the state until 2021. Under the plan, the ICT industry is expected to account for 4.9 percent of the NSW economy by 2020. "This state is the source of around 50 percent of Australia's total exports of telecommunications, computer and information services," Stoner said, adding it was critical for NSW to build on its digital strengths in order to help boost innovation and productivity gains across other sectors.

 

Victor Perton, former Commissioner to the Americas for Victoria welcomed the plan, but said there were some issues that would need to be addressed to ensure it was a success. "If they want to make it an IT skills hub we've got to make it more attractive for students to get higher degrees and higher training at NSW unis," Perton said, adding that Australia was sometimes criticised in the US for not producing enough home-grown PhD students. He added that the state would also need to deal with the issue of Australia being seen as a high-cost destination. "We're competing against Singapore, Hong Kong, India and China, all of who use much bigger subsidies and the like to lure investment," Perton said. Perton also said that in order for Australia to attract major ICT investment and boost flows of talent between Australia and the US, it would be necessary for Sydney and Melbourne to collaborate. "We will achieve success if Barry O'Farrell and Ted Baillieu shake hands and say, 'We expect our people on the ground to collaborate and go hunting in packs for those new investments'."

 

The taskforce that developed the plan is being led by director of IBM Research, Glenn Wightwick. "The Action Plan offers solutions to a range of issues impacting growth in the digital economy including export opportunities, innovation, productivity, investment, skills, employment and workforce participation, business conditions and global competitiveness," Wightwick said. "The Government has shown its interest and willingness to respond, but we still need to see the action and how real and effective the initiatives are", said Ross Dawson, a futurist who has written extensively on the global digital workforce. He added that Sydney's climate, beauty and culture gave it an unfair advantage over many other countries and that it was a viable and critical objective for it to be a global ICT talent hub. "Yes, we can be a global talent hub. We already are in some ways." Dawson pointed to a recent ranking by the Startup Genome project that ranked Sydney as 12th in the top 25 startup hubs in the world. However Randal Leeb-du Toit, head of commercial development at the University of Sydney, said if NSW wants to play on the global stage it needs to be doing something at a global standard. "It feels like it's a hand waving gesture more than anything else. It's like Tamworth trying to take on New York." Mr Leeb-du Toit said greater incentives were needed for entrepreneurs, similar to those on offer in Singapore and the US. "It doesn't have to cost them money, just change the tax equation for start-ups."

From http://www.itnews.com.au 12/17/2012

TOP↑

 

Govt Acts on Cyber Bullies

 

Justice Minister Judith Collins is to outline new measures to curb cyber bullying within the next few weeks. Her intentions were signalled yesterday after Rotorua coroner Wallace Bain repeated calls for laws to be urgently introduced to control digital bullying in light of another teenager taking her life after she set up a Facebook page targeting herself. Dr Bain found that 17-year-old Micaela Pinkerton-Stothers from Tokoroa took her own life on July 24, 2011 - the day after she and her boyfriend split up. It was first believed she might have taken her life because of cyber bullying as a rumour page on Facebook had hateful messages posted stating Micaela had had an abortion. However, during the inquest into her death, one of her friends said the pair had set up a gossip rumour page, with her posting the hurtful messages herself, using another name. Micaela appeared distressed by the rumours, crying to family and telling them she was being bullied. Dr Bain said it appeared Micaela had not been targeted by bullies.

 

However, in his findings, he highlighted a story that ran in Rotorua's Daily Post about a gossip page that was naming and shaming local youth, and another case involving 15-year-old Hayley-Ann Fenton, who took her own life after being sent threatening messages from her former boyfriend's wife. Dr Bain said cyber and text bullying was a worrying trend and there needed to be law reform on the issue. He repeated previous calls for "laws to control cyber bullying and cyber communication to be brought forward as a matter of some urgency".Rotorua Facebook pages, now removed, have named people as drug abusers and thieves. Dr Bain said young people were extremely vulnerable to cyber and text bullying, sometimes resulting in their taking their own lives. The inquest raised very unusual aspects including the setting up of the Facebook page with the responses monitored. " ... in the court's opinion, it simply reinforces the unsettled state of mind Micaela was in."

 

Another issue was what young people needed to do if they received a suicidal-type message from a friend, Dr Bain said. "Time and again a close friend will send these messages and within a short period of time, will have committed suicide. Young people are concerned about not breaching confidences ... yet on the other hand, after the event, all wish they had been able to do something about it and possibly got their friends some help." A spokeswoman for Ms Collins' office said the minister had asked the Law Commission to fast-track a review of the laws around telecommunications and the internet. The minister is due to take those recommendations to Parliament in the next two weeks. A public announcement due this month will include new laws regarding incitement to instigate suicide whether the person commits suicide or not, and updating existing digital laws.

From http://www.nzherald.co.nz 02/01/2013

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

 

E-Democracy: Isn’t It a Key to Cease Corruption?

 

It is now extensively accepted that Information and Communication Technologies (ICTs) have an important role in national development. The developmental prospective of information and communication technologies have been broadly discussed in the scientific literature but we still lack conceptual precision on the role of ICTs for success and failure of national development process. In recent times ICT is exploit by citizens and civil society for networking and improve advocacy and mobilization, local and globally. Blogs, Facebook and online communities create new modes of social contact. The use of ICT has influenced social movements and has also had an effect on the social life and democratic freedoms in some societies. The existing explanation of freedom and democracy, by the UN Universal Declaration of Human Rights, states that every individual have rights to free communication, religious and political participation, and to engage in economic activity. These rights are defined as political, economic, and religious freedoms. Many scholars connect political freedoms with constitutional democracy (the right of individuals to elect their governments). ICT offer new tools for well-organized public contribution in the democratic process in the form of e-democracy, e-government, e-voting and the propagation of opinions, thoughts, ideas, and rallying social action about things that concern society. At present ICT can be used to improve the democratic process in the form of e-government in which citizens are able to effectively impact the decision-making process in a judicious approach within and between institutions. In government, ICT not only can increase accountability and transparency, and counter corruption through more proficient administration and increased flows of information but also strengthen good governance and improve interaction between government and citizens. E-democracy can be closely defined as “e-administration”, where ICT serves to modernize inter-governmental relations and flows of information with the view to improve government services, transactions, and interactions with citizens, businesses, and other arms of governments. E-democracy can facilitate better service to citizens by:

•Offering information via government web pages;

•Facilitating access to government services, and;

•Developing depersonalized services which reduce risk for corruption.

 

Generally, one can differentiate between three levels of ICT use to advance democratic processes at the national level:

1.ICTs within government, with a view to improve efficiency in interactions and information flows between government departments and state organs.

2.ICTs in the interface between government and citizens, with a view to improving interaction and feedback between government and citizens.

3.ICTs for empowerment of citizens and civil society organizations.

Presently, Pakistan has a democratic system without democrats and it is hijacked by a small group of feudal lords, political elites, bureaucrats and organizations under foreign influence. Most of the time, democratic election only commit to reshuffling of the same old faces. Regardless of miserable performance of political parties, low level of people’s participation in party politics and lack of political culture, majority of the people still believe that political parties are the backbone of democracy. Pakistan where democracy has not deep root saturation, ICTs have provided the users an opportunity to be aware of their socio-political and human rights and they show strong inclination towards attending social and political meetings as a matter of right. ICTs are foundations of socio-political information and development and can be a precious tool for enhancing people’s contribution in the development of policies, laws, strategies and other documents that shape their future. Since Pakistan is a developing country that faces many development challenges, plus extreme poverty, a low literacy rate, poor health facilities, and a weak socio-political situation, characterized by corruption and a lack of informed decision-making, ICT for progress is still at a nascent stage from a civil society standpoint. Even though the government is devoted to the development of ICT infrastructure in Pakistan but, the country is a graveyard of many failed and unsuccessful projects. Unfortunately, the government takes massive loans from the IMF, World Bank and others but there are practically no checks to measure the success of the projects they send the money on, or ways of helping to eradicate corruption in the implementation of projects. There are barely any monitoring and estimation procedure in country that is why according to The Transparency International annual report 2012 the corruption of Rs 12600 billion reported in different sectors of Pakistan during the last five democratic years. The United Nations general assembly selected ‘9 December’ as International Anti-Corruption Day, to elevate awareness of corruption. On this International Anti-Corruption Day, let us promise to do our part by cracking down on corruption, shaming those who perform it and prompt a culture that values ethical behavior as democracy is based on two core principles: participation and accountability!

From http://blogs.thenewstribe.com/ 12/18/2012

TOP↑

 

Government-backed Monopoly May Be Needed for Broadband Networks, ITU Says

 

A huge upfront cost to fibre optic networks around the world means oliogopoly or monopoly situations may have to be accepted in many markets, the UN standards agency says. Ever wonder what the industry leaders of the telecommunications industry think the future holds for the future of ICT? Well a 35-page report on the outcomes of discussions like that can be downloaded from the International Telecommunications Union. Commonly known as ITU Telecom, the United Nations agency establishes worldwide standards to help smooth over compatibility issues. This is the agency that decides, for example, what wireless speeds can be deemed “4G” and what satellite orbits a nation’s outer-space communications gear can occupy. So what did the agency’s members discuss in Dubai at the ITU TelecomWorld meeting last October? Broadband Supply: providing fast speed Internet access around the world will help boost the economy and address poverty, but many areas of the world are still struggling to provide basic coverage to their populations, members of the ITU say. With a large amount of up-front capital needed for investment in fibre optic networks, it’s likely that a model involving an oligopoly of corporations or even a government-backed monopoly will be necessary in many markets. Broadband Demand: To drive interest and access to the information and products made available by broadband Internet, countries need to target different socio-economic groups with affordable devices. Content must be provided on those devices that is locally-relevant and services should be available in the local language. Big Data: Data has no value on its own, but can be monetized via complex analytics such as predictive behavioural models, location-based services, and personal data vaults offering secure storage. Adopting regulator-enforced standards and putting the consumer at centre-stage as both the source of data and the market for personalized services. It’ll be important to collect data transparently and provide the ability to opt-in or opt-out to varying degrees. Overall the report on the 55 panel discussions and other sessions is broad and wide-ranging. But some main themes that emerge are how telecom companies are taking a customer-first approach and grappling with how to adapt business models in the face of over-the-top technologies.

From http://www.itbusiness.ca/ 02/11/2013

TOP↑

 

 

AFRICA: Tanzania - Isles Keen on e-Government Implementation

 

DRESSED in white T-shirts bearing words 'e-revolution', a team of employees of an Information Communication Technology (ICT) project joined other Zanzibaris at the launch of e-government programme in the Isles. Zanzibar has chosen to use e-revolution instead of egovernment because the former means 'everything' for the islands. It is e-revolution, argues Mr Mohamed Juma Ame, head of the project facilitating committee adding that "e-government is comprehensive revolution in internet, convenient telecommunication, education, e-health, etc." Briefing the gathering at the launch of e-government programme Ame said soon it will be possible for Zanzibaris to get treated by medical doctors from abroad, "for example, a doctors in Cuba will in the near future be able to communicate with a patient in Zanzibar online!" The launch was one of activities to celebrate the 49th anniversary of the Zanzibar revolution. Implementation of the e-government project in Zanzibar will be the responsibility of the Information Communication Technology (ICT) department. He adds: "E-revolution (egovernment) has been going on gradually because it is a big and expensive project." Mr Ame said in the development of infrastructure, the backbone fibre optic cable has been laid covering more than 350 Kilometres on Unguja and Pemba islands. The facilitating team leader said that 12 sub stations for e-government link have been constructed:

 

Fumba (entry point from Tanzania mainland), Kizimkazi, Paje, Kiwengwa, Nungwi, Amani, Jamhuri Garden, and Mazizini (central base) on Unguja islands, while in Pemba islands it is Chunjuu, Wete, and Konde. He said that the second part of the project is to have all government departments, at national and regional levels linked to the e-government system at Mazizini Street, and that already four ministries are linked at the central e-government, and other department will follow. He recalled that the plans for implementation of e-government project in Zanzibar started way back in 2006, but the ground work was finished in just one-year! "We have to celebrate the success," he said as the Minister for Public Service and Good Governance, Mr Haji Omar Kheri, thanked the retired President Amani Abein Karume for supporting the idea when it was first proposed. Kheri said that e-government has a lot of advantages and that Zanzibaris should expect and get prepared for changes through the use of the modern ICT. Pemba North Regional Commissioner (RC) Dadi Faki said that the project will transform the life of people in Pemba Island. The fiber optic cable has the capacity of 40G, while the requirement is only 2G. The surplus will be used in private sector and businesses including commercial advertisements. Currently we are negotiating with ZANTEL on how we can expand the use the cable." "For us e-government is e-agriculture, e-health, eeducation, e-tourism and other programmes, said Mr Dadi after a televised video conference with President Ali Mohammed Shein during the launch of egovernment programme. Launching the programme, Dr Shein also emphasized that the first ever initiative is meant to improve communication, economic growth, employment creation and quality of life for our citizens, since all public institutions will be connected through the new technology.

 

"ICT changes are inevitable, we cannot dare to isolate ourselves and remain behind while our colleagues in other parts of the world move ahead," said Dr Shein emphasizing that Zanzibaris have to change so as to fit in the fast growing world of information technology. Visibly joyful Dr Shein informed enthusiastic Zanzibaris and delegates from the Chinese Embassy that e-government is to increase greater efficiency in government through the use of information and communication technology. He thanked China's ZTE, Helios-Tech of Israel, Microsoft from USA, and local companies: Salem Construction Limited and Kemmisy Investment Limited that have been working on the e-government project in different ways including the laying of the fibre optic cable, construction of the centres and making connections. Dr Shein also thanked China for providing a 19 million US dollars soft loan for the project while its Ambassador to Tanzania, Mr Lu Youqing, pledged continued support to Zanzibar. Although there are views that Zanzibar is still far from making e-government programme a reality, authorities say implementation of the work has been faster than expected. A representative from ZTE, which lay the cable, said that in comparison with similar projects in Kenya, Uganda, and Rwanda, Zanzibar has been moving very fast. The ZTE official commended relevant Isles leaders for their seriousness in implementing the e-government programme which entails the use of information and communication technologies (ICTs) to improve activities of the public sector. Some definitions restrict egovernment to Internet-enabled applications only, or only to interactions between government and outside groups, but in Zanzibar authorities say all digital ICTs and public sector activities are included. The authorities say further that the ICT and e-government solutions will contribute towards Zanzibar's social and economic development. Dr Shein encourages increased awareness and understanding so that people benefit from new technology.

From http://allafrica.com/ 01/21/2013

TOP↑

 

ASIA: Management World Asia Reveals Innovative New Revenue Generation Through Digital Service Delivery

 

As the availability of high-speed broadband across Asia creates boundless opportunities for service providers to generate new revenue streams through the delivery of digital services, TM Forum announced today that the focus of its Management World Asia conference and expo is aimed at helping service providers across the Asia Pacific region transform their business operations in order to manage the complex end-to-end value chain of digital service delivery and harness a wealth of new opportunities. With 19 C-Level keynotes from leading regional service providers taking a hard look at overcoming the challenges of delivering innovative products and services, Management World Asia, held March 12-13 at the Marina Bay Sands in Singapore, addresses the most critical challenges facing businesses today with essential case studies, unique insights, inspiration and boundless networking opportunities. Industry leaders from Celcom Axiata Berhad, DST Communications, Groupon Travel Asia Pacific, Hong Kong Broadband Network Ltd., Indosat, Mobilink, MTS India, PT XL Axiata, QNET, Robi Axiata, Research in Motion and Starhub, and over 40 additional speakers will tackle important topics for the Asia Pacific region, including:

•Transforming business models to capitalize on new digital services

•Turning data into dollars through effective customer analytics and enhanced customer experience

•Identifying practical techniques to monetize and manage disruptive technology

 

“In order to succeed, service providers must learn how to refine their business models to exploit future services, develop innovative new digital services, adopt and expand cloud computing services, and bolster revenue assurance programs,” said Martin Creaner, president and CEO, TM Forum, who leads off the conference with a keynote on March 12. “TM Forum’s Management World Asia is a unique and valuable opportunity for the region’s already successful leaders to come together, offer their insight and show others how to succeed in a highly competitive market.” TM Forum’s Management World conferences and expos stand apart by offering expert keynotes, sessions, unrivaled networking opportunities, and TM Forum’s renowned Training and Certification programs. Upcoming Management Worlds include:

Management World, Nice, France, May 13-16

Management World Americas, San Jose, Calif., Oct. 28-31

Please contact TM Forum’s event sales team at eventsponsorship@tmforum.org; Carine Vandevelde (+44 207 193 8678); or Vanessa Lefebvre (+34 605 165 449) to discuss Management World Asia sponsorship packages that are right for your company and your budget. Register now for Management World Asia and receive maximum savings.

From http://finance.yahoo.com/ 01/16/2013

TOP↑

 

EUROPE: Putting Accessibility at the Heart of e-Government

 

A new user-centric web-based platform, developed by EU-funded researchers, promises to bring down the barriers to accessing e-government services. A new user-centric web-based platform, developed by EU-funded researchers, promises to bring down the barriers to accessing e-government services. Public administrations across Europe are making the leap from government to e-government, but citizens will only reap the rewards of being able to access more services online if they are efficient, accessible and easy to use. Developed by the 'Digital inclusive e-government' ( Diego) project, the platform offers a scalable, open standards-compliant solution for public administrations looking to implement e-government services from scratch or update existing ones to a more user-friendly and accessible system. The project's completion, following two years of work supported by EUR 2.5 million in funding from the European Commission, comes at a crucial time for the roll out of e-government in Europe. On the one hand, the increasingly widespread use of mobile devices such as smart phones and tablet computers, even among the elderly and traditionally less tech-savvy citizens, is creating demand and opportunities for more inclusive online services accessible anytime, anywhere. On the other hand, public administrations are increasingly coming to realise that in many cases the e-government services they have deployed in recent years, often at substantial cost, do not meet citizens' needs or are not easily accessible to inexperienced users. And, as European Commission Vice-President Neelie Kroes, recently pointed out such systems have often been developed in isolation, creating digital borders between towns, regions and countries where physical boundaries have long disappeared (1). 'Over the last five to 10 years, public administrations of all sizes have spent millions on e-government services but often they weren't planned or designed very well. The result is people don't use them, and in many cases penetration is as low as 10 or 15 %,' explains Alejandro Echeverría, marketing director at IDI EIKON in Spain, the Diego coordinating partner.

 

Inclusive e-government

The Diego platform aims to overcome that problem. It is designed with user-friendliness firmly in mind, allowing anyone, regardless of their level of digital literacy, to access online services through an adaptable and intuitive interface. And, as a web-based standards-compliant system, it is accessible from any device, including smart phones, televisions and digital kiosks in public locations. For administrations, implementing the Diego system is cost-effective and relatively straightforward, even in cases where they have legacy e-government systems that need to be updated or transferred. 'The basic framework for the system is the same for all applications and the use of open standards, and its provision as software-as-a-service, helps overcome interoperability issues. However, some services need to be tailored specifically to the requirements of individual administrations. For example, data protection and data management laws are different in every country, so how data is stored and accessed, whether locally or using cloud resources, varies in each case,' Mr Echeverría explains. The differences were underscored in seven pilot deployments of the Diego platform involving public administrations in Cyprus, Ireland, Italy, Spain and the United Kingdom. In each case a variety of different e-services were developed or migrated onto the Diego system. In the trials, citizens could access a range of e-government services: they could arrange appointments with local councillors, find out about training courses, renew their ID cards or look for jobs. End users, including less experienced elderly citizens, generally found the system easy to use, and appreciated the range of services on offer. 'One key focus of the pilots in Spain was employment services - understandably, given the high unemployment rate here at present. Job searches used to be handled at the regional level, but they are now being offered at the local level, and in most cases the systems used to provide access weren't very efficient or accessible. With the Diego system we have been able to interconnect job databases, connecting with private job search engines and the EURES European portal, providing citizens with better access and enabling them to upload their CVs and apply for jobs online,' Mr Echeverría says.

 

Saving time and cutting costs

For administrations, the costs of implementing the system are relatively low: it costs around EUR 150 per month to use the Diego platform in a town of 10,000 to 15,000 people and, depending on specific requirements, it takes just one or two months to set up. The system is continuing to be used at many of the pilot sites, and IDI EIKON, in collaboration with other project partners, is looking to deploy it with other public administrations across Europe in the future. Among other possible uses, the United Nations Development Programme (UNDP) is looking at the system to open communications channels and enhance social and cultural interaction between communities in north and south Cyprus. In addition, Mr Echeverría points out that the platform, being 100 %web-based 'fits perfectly' into the European Commission's recently launched strategy to drive business and government productivity via cloud computing. Mr Echeverría notes, however, that uptake of the platform is dependent on several factors, not least the will of politicians and other stakeholders to implement e-government services or update existing ones. In addition, the economic crisis and the scaling back of public budgets across Europe also represent a challenge, despite the mid to long-term benefits of e-government. 'Ultimately, stakeholders need to realise that e-government saves everyone time and money. If citizens can complete procedures online, they don't need to go to public administration offices, queue up, and occupy the time of a government official. It's hard to quantify the cost savings, but it's realistic to think that a procedure that may cost a couple of euros to complete in the traditional way will only cost a couple of cents if it is done digitally,' Mr Echeverría explains.

 

In addition, the Diego researchers found that by introducing users, some of whom had little or no ICT experience, to the platform, the same people went on to access other services online. 'After using the system, some elderly people went on to set up Twitter or Facebook accounts to communicate with friends and family,' Mr Echeverría explains. 'We like to see the platform as a training bicycle, in which access to e-services are the support wheels that help people get on their way in the online world - it's a big step forward to e-inclusion.' It is also an important leap toward more widespread and effective e-government in Europe. As Neelie Kroes has noted: 'Dealing with government services can be trying or time-consuming. First and foremost, governments should put users in control, and in the centre. I want citizens to benefit from services they really want to use, services targeted to their needs, services that are smooth and seamless.' (2) The Diego platform sets an important example for how that can be achieved. Diego received research funding under the European Union's Competitiveness and Innovation Framework Programme (CIP).

From http://www.i-policy.org/ 12/16/2012

TOP↑

 

European Commission Releases Open Data Portal

 

The European Commission, the executive body of the European Union, launched a beta version of the Open Data Hub of the European Union last week, a month earlier than the scheduled release date in January. The data portal currently contains 5811 datasets from the European Commission, freely available to the public to browse, download and use. The portal also provides access to data from other institutions and agencies of the European Union at their request. A large majority of the datasets (5634 sets) are published by Eurostat, the statistical office of the European Union. Other publishers include the European Environment Agency, Directorate-General for Health and Consumers, and the Publications Office of the EU. The website states that the portal is “about transparency, open government and innovation”, aiming to “promote and build literacy around Europe’s data”. The data catalogue and search functions were developed with the support of Open Knowledge Foundation, a not-for-profit organisation dedicated to promoting open knowledge. The portal is the first part of the Commission’s three-fold ‘Open Data Strategy for Europe’ announced in December last year - leading by example. The Commission had committed to opening its vaults of information to the public for free through a new data portal. The next two parts of the strategy are establishing a level playing field for open data across the EU, and backing these new measures by funding research into improved data-handling technologies.

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 12/31/2012

TOP↑

 

Bulgaria: After 13 Years of Preparations, Bulgaria Launches E-government

 

The first five thousand Bulgarians, who have applied for an electronic identity card will receive their cards over the next few days. They will be able to use seventy services of Bulgaria’s e-government at the end of April 2013. The news was announced by Valeri Borissov, Deputy Minister for Information Technologies. The Sofia Municipality is providing fifty e-services to the citizens, while the state administration is launching twenty. “The e-government has been a priority of each Bulgarian Cabinet since 2000, but the incumbent one finally managed to launch it with twelve million levs provided under the operational program Administrative Capacity.” The abovementioned electronic identity cards are part of the e-government project, along with the electronic democracy system that will be launched soon. It will enable citizens to take part in the debates on important issues, carried out by the government or the municipal councils.

From http://paper.standartnews.com/ 02/17/2013

TOP↑

 

German Government Should Make Its Software Available as Open Source, Committee Advises

 

Germany should change a law to enable public administrations to make their software available as free and open source, a German parliamentary committee has advised. German public administrations currently are not allowed to give away goods, including software, said Jimmy Schulz, a member of Parliament and chairman of the Interoperability, Standards and Free Software Project Group in an email Thursday. The current law prohibits governments from being part of the development process in the free software community, he said. "This is a clear disadvantage because it cuts off all benefits obtained from free software, such as being cost-efficient and state-of-the-art," he said. Besides a recommendation that the government should explore whether the law can be changed for software, the group also called for the use of open standards in order to make sure that everybody can have access to important information, Schulz said. "We also called for public administrations in general to make sure that new software is created as platform independent as possible," he added. While the project group is not in favor of giving priority to one type of software over another, it said in its recommendation to the Parliament earlier this week that free and open source software could be a viable alternative to proprietary software. Although free software should not be favored over proprietary software as a rule, the federal government should follow the example of the city of Munich and use more free software in general, the group recommended. Munich is often seen as the German textbook example of open source implementations. The city is currently completing a migration to its own Linux distribution called LiMux. Choosing open source software over a modern, proprietary Microsoft-based IT infrastructure has saved the city over ?11 million (US$14.3 million), the city council announced in November.

 

Not every German migration to an open source IT infrastructure has been a success, though. Compatibility problems and under-performing spreadsheet and presentation programs in OpenOffice frustrated city employees in Freiburg, Germany, so much that the city council decided to dump the suite and go back to Microsoft Office only a few weeks before Munich announced its savings. Open source advocates called for the city government to give updated versions of OpenOffice or its LibreOffice counterpart a chance and they pointed to Munich's success with open source adoption. But those entreaties failed to sway the Freiburg government. It could also take a while before the German federal government follows in the footsteps of Munich, said Schulz. The recommendations made by the inquiry committee now need to be discussed and adopted by the entire Parliament to become an official document of the German Bundestag, he said. This is set to take place in March or April. The German Parliament is not the only European government looking to open source as an alternative to proprietary software. "Free software presents an opportunity we should seize for the modernization, the effectiveness and the transparence of the state: Free software can be a driving force in ensuring wider access to public data," wrote Fleur Pellerin, the French minister for SMEs, Innovation and the Digital Economy in an answer to parliamentary questions on Tuesday. "Free software facilitates the development of e-government: that's one area in which the ability to view and modify its source code leads to interoperable systems, a key factor for e-government. Free software also gives the state more control over its IT spending," she wrote. The free software model is of "strategic importance" to European governments and companies, she said.

From http://news.idg.no/ 01/17/2013

TOP↑

 

German 'Egovernment' Transition Encouraged

 

Researchers are trying to encourage German policy makers to make the transition to “eGovernment”. The Fraunhofer Institute for Open Communication Systems (FOKUS) in Berlin has now drawn up a scenario which shows how an ICT solution that was successfully implemented in Denmark can be swiftly adapted for German government agencies. In Denmark, seven participating government agencies have already fully digitized their records management, administration work, and casework and all written material – whether formal or informal – is managed in a standardized ICT environment. The core component is integrated knowledge management whereby employees have immediate access to relevant information via a digital archive. Social media technologies such as chat forums are integrated into formal work processes and support informal communication. “Users’ experiences have been positive across the board,” reports Dr. Michael Tschichholz, from FOKUS. “At the Ministry of Social Affairs and Integration, every employee saves 30 to 45 minutes a day. 81 per cent of employees at the Ministry of Transport are either satisfied or very satisfied. “The most recent changeovers took only a few weeks in each case. Meanwhile, the time needed for training is kept within reasonable limits, as employees have recourse to user interfaces they are familiar with and receive individual support from ‘runners’ who move from office to office during the brief introduction phase.” The researchers are presenting their proposed approach for the German government at their eGovernment Laboratory in Berlin and also from March 5 to 9 at the CeBIT trade show in Hannover. Dr Tschichholz said: “We have been investigating interoperable and cost-effective ICT solutions for German government agencies since way back in 2004.

 

“One of our partners is cBrain, whose integrated solution is already being very successfully implemented in seven Danish government ministries. We took a close look at the technology and discovered that it would suit the needs of German government agencies very well.” While electronic communication has long been an everyday reality in offices across the German public sector the researchers found that case workers often only use modern document management systems for recording digitized files, while ignoring the technology in their everyday work. But the German government has expressed a desire for a more integrated approach by outlining what it is looking for in an ICT platform in its “Organizational Concept for Electronic Administration”. The concept includes recommendations for a system enabling electronic records management, modelling of electronic workflows, electronic collaboration and integrating the various software applications for specialist processes that have grown up over the years. “These building blocks of eGovernment are supported by the Danish solution. As an option, managers can also be included in digital processes via mobile devices,” said Dr Tschichholz. Dr Tschichholz and his team have developed specific application scenarios, and these are currently undergoing a field test in German ministries. In the FOKUS eGovernment Laboratory, the research scientists recreated sample workflows from the Federal Ministry of the Interior and analysed how the Danish solution can be adapted to the ministry’s work. “We showed, for example, how the solution can be used to draft briefing documents, which the permanent secretary or minister can then conveniently access on the move from a tablet PC,” said Dr Tschichholz, who also uses the ICT platform at FOKUS for internal processes. Last year, the team successfully presented the laboratory scenario to Cornelia Rogall-Grothe, Federal Government Commissioner for Information Technology, and the Danish Ambassador Per Poulsen-Hansen. At the CeBIT trade show, FOKUS will demonstrate how mobile devices can be securely used for administration work with the aid of the Danish ICT platform.

From http://eandt.theiet.org/ 02/07/2013

TOP↑

 

Moldova’s E-Government to Slip

 

The State Voter Register of Moldova is facing some delays, while the automation of the electoral process has brought no results. This information was officially announced by the Court of Audit of Moldova, Moldavskie Vedomosti reported. The report also reveals that the financial resource earmarked for the Electoral Support to Moldova project has already been absorbed without showing any visible results. From a total of USD 4.5 million only USD 600,000 remained. The money is supposed to be absorbed by the end of the final term, which is the month of August. The Court of Audit of Moldova also noted that the country has been experiencing some problems connected with the personal data protection, the digital citizen assistance and the ability of voters to use IT technologies.

From http://www.focus-fen.net/ 01/31/2013

TOP↑

 

Russian Opinion: E-Democracy – A Tool or a Toy?

 

Remember I talked about the way governments handle citizen initiatives? United Kingdom was one of the first ones to introduce a legal and technological tool which allows citizens to submit ideas to the parliament through the internet– and if one gets enough votes from other webgoing citizens, the parliament has to discuss it. Russia is currently working on a similar project. Last year President Vladimir Putin has ordered to create a tool which would allow pretty much the same. Any citizen should be able to sign in to a special website, type in a petition or a proposition and publish it for other users to see. Other citizens would be able to leave their signatures. Upon reaching the threshold of 100,000 signatures a document would be then sent to the lower house of parliament. That was the initial idea. Somewhere along the way a governmental filter was established – e-petitions would be first screened before being made public and the list of subject matter was limited by existing legislation – for instance, calls for violence or overthrowing the current rule, being illegal and all, will not be posted on the e-petition website. The deadline for developing the technological and legal platform for this undertaking was set by the president for April 15th of this year – and still, it’s not clear how and when this will actually work. The thing is, just recently an online petition did gather 100,000 signatures. It’s aimed to amend the recently-adopted law protecting interests of Russian citizens from foreign nationals – what is almost informally known as the “anti-Magnitsky law”.

 

The problem a lot of people have with it is that it prohibits US citizens from adopting Russian orphans, including kids with disabilities, who don’t seem to be popular among Russian adoptive parents. The opponents of the law believe that despite a number of highly-publicized cases of American families abusing adopted kids from Russia, introducing a flat-out ban will have worse consequences in the long run – i.e. disabled children will have no chance of finding a home and a caring family. Hence the petition. Still, the parliament refuse to consider it as currently there are no legal grounds of doing so – and technically, that’s correct. Hopefully, in the next few months this will change. Maybe we’ll adopt the way the American initiative functions – it’s called “We The People”. Although, I have to say, this model doesn’t seem to be doing so well. Back when it was launched late in 2011, it stirred up some controversy. This government’s official, crowdsourced petition site should have enabled direct involvement of the population in the decision-making process. When the White House launched this website in September of 2011, the administration wanted the public to speak its collective mind and enjoy the internet-enabled democracy. Anybody could and still can create a petition; if it receives enough digital signatures, the White House has to review it and issue a personalized statement. So what's the reality of the situation?

 

A little more than a month in, the site had seen a fair number of petitions that reached the required benchmark of 25,000 signatures with little to no reaction from the government. Overall, at the time the general opinion settled that "these petitions are ignored apart from an occasional patronizing and inane political statement amounting to nothing more than a condescending pat on the head" – as one petition put it. Well, how’s that working out now? [hum imperial march]. I sense a disturbance in the force. Seems like the website is not doing much… apart allowing Americans to vote for building an actual Death Star. Here’s the petition which managed to gather 25,000 signatures and, as such, warrant an official reply from a White House representative. “We petition the Obama administration to: Secure resources and funding, and begin construction of a Death Star by 2016. […] By focusing our defense resources into a space-superiority platform and weapon system such as a Death Star, the government can spur job creation in the fields of construction, engineering, space exploration, and more, and strengthen our national defense.” Unquote.

 

You know, it’s actually kind of odd. On one hand, this is obviously not something some wants – scratch that, I would love to see an operational Death Star – but that’s just not feasible. On the other hand, such a request is not… illegal, I guess – so the government has to actually respond. And, well, respond it did. Cleverly titled “This Isn't the Petition Response You're Looking For”, the response, authored by head of the White House budget office’s science and space branch explained why the project is not in best interests of the American people – in a tongue-in-cheek manner, of course. “The Administration shares your desire for job creation and a strong national defense, but a Death Star isn't on the horizon. Here are a few reasons: The construction of the Death Star has been estimated to cost more than $850 quadrillion. We're working hard to reduce the deficit, not expand it. The Administration does not support blowing up planets. Why would we spend countless taxpayer dollars on a Death Star with a fundamental flaw that can be exploited by a one-man starship?” And then the text goes on to feature real achievements of the aerospace industry – and not just American. But still, back to the subject of e-petitions – judging by recent news, all they’re good for is comic relief. Yes, there’s another petition, which rivals the Death Star project in ridiculousness.

 

Created January 3rd, it still has a long way to go before expiring – and already it has gathered almost 10,000 signatures. Quote “Direct the United States Mint to make a single platinum trillion dollar coin! With the creation and Treasury deposit of a new platinum coin with a value of $1 trillion US Dollars, we would avert the absurd-yet-imminent debt ceiling faceoff in Congress in two quick and simple steps! While this may seem like an unnecessarily extreme measure, it is no more absurd than playing political football with the US -- and global -- economy at stake.” Unquote One weird thing I’ve found about it is about 2,000 signatures are Russian names – probably the surge happened after the story went viral in the Russian blogosphere. Actually, the initiative was also supported through Twitter campaign with the hashtag #MintTheCoin, with a another movement opposing the initiative #StopTheCoin. While the idea may sound absurd, it was seriously considered for a while, actually – several years, in fact. If you’re wondering if such an idea is even plausible – it is. Without going into detail, I’ll just say the gesture of minting and depositing would be mostly symbolic – simply put, it would be the same as the government printing one trillion dollars and putting that in the treasury – and this is a scenario people are more familiar with. Still, the coin part is a gimmick – and, for now, it seems that the same goes for e-petitions and e-democracies wherever they are.

 

Moving on to matters more serious – cyber-security. Actually, there’s a bunch of news in this regard – we’ll kick off this subject today and continue tomorrow. A Russian citizen from Krasnoyarks is being accused by the Federal Security Service of organizing a cyber attack on the president’s website. The attack happened in May of 2012 – and turns out, the hacker’s actions might have been a part of a greater plan. Care to hear who was behind it? Allegedly, the dreaded Anonymous – an informal decentralized group of digital vigilantes, anarchists, hackers or criminals – depends on who tries to classify them and which of their actions are being focused on. Here’s the deal: according to the Security Service, the detained hacker is responsible for taking down the website May 9th, 2012. He did this using existing software – software, authored and distributed online by, yes, the Anonymous. These programs were aimed to take down governmental websites as part of the Anonymous’ support for the ongoing protest actions in real life – the so-called “March of the Millions”. This being said, the guy’s status as a “hacker” is questionable – rather, a cyber-criminal with no intimate knowledge of the field of cybersecurity who simply got his hands on a bunch of programs created by real hackers. Probably this would also explain how he was caught so easily. Still, he knew what he was doing and what legal consequences his actions might have, so now he has to face the music, i.e. the court. The defendant, Vasiliy Nikitin, claims he’s not only not a hacker, but also a not very savvy user and he didn’t know what he was doing. While his connection to the political opposition has not been established, his browsing history shows he was a frequent visitor of websites with illegal software used for DDoS attacks. So, was he a victim of own stupidity or a pawn in a larger scheme? Well, if you’re into spy games and conspiracy theories tune in tomorrow when we take a look at a larger digital threat, recently discovered by Kaspersky Lab.

From http://english.ruvr.ru/ 01/21/2013

TOP↑

 

NORTH AMERICA: Canada - Big Data Pushing Faster, Better Decisions

 

A recent survey of large enterprise firms reveals that 75 per cent of companies are investing more than $1 million a year on Big Data initiatives. The potential for making better and faster business decisions is pushing large companies to invest huge sums of money on Big Data initiatives, according to a recent study conducted by consulting firm NewVantage Partners. Over 75 per cent of the respondents said they pout no less than $1 million a year while as much as 25 per cent of the firms pour in more than $10 million annually into Big Data initiatives, a report on Computerworld.com said. A number of reasons including risk reduction and creating higher-quality products and services were cited as reasons for investing in Big Data, but the companies said the “quantum leap” in benefits comes from accelerated decision making or so-called time-to-anwser. If companies can get “valuable answers” within 30 minutes it makes a lot of difference and changes the business process dynamically, according to NewVantage.

From http://www.itworldcanada.com/ 01/11/2013

TOP↑

 

U.S.: Wireless Broadband - Ready for Government Work?

 

Although mobility has become a popular buzzword, the government’s use of wireless broadband capabilities has been limited because of concerns about security and reliability. “Warranted or not, there’s always been a stigma within government circles that somehow wireless connections can’t be secured as well as a physically wired infrastructure,” said Stephen Orr, a distinguished systems engineer in Cisco Systems’ U.S. Public Sector division. A number of converging developments in technology, policy and culture, however, are finally giving federal IT officials more reasons to believe in the ability of wireless broadband to securely transform their operations. Specifically, changes taking place in the wireless industry include the transition to the fourth-generation (4G) broadband infrastructure that will make data and video transmission lightning fast and much more secure. When combined with next-generation encryption standards being built into wireless networks, “there’s going to be a lot more flexibility for federal agencies in their options because there is now essentially no difference between the security of wired and wireless networks,” Orr said. Another factor driving government officials to be more open to using wireless broadband is the growing use of mobile devices, which has federal employees and the general public clamoring to access government resources anytime, anywhere. And all of this comes at a time when the Obama administration is mandating that agencies rely more heavily on cloud computing and telework and pursue operational innovation through a more streamlined, open and citizen-centric approach to technology. “Wireless mobile networks have become much more intelligent than they ever have been,” said Danny Johnson, director of public sector marketing at Verizon Enterprise Solutions. “And that technology is really an enabler that forms a means for government to streamline operations, to build enhanced productivity into their operations and their business, and then ultimately provide a better user experience for employees and constituents.”

 

Why it matters

It’s not just security issues that have hampered widespread federal adoption of wireless broadband, said Brett Haan, a principal in Deloitte’s federal telecommunications practice. Although the 3G broadband standard was better than its predecessor, it didn’t give government workers as much capability as their agencies’ wired networks offered, and remote employees could do little beyond reading e-mail and browsing the Web. By contrast, 4G wireless broadband is completely IP-enabled and offers transmission speeds that are as much as 10 times faster than 3G technology, making the applications and services that could be provided “basically limitless,” Johnson said. The possibilities include live streaming video surveillance, video chat, unified communications, team collaboration, telework, telemedicine, and machine-to-machine computing to enhance fleet management, logistics, and physical and perimeter security. Moreover, 4G enables users to essentially stay connected all the time, Orr said. The public will have more opportunities to engage agency services using smart phones and tablet PCs, while government employees will be able to use any mobile device to access applications and agency data, whether they are at home, at a local coffee shop or on the road to a client site. “Government clearly has a need to do more in terms of providing services to the citizenry with less resources, and for this, I think wireless is a natural complement to the existing wired networks,” Haan said. “Together, they provide synergistic results so that agencies and their constituents are better served. But wireless only adds to that instant capability so you can serve more people at a greater capacity.” Government agencies are beginning to take advantage of 4G capabilities. For example, some federal defense and state and local public safety agencies are building their own wide-area networks using 4G wireless broadband. The Navy is relying on long-term evolution (LTE), a 4G technology, to enable more reliable and far-reaching communications between ships at sea, while Mississippi officials recently built a statewide LTE network that will allow law enforcement personnel and first responders to talk to one another across jurisdictions and share situational awareness data and video in real time. Most agencies have no compelling reason not to take advantage of existing wireless carrier networks, Orr said. “It’s really no different than what many agencies have been doing to enable telecommuting, which is to go to a commercial carrier and set down a router at a remote site. It’s just going from wired to wireless broadband.” And in fact, many agencies have started using wireless networks for key applications — such as telework, unified communications and disaster recovery — and as a low-cost, high-capacity backup to their wired networks. NASA is in the process of developing a “work anywhere” policy that would rely on cloud computing, commercial broadband and Wi-Fi networks to enhance employee mobility. In addition, the Department of Health and Human Services plans to use wireless broadband to provide telemedicine services and medical education to rural and minority communities. And a pilot program undertaken by HHS, the American Association of Diabetes Educators, AT&T and Baylor University is testing the use of video streaming via smart phones to demonstrate diabetes self-management techniques.

 

The fundamentals

The availability of 4G wireless broadband is the key foundational technology for enabling the secure anytime/anywhere mobility promised in marketing materials, but adopting it is not as simple as contracting with a carrier, said Shawn McCarthy, a research director at IDC Government Insights. A mobile solution requires additional technologies to ensure that employees can securely access agency resources from their mobile devices without introducing risk, he added. For example, most agencies currently require teleworkers and other remote employees to log in via a virtual private network, which provides a relatively inexpensive but highly secure tunnel within wired or wireless networks. Using a VPN for a larger mobile workforce could be more complicated. “The application may not always be possible to launch, depending on where the employee is located,” McCarthy said. “And it might not be compatible with every device that’s out there.” Johnson said another option is to deploy a virtual desktop infrastructure. With VDI, an employee’s files and applications remain in the agency’s database, whether that’s on site or in the cloud, and employees access their unique “desktop” and work on it remotely using any device they want. A growing number of agencies are using VDI, including the Commerce Department and the Air Force. The major advantage of VDI, paired with strong multifactor authentication, is that the agency’s resources never leave the protective control of the IT department, and therefore, it is easier for employees to use their own devices for work. However, VDI is expensive and complicated to implement across an enterprise, so agencies generally use it only in targeted scenarios where they can save money or boost productivity. Mobile device management is another critical tool for IT departments as more employees are allowed to work remotely. MDM can reduce risks and costs by securing, monitoring and supporting all employee devices. For example, MDM can check for viruses, facilitate software updates and security patches, guard against unintended data leakage, and remotely lock down and wipe clean lost or stolen devices.

 

The hurdles

How successful agencies are in using commercial wireless broadband networks will ultimately depend on the amount of time and effort they’re willing to put in at the very beginning of the process, Johnson said. “We are seeing movement in this direction, but it’s to the extent that agencies can effectively address the policy needs, the back-end technology reality and the finance,” he said. “There is a road map that needs to be followed in order to bring this to fruition.” In the area of policy, agencies must realign their security rules and practices to address the new reliance on wireless mobility, which might or might not include a bring-your-own-device environment. “In thinking about security, agencies clearly need to think about the back-end device management, device provisioning and obviously the security protocols,” Haan said. “And those may differ between the agencies and between the data itself, whether it’s publicly available data versus confidential health care data versus truly national security data. These are all issues that must be fully thought through.” Johnson noted that the variety of technological options can complicate matters. “There are a lot of disparate systems out there today, which could include different carriers and different platforms that don’t necessarily interoperate,” he said. “So, for example, if I want to use applications on a smart device and they’re being hosted on a number of different platforms, how do I make sure that all of my architectures actually integrate?” Finally, in today’s increasingly austere fiscal environment, agencies must determine how much it will cost to deploy, operate and maintain a more mobile environment using commercial wireless carriers and then make a business case for the technology. It is not an insurmountable hurdle, however. “Even in a tight budget crunch, you can deploy solutions in a certain sub-segment of an enterprise,” Johnson said. “That’s because to the extent that agencies can work out the policy and the technology, they’ll use it.”

From http://fcw.com/ 12/10/2012

TOP↑

 

CIO Council Report on Barriers, Gaps, & Opportunities for Government Use of Mobile Technology

 

The CIO Council has released a new report today under the Digital Government Strategy that details the use of mobile technology in the Federal Government (Milestone Action #10.2). The report will help inform efforts to accelerate the secure adoption of mobile technologies at reduced cost by identifying current barriers, gaps, and opportunities in the use of mobile technology. This report is the result of a collaborative inter-agency effort that involved almost two dozen Federal departments and agencies and was led by the Information Security and Identity Management Committee (ISIMC) of the Federal CIO Council. The ISIMC conducted interviews with 21 agencies on their use of mobile technology for this report and made recommendations that aim to reduce cost and speed up adoption of secure mobile technologies.

From https://cio.gov/ 12/11/2012

TOP↑

 

Federal Communications Commission Streamlines and Modernizes International Reporting Requirements

 

Washington, D.C. – As part of its Data Innovation Initiative, the Federal Communications Commission today continued its modernization of its international reporting requirements. In 2011, the Commission adopted a First Report and Order, FCC 11-76, which eliminated a number of outdated international reporting requirements and reduced the number of international reports to just two: the Traffic and Revenue Report and the Circuit Status Report. This Second Report and Order further streamlines these two reports by eliminating reporting requirements for over a thousand small carriers and reducing the level of detail submitted by international service providers by over 75 percent. Taken together, the Commission estimates these changes will reduce the overall burdens industry-wide by nearly 30 percent. The Commission also adopted reforms that ensure data collections match the Commission’s needs while avoiding unnecessary or excessive burdens on international service providers. These include replacing the current system of billing codes for reporting telephone service with a series of simplified filing schedules, and allowing carriers to report their transit traffic on a world-total, rather than route-by-route basis. To ensure it has a complete understanding of the international voice market, the Commission will obtain traffic and revenue data for Voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP) international services that are connected to the public switched telephone network (PSTN). In addition, to modernize the traffic and revenue report, the Commission will require service providers to separately report their international voice traffic terminated on landlines overseas and the traffic terminated on mobile networks. The next step is for the International Bureau to issue a new consolidated Filing Manual with instructions on how to file the revised traffic and revenue and the circuit status reports.

From http://www.fcc.gov/ 01/15/2013

TOP↑

 

Transparency - What to Consider Before Releasing Data to the Public

 

Nearly every major city in the U.S. has gotten attention for open data efforts. Government Technology has covered initiatives in Philadelphia, San Francisco and Chicago, as well as smaller cities like Tucson, Ariz., and Madison, Wis., to name just a few. While few would dispute the benefits of more transparent government operations, the Center for Technology in Government (CTG) in Albany, N.Y., is taking a look at what governments need to consider before releasing data sets for public consumption. ”The idea that it’s a good idea to know what your government is doing is fundamental to democracy, so we think opening government is a phenomenon that needs to be expanded, advanced and encouraged, and has the potential to make our democracy stronger and make our governments more effective,” said CTG Senior Fellow Tony Cresswell. The Dynamics of Opening Government Data, released last month, looks at what it actually means to release government data sets to the public. Sponsored by software company SAP, the paper evaluates two open data releases – restaurant inspection data in New York City, and road construction information in Edmonton, Alberta. According to the CTG, governments would be wise to thoughtfully consider which data sets they release. “Picking data resources that have a value proposition both internal to government and externally in the community seem to be the ones with the biggest payoff,” Cresswell explained. Secondly the release of the data can’t be the end game. Rather, it’s just the beginning. Opening up new data streams for public use will hopefully spur creativity and ideas for new uses. Governments should spend some time thinking about how the data might be used ahead of time, so that it can adjust resources accordingly.

 

In the New York example, the initial release of restaurant inspection data online in 2007 brought negative reactions from restaurant owners. Following an unfavorable inspection, they were anxious to have their establishments re-evaluated in order to improve their score. Responding to the outcry, the city eventually hired more inspectors to facilitate faster re-inspections, and get the corresponding updated evaluation information posted online. On the technology side, city officials underestimated the public interest in the restaurant inspection data, and IT infrastructure described as “primitive” buckled as a result of all the additional traffic. The example serves as a cautionary tale for other governments. “If you do a bit of mapping and modeling some of those potential consequences,” said CTG Senior Program Associate Brian Burke, “you can plan for that type of resource shift.” In the other open data release analyzed by CTG, the city of Edmonton already provided road construction data to its citizens via a popular static map feature on its website. The high-value data was released to the public, resulting in the creation of the Edmonton Road Construction mobile app that has proven very popular with the public. ”Edmonton is known for its two seasons: winter and road construction. It makes perfect sense that one of its flagship open data initiatives would involve releasing street construction projects data,” the report reads.

 

The CTG points out that both examples considered in this research were fairly straightforward, but more attention needs to be devoted to open government efforts involving more controversial data. The recent upsurge in the national gun control conversation provides a perfect example of the trickier side of open data. The New York Journal recently published an interactive map of registered gun owners in Westchester and Rockland counties. While the data was legally obtained using public information requests, there was a significant outcry over the information being made public. Many felt that the safety of law-abiding gun owners, including law enforcement officers, was put at risk. Likewise, community members felt that publishing the data put homeowners without guns at risk as well. ”When you get into open government in areas that are politically or socially sensitive," Cresswell said, "it's a much more complicated dynamic.”

From http://www.govtech.com/ 01/18/2013

TOP↑

 

6 Ways to Optimize Gov-to-Citizen Communication

 

As technology and social media become more prevalent, more government agency leaders recognize the importance of maintaining strong relationships with their constituencies. Exactly how to accomplish effective citizen engagement, however, is not always clear. To educate governments on this matter, GovDelivery and EfficientGov hosted a webinar on Jan. 24 outlining best practices for digital communication -- knowledge gained from working with more than 500 public-sector organizations worldwide, said GovDelivery Communications Director Mary Yang. As government budgets continue getting squeezed, organizations are faced with the responsibility of proving return on investment before spending resources on projects, said GovDelivery Product Marketing Manager Jennifer Kaplan. Being proactive in making government services and data available, however, can lead to both savings and improved customer service. And by building a permanent audience, personalizing the content the audience receives, and analyzing and curating that service delivery over time, governments will be able to meet their communications goals, said Kaplan, whose presentation primarily focused on the continued dominance of email as a communication platform.

 

Make it easy to sign up! “It sounds simple, but there are a few things to think about with the sign-up process,” she said. Reaching as many people as possible leads to the most effective programs, so the sign-up process should be easy and customizable. Users should be able to find the sign-up function easily, and there should be channel preferences that allow users to customize the content they receive. Kaplan also encouraged governments to do research in order to stay relevant and familiar with their audience, lest they lose them. Promote, promote, promote! “No one is going to sign up for your communications if they don't know about them,” she said. “So promote the heck out of it.” Kaplan demonstrated several  best practices for promoting communications, including government websites that effectively promote email newsletters by prominently displaying the sign-up boxes on their websites. Assess. Before you can improve the communications you have, Kaplan said, your organization must assess the current situation to identify methods of improvement. This can include mapping the structure of an organization, identifying agency functions and thinking about the technology being used throughout the organization. Automate. “We really see automation as the biggest way to have a cost savings,” she said. “With automation, you can leverage content you're already posting on your website or through internal databases.” Automation can circumvent the need to invest in new IT infrastructure or personnel to carry out many communication tasks. One example Kaplan pointed to is the California Public Safety Department's integrated database and communications system. Harness the Data. “There's a ton of data out there. It's really important to not only harness this data, but keep it and package it in a formatable way that you can share and analyze with others in your organization,” Kaplan said. By analyzing data on a quantitative and qualitative level, organizations can target their audiences in more relevant, engaging ways. Engage. “You're competing for attention in the inbox from the likes of the Amazons, the eBays, the JCrews and Nordstroms,” Kaplan said. So creating attractive and engaging email newletters is crucial to getting people's attention.

From http://www.govtech.com/ 01/25/2013

TOP↑

 

 

USA Utilities Commission Revamps IT System

 

Greenville Utilities Commission (GUC), based in North Carolina, USA has revamped its IT infrastructure to improve operational efficiency and customer service. The GUC—an electric, water, sewer and natural gas service provider to the City of Greenville and 75 per cent of Pitt County has implemented a new update on IT applications and technology, in partnership with Oracle. The implementation is as part of a broader initiative to integrate internal processes and technology enterprise-wide. The key upgrades are the implementation of Oracle Utilities Work and Asset Management, Utilities Mobile Workforce Management and the E-Business Suite. GUC CGCIO and Director of IT Sandy Barnes said that the GUC hoped to boost workforce productivity through improved communication between customer service representatives, dispatchers, and technician. This will help the GUC continue to improve its excellent customer service and operational effectiveness. “Our mission with this project is to support the right processes with the right technology so we can continue to provide exceptional customer service into the future. With the Oracle solutions in place, we can streamline the way we do business, which will ultimately enable us to deliver on our mission,” added Barnes. With the new Utilities Customer Care and Billing solution, the GUC will be able to handle their current and future rates and allow the utility to respond to their customer needs as they evolve. The implementation is divided into two phases. The first phased has started early this year with the installation of the Oracle E-Business Suite and Fusion Middleware. The second phase is expected to begin early next year and will cover the rest of the solutions.

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 01/25/2013

TOP↑

 

More Mobile Devices Will Impact Government IT Operations

 

Three mobile trends are expected in the next four years: more users, more connections and faster speeds. And these increases are projected to impact government IT operations -- including how government agencies connect with their constituents -- according to IT executives. According to a new report, Cisco Visual Networking Index: Global Mobile Data Traffic Forecast Update, 2012–2017, mobile data traffic is predicted to grow over the next four years roughly capping 11.2 exabytes a month -- and major trends are expected to take place as a result of the increase. Also according to Cisco, in 2017 there will be 5.2 billion mobile users (up from 4.3 billion in 2012); more than 10 billion mobile devices/connections, including more than 1.7 billion mobile-to-mobile connections (up from 7 billion total mobile devices and mobile-to-mobile connections in 2012); and and average global mobile network speeds of 3.9 Mbps -- a sevenfold increase from 0.5 Mbps in 2012. Former Seattle CTO Bill Schrier, now a senior fellow at the Center for Digital Government, which is owned by Government Technology's parent company eRepublic Inc., said statistics in this report reflect how much more businesses and consumers are moving to mobile devices as their main resources for communication and Internet access – a trend with a significant impact on state and local governments. “Government needs to make sure all the functionality of their online presence is optimized for the screen size of tablets and smartphones,” Schrier said. “That function includes not just static information on the Web, but applications to pay bills, or view maps, or take photos of problems and send them off to their government.”

 

To accommodate this rising trend, Schrier said government employees will need to become better accustomed to using mobile devices for their job. Government jobs that involve public safety, such as police officers and positions in field service, will be expected to have instant access to information and applications to do their jobs properly. And in Wake County, N.C., CIO Bill Greeves agreed, noting that over the years, governments have been collecting, sorting and using location-based data, but now that constituents have become more dependent on their mobile devices, governments must be more user-friendly by serving them through those devices. However, “m-dot” mobile sites are expected to go away later this year -- a trend that Greeves said he doesn’t expect governments to follow immediately. But the public sector will continue to see a rise in “device agnostic information resources and services.” In coming years, Greeves said, geo-data will be embedded more strategically into the “presentation layer” of information delivered to constituents. While these entities will still have a single back-end engine, information will be delivered in more attractive formats that will enable governments to offer individualized location-based services instead of a generic mobile site. “If we can continue to find more effective ways to level the mobility and social tools that are becoming more and more common," he said, "we will find better and more lasting connections to our customers."

From http://www.govtech.com/ 02/14/2013

TOP↑

 

 

US State Adopts Cloud Collaboration Platform

 

The State of Texas is moving 100,000 employees to the cloud with Microsoft Office 365 in the largest statewide deployment of email and collaboration services in the US. The Texas Department of Information Resources (TDIR), responsible for proving statewide leadership and oversight for management of government ICT, announced the move on 15 February as part of the state’s IT modernisation strategy. The deployment will give Texan government employees access to cloud-based email and collaboration tools, including web conferencing, document sharing and real-time collaboration, and calendar sharing. The different systems currently used in government will be consolidated to streamline and improve collaboration and communication abilities across agencies. “Office 365 will increase efficiency and help our agencies better serve the needs of citizens without compromising on security or privacy”, said Todd Kimbriel, Director of E-Government for the TDIR. The deployment will also bring significant savings in IT spending through greater efficiencies and increased capacity. The platform complies with the high standards of security set up the Federal Bureau of Investigation’s (FBI) Criminal Justice Information Services, which requires an FBI background check of every administrator with access to government data. The system also supports the state’s security and privacy requirements under the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act.

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 02/18/2013

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

CHINA: Governments Go More Transparent on Web 

 

China's government bodies are more communicative online as they try to engage with web users, a report said Wednesday. A China Software Testing Center (CSTC) report titled "Chinese Government Websites Evaluation 2012" said governments have become more transparent by timely information disclosure and chats with Internet users on their official websites or microblog accounts. Official websites have developed into an important channel for government bodies to share information and collect opinions, according to the report. Zhang Shaotong, vice director of CSTC, said government websites were more communicative with Internet users on important issues this year. Many websites set aside space for netizens to comment or file complaints. The report said more than 80 percent of government bodies updated documents or policy information in time on their websites or microblogs this year. Also, more than 70 percent of online inquiries from the public were replied within five working days. Officials also appeared more "human" on the Internet, as 75 percent of provincial-level governments asked senior officials to chat with netizens online, according to the report. In addition to websites, microblogs also play an important role with increasing significance in communication between governments and the public, according to the report. So far, more than 60,000 government bodies have run microblog accounts in Sina.com, China's largest tweeting service provider. Luo Wen, president of CCID, an Internet observing institute, said government microblogs are deeply rooted in China's 500 million netizens and can amplify government voices with the influence of microblogs. But China has a long way to go as there is still gap between transparency of government websites and expectations of the public. About 68 percent of government websites have not yet well organized their online information, and 70 percent lack detailed information, the report said. Xu Yu, director of the information department of the Ministry of Industry and Information Technology, said China will further improve government transparency with upgraded technologies to better serve the public.

From http://www.china.org.cn/ 12/05/2012

TOP↑

 

E-Government Services Reach More Chinese Cities

 

E-government services are now available in more than 90 percent of China's cities and 80 percent of its towns, Vice President of the Chinese Academy of Governance Hong Yi said Thursday. All central government departments and provincial-level governments have established websites and 99.1 percent of municipal governments have done the same, Hong said at a two-day forum on Chinese e-government services. Over 90 percent of core central government services, such as those relating to customs, taxation, public security and social security, are now offered online, Hong said. Chinese e-government services have seen progress in terms of networking, infrastructure, digitalization, sharing and security over the last decade, Hong said. The forum was attended by over 300 participants, including representatives from central and local governments, institutes and enterprises.

From http://www.china.org.cn/ 12/06/2012

TOP↑

 

Gov't Staff Credit Cards Widely Adopted

 

Government staff credit cards have been adopted across most of China, except for some remote regions, the country's finance authority said Saturday. The credit cards are to be used by public service employees for expenses, including business travel and conferences. China's Ministry of Finance (MOF) said over 10,000 central government units and 380,000 local units have implemented the system since the project started in 2007. The special cards work like credit cards, but also serve as a state budget management tool. Clear records of transactions made on the cards are traceable, a feature that can boost fiscal transparency and contribute to anti-corruption efforts. The MOF and the central bank jointly issued a document on Sept. 27, 2012 urging speeding up the implementation of credit cards to be used by public servants.

From http://www.china.org.cn/ 02/16/2013

TOP↑

 

JAPAN: Institute Upgrades Private Cloud Infrastructure

 

Japan Advanced Institute of Science and Technology (JAIST) has upgraded a higher-performance and larger capacity storage for its private cloud environment to support its students and researchers. The new data storage belongs to Dell Compellent, and it initially comes with three petabytes. This news storage infrastructure is one of the world’s largest Dell Compellent implementations. The JAIST can benefit from the new infrastructure in accessing information quickly and efficiently protect large amounts of important research data. The new storage arrays will bolster the storage capabilities of FRONTIER (FRONT Information Environment)—a campus IT platform built to support advanced teaching and research activities at JAIST. This move is to strengthen the JAIST’s IT environment to help further advance its world-class research. This private cloud environment is being implemented with the aim to improve convenience for users and help achieve low cost, high energy efficiency and streamlined management by centralising hardware resources. The deployment is to centralise the management of large research data sets created and accessed by individual researchers and teams. The JAIST aimed to deliver necessary data for the users’ research activities quickly and with high reliability by replacing two previous systems with Dell Compellent. The upgrade allowed the JAIST to manage a large volume of data in one solution. When updating its centralized storage system, JAIST faced a number of challenges, including achieving fast data access and constructing efficient back-up for large data sets. Another key requirement for JAIST was to eliminate the issue of depleted IPv4 addresses and build an efficient storage infrastructure with IPv6 compatibility. With the new infrastructure, the JAIST can extend its infrastructure to the required scale provided by the new 128-bit addressing scheme. The system also provides automated data tiering which allows for automated management and movement of data between a combination of SSD and SAS drives, and enables fast data access and high-capacity with fewer disks. The storage system is also compatible with IPv6 to build an efficient storage infrastructure. It also has advanced snapshot features, which provide efficient storage of only the changes made to stored data for fast local recovery. Another feature is advanced replication that only replicates changed data provides disaster recovery for petabytes of data.

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 02/08/2013

TOP↑

 

SOUTH KOREA: Mobile Devices Crucial for Seoul's E-Govt

 

Dr. Jong-Sung Hwang, Assistant Mayor of Seoul for IT, shares how South Korea’s capital city is planning to leverage mobile devices to improve public service delivery and why it is crucial for the success of the city’s e-government roadmap.

1. How will the city plan to use mobile devices in the delivery of e-government services? Seoul city plans to position mobile devices as a primary channel to Seoul’s e-government services. In fact, a large number of Seoul citizens access the internet using mobile devices than their personal computers. e-government services should be mobile-based to improve citizens’ access to public services. Smart phones, in particular, will become a key device for e-government services along with computers. We are already witnessing that more citizens use smart phones than computers to report difficulties of public services to the city government.

2. How is Seoul’s mobile strategy progressing now? Seoul’s Mobile Strategy goes beyond a mere data search. It is now entering a new stage towards leveraging interactive services. All the content of the websites under the Seoul city government have already been made available to mobile users, and the city is working to make businesses between government and citizens be accessible on mobile devices. Citizens are already using mobile services to report difficulties and pay taxes. It is expected that geotagging will be applied to all administrative data and facility data in 2-3 years to provide location-based services to citizens.

3. Can you give examples of mobile applications or services you have launched? E-poll is one of the first mobile services of Seoul. It allows citizens to vote for policy alternatives which could have a siginificant impact in their community. By doing so, we are able to engage citizens in discussions on issues that matter most to them when we conduct public forums or ask for their suggestions over at our Social Networking Sites. Apart from e-poll, another popular mobile service is Seoul Bus application which provides real-time location information of over 7,000 city buses and their expected arrival time at designated bus stops.

 

4. How important are mobile devices/ smart devices for the realisation of the Smart Seoul 2015. Mobile devices are critically important for the realisation of Smart Seoul 2015. We are making the most out of mobile technologies to launch new location-based services and to enable citizens be connected anytime and anywhere. In addition, we strongly encourage public employees with field duties to harness mobile devices to complete their duties on the field.

5. So far, what has been the response from citizens on the Seoul Metropolitan Government’s efforts to provide civil administrative services on mobile devices? Seoul citizens are very good at adapting to various technologies. As a result, there is a high demand and expectation for state-of-the-art services. Seoul citizens are using over 50 per cent of mobile services provided by Seoul city. However, they are constantly demanding easier services with higher value this then challenge us to further innovate our services so as to respond to their changing needs.

6. Since Seoul is a world leader in cutting edge e-government, what can your neighbouring countries learn from Seoul’s experience? What advice or helpful insights can you give them? It is very important to develop and manage e-government services from the perspectives of users instead of suppliers. E-government is a new service, and citizens are not familiar with it in the beginning. E-government services are successful only when citizens begin to habitually use them. So e-government services should be completely user-oriented. We should not try to change the users to fit into the framework of e-government services but change e-government services to meet the needs of users.

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 01/02/2013

TOP↑

 

Website on Integrated Information on Dokdo Opens

 

The Korean government opened a website which contains integrated geographic and historic information on Dokdo, Korea’s easternmost island in the East Sea. This website was built in December 2012 by the National Geographic Information Institute under the Ministry of Land, Transport and Maritime Affairs and currently offers content in Korean and English. The name of the website, "Dokdo Jirinet," was chosen from a survey of Korean citizens conducted by the institute last December before the opening of the website. The website provides geographic information gathered by the Korean government, including old maps from the East and the West, books on place name notation, topographic maps, three-dimensional maps, digital maps, aerial photographs, and measurement records collected by the government since 1945.

From http://www.korea.net/ 01/07/2013

TOP↑

 

MONGOLIA: Gemalto to Help Egovernance Project

 

Digital security company Gemalto has said that Mongolia's Ministry of Justice and Home Affairs has selected its Sealys secure multi-service electronic ID cards for their national identity programme. This new eID program will secure Mongolian citizens' identities as well as pave the way for new eGovernment services, Gemalto said. Mongolia has approximately 3 million inhabitants and all citizens above 18 years of age, who are to carry these advanced smart cards as their national identity document. In addition, the national eID card will allow for more efficient updating of the national registry and to enhance both the process and security level of verifying identities. Gemalto worked with Bodi International, the program prime contractor and a leading IT company in Mongolia on this project. The 2 billion Gemalto's Sealys MultiApp ID, the size of a credit card, is fitted with a microprocessor and the software that securely manages the citizen's personal data, including the holder's digital photograph and fingerprints, while respecting the holder's privacy. The Mongolia national eID card also features the company's latest innovation in secure printing: the Sealys Clear Window, a transparent section created in the pure polycarbonate card body structure for enhanced protection against forgery. Gemalto employs more than 10,000 employees in its 74 offices and 14 research and development centers, located in 43 countries including India.

From http://articles.timesofindia.indiatimes.com/ 12/04/2012

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

INDONESIA: Putting Financial Data in the Cloud

 

Bobby Nazief, Special Adviser at Indonesia’s Ministry of Finance talks to FutureGov about the current transitional period in Indonesia’s long term plan to consolidate all of its financial information and infrastructure in the cloud.

 

Consolidating IT Systems

The challenge is how to integrate our IT systems. We started last year by consolidating infrastructure into the cloud. We plan to finish this stage by the middle of next year and continue with systems integration. We are in the middle of a transition. The IT system is serving the Ministry of Finance (MoF) to manage national budget, revenue collection, taxes and custom excise. However, each unit has its own IT system and infrastructure. The value of the national budget that we are managing is 1300 trillion IDR (US$30 billion); tax: 1000 trillion IDR (US$23 billion). If there are any issues with the system, it means that there is a potential problem with disbursement of the budget, and in revenue collection. The Finance Minister saw a centralised IT system as a big advantage in terms of quality IT management and quality of service among different units.

 

Financial Management System

The contract was signed back in 2009 and we have since had the Oracle E-business Suite (EBS) that handles the budget management from authorisation, disbursement, tax management to reporting. The EBS system is also supported by Hyperion Budget Planning. The scope is budget preparation, disbursement, and reporting. We plan to add fixed asset management, debt management and integrate these to support the fiscal system of the MoF. When we started the centralisation project, we didn’t know how many systems and data we could consolidate. We focused on the infrastructure and when it was ready, we asked ourselves whether we wanted to replicate what we already had. We realised that the cloud provided a better solution and we didn’t have to move the physical system. All we had to move were applications, which enabled us to allocate the physical infrastructure more efficiently.

 

Initially, the cloud helped us consolidate this infrastructure, and now we are planning to ramp up cloud utilisation and move to Platform-as-a-Service. We provide the infrastructure in the centralised data centre, while the responsibility of managing the IT system is still with the specific unit. It is very much like the concept of the cloud: the owner of the system is still the individual unit, but they don’t have to worry about the infrastructure as the central IT unit is providing it. The issue is budgeting. Each unit is responsible for its own budget. How can you coordinate it when the system is managed by one unit, while the output will be obtained by another unit? We have plenty of knowledge but to provide top quality service, we do limited outsourcing. We engage experts from the private sector to work with our people for a limited time, to expedite an exchange of expertise and knowledge. We are aiming at finishing the consolidation next year and move all the hardware to one server room or data centre. We will also complete the rollout of the budgeting system by end of this year.

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 12/21/2012

TOP↑

 

Indonesia to Increase Transparency with an Online Programme

 

The Semarang Education Agency (SEA), Indonesia will relaunch its School Operational Aid (SOA) online programme to increase transparency and prevent the misuse of funds at local elementary and junior high schools. The SOA online programme was first launched three years ago and will relaunch again on January 16, said Head of Education Office of Semarang, Bunyamin yesterday. "We have disseminated information on the programme and on the technical supervision of the SOA online programme," he added. According to him, the programme will cover all 346 state-run elementary schools and 41 state-run junior high schools in the municipality as well as hundreds of private schools. The online service includes information such as a recapitulation of each schools’s SOA proposal, decrees approving the proposals, and details on the funds received by each schools, he added. The Mechanism for the SOA fund distribution have been restored to the system initially put into place three years ago, when the funds were sent directly to recipient schools. However, the policy was previously changed, resulting in the SOA funds were sent through respective regency or municipal administration budgets. That was why the online programme was also halted, said Bunyamin. The SOA online programme can be accessed through the website of the SEA (disdik-kotasmg.org).

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 01/03/2013

TOP↑

 

MALAYSIA: Local Council Launches Online Portal for Ratepayers

 

Subang Jaya Municipal Council (MPSJ), Malaysia has introduced new online service portal called ‘Gerbang Perkhidmatan’ to improve efficiency in disseminating information to citizens, handling complaints and provide better services to local ratepayers. Council President Datuk Asmawi Kasbi said that ‘Gerbang Perkhidmatan’ will also help increase the staff’s level of professionalism and quality of service. "The programme consists of three service levels, which are a call centre, the InC2/OCS Counter and My@MPSJ online hub," he added. The call centre started the operation on July 26, 2012. It is operated by 10 council officers who respond to complaints and enquiries. 'InC2 Counter’ is a one-stop service that allow citizens to settle their assessment tax, licence applications, and pay bills and fines. 'The My@MPSJ online hub allows citizens to access all online council services after completing virtual registration steps. "Ratepayers will slowly get used to this online transaction," Kasbi said.

 

He also added that the Council has been constantly expanding online services while reducing the number of physical counters from sixteen to nice since 2010. "Revenue collection online such as the bill payment kiosk, only hub, bank and post office has seen an increase of 13 per cent or MYR 6.6 million (US$ 2.18 million), while business transactions via the My@MPSJ hub has increased MYR 3 mil (US$ 995,353 )," Kasbi said. According to him, the new initiatives helps reduce cost while providing a more conducive and convenient environment for the staff and citizens. A new mobile application, ‘Mymobile’ would be launched later this year for citizens to use it to pay bills, he added. The launch event welcomed Deputy Selangor State Secretary (Development) Datuk Mohamad Roslan Sakiman who congratulated the MPSJ on being a pioneer in introducing these programmes for citizens. "This should be made an example for other local councils to ensure a fast and efficient service for the public,” he said.

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 01/17/2013

TOP↑

 

Malaysia Launches Election Monitoring Portal

 

The Election Commission launched the country’s first ever online portal which would allow citizens to monitor election-related activities and access information explaining the electoral processes involved. The initiative is part of the Commission’s on-going efforts to prepare citizens for the upcoming 13th General Elections happening on 27 June. According to Tan Sri Aziz Mohd Yusof, Chairman of the Election Commission, the portal was launched so that Malaysians are able to closely monitor the elections and so that they would have a better understanding of issues usually raised by voters, political parties and other concerned stakeholders. The Portal provides basic information about the electoral system in Malaysia, parts of the Parliamentary and State Assembly, the reforms to be introduced in the next general election as, methods of early voting and voting procedures for registered voters for citizens living abroad. It also features In addition, citizens will get the latest information on election candidates, starting from the nomination process up to the proclamation of the winning candidates, and also the “do’s and don’ts” during the campaign period and the election day.

From http://www.futuregov.asia/  01/31/2013

TOP↑

 

Government Call Centre Expanded in Malaysia

 

The government expanded its 1Malaysia One Call Centre (1MOCC) last month to bring 25 ministries and agencies into the project. 1MOCC was set up in November 2012 to create a single point of contact for citizens to get in touch with all participating government departments and ministries. The public can use five channels to communicate with the government - telephone, SMS, fax, email and social media. The first phase of the project involved 21 agencies, including the Prime Minister’s Department, Malaysian Immigration Department and the Road Transport Department. The second phase brings organisations such as the ministries of tourism, education, women and health. Citizens can call 03-8000-8000 to make enquiries, file complaints or give suggestions and feedback about any of the participating ministries. The third phase is expected to be launched in March, and will cover all federal and state agencies.

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 02/13/2013

TOP↑

 

PHILIPPINES: Launching Online Portal for Local Govt Finances

 

As support to President Benigno Simeon Aquino III’s mandate to move the Government towards a “straight path”, the Department of Interior and Local Government (DILG) launched a website called “ Full Disclosure Policy Portal“, which allows citizens to view the finances and other transaction of Local Government Units (LGU). The portal is a joint collaboration between DILG’s Bureau of Local Government Supervision (BLGS) and multilateral and bilateral organisations such as the World Bank, Australian Agency for International Development (AusAID) and the Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA). It aims to assist LGU’s in complying with the requirements of the DILG issued Memorandum Circular 2010-083 titled, “Full Disclosure of Local Budget and Finances, and Bids and Public Offerings”. The latter mandates provinces, cities and municipalities to fully disclose specific financial transactions to keep their constituents informed of how the LGUs’ budget is managed, disbursed and used. By logging on to the FDPP, the public can view important LGU documents such as annual budget reports, statements of debt service, statements of receipts and expenditures; quarterly statements of cash flow, annual procurement plans or procurement lists, items to bid and bid results, abstracts of bids as calculated, and supplemental procurement plans. Furthermore, details on the Special Education Fund (SEF) income and expenditure estimates; reports of SEF utilisation; annual Gender and Development accomplishment reports; Trust Fund (PDAF) utilisation; 20 per cent component of the Internal Revenue Allotment utilisation; and reports of Local Disaster Risk Reduction and Management Fund utilisation.

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 12/04/2012

TOP↑

 

Philippine Gov't Mulls of Taxing Online Stores

 

The Philippine government is planning to impose taxes on online stores by next year, a senior government official said Friday. Deputy presidential spokesperson Abigail Valte, in a news briefing, said that the proposal of Bureau of Internal Revenue ( BIR) Commissioner Kim Henares of taxing online stores would provide the government considerable revenues. "What Commissioner Kim Henares wants is for them to pay the right income tax and the right value added tax (VAT) because they are still sales and...that really is subject to VAT," she said. Henares has explained that online shops are no different from the actual stalls that sell items or merchandises to people. She stressed the need for online businesses to be registered with the BIR to level the playing field in the buy-and sell market. She also said that online businesses should also issue on-line receipts. The BIR's proposal aims to boost tax collection next year and protect the rights of consumers who wish to return or exchange the items they bought, Valte said. There are traders and sellers in the Philippines who usually conduct their transactions through buy-and-sell websites.

From http://news.xinhuanet.com/ 12/28/2012

TOP↑

 

Philippine Province Adopts E-Accounting System

 

The Department of Public Works and Highways in the province of Leyte has fully adopted the Commission on Audit’s electronic New Government Accounting System (e-NGAS) as part of the local government’s efforts to eliminate red tape and financial irregularities. The e-NGAS aims to provide both central and local government offices with a modern and sound governance-enhancing accounting system. Its basic features include accrual accounting, recognition of depreciation, responsibility accounting, project monitoring, enhanced chart of accounts and security control to ensure data integrity.  Its other features include the automatic computation of unit cost and material based on the “moving average method;” on-line information on inventory item’s reorder point and number of days to consume; automatic computation of depreciation based on the straight line method. On demand, the e-NGAS generates financial statements and other reports such as trial balance (pre-closing and post-closing), statement of income and expenses (condensed and detailed format), balance sheet (condensed and detailed format), statement of cash flow, and statement of government equity. According to district engineer Maria Margarita Junia, with the full shift to the e-NGAS, the provincial government can now process its financial reports faster. Furthermore, it will minimise opportunities to manipulate financial figures and allow fast turnaround time for budget requests and allocation.

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 01/03/2013

TOP↑

 

The Philippines Improves Emergency Loan Processing System

 

Government Service Insurance System (GSIS), the Philippines has improved its efficiency of faster loan processing thank to its new system called Wireless Automated Processing System (GW@PS) kiosks. The GW@PS kiosks is a more reliable database and online systems that has helped facilitate maximum of 50,000 emergency loan applications daily for members affected by typhoon ‘Pablo’. Compared to the loan process in 2009 as the result of super typhoon ‘Ondoy’, the number of emergency loan application processed per day was at over 17,000 transactions on the peak day only. The GSIS—the state pension fund continues to update its database to reflect the current premium and loan remittances of its members, and works closely with its technology partners to form multiple task forces to deal with the inconsistencies of the members records. The GSIS granted nearly PH 7 billion (US$ 171.2 million) in emergency loan in 2012 which already benefited over 390,000 members. Most GSIS members file their loan applications via the GW@PS kiosks for faster processing. With an online and paperless facility of the GW@PS kiosks, the GSIS credits the loans to members’ account via their Unified Multi-Purpose ID’s e-Card within three to five days. Currently, there are over 700 GW@PS kiosks nationwide located at the GSIS branch offices as well as the provincial capitals, municipal halls, and selected Robinsons malls across the archipelago. The GSIS has recently granted emergency loans to members living or residing in seven villages in Infanta, and in the municipalities of Alabat and Unisan, all in Quezon province. For more information on the emergency loan programme and locations of the GW@PS kiosks, members can log on to www.gsis.gov.ph

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 01/09/2013

TOP↑

 

The Philippines Introduces E-payment System in E-procurement

 

The Philippine Government Electronic Procurement System (PhilGEPS), in partnership with the Land Bank of the Philippines, introduced a new e-payment system which seeks to enhance transparency in how the government agencies transact and do business with its suppliers. The PhilGEPS is the central portal of all public procurement activities that provides both government agencies and suppliers a more open, transparent and competitive environment. The new e-payment system allows government agencies to pay for procured items through the PhilGEPS portal at any time of the day. In addition, it reduces the time needed to complete purchasing transaction, which normally involves a tedious process of completing financial documents. According to Budget and Management Secretary Florencio B. Abad, the new system will help agencies ensure a quicker and more efficient procurement system, as well as boost the Aquino administration’s overall transparency campaign. “The establishment of the e-Payment system effectively brings us to the realm of cashless transactions, where procurement activities can be tracked and accounted very quickly and accurately,” he said. “The development of this online payment facility is particularly important for liquidating expenses that are charged against public funds. Because every step of the process can now be tracked and monitored, we can begin to close off all avenues for irregularity and, ultimately, establish better accountability across government.” Abad revealed that with the PHILGEPS e-Payment facility, LandBank can now offer similar e-Payment services for other government services, such as license applications with the Land Transportation Office (LTO) and clearance applications with the National Bureau of Investigation.

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 01/21/2013

TOP↑

 

The Philippines Beefs Up Anti-Crime Campaign with E-Gallery

 

The Philippine National Police (PNP) Directorate for Investigation and Detective Management (DIDM) and Information Technology Management System (ITMS) have recently ended the five-day training of 234 police officer on the use of e-Roques’ Gallery and e-Warrant System to improve efficiency in criminal investigation techniques. The e-Roques’ Gallery and e-Warrant System are parts of the PNP e-Projects to use technology in beefing up investigation operation. The e-Rogues Gallery is a photo gallery database of wanted criminals and other suspected law offenders posted online for easy reference by investigators and tracker teams. The e-Rogues’ Gallery is linked to police stations across the country to share an access to the same database. Likewise, the e-Warrant System provides police stations a faster and better access to individuals with active or pending warrants of arrests anywhere in the country. PSSupt Jerry C Linsagan, Chief Regional Investigation and Detective Management Division, the PNP conducted a briefing and purpose of the two systems in front of 234 police officers with basic computer knowledge. The training of e-Rogues’ was held in Camp Crame, Quezon city, while the one for e-Warrant system held at Camp Algar, Cagayan De Oro City. The participants of the training were required to enhance the new knowledge in their works, as well as passing it on to other police officers assigned in investigation and detective patrol. They will also be assigned as encoders to perform a regular update of the wanted criminal gallery which is linked to and shared the same database with police station across the archipelago. The other electronic initiative of the PNP includes PNP e-Blotter system which is a management tool eyed in the formulation of effective anti-crime strategies and the modernization of the PNP’s crime data base. It was launched in 2012.

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 02/18/2013

TOP↑

 

SINGAPORE: App Provides Real-Time Info on Budget

 

The Ministry of Finance launched ‘SG Budget 2013’, a mobile app giving users real-time information about Singapore’s annual budget, to be announced on 25 February. The app, available for free on Android and iOS based smartphones, will allow users to watch the Budget Speech, to be delivered by Tharman Shanmugaratnam Finance Minister on 25 February, live through their phones. The app offers general information about the budget cycle, sources of government revenue and primary areas of expenditure. Users can also access the latest announcements, press releases and videos about the budget.In addition, smartphone owners can take a Budget Quiz to test their knowledge about Budget trivia, and sign up to receive the Budget speech through email after 25 February.

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 02/04/2013

TOP↑

 

VIETNAM: Ministry of Defence Launches e-Portal

 

The Ministry of Defence of Vietnam launched its first online portal on 12 December. The Ministry will use the portal as an integrated information and communication channel about the Ministry in different forms including text, audio and video files and graphic images, in Vietnamese, English and Chinese. The launch of the portal is part of the process of modernisation of the military in Vietnam, demonstrating the development and reform efforts in administrative procedures of the Ministry. At the inauguration ceremony in Hanoi, Deputy Prime Minister Nguyen Thien Nhan said that the portal will raise awareness and understanding of Vietnam’s defence among its citizens as well as people across the world. The portal is also intended to help the Ministry connect better with other government agencies and departments. Nhan asked the Ministry to run a defence and youth forum through the portal to help the younger generation of Vietnam understand the importance of the responsibilities entrusted to the Vietnam People’s Army, which will raise interest and help the army attract high-quality human resources.

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 01/03/2013

TOP↑

 

Residents Can Rate Civil Servants Online in Vietnam

 

An online rating system for civil servants of Da Nang City in Vietnam was launched on 19 December, enabling residents to evaluate their experiences with government officials. Residents can submit their evaluation through the government’s recently released website on administrative reforms, developed by the ICT Service Centre, under the Da Nang Department of Information and Communications. The People’s Committee (the executive arm of the local government) has published the names and photographs of all 2,700 local civil servants on the website. Local residents can log into the website using a code given to them by state agencies they have contacted for administrative affairs and evaluate the civil servants on different criteria such as service attitude and quality of work. Residents can rate their satisfaction with each public servant by giving them from one to five stars. The government will use the ratings from the public to improve performance of civil servants at work. According to a local news agency, any employee rated poorly three times or more a week must submit a report to their superior giving possible reasons that have led to such a rating. The public assessment will also be a factor in deciding bonuses and promotions of civil servants.

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 01/08/2013

TOP↑

 

Bank Data Released for Turbulent 2012

 

HA NOI (VNS)— Figures released by the State Bank have shown that at the end of 2012, the total assets of the entire domestic banking system recorded a growth of 2.54 per cent compared with 2011, meaning that last year’s total for the entire system rose by nearly VND126 trillion (US$6 billion). The data also shows that most of these assets were contributed by State-owned commercial banks, which saw a rise of VND232 trillion ($11 billion), or 11.78 per cent. In contrast, the total assets of join stock banks declined VND102 trillion ($4.8 billion) compared with 2011. The State Bank also said that the equity of the banking system rose more than VND35 trillion to nearly VND426 trillion, a growth of 8.97 per cent. Compared with 2011, the equity capital of most credit institutions increased.

 

However, financial companies have seen both equity and charter capital decrease compared to 2011. With figures from commercial banks included, the total charter capital of credit institutions reached VND392 trillion by the end of last year, a rise of 11.24 per cent. The year 2012 was considered a turbulent and challenging period for the entire banking sector as many issues arose relating to credit quality, bad debt and cooled credit. The banking system witnessed soaring bad debts while profits declined dramatically. According to a source from the State Bank, the total banking profit last year stood at VND28.6 trillion, a decrease of nearly 50 per cent compared with 2011. While the profits of large scale state-run commercial banks remained stable, profits of join stock banks are estimated to have dropped by half.  Last year, Return on Assets (ROA) and Return on Equity (ROE) of the banking system reached 0.79 per cent and 10.34 per cent respectively.

From http://vietnamnews.vn/ 02/19/2013

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

INDIA: e-Governance 10 Mantras for Success

 

Governments across the world are adopting e-Governance. In each department and in each state government, one finds a plethora of IT projects in various stages of implementation – conceptualisation, implementation, deployment and up-gradation to latest technology. One also finds many abandoned projects. For each successful project, one can count an equal if not higher number of failed IT projects. A survey of e-governance projects by a Professor in Development Informatics in the University of Manchester in developing and transition economies revealed that as many as 85 percent e-Governance projects are either partial failures for not having attained all the intended goals, or total failures- having been abandoned soon after implementation. The common reasons for such failures include lack of internal ownership, absence of vision or strategy, poor project management, inadequate technological infrastructure, unwillingness to adopt IT enabled governance techniques and obstacles in transitioning legacy government data to a computerized format. Traditional governance systems are usually not amenable to computerization, and insufficient business process reengineering is also cited as a major reason for the failure of e-governance projects. I present here some ideas for enhancing the success rate of e-Governance projects.

 

Think Big, Start Small, Scale Fast. Keeping it simple by taking baby steps is more likely to succeed. In other words, evolutionary ideas are likelier to succeed than revolutionary leaps. This is because of limited capacity of the government on the technological and human front. Therefore, e-Governance projects should build carefully and sustainably on the existing ICT usage base. Instead of directly trying to implement large scale process re-engineering and backend computerisation, the stages of e-governance should be kept in mind. In the first phase, e-Governance merely means a simple presence on the web which provides the public with relevant Government to Citizen (G2C) and Government to Business (G2B) information. In the second phase, the interaction between government and the public (G2C & G2B) is stimulated with various applications. People can ask questions via e-mail, use search engines, and download forms and documents, saving time and money. In phase three, complete transactions should be enabled so that they may be conducted without the citizen having to visit a government office.

 

Examples of such services are filing tax returns, extending/renewal of licenses, online application for visa and passports, online voting and e-procurement applications. Phase three is made complex because of security and personalisation issues, such as the necessity of digital (electronic) signatures to enable legal transfer of services. It is also the phase which requires maximum process reengineering and change management within the government functioning. The fourth phase is when all information systems are integrated and the public can get G2C & G2B services at a single virtual counter. One single point of contact for all services spanning all departments which is accessible from the citizen’s home is the ultimate goal. As we set out on our path of e-governance,we need to remember that we should commence our projects from simple provision of information online, and slowly work our way towards the long term vision of a unified platform for e-delivery of services, for we must walk before we can run.

 

Avoid Big Bang Waterfall Method. Requirements for regular run of the mill projects in the IT industry are usually captured to the last detail in various project documents such as functional requirement study, requirement traceability matrix, high level design, system requirement study, low level design etc which are duly vetted by the client. These requirements are then communicated by business analysts to the software development team so that they may translate the requirement into software, working peacefully in their zones of comfort. Once the development is completed, the client checks the software against the earlier documented requirements and acceptance testing is done. The project is thus rolled out as in a smooth waterfall model, without much change in requirements from one stage to the next.

 

On the other hand, adopting the waterfall method for e-governance applications runs the risk of failure since this method is not capable to cater to the change in requirements and priorities, which is the rule rather than exception in the government setup. Government departments typically perform multiple functions involving complex processes. New tasks, schemes and projects are added ever so often. For many functions, there are no documented standard procedures and processes. For others, the actual practice varies from one office to another even within the same department. Such continually evolving and non-standardised processes compound the problem of capturing and freezing the requirements for software development in a single cycle. Information/ requirements which were relevant at the time of initial study by the software development team may become redundant by the time the product is readied for user acceptance by the concerned department.

 

This would cause initiation of another cycle of study, documentation, development and testing, causing a hiatus in the project rollout. By the time the next version of software is presented, the department officials may have lost interest or even more likely, priorities may have changed, especially with a new boss at the helm of affairs who would be keen to put his stamp on the project. This leads to an endless loop of requirement study and subsequent development- a sure recipe of failure. Therefore, adopting the traditional waterfall method for software development within the e-Governance domain is likely to be time con-suming, especially if application software is to be developed de novo or even if there is a commercial off the shelf product readily available.

 

Adopt Agile. Instead of taking years to completely automate all the processes of a department or an activity using the traditional waterfall software development life cycle, an agile methodology is more likely to succeed. Agile software development is an interactive process that allows small development teams to develop software in a collaborative environment that is responsive to business change. Development is done in short iterations, each iteration adding incremental functionality to the software. This methodology involves prototyping – the use of a working model of the final system, which users can see, comment on, and have revised before the final version is produced. This ensures that the design matches real user needs. It also provides the flexibility to quickly react to changes in the environment. From the government officials’ perspective, however, it needs greater involvement, commitment and focus on the working product.  The e-mitra application software for the Common Service Centres and the LITES project (MIS for the Pending Government Court Cases) are examples of successful of e-governance implementations in Rajasthan following the agile methodology.

 

Government procurement framework, however, does not facilitate adoption of agile methodology, since it is typically based fixed cost models. Rajasthan, as also some other states have found a way out for building software using agile methodology by getting work done on man-month rates, discovered through open bidding processes. It is suggested that even in cases where traditional waterfall methodology is used, software can be built incrementally in stages. A related methodology is prototyping – the use of a working model of the final system, which users can see, comment on, and have revised before the final version is produced. Another recommended practice is piloting – implementing the e-government system on a small scale at a single site or office; learning and improving the system; and only then rolling out on a large scale to all sites. Adoption of these methods has been shown to increase the chances of project success.

 

Internal Ownership and External Facilitation Are Both Necessary. Because of their very nature, e-Governance projects need external facilitation and encouragement. In fact, an e-Governance project may not even be conceived without external support and encouragement. However, without ownership within the department for whom the e-Governance project is being implemented, e-governance initiatives may never be successful. Not only should the strategic and critical components be decided by the internal users but they should take complete ownership of the project. Any project, IT or non- IT, is doomed for disaster if totally outsourced. While the role of vendors in triggering the conceptualisation of a project should be welcomed, it should not so happen that the government department loses control and the project is totally vendor driven. Private companies can definitely play the part of subject matter experts and update government functionaries with the latest technological developments and trends in e-Governance across other states thereby aiding them in conceptualizing and implementing IT projects. However, at the end of the day, it is the responsibility of the concerned government department to freeze requirements and specifications in keeping with their needs rather than in line with the features of COTS software.

 

It may be noted that the Government Department of Information Technology or e-governance Societies and companies, which most of the States have established, in this sense, are also outsiders and cannot totally take over the role of the end user government department, when they are asked to implement a project. The requirements of the departments are best understood only by internal department users, and so, a project executed independently by the state IT Company, Society or Department for another government department without involvement and ownership by the client department is also likely to fail. The role of the State IT departments is to encourage and facilitate e-governance and act as a change driver; establish the IT infrastructure including the data centre, network and the CSCs for use by other government departments; build generic and application software for use by multiple departments; act as the technology consultant to government departments and build standards and meta data.

 

Top-down Approaches Are Likely to Result in Failure

After long drawn out consultations with senior officers of all involved government departments, we in Rajasthan built software for application for and delivery of various certificates – bona fide residence, caste, income, solvency, etc. Government orders were issued by the departments providing legal sanctity to these certificates. The objective was to make available at the doorsteps of villagers digitally signed certificates through the CSCs so as to reduce the time and money involved in travelling to the tehsil office. The application was launched with great fanfare by the Hon’ble Chief Minister. It was expected that this citizen centric scheme would be demand driven as it would save not only money and time but also provide hassle free services to the citizens. However, the scheme did not take off as expected even after a couple of months despite training and publicity.

 

A quick evaluation revealed that it had increased the burden of the sanctioning officers (the Tehsildars) as the process of affixing digital signatures was very slow and cumbersome. The application software was then improved to be more user friendly for Tehsildars and computerized issuance of digitally signed certificates quickly gained popularity, amongst both citizens and department officials. An important lesson was learnt in the process. The first attempt at the project – which took a top-down approach – was a failure. The second attempt ensured that the lower and middle level users were involved with the project. Their ideas were incorporated into the design, and the process of involvement also helped develop their commitment. Involvement of the lowest level of functionaries right from the beginning is essential for gaining the support of the users.

 

The Project Must Answer “What’s in it For Me?” for all Key Stakeholders

Key stakeholders – officers, employees, operators, users, citizens, etc – must support an e-governance initiative. To garner stakeholder support in any project, it must prove advantageous to that stakeholder. Many e-governance projects fail as the employees feel that their job is threatened or their position undermined. While allaying such fears, the application software should offer benefits like reducing filing hassles or repetitive work. Benefit to the citizens, especially, must be kept uppermost in mind while conceptualizing e-Governance projects. If a project offers no or little utility to citizens, it is likely to die a natural death.

In other words, the e-governance project must provide each stakeholder with at least some positive answer to the question: “What’s does this project have in it for me?”

 

Project Management Skills are Critical for Success

It is well documented that e-governance projects have cost and time overruns. Very often, major risks and issues in the project are not addressed in a timely fashion. The end product is often not in line with the user requirements. Such phenomena point to poor project management. It needs to be understood that project management is different from general management, especially so in the e-Governance arena. If a manager is managing his department well, it is not necessary that he will be a good project manager. Use of project management software is recommended. Since knowledge of project management tools is limited in the government, option to use the project management software of consultants and system integrators should be explored.

 

Sustained Leadership is a Prerequisite

Yeates, D. & Cadle, J. (1996) in their book Project Management for Information Systems differentiate between managers and leaders as follows– “The difference between leadership and management was once summed up in the following way by someone looking out of our office window in Covent Garden in central London: ‘Imagine there’s a sudden power failure in the London underground rail system. The system halts and all the lights go out. In the central control room someone is marshalling resources, implementing the standby facilities, rescheduling the trains, calling the emergency services. That’s management. Someone else is walking along the darkened platform with a torch bringing a trainload of people to safety. That’s leadership.’” e-Governance projects are complex; involve multiple stakeholders, many times interdepartmental; and entail reengineering age-old governmental procedures and change management. They need effective managers as well as inspirational leaders.

 

Effective leadership is needed to ensure a strong focus while directing, pushing or encouraging the government officials in the implementation of e-governance projects. Moreover, the leadership has to be sustained as these projects are long term. Frequent change in government functionaries puts e-Governance projects in jeopardy. e-Bhumi and Aadhaar based PDS system of Andhra Pradesh are but a couple of examples which have succeeded due to sustained and effective leadership.

 

L1 Based Selection May Prove To Be Penny Wise Pound Foolish

Much work has already been done across India in e-Governance. Wherever possible, don’t reinvent the wheel. Implementing a readymade, tried and tested solution with minor customization saves effort, time and money. Rajasthan was able to quickly and successfully  rollout e-Procurement because she used the readymade GePNIC solution developed by National Informatics Centre. If ready-made software is not available and its development is indeed to be outsourced, one needs to think twice before choosing the L1 or Least Cost Based Selection (LCBS) methodology for selecting the software development company. This mechanism may be suited for procuring standardized items likely computer hardware, licenses for generic computer software etc.

 

However, it is not likely to yield the desired application software required for complex e-governance projects. Software is an intellectual property, which cannot be developed by a vendor selected on cost considerations alone. The quality of the software will depend on the quality of the software development professionals and the development and testing processes used by the vendor. A Combined Cost and Quality Selection method is, thus, highly desirable. Moreover, the technical scoring criterion needs to be appropriately designed. A criterion giving high weight to the size, experience and repute of a company may not suffice. The quality of the whole project team, the development methodology and the testing strategy and tools should also be scrutinized while evaluating the proposals.

 

Success entails 99% perspiration, 1% inspiration

E-governance projects are not technology projects as much as they are governance projects. Indeed, the ‘e’ in e-Governance is only a small element. Getting the ‘governance’ right is the harder task as the road from project conceptualisation to implementation involves a multitude of tasks and activities including procurement, stakeholder management, process re-engineering, change management, training and capacity building, etc. This requires sheer hard work and perseverance, motivated by a strong desire to serve the public and an unwavering commitment to improve governance.

From http://egov.eletsonline.com 12/11/2012

TOP↑

 

 

Evolving e-Governance Systems

 

Over the last few decades, citizens’ expectations from governments have increased, thereby enhancing the pressure on the governments to improve public service. Fortunately, a wonderful combination of modern ICT technologies like cloud computing, 4G networks and smart phones provide a ray of hope. The power of ICT can be realised from the fact that when a 5.9-richter earthquake hit near Richmond, Virginia on August 23rd, 2011, residents in New York City read about the quake on Twitter 30 seconds before they experienced the quake themselves. Governments need to seize this opportunity, which provides the means to not only live up to but also to exceed the expectations of the citizens, who are demanding inclusive and participatory governance, as they are not content with merely passively receiving public services but want to actively participate in policy formulation and decision making.

 

Various governments around the world and many state governments in our country are expanding the scope and use of e-governance in efficient, hassle free and cost effective delivery of information and public services. The objective of governments, especially in our country, so far has been to provide electronic services to the citizens. We have followed a service-centric approach in our country. The Electronic Delivery of Services Bill, 2012 is further testimony to this approach. Similarly, in Rajasthan, the transparency in Public Procurement Act provides for electronic procurement as a means of public procurement. While this is desirable as this is an important function of governments, it is to be understood that all services need information or data –census, election, ration related, land records or even documents or information presented through websites – and so an information-centric approach is also necessary.

 

The information-centric approach focuses on data creation and its regular updation in electronic form, without worrying about the final form of presentation – web pages or through the mobile or in printed format. The spotlight is on making available reliable, accurate and up to date data, which is device-agnostic. This will require, where data is unstructured, converting it into structured data with the help of meta data. While preparing, storing, organising and managing data, one must focus on customers’ requirements. I use the word customers because they include not only citizens but also government users – both internal to the department as well as external for inter-department sharing, thereby avoiding duplication of data. This information can then be made available using open and interoperable standards through web APIs for use by various agencies. This approach is useful because it separates the data layer from the final presentation layer. The same data can be used to present it on a desktop, laptop or smart phone. Moreover, the data can made available to a citizen in the form of information or to the software developer for use in application software to deliver citizen-centric services or to another department for inter-departmental use. Such an approach helps us in providing services—“anywhere, anytime, on any device”.

 

There have been varying degrees of success in the area of e-governance in our country. Governments which have demonstrated leadership through the will of political leaders, senior officers, CIOs and line staff to support e-governance have succeeded more than others in providing information services electronically to the citizens. Besides political will, it requires an army of committed IT and e-governance champions, managers and technologists from the public and private sector. Governments need to seriously work on creating this workforce. The Government of Rajasthan has taken a number of steps in this direction. It is the first state to have a created a separate cadre of IT professionals in the Department of Computers in 1989 (later rechristened Department of Information Technology and Communication). We are pioneers, along with Maharashtra, in setting up a company (by the name of Rajasthan Knowledge Corporation Ltd.) dedicated to imparting IT literacy and skills to government staff and the citizens. We have also established RajCOMP Info Services Ltd., a company to implement e-governance projects in partnership with government officials and private professionals. The current issue of the magazine is devoted to shedding light on some of the creations of this dedicated workforce of the Government of Rajasthan in collaboration with DeitY and its constituents including NIC and C-DAC and in partnership with the private sector. Hope you enjoy reading it.

From http://egov.eletsonline.com 12/10/2012

TOP↑

 

UP Plans to Roll Out 60 e-Gov Services by 2013

 

Lucknow: The Uttar Pradesh government has decided to expand the ambit of its e-governance services from current 26 to 60 by the end of the next year. Currently the state government is running 26 services in eight departments through Internet-enabled common service centres set up at the village level in all the districts of the state. The new services to be launched this month include filing of commercial tax (VAT returns) and women literacy programmes. A pilot project of this scheme is already being carried out in Maharajganj, Mirzapur and Sonbhadra districts of the state and is targeting to make 10,000 women literate by March 2013. Besides, common service centres (CSCs) would also be able to generate voter ID cards from February.

 

“We are evaluating all possible services, which could be rendered through common service centres in rural areas. We have also formed a committee of district magistrates in some districts to evaluate the kind of services, which can be provided electronically. We would be setting up 17,000 more common service centres in UP in near future, and are trying and testing various pilot programmes under e-Governance scheme,” National Informatics Centre Deputy Director General (UP) S B Singh said. The state government is working in collaboration with three companies to bridge the digital gap between urban and rural India. These are ‘Srei Sahaj e-Village’ which looks after eastern UP, CMS which takes care of ‘western and central UP’ and ‘Vayamtech Technologies’.

 

There are around 12,828 CSCs in the state and the government plans to roll out 18,745 more by early next year. The state government had launched 26 e-Governance services under Departments of Food & Civil Supplies, Panchayati Raj, Urban Development, Revenue, Women Welfare and Child Development, Training & Employment, Handicap Welfare and Social Welfare.

From http://egov.eletsonline.com 12/17/2012

TOP↑

 

“E-Governance Has Gained Momentum in the Country”

 

How do you see the development of e-Governance ecosystem in the country? e-Governance has already acquired considerable amount of momentum in the country. There is a healthy competition in the states to implement new e-Governance ideas in every area where there is an interface between citizens and the government. There is now a growing realisation in the government circles that the ability of the government departments to deliver is being acutely tested. There is so much pressure due to rising population and increase in the general expectations of the people that despite the best efforts, there is a mismatch between the capacity to deliver and the expectations. And this gap between the general expectations from the rising population and the capacity of the government to deliver can be bridged only through modern technology and e-Governance.

 

It is during the last five to seven years that e-Governance has really gathered momentum. Many new initiatives have been launched and have been well received by the public. Can you name some e-Governance projects that you think have brought maximum benefits? The point is that different departments, states and ministries are involved in the creation of these e-Governance projects. Each of them has its own set of priorities and aims. Different e-Governance projects are serving different sections of the population and so it is not desirable that we compare them. Many states are doing exceedingly well in providing benefits to the common man through the electronic route. Now we are trying to encourage the states that rather than reinventing the wheel every time, they should try to replicate the successful models from other states.

 

So now we are having many successful e-Governance projects getting replicated across different states. While implementing tried and tested applications, with some minor customisation, you can avoid the risk of creating something that might not be as useful as expected. For instance, there is the e-Pass project from Andhra Pradesh that is going to be implemented in a number of other states that have shown interest. Similarly the Human Resource Management, application developed by the National Informatics Centre (NIC), is being tried out and implemented in a number of states.

 

Vision for Year 2013.“Our vision for 2013 consists of successful implementation of the e-District project, successful implementation of pilot projects for taking advantage of NOFN project and the rapid replication of successful e-Governance projects” Is there a move being made to put the successful e-Governance projects on some kind of app store, from where the interested states can access them in an easy manner? Precisely. We are working with the idea of creating an e-Governance app store. Different states will be able to access the app store and pick up the apps that are most suitable for the specific needs of their population. What kind of growth can we expect in e-Governance systems in the country? Now e-Governance has acquired considerable amount of acceptability with the public and the governance circles. I see e-Governance as something that has now acquired a critical mass and in the coming years we can expect a quantum jump in the number of initiatives being launched. A larger proportion of services will be delivered through e-Governance systems. In the central ministries, a large number of e-Governance projects have already been implemented under the National e-Governance Plan (NeGP); a number of other ministries are in the process of implementing their own e-Governance systems. e-Governance will gain even more momentum by the fact that it will soon acquire a statuary backing.

 

In a number of states the Electronic Delivery of Services (EDS) rules have been notified. Model EDS rules have already been circulated. Some states have already notified these rules; others are in the process of doing so. This will make it mandatory for government departments to deliver services through the electronic mode. At the Centre also the EDS Bill has already been examined by the Standing Committee of the Parliament. Its recommendations have been received, have been processed and the revised Bill could soon go to the Parliament. The UIDAI project has now advanced across India and there is no doubt that this project will lead to the flowering of a large number of new e-Governance initiatives. But we have not yet been able to develop sufficient number of applications that will work on the Aadhaar based identification systems. What can we do to facilitate better usage of the UIDAI platform. I would say that Aadhaar is now on its way to playing a central role in the delivery of services. In fact, Aadhaar is going to be the mainstay behind the direct transfer of funds scheme. A number of pilot projects are also being tried in different states for using Aadhaar for providing benefits directly to the citizens. The Public Distribution System and many other departments will soon start making extensive usage of Aadhaar. There is no doubt that UIDAI is a very secure method of identifying the beneficiaries, but eventually it depends on the concerned ministries and departments to decide what method of identification they are going to use for their e-Governance systems.

 

We have a substantial amount of digital divide in the country because of which educated people residing in urban areas are taking advantage of the e-Governance systems, while those living in rural areas are unable to do so. How do we ensure that the digitally illiterate sections of our population are also able to access the e-Governance initiatives? You see, every citizen in the country has the right to receive better e-Governance facilities. It does not matter if he is educated and urban, or digitally illiterate and poor. Each and every citizen in the country must enjoy easy access to public services conveniently, without having to run to various government departments. Whether he is living in rural area or in urban area, he must have access to the government services from his doorstep. This is the vision of the NeGP. However, I agree that those who are more affluent and have access to personal devices can take better advantage of e-Governance systems. And there is also the issue of digital illiteracy.  All these issues need to be addressed and that is why the NeGP thought of the Common Service Centres (CSCs).

 

Today the CSCs have spread all across the country. Currently we are having close to one lakh CSCs, and the idea is to gradually increase their number to 2.5 lakh, in which case we will have one CSC operating in every Panchayat in the country. So the CSCs are rendering digital services in the rural areas also. Of course, in rural areas we are also facing issues like connectivity, power supply, but these issues are also being addressed. Some of the CSCs are not proving to be financially viable. There is lot of talk about increasing the scope of the  services that are being provided by the CSCs. Please tell us about it. Now under the new flagship programme, the e-District, the CSCs are going to play a very important role. Under e-District, the CSCs will become the front end for delivery of a very large volume of benefits and services. As far as the financial viability of the CSCs is concerned, I would say that it is a circle. If the CSCs render more services, they become more financially viable. It also depends upon how many essential services are being made available through them.

 

It depends on the back-end digitisation and the creation of other infrastructure by the state. Once the CSCs become popular, they become viable also. Even in the project for direct transfer of financial benefits, it has been decided that the CSCs will be an important vehicle. Hence they are being appointed as Business Correspondents for such transactions. This can give them a new impetus and significantly improve their viability. Healthcare and education are the two areas of concern in the country. Many sections of our population find it difficult to access quality healthcare and education. What is your vision for improving these critical areas through the use of ICT? A lot of work is being done for improving the healthcare and education sector through the use of modern digital technologies. We have telemedicine in healthcare sector and digital education systems in education sector. Many states have already started using digital means to monitor the general healthcare parameters; they are using it to keep a track of the health of patients, of pregnant mothers, etc. Digital tools are also being used for distribution of medicines at subsidised rates or for free. Similarly, modern education is being revolutionised through the usage of modern technology. The payroll management of teachers, the monitoring of presence of teachers in classrooms located in remote areas or even the evaluation of the students is being done digitally.

 

What are the main challenges in the path of e-Governance in the country? How do you plan to overcome these challenges? Of course, there are difficulties to be faced in everything that you do. Many of these initiatives require a dedicated team. But the departments where the e-Governance initiatives are being launched are already overburdened with existing work. So what we have felt is that unless there are dedicated mission teams and empowered mission leaders, the project implementation suffers. That is an important element; the other element is that of capacity building. The success of e-Governance is dependent upon the government officials in the department being fully comfortable with the digital technologies. These challenges are already well-recognised and a number of steps are being taken to encourage the creation of dedicated teams and capacity building. A committee has recently been set up by the Hon’ble Prime Minister under Nandan Nilekani to look at the entire issue of creating a human resource for e-Governance projects.

 

The National Optical Fibre Network (NOFN) is now being laid down to provide connectivity to all the panchayats in the country. What kind of impact will this system have on e-Governance systems in the country? NOFN is a very ambitious project, as it plans to connect all the 2,50,000 panchayats in the country through high-speed network. At present Optical Fibre Cable (OFC) connectivity is available in all state capitals, districts, headquarters and up to the block level. NOFN will achieve its objectives by utilising existing fibres of PSUs (BSNL, Railtel and Power Grid) and laying incremental fibre to connect to panchayats wherever necessary. Thus, connectivity gap between panchayats and blocks will be filled. Up to the panchayat level, we will be having high-speed broadband, but ultimately it will depend on the users to find out the ways by which this kind of connectivity is to be put to use. So it is the different Ministries and the States that will have to take advantage of the NOFN by providing services through a process of connecting all their offices to the panchayats. Currently, we are trying to demonstrate how this high-speed network can  be put to good use through pilot projects, which are on in three states, namely – Andhra Pradesh,Rajasthan and Tripura. We are also trying to convince various state governments that by December 2013, when the NOFN is expected to be completed, they should have enough applications to take advantage of the high-speed connectivityto the panchayat level.

 

In a linguistically diverse country like India, many people find it difficult to access e-Governance systems, which are mostly in English. Should we be having laws to ensure that the e-Governance systems are also accessible in local languages? Language is certainly a barrier for large sections of our population. There is a division in the Ministry that is currently looking at the issue and a lot of work is being done to ensure that the same services are also available in regional languages.

From http://egov.eletsonline.com 01/07/2013

TOP↑

 

Issue of Internet Governance

 

The Internet is a critical socio-economic enabler, which has deep impact on the economy, social order, law and order and the fabric of the nation itself. Its impact is only going to amplify as we move forward, especially when things start getting connected to each other and when the next generation of the Internet, IPV6 enabled Internet, starts getting rolled out. It would imply that your automobile  can get connected to the cloud computing facility of the manufacturer for automatic analytics of the health of the automobile. As per some estimates, the number of Internet- connected devices globally crossed 6 billion in 2011, and is expected to reach 15 billion, twice the size of the world’s population, before 2016. More than six billion mobile phone subscriptions are in use today, and the number is expected to cross 8 billion by 2016. Mobile data traffic reached 597 petabytes in 2011, twice the amount of 2010, and is estimated to cross 10 exabytes by 2016. Broadband subscribers, estimated at 1 billion in 2011, are forecast to grow at 40 percent per annum, and reach 3.5 billion in 2016. As a large part of the growth is to take place in the developing countries of Asia, India can be expected to be a major component and beneficiary of this growth trajectory.

 

The Internet started as a means of sharing information amongst scientist working in different institutions. From that, it is becoming —if not already become—the communications backbone of the world. It is a major economic driver, provides banking and other financial services to world’s business, provides a global market place and is replacing the conventional print and visual media. Internet is now ubiquitous in today’s world. Cutting off an enterprise or a country from the internet would have severe consequences. This of course immediately also brings out the dangers that are emerging in such an interconnected world. The Internet can be used to bring down the telecommunications network of different countries, its banks and even its’ power grid. In Iran, we have seen the use of cyber weapons by the US and Israel taking out physically 10,000 centrifuges. If this had been done using a missile, it would have been considered an act of war. How should we then look at the Internet – also as a strategic space which then country’s need to protect? (ref. http://newsclick.in/india/internetgovernance- and-itu-issues-baku-and-dubai by Prabir Purkayastha)

 

Therefore, a clear governance structure for the Internet, that is aligned to the long-term growth of the Internet and that is aligned to the interests of the economy and national security, is necessary for a healthy socio-economic functioning of a modern economy. Internet Governance includes, but is not limited to, the following key issues:

Infrastructure and management of critical internet resources, including administration of the domain name system and Internet protocol addresses, administration of the root server system, technical standards, network neutrality, and multilingualisation;

Issues in the use of the Internet, including spam, network security and cybercrime;

Issues of wider impact such as Intellectual Property Rights (IPRs), freedom of expression, data protection and privacy rights, consumer rights and International Trade; and,

Developmental aspects, in particular, capacity-building.

 

From a socio-economic perspective, it impacts issues such as sovereignty over the Internet/ Free usage of Internet and interconnects, issues of Transborder data exchange and therefore its impact on Cloud Computing, issues of Data protection, the freedom of Internet, privacy, cyber-warfare and the issue of global ban on use of Cyber-weapons and cyber-security. Under the existing system of Internet governance, the International Corporation for Assigned Names and Numbers (ICANN) performs two principal functions:

The Internet Assigned Names Authority (IANA) function whereby it controls entries to the authoritative Root Zone File of the Internet

The management of the Domain Name  System (DNS) and the allocation of Top Level Domain (TLD) names.

 

The function of allocation of TLD has been recently renewed as a perpetual contract, known as the Affirmation of Commitments  between ICANN and the US Government. The IANA function has also been renewed for a seven-year period beginning 01 October 2012. The IANA function is overseen by the National Telecommunication and Information Administration under the US Department of Commerce. Technical standards are set by the Internet Engineering Task Force [IETF]. The central elements of the Internet’s logical infrastructure, also called Critical Internet Resources, thus continue to be managed by private entities such as ICANN and IANA under contractual arrangements with the US Government. The United Nations established the Internet Governance Forum (IGF) in 2005 to discuss the issues of Global Internet Governance. However, UN/IGF does not have the organisational structure or the mandate to agree on decisions and the enforcement mechanism to implement them. There is therefore an urgent need to bring in participation by Governments, especially from the developing countries, in order to establish a multilateral, transparent and democratic Internet governance mechanism that functions with the full involvement of Governments, the private sector, civil society and international organisations, without according a pre-eminent role to any single Government or organization. Government of India is hence rightly formulating the policies for engaging in the reforms process required for a global participative Internet Governance structure.

From http://egov.eletsonline.com 01/07/2013

TOP↑

 

Solutions for e-Governance

 

What changes and improvements did you notice on e-Governance front in the year 2012? Lot of positive changes in e-Governance took place in year 2012. There has been implementation of some projects that were started as proof- of-concept projects. These projects were aimed at designing citizen-centric services and have been implemented with more dependable service mechanisms. Solutions like Aadhaar cards and use of GPS are steps towards making sure that citizens everywhere are able to access welfare schemes. 2012 saw implementation of cost effective delivery stations (kiosks) that enable private players to take ownership of operating the services profitably. The broadening of the way for private organisations has also helped in reducing the burden on central agency, thus enhancing speed of implementation and offering better value proposition to citizens.

 

What policies and reforms are you looking forward to in 2013 for making the e-Governance sector more successful? A major policy that will decide the fate of e-Governance is the one that can track and measure the progress of any initiative. A proper roadmap must be in place for the sector to drive this long-term systematic change to be successful. Rather than having different online portals for various initiatives, there should be an initiative to have a common single portal with a sin- glesign on policy for all public services. States need to work with the Centre to come up with better policies. Initiatives need to be prioritised to be implemented based on the ease of implementation and its criticality. Business processes that need to be restructured must be identified early on and redesigned keeping in mind the acts, laws and regulations that govern them. The push from the Central Government to give software development and hosting work to National IT companies needs to be re-thought if we want to be on par with other developing nations. e-Governance must also focus on mobile apps since that is the future of ICT.

 

In what ways do you think your company can engage more with the government for ICT initiatives in the year 2013? ESDS is a high specification, carrier-neutral, fully-managed data centre built on the concept of Green Data Center. ESDS is engaged with the government for ICT initiatives till now by providing turnkey solutions and software solutions to organisations. We have developed, a unique cloud platform called eNlight. eNlight takes care of resources allocation, scalability and server upgrade or downgrade cycles automatically and adjusts resources in real-time, without the need of a server reboot. This makes up a perfect solution for critical applications that require zero downtime and applications where the traffic is sporadic. ESDS has also developed an ePDS (Public Distribution System) solution that can be used for online monitoring of commodities on real-time basis, detection and elimination of bogus ration cards, and providing flexibility to citizens to get ration from any shop in their city.

 

Talking about sectoral reforms and expectations, what are some specific expectations from the government for your specific sector? India is still way too costly in terms of providing data centre services. While the hardware cost has come on par with that of the global market, cost of bandwidth still says on the higher side. Policies need to be made where the cost of bandwidth comes down to a level such that Internet becomes accessible to every citizen of India, be it in a city, a village or any rural area. NIXI is a very good initiative that has helped decrease the cost for domestic band- width usage but unless NIXI in all states are interconnected the cost incurred will really not prove to be an advantage for hosting providers. The State Government needs to make sure that dual power supply is available in all cities, which is one of the critical requirement of any data centre. With the growing cost of building a data centre, government should provide certain benefits to the upcoming entrepreneurs to help them grow the hosting sector, and one fine day, make India a hub for hosting services similar to what India has become today in the field of software development. 

From http://egov.eletsonline.com 01/07/2013

TOP↑

 

Challenges and Opportunities in e-Governance

 

Uschi Schreiber, Managing Partner, Global Government & Public Sector Industry Centre, Ernst & Young (E&Y). “I am touched by seeing the passion that technology arouses in people; this clearly indicates an awareness of the difference that technology will bring to their lives,” says Uschi Schreiber, in conversation with Nayana Singh. Provide us with an overview of the work that Ernst & Young (E&Y) is doing with governments worldwide. E&Y works with government clients in several places. These clients belong to both developed economies as well as emerging markets. When it comes to emerging markets, the governments are facing the problems of poor infrastructure. The growing trends of urbanisation is the result of more jobs being available in urban areas. This is resulting in increasing demand for education, in such places. In the emerging markets, the governments are facing very long term issues. Some of these include critical issues such as ageing population. These developed economies face the need of replacing outdated infrastructure. To add to this, there is the challenge of very short term political cycles which make it difficult to carry out longterm plans. We have witnessed our clients seeking new solutions to address tricky and difficult long term issues. There is also a third category of countries – the breakout of economies like Vietnam, Libya and Indonesia. Similar issues are being faced by these economies as well. These countries have to drive education, diversify the economy, encourage entrepreneurship and a create private sector market structures.

 

What steps must government of India take to bring improvement in the investment climate in India? The investors look for confidence and stability in the countries they are investing in. The Indian Government and the other governments of the emerging economies who are trying to attract investors must focus on building confidence and transparency. How can technology make it easier for masses to access government services? India has made great strides in using technology to bring government services to the masses. There is a tremendous move to provide government services technologically. This is a drive to provide internet services to people throughout the country, through mobile technology. The true potential of such trend is yet to be fully understood. This trend might lead to creation of new apps, new jobs, and even whole new enterprises and entrepreneurial ideas, which are not yet heard of. These moves may be prevailing at many places of the world. In Indian context, it is being carried on an enormous scale. As such technologies are providing information to people, they can also be vehicles to bring social change.

 

What is E&Y’s outlook on growth? The forecasts that I am coming across, indicate that the breaks in economy would continue to persist. However, India’s future is bright. India’s huge labour-force will provide impetus for its growth. When this labour force is equipped technologically, they will lead to job creation not only within the nation, but globally as well.

You recently had E&Y Global Government Leaders conference in Mumbai. What are the key takeaways from the conference? The conference has reinforced our belief in our strength globally and our efficiency of functioning in both government as well as in public sector. We have the most intelligent workforce and we work with the best clients. Through the conference we got to know that our clients are looking for some new solutions. Some solutions have become really outdated with the government. We are working with the governments as their partners to develop those solutions.

 

What are the key areas that central and stage governments in India should focus upon for bringing about inclusive growth? As far as my observation goes, the governments are focusing on some of the key issues centred on education, skill development, Information Technology, citizen engagement in government initiatives and such transformational initiatives. The government and the industry should work hand in hand to develop solutions. E&Y wants to work shoulder to shoulder with the government for when it comes to implementation to Information Technology in order to bring about change.

From http://egov.eletsonline.com 01/08/2013

TOP↑

 

e-Governance Initiative of MoUD

 

Among the major e-Governance initiatives being implemented in Ministry of Urban Development (MoUD) and in its various attached  offices are e-Awas in Directorate of Estates, e-sewa in CPWD, e-dharti in Land and Development office and Project Management  Information System (PMIS) for Jawaharlal Nehru National Urban Renewal Mission (JnNURM). MoUD is also ensuring implementation of e-Governance across the country through its mandatory e-Governance reforms to be achieved for claiming funds for urban  infrastructure projects under JnNURM. Under e-Governance reform, urban local bodies are ensuring online birth and death registration, property tax, accounting, water supply and utilities, citizens grievance redressal, personnel management system, building plan approval as well as procurement and monitoring of projects. This leads to transparency, better information management, improved service delivery and overall improvement in urban governance across departments at all levels. Implementation of PMIS by the Ministry has resulted in providing online and up-to-date information by the States and the Ministry, for management and monitoring of projects approved under JnNURM.

 

Jawaharlal Nehru National Urban Renewal Mission

The Jawaharlal Nehru National Urban Renewal Mission (JnNURM) was launched by the Government of India on 3rd December 2005, envisaging an investment of more than `1,00,000 crore during a period of seven years from 2005-06 to 2011-12 with a committed Central Government share of `66,000 crore. JnNURM is a reform driven, fast track programme to ensure planned development of identified cities with focus on efficiency in urban infrastructure/ service delivery mechanisms, and through community participation and enhanced accountability of ULBs/parastatal agencies towards citizens. The programme has resulted in facilitating large scale investments in the urban sector and ushered, policy and institutional reforms, leading to sustainable socio-economic growth in the cities. The programme focuses, higher level of resources and management attention to 65 select cities across the country. 35 cities with million plus population, other State capitals and cities of heritage and tourism importance comprise the 65 Mission cities under Urban Infrastructure & Governance (UIG). The other towns of 31 States/UTs are eligible for funding under the Urban Infrastructure  Development for Small and Medium Towns Scheme (UIDSSMT).

 

551 projects at a total cost of `61,905 crore have been sanctioned under the UIG for 65 Mission cities across the country. The Additional Central Assistance committed by the GoI towards meeting the central share of the total project cost is `28,590 crore. There are 807 projects sanctioned under UIDSSMT at a total cost of `14,021 crore for 672 small & medium towns. 166 projects under UIG and 269 projects under UIDSSMT have been completed and have resulted in improved service delivery to citizens. Prior to launch of the JnNURM Scheme in Dec 2005, only four out of 65 Mission cities had implemented e-Governance modules and now 37 Mission cities have implemented e-Governance reform by the end of 2012. The remaining 28 cities are making efforts to complete this reform shortly. The process of e-Governance reform implementation in mission cities has been steady. Cities like, Hyderabad, Bangalore, Pimpri-Chinchwad have successfully implemented more than committed (8) modules. Some of the metro cities have gone ahead  and adopted innovative approaches in e-Governance. For instance, there is auto SMS to citizens on complaints in Hyderabad, global positioning system device on SWD vehicles in Indore and Biometric attendance system for municipal employees in Hyderabad and Madras.

 

Process flow of PMIS

The PMIS Website ensures step by step process flow right from detailed project report (DPR) submission, State Level Nodal Agency (SLNA) appraisal, project approval by SLSC and approval by the Ministry. SLNAs are submitting utilisation certificates as well as Quarterly Progress Reports (QPRs) on-line for Ministry to take appropriate action for release of subsequent instalment to the States. SLNA are uploading the completion certificate on the PMIS website once the project is completed. In the process of PMIS development, the responsibility of State/ ULB includes registration of ULB, submission of Detailed Projects Report (DPRs), appraisal of DPRs, submission of Utilisation Certificate and QPRs and completion certificates. The Ministry of Urban Development is responsible for further appraisal of SLSC approved DPR through its technical wings, disbursement of Additional Central Assistance (ACA) and incentives. On release of instalment, MoUD updates the States on PMIS along with scanned copy of release order issued by Ministry of Finance (MoF), Department of Expenditure so that SLNA may utilise the funds for implementation of projects.

 

Special features in PMIS

PMIS allows the users i.e. officials from MoUD, TCPO, officials of SLNA to easily access and use the website. Online user guide is available on the home page of the website so that the users may understand the process flow and smooth navigation of the website. The homepage has the facility for user to register on-line by creating his user id and password for further access to the PMIS website. The facilities of forgotten password, transaction history as well as helpdesk are also available on the home page for user friendly application of the website. A special feature has been created on the home page so that the summary of No. of projects sanctioned under the sector, No. of  projects completed, approved cost, ACA committed and ACA released is displayed in a box once the mouse is brought on that  particular sector. The overall summary of UIDSSMT is automatically displayed once the mouse is brought on the circle in the centre.

 

Conclusion

PMIS has brought transparency and speed in the urban infrastructure project management and monitoring at the State and Central level. The availability of the documents on funds releases by MoF and completion certificate by the States could be ensured to the  fullest extent. Information could be extracted from the MIS for smooth handling of Parliament Questions/ VIP references, etc. Data   analysis on funds releases, project completion and for the purpose of future line of action relating to approval of new projects, optimum utilisation of funds, etc., is possible with the help of PMIS. Comparison of States based on completion of projects as well as utilisation of funds can also be done with the help of PMIS. This IT enabled tool is thus facilitating smoother and more efficient implementation and monitoring of JnNURM.

 

Project ID Nomenclature. For the ease of understanding, the facility of online generation of alpha-numeric project ID has been created and project ID is generated once the project is approved online by the Ministry. Project ID contains first two digits for the State code, next two digits for the District code, next two digits represent ULB code of the District, next is the Urban Sector code, next three digits represent running Sl.No. under the particular Urban Sector. For example, project ID UP/10/01/ SWM/018 is for a project in the State of U.P under sold waste management sector.

 

Uploading of Documents on PMIS

On utilisation of 70 percent funds and completion of urban sector reforms, the utilisation certificate submitted online by the SLNA is processed for release of subsequent installment and sanction letter is sent to the Ministry  of Finance. On release of the installment by the MoF release order is uploaded on the PMIS website for information of the SLNA, which can then withdraw funds from the State exchequer for further implementation of the project.

 

Management Information System (MIS)

MIS link provided on PMIS website has further links – (i) Project at a Glance (ii) Details of ACA Released and (iii) Registered States and Users. On navigation of project at a glance link, information can be retrieved on State-wise and Sector-wise Status of projects showing number of projects, number of projects completed, approved cost, total ACA and ACA released as well asproject status – completed / in progress. On further drilling down on this page, Summary Sheet of individual project and ULB is retrieved. The facility of retrieving release order of the MoF and completion certificate on clicking on the links instalment date and completion respectively exits. Under the link – Details of ACA Released, financial information for a particular State, particular sector for particular financial year is available. Multiple options for choosing financial year(s), State, Sector, Project Status, etc., can be exercised to have desired information required for dealing with matters relating to Parliament Questions, VIP references, etc.

 

Online Generation of UC & QPR

QPRs are generated online by the SLNA that shows the extent of funds utilised, Stage-wise project implementation including percentage of progress by end of every quarter. The QPR also provides information on progress of all 23 reforms at ULB level, State level as well as optional level reforms. The reform achievement determines further release of instalment to the State by the Centre.

 

Project Management Information System (PMIS), The PMIS system has been implemented to achieve the following objectives:-

• To provide online and up-to-date information for management and monitoring of projects by the JnNURM Directorate, MoUD

• To allow JnNURM Directorate and TCPO:

• To update status of the projects with respect to appraisal and approval.

• To update data in respect of funds sanctioned and released.

• To upload Sanction Orders and Release Orders.

• To allow SLNAs to enter data for projects of all ULBs under their control and monitoring.

• To allow SLNAs to submit DPR, UCs and QPRs online for release of funds and project monitoring

From http://egov.eletsonline.com 01/08/2013

TOP↑

 

E-Gov Road Map for Varanasi Civic Body Ready

 

Varanasi: The Varanasi Municipal Corporation (VMC) will soon implement e-Governance processes, at an estimated cost of Rs 351.49 lakh, in its working to extend quick, efficient and transparent services to the citizens. Varanasi is among the 65 mission cities under the Jawaharlal Nehru Urban Renewal Mission (JNNURM) where introduction of e-Governance is under mandatory reforms of Urban Local Bodies (ULB). The detailed project report (DPR) for e-Governance implementation of the Varanasi Municipal Corporation has already been approved by the central government, a senior official of the civic body said. As per revised implementation approach a State Level Software Solution (SLSS) would be developed and deployed to cater to the requirement of all ULBs in the state.

 

In line with the state level approach UP has selected Kanpur Municipal Corporation as their first ULB for preparation of DPR and pilot implementation of state level software solution. Once the software solution at state level is available then remaining ULBs in mission cities/state will be able to roll out this solution, with minimal changes to the main state level solution. Varanasi Municipal Corporation would be joining the state level solution being developed by Kanpur Municipal Corporation. The fund for ICT infrastructure will be released only after the state wide solution is operational, and an audit report is provided, reporting completeness of all modules that VMC needs.

From http://egov.eletsonline.com 01/18/2013

TOP↑

 

Panel Submits Report on HR Policy for E-Gov Projects

 

New Delhi: An expert committee on HR Policy for e-Governance has recommended building internal capacity to manage technology- based government projects and explore opportunities of collaboration with private sector. The committee, headed by UIDAI Chairman Nandan Nilekani, in its report submitted to Telecom Minister Kapil Sibal recommended putting in place appropriate organisational structures both at Centre and states for the e-Governance programme and project management. The committee also proposed putting in place Electronic Services Division to be headed by Chief Information Officer in central ministries, Electronic Delivery of Services (EDS) Directorate in states and Union Territories and dedicated project teams for managing projects.

 

It has also recommended an enhanced role of NIC (National Informatics Centre) as a technology adviser to the government. It has suggested various policy interventions required to build internal competencies and growing internal resource pool in the government with institutionalised training and capacity building mechanisms. ”We need to take all these recommendation process to the government and then take it at the highest level for approval of the Cabinet,” the Department of Electronics and Information Technology (DeitY), Secretary J Satyanarayana said.

From http://egov.eletsonline.com 01/22/2013

TOP↑

 

Assam’s E-Gov Module Wins Top Award

 

Assam’s Computerisation of Registration (Panjeeyan) Project has won the prestigious Gold Icon National Award by the Union Department of Administrative Reforms and Public Grievances for 2012-13. The state-wide Computerisation of Registration Project in Assam was implemented by the Revenue and Disaster Management Department with support of the Finance Department. The Assam Governance and Public Resource Management Project (AGPRMP) was funded by the Asian Development Bank (ADB). Under the Project, all 75 sub-registrar offices across the state were computerised replacing the earlier manual system of maintaining records and registers. The registration process carried out in sub-registrar offices is a means of recording documents like sale deed, mortgage, agreement, lease deed, power of attorney, will, etc., as provided for in the Registration Act, 1908.

 

It confers a legal status to the document and provides a measure of security to the transaction and minimises scope of disputes. Process re-engineering through application of Information Technology (IT) has brought about a remarkable change in the service delivery system and improved efficiency in the offices by eliminating the need to manually create and then store physical registers and other records, the award committee said. The Projects for Transformation of Mineral and Administration through e-Governance of the government of Karnataka and Online Voting System (OVS) of the state Election Commission of Gujarat have been selected for the Silver and Bronze Icons respectively in the category of Excellence in Government Process Re-engineering.

From http://egov.eletsonline.com 02/05/2013

TOP↑

 

Capacity Building for Better E-Governance Leading to Good Governance

 

NIELIT has been playing a key role in improving the reach and scope of IT related education in the country. What is your vision for the organisation? There is going to be a vast increase in the scope of work that NIELIT has been doing. NIELIT has been set up to carry out Human Resource Development and related activities in the area of Information, Electronics & Communication Technology (IECT). The organisation has its headquarters in New Delhi. It has branches in 23 cities across India – Agartala, Aizawl, Aurang- abad, Ajmer, Calicut, Chennai, Chandigarh, Shimla, Gorakhpur, Lucknow, Patna, Gangtok, Itanagar, Imphal, Srinagar/Jammu, Shillong, Kohima/ Chuchuyimlang, Kolkata and Tezpur/Guwahati.

 

The organisation is engaged both in the formal and non formal education in the area of IECT. It also concentrates on developing industry oriented quality education and training. It is establishing standards for becoming the country’s premier institution for examination and certification in the field of IECT. Today NIELIT is a National Examination Body, which accredits institutes/organisations for conducting courses particularly in the non- formal sector of IT Education & Training. Our vision for the organisation is to make NIELIT an institute of national importance in the field of IT, electronics, e-Governance and education. NIELIT can become of a stature that is similar to the IIT or IIM, with the permission and the blessings of the Hon’ble Parliament.

 

At times students face problems as they are unable to access course content in their own language. What steps is NIELIT taking to help such students? NIELIT has developed CCC e-content in all the constitutionally recognised Indian languages except in Santhali. The e-contents of CCC has also been devel- oped in Mizo and Kokborok. The e-contents have been made available on a dedi- cated e-learning portal “http://elearn.doeacc.edu.in” for free access by students. We are in the process of developing e-content for other courses and we are also planning to conduct online examinations. NIELIT is now undertaking projects concerned with capacity building in the field of e-Governance. Tell us about it. As you might know, NIELIT will be undertaking projects to conduct e-Governance training for various cadres of Central and State Government officials with funding support of Department of Administrative Reforms and Public Grievances. NIELIT  has conducted one workshop for the Cabinet of Bihar. It is also conducting e-Gov Capacity Building for senior officers in Delhi Government. Capacity building in the area of e-Governance is of great importance to the nation, and we are keen to contribute our mite in it. To take this up, our team of senior directors was in NISG (National Institute for Smart Governance), Hyderabad, for five days training in e-Governance project lifecycle. NIELIT centres in different parts of the country have been undertaking Capacity Building for improving the IT literacy and employability of ST & SC candidates.

 

Tell us about the work that you have been doing for NPR. NIELIT is the Nodal Implementing Agency on DeitY (Department of Electroncs and Information Technology) for the data digitisation for the creation of National Population Register (NPR) project of Registrar General of India (RGI). Data digitisation work for UT Chandigarh has been completed on pilot basis in March 2012. In Phase I, the data digitisation work of 25 urban zones have been completed and data digitisation in respect of 19 rural zones are expected to be completed shortly. In Phase II, for 48 rural zones, the contract has been awarded to successful bidders and work is in progress and is expected to be completed by March, 2013.

 

You have been associated with IT Industry for almost 28 years. Before taking over as MD, NIELET, you had been serving as Managing Director, RajCOMP, and Director Technical RajCOMP Info Services Ltd. In that capacity you had been instrumental in executing many IT and e-Governance Projects for the Government of Rajasthan. Tell us about the main issues that you have faced in bringing the benefits of IT to the masses. Every IT project comes with its own set of unique challenges. And when the project is from the field of e-Governance, then the challenges become more complicated, as in such cases we also have to look at governance issues, along with IT. When a project is being implemented, multiple issues related to Vendor Management, Technical Management, Finance Management, HR Management, Legal Management and over and above the Expectation Management come to the fore. It is possible that the expectation of the end-users, the citizens, could be totally different from the expectations of the policy makers.

 

It is a difficult task to bridge the gap between the two sets of expectations. Also there can be mismatch in terms of time, cost and even the vision of any project due to changes in government or administrative setup. While conceiving any e-Governance project, we tend to think that automation will automatically result in e Governance becoming a reality. We tend to forget that the IT component in any e-Governance project is only 10 to 15 percent. The major component is management and implementation of the decision and policy of the government, and that is a much tougher task. At times, the financial considerations make it impossible for us to go for the best possible technology in e-Governance projects, so this too is a challenge. We are unable to hire the most talented experts as they require a higher salary, the government norms restrict the salary that can be paid to the experts. Moreover, when we are implementing e-Governance projects, we think of pilots only and pilot hardly get rolled out because of multiple reasons.

 

“e-Governance projects will not be able to deliver at the ground level unless there is capacity building in a big way.” During the last few years Rajasthan has achieved lot of success in e-Governance implementations. In your opinion what is the most critical factor for the successful execution of e-Governance Projects? The capability of government departments to work as a cohesive team is important. A good team leader and support from the seniors are the key factors for success of e-Governance project. In Rajasthan, I achieved a degree of success in execution of NeGP Projects, after joining as the Managing Director of Rajcomp in June 2009. The projects that I was involved with are the CSC, State Data Centre (SDC), State Wide Area Network (SWAN), e-District, State Service Delivery Gateway (SSDG), etc. I have also contributed in the successful launch of the RPSC online. This all had been possible because of kind support that I have received from the Secretary (IT), Shri Sanjay Malhotra, Principal Secretary (IT), Shri Shrimant Pandey. I was also guided by the vision of the leader, Hon’ble Chief Minister, Shri Ashok Gehlot.

 

In your opinion what is the importance of field experience in the success of e-Governance projects? Should the government departments focus on having at least a few people who have the experience of working in the field? e-Gov Projects face major challenges in terms of shortage of experts having knowledge of technology with the IT companies. It also faces challenge in terms of commitment from the top and ownership of the project. It has been observed that those who have driven motorcycle in the field are different from those who know how to drive motorcycle on the blackboard. I am pointing out to the fact that issues being faced in the field are different from those discussed at policy making forums. At planning stage a project might seem very a project is very simple but when it is being implemented in the field, multiple issues related to Vendor Management, Technical Management, Finance Management, HR Management, Legal Management and over and above the Expectation Management starts. So field experience is of utmost importance.

 

You have taken over as the Managing Director of NIELET, a Government of India organisation, engaged in capacity building. What are the main challenges that you are facing in the new assignment? The new challenge is a part and parcel of the assignments I have been executing because unless and until capacity building in the field of IT and e-Governance is undertaken for government employees and citizens, we will not be able to bring the real fruits of IT to our citizens. e-Governance projects will not be able to deliver at the ground level unless there is capacity building in a big way. In my humble opinion, my new assignment is nothing more than a continuation of the activities that I have been part of during my earlier years of service. It provides me with opportunities for using my past experiences of working with actual projects to design new course content and better ways of delivery through IT tools.

From http://egov.eletsonline.com 02/06/2013

TOP↑

 

Creating Foundations for Effective e-Governance

 

eGovernance has attained considerable amount of traction during the last few years. Please provide us with an overview of the work that NeGD is doing in the area of e-Governance. The National e-Governance Division (NeGD) has been formed to support the Department of Electronics & Information Technology (DeitY) in programme management of the National e-Governance Plan (NeGP). NeGD also performs the role of the Secretariat to the Apex Committee on NeGP. Specifically, NeGD provides support to DeitY in the areas of programme management, technology management, capacity building, citizen engagement, evaluation of projects, etc. As part of the capacity building for NeGP, we are directly responsible for staffing and training of the State e-Mission Teams (SeMTs). DeitY has entrusted NeGD with the implementation of the World Bank assisted e-Bharat project. In recent times, we have played the role of catalyst and think tank for new and evolving thoughts around the EDS Bill, HR Policy for e-Governance, Citizen Engagement and Social Media Frameworks, National e-Governance Academy, Mobile Service Delivery Framework etc., on case-to-case and need basis. NeGD has also been extending support to other Ministries on formulation, implementation and various other aspects of their e-governance projects.

 

The State e-Mission Teams (SeMTs) have been set up in many states and union territories. How effective have the SeMT teams been in furthering the cause of e-Governance in the country? I believe that SeMTs have played a path breaking role in furthering the cause of e-Governance at state level. It is perhaps the best capacity building support that NeGP has provided to the states. In a recent study of the SeMT initiative, states have overwhelmingly suggested the continuation of the placement of SeMTs. They stated that the presence of these highly qualified personnel has provided the much needed support to the state’s IT department and has enabled the states to develop a state-wide, comprehensive and cohesive view of e-Governance projects. SeMTs have been instrumental in extending professional support to track the implementation as well as provide necessary inter-linkages between various e-Governance projects.

 

Please provide us with an overview of the capacity building work that NeGD is doing in different parts of the country. NeGD undertakes capacity building at several levels. At the state level, through our implementing agency NISG, we conduct Specialised Training for e-Governance Programme (STeP: http://step.nisg.org/) that is aimed at building basic sensitisation and skills at all levels of governance. Next, we undertake highly specialised programme to develop Chief Information Officers (CIOs). The CIO programme is focussed on building specific skills required to manage large e-governance projects. Finally, we conduct Leadership Meets in states which are directed at the political and bureaucratic leadership to ensure awareness about and support for e-governance programmes at the highest level. In addition, we conduct specific training programmes as needed by the states and the central ministries.

 

In what ways has NeGD contributed through the creation of core policies and by providing technical assistance, R&D and awareness? As I stated earlier, NeGD plays a very important role in development of new ideas and does necessary research to enable informed policy formulation. Some of our notable contributions include EDS Bill, Citizen Engagement and Social Media Framework, Mobile Service Delivery Framework, HR Policy for e-Governance, Integrated Public Service Delivery Framework, RFP Toolkit, Interoperability Standards, etc. For each one of these, NeGD undertook necessary research, coordinated stakeholder consultations and held intensive discussions with states and ministries. All this was done in a time bound manner and I am happy to say that today our outputs are being implemented as policy measures by the government.

 

NeGD is also providing technical assistance to Central Ministries and State Line Departments. Tell us about the work that you are doing in this vertical. The mandate of NeGD is to support the DeitY in the implementation of the NeGP. Since NeGP spans across various central ministries and states, we interact and provide necessary support to them in the areas of programme management, capacity building, technology management, etc. We are an integral part of many MMP technical committees such as CCTNS, eBiz, MCA21, etc. We are also playing an important role in formulation of new MMPs such as Education and Health. Given our unique mix of skill sets, ministries and states are increasingly approaching us and we are happy to be of help to them.

 

e-Governance has seen lot of developments during the last few years. But the expectations of the people from the e-Governance area are also growing. So how do organisations like NeGD keep pace with the expectations of the people? NeGD is not a project implementation agency, and does not come in direct contact with the public. However, I NeGD is alive to the changing scenario in the field of public service guarantee and citizen charters. Electronic service delivery would increasingly become the medium of service delivery by public authorities and NeGD has a critical role to play in enabling implementing departments in keeping pace with people’s expectation through its research, assessment and awareness based activities. Towards this end, various initiatives on which NeGD has worked – EDS Bill, Citizen Engagement Framework, Mobile Service Delivery Framework, etc would be supportive. In addition, we are also working on compiling best initiatives in electronic service delivery and helping in rapid roll out of such methodologies across the states to enabling implementing departments meet the raising expectations of the public in a faster timeframe. We are enhancing our capacity building initiatives to help build sufficient capacities within the government to cope with such rising demands.

 

Tasks for NeGD Programme Management of NeGP, inter-alia including facilitating and supporting DIT in undertaking the following tasks and responsibilities assigned to DIT under NeGP:

•Facilitating implementation of NeGP by various Ministries and State Governments

•Providing technical assistance to Central Ministries and State Line Departments

•Serving as a secretariat to the Apex Committee

•Undertaking technical appraisal of all NeGP projects to examine issues such as overall technology architecture, framework, standards, security policy, service delivery mechanism, sharing of common infrastructure etc.

•Human Resource Development, Training and Awareness Building

•Framing core policies, technical assistance, R&D, awareness and assessment and creation of organization structure

•Acting as a Central Agency for an effective implementation of Capacity Building Scheme inter-alia involving provisioning of manpower at various SeMTs across States/ UTs

Positioning of a Capacity Building Management Cell for effective management of manpower at SeMTs together with management of other Scheme activities including training, setting up HR policies, etc.

 

In your opinion what are the key successes achieved by NeGD during the last few years. Where would you like to see NeGD in next five years? In my opinion, NeGD’s success is a result of its unique blend of skill sets and therefore our successes too have been in areas as diverse as our human resources. On one hand we helped DeitY draft the EDS Bill and on the other the HR Policy for e-Governance. While one set of experts worked on the Integrated Framework for Service Delivery Framework other drafted the Citizen Engagement and Social Media Frameworks. While one team focussed on looking at integrating Mobiles in Public Service Delivery, another worked on standards for inter-operability framework for e-governance. As the expectations of citizens on public service delivery attain higher standards and as new technologies emerge, e-governance is striving hard to meet these demands. With such an evolving domain, I visualise a greater role for NeGD in the coming years.

 

What are the strategies and the systems that NeGD uses for conducting the technical appraisal of all NeGP projects? The appraisal of all projects is done in a holistic manner. Some of the key elements that we look for are – (1) government process reengineering, (2) leveraging of core service delivery infrastructure i.e. SWAN, SDC, CSC etc., inter-linkages with other related MMPs, adherence to e-governance standards, capacity building, change management, awareness and assessment and, most importantly, citizen service delivery and service levels. Tell us about your vision for e-Governance in the country? Provide us with an overview of the role that NeGD is playing in facilitating the implementation of NeGP objectives by various Ministries and State Governments.

 

In my view, e-Governance is the future of service delivery to citizens. Citizen Charters and Public Service Guarantees that are being notified by governments can be best achieved by e-governance. In a few years, e-governance would transform the way services are delivered in the country. This larger goal requires tremendous effort on part of government departments. NeGD would play an important role as a promoter of electronic service delivery as well as provide the necessary support. The field of e-Governance is changing at a fast pace. Tell us about personal views on how you see NeGD developing over the next few years. Given the wide spectrum in which NeGD today functions, and the request for kind of support that are being received by us, I visualise NeGD to evolve into a kind of a Think Tank where the blend of public and private sector professionals will help us define and refine our country’s vision of e-Governance.

From http://egov.eletsonline.com 0206/2013

TOP↑

 

E-Governance Is Reaching the Citizens Directly

 

The tagline for the NeGP is “Public Service Closer to Home.” Is the agenda of bringing public services closer to the citizens being fully implemented through National e-Governance Plan (NeGP)? Please provide us with your view on status of e-Governance in the country. If you see the e-Governance domain at a macro level, then you reach the conclusion that as a country we have done quite well during the last decade. We have been able to reach out to the citizens directly and in a more systematic manner through electronic mode. Now many more departments are able to offer their services to the citizens through electronic means. The processing times for various services sought by the citizens have reduced drastically and there is more transparency as well as accountability. However, despite all the successes that we have had, we also realise that e-Governance continues to be a work in progress. We are currently working to develop new e-Governance systems that will get launched in the near future and we are also engineering further improvements in the systems that have already been rolled out. I believe that e-Governance can enable disintermediation of governance, the idea is to enable people to access the services directly, and on this count, the e-Governance systems launched in the country have been a success story.

 

Most of the projects that were initially conceived under the NeGP have by now been largely implemented. The SDCs and SWAN infrastructure is in place. So now there is the talk of NeGP 2.0. What kind of initiatives can we expect under NeGP 2.0? The NeGP 2.0 is now in the very initial stages of conceptualisation. The next phase of e-Governance in the country should focus on ensuring the speedy availability of electronic services through devices like mobile phones and tablets that are already popular with citizens. The penetration of mobile phones in the country is much higher as compared to the penetration of computers and Internet. We have close to one billion mobile phones in the country, so if we can bring e-Governance services on the mobile platform, we will enable a very large section of the population to access these services. We have already launched the Mobile Service Delivery Gateway (MSDG) and mobile based services under a new initiative called “Mobile Seva”. The system is already operational and the details can be seen at our website: http://mgov.gov.in.The SMS gateway and Mobile App Store are already fully operational. About 150 departments from both Centre and the States are using the SMS gateway, developed by DeitY through C-DAC, to reach out to the citizens. Over two lakh SMS messages are being sent to the citizens every day for actual transactions and this number is increasing at a rapid pace. During the last one year, from January 2012 to December 2012, around 2 crore push SMSs have been sent. Our Mobile App Store already has 26 live and 50 demo applications which can be downloaded by the citizens for availing a range of government services.

 

The other aspect of the next phase of NeGP focuses on the development of an integrated information infrastructure. For instance, we are now focusing on cloud enabled data centres and integrated network connectivity. We are also aiming at rapid replication, under which the successful projects of one state can be replicated in other states with the necessary customisation. For rapid replication, we will be using the cloud platform in a major way. Once applications are developed and hosted on the cloud platform, then any other state or department can make use of it with the necessary customisations. This would save substantial costs and time.

 

Are there plans for a national rollout of the Mobile Service Delivery Gateway? Yes, that is being done. This will lead to scaling up of the infrastructure, thus enabling many more departments, from both the centre and the states, to start using this as a common infrastructure. So the departments need not invest their own funds in creating their own infrastructure separately. This will lead to substantial savings in time and efforts. As I mentioned earlier, we have also developed a mobile App Store on the Android platform. The apps have been fully integrated with the back-ends of the government departments. There are apps that allow users to apply for a copy of duplicate birth certificate, submit a grievance for redressal, check the status of UID enrolment, etc. All the apps are free. There are many other requests that can be made through the mobile phone itself using the SMS pull service. The details can be seen at http://mgov.gov.in. The Android platform is an open platform; anyone can add apps or make changes in it. So what about the security aspect of the e-Governance apps that are being created on the Android platform? What is being done to ensure that these apps are not tampered by hackers? Actually, the main strength of the Android platform is that it is Open Source. There exists a large community of developers who are supporting the Android platform and making improvements in it on a regular basis. These developments help in making the platform more robust with passage of time. As it is Open Source, all the latest developments in the source code are available to our technical team for developing new applications. Our team is also following the relevant best practices to ensure security of the applications and the Mobile Seva platform.

 

Many of the e-Governance initiatives can prove to be much more fruitful if we had a foolproof system of online authentication. What kind of initiatives are you taking in this area? Electronic authentication is of crucial importance for success of e-Governance initiatives. At present,there is no uniform system for online authentication of users of e-governance services. For accessing most services, people have to physically present themselves with a paper based identity proof at a government office. As a consequence, very few government services are truly electronic from end to end. To address this issue, we are working on a system for introducing online authentication which will allow government departments to authenticate the identity of a user electronically. DeitY has recently notified the policy framework for this initiative, which has been named as “e-Pramaan”. The process of authentication would be completely electronic and would incorporate the Aadhaar based authentication mechanisms. Different government departments will be able to use e-Praman as a service to authenticate the identity of their users. The details of this initiative can be seen at the website: http://epramaan.gov.in.

 

“The key objective is to ensure that the projects are rolled out and services are delivered to the citizens” Many citizens in the country are unable to access e-Governance services as they are digitally illiterate or they lack access to computers or Internet. As mobile telephones are available to most people these days, the SMS services that you have mentioned can be tools for empowerment. Can you provide us with more details of the SMS service that you have launched? Our Mobile Seva provides a host of SMS based services. In case of the departments that are integrated, the citizens can send an SMS and track the status of any request. For instance, if you have applied for a new ration card, you can track the status of your application at the ration card department through SMS. The Mobile Seva portal also provides a very easy and automated process for government departments to integrate their services and start offering them to the citizens. The details can be seen at the portal mentioned above. We are expanding at a rapid rate, so within a short span of time you are going to witness a large number of new services being launched under the Mobile Seva platform.

 

So how does the user start using the e-Praman website? Does he have to present himself at any government office to get a user ID and password? No, the system is being developed in such a way that the entire process is online. The user needs to register at the e-Praman website, by providing his/her identification details like name, address, Aadhaar number, PAN number, ration card number, etc. In the background, the e-Praman gateway will do the verification electronically through the respective electronic databases. Once the verification is done, the user becomes a verified entity. Even those who are yet to get their Aadhaar numbers or those who don’t have PAN card, ration card, etc. can also join in and register. They will also get a user ID and password. Once you are registered, you can do a single sign-on for accessing various services from different departments that are part of the e-Praman gateway. This service is not only secure; it also allows the users to avoid the hassle of logging in separately to each department’s portal. Under the Capacity Building Scheme, we have set-up State e-Governance Mission Team (SeMT) and done much else. Is that proving to be effective enough?

 

Capacity Building is a work in continuous progress. People have to be constantly trained so that they can make efficient usage of new technologies. National e-Governance Plan (NeGP) envisions establishment of an institutional framework for state-level decision-making including setting-up of State e-Mission Teams (SeMTs) having relevant expertise and experience to provide technical and professional support to the States and Union Territories. These SeMTs have been playing a very vital role in strengthening the capacities of different states for implementing e-Governance initiatives. Now states are capable of implementing more e-governance initiatives and have better knowledge of various aspects of e-governance projects. With every passing year, we are building a bigger and bigger pool of trained resources.

 

In your opinion what are the key challenges that are being faced in the implementation of e-Governance ideas in the country? The key challenges, according to me, are to build capacities across central and state departments and ensure optimal usage of the entire core ICT infrastructure that we have created under the NeGP. We need to avoid any duplication in creating the infrastructure. The key objective is to ensure that the projects are rolled out and services are delivered to the citizens. Recently, we have also started focusing on outcomes and transactions to judge the success of any e-Governance project. Transaction approach basically means that the number of transactions delivered to the citizens must be taken as a key indicator of the success of any e-governance project. The challenge is to ensure that the projects are delivering actual services to the citizens. The CSCs in the country are expected to curb the incidences of digital divide, but now questions are being raised about the financial viability of these centres. How do we tackle the problem of financial viability? With rising popularity of e-Governance services, and also due to the fact that CSCs are also offering B2C (business to citizen) kind of services, the CSCs have started doing reasonably well. The number of CSCs that are operational in the country has also gone up substantially during the last year. The CSCs are playing a vital role in the success of e-governance in the country; most of them are located in rural areas, where people don’t have access to computers and internet and rely on the CSCs for accessing government services. The B2C services being offered by CSCs are gaining maturity, and the VLEs who are enterprising are able to make reasonable profits.

From http://egov.eletsonline.com 02/06/2013

TOP↑

 

New Technologies for e-Governance

 

Provide us with an overview of the role that EMC is playing in India? Since opening its India operations in 2000, EMC in India has evolved to be a critical contributor to EMC’s long-term strategy by driving global innovation and revenue growth for this region. EMC’s operations in India are also multi-dimensional – which is common to very few markets around the world. We have been evangelizing our technology solutions for information storage and information infrastructure for more than 10 years now; and are market leaders for network storage since the last seven years. Last year has been one of many milestones in India – we clocked our 1500th enterprise customer, our 100th city where we have support services, and completed 10 years in India. Today, we address over 2500 customers. As it is one of the fastest growing economies and a country with immense human capital, India has been high on EMC’s radar for several years now. Despite being perhaps among the last major global IT companies to enter India (when we did so in 2000), we have been very dynamic and focused on growing our India operations.

 

What kind of response are your cloud based solutions seeing from the government departments in India? Please provide us some details on the government departments where your solutions have already been implemented. According to the EMC-Zinnov study, apart from IT/ITES, other verticals are spending less than 4 percent of the total IT spend on Cloud computing with Government being one of the lowest with a mere 1 percent spent on the Cloud. However the scenario is under a rapid transformation and we see this as an opportunity since the Government is riding high on citizen services as part of the national e-governance program. Government is a very big vertical for EMC with the segment contributing over 20 percent of the overall revenues as com- pared to less than 10 percent a couple of years ago. EMC has played a vital role in a number of flagship projects of the Government of India including the UIDAI (Aadhaar) initiative, Passport and Census among others. Some key considerations for government would include evaluating the existing IT portfolio against tomorrow’s organisational requirements, map service level requirements and arrive at the kind of future infrastructure that’s required; evaluate the future IT requirement against budget outlay and Cloud vendor services and maturity levels available in the market to deter- mine which IT services need to be move to the cloud and which need to remain physical; and finally, identify an end-to-end vendor solution provider to bring together different pieces from the larger ecosystem.

 

“Big Data era has arrived in full force, bringing with it an unprecedented opportunity to transform governance and the wa we work and live.” Security related concerns are always associated with data that is being handled by the government. These days there is some insecurity about the safety of the data that is being stored in the cloud. What kind security systems does EMC have to provide an extra layer of security to its clients? As the businesses are focusing on transforming their digital strategies and the way IT will sup- port them, the security risk landscape is also enhancing. Stance on security must change from preventing breaches to assuming you will be breached and to protecting your most critical assets. Government organisations must have a zero-tolerance approach to data leakage, insider threats, and zero-day and targeted malware. RSA, The Security Division of EMC, is the premier provider of security, risk, and compliance solutions, helping the government sector and leading organizations succeed by solving their most complex and sensitive security challenges. RSA NetWitness views these issues as inter- related and can help your organization address them with a single enterprise security platform.

 

Is Big Data a buzz word or is it really necessary for government departments and private organizations to find ways of managing it more efficiently? The Big Data era has arrived in full force, bringing with it an unprecedented opportunity to transform governance and the way we work and live. Through the convergence of massive scale-out storage, next-generation analytics and visualisation capability, the technology is in place. What’s needed to fully realise its value is a vibrant, interconnected, highly-skilled and empowered data science community to  reveal relevant trend patterns and uncover new insights hidden within. As per the latest EMC-IDC Digital Universe study, proliferation of devices such as PCs and smartphones worldwide, increased Internet access within emerging markets and the boost in data from machines such as surveillance cameras or smart meters has contributed to the doubling of the digital universe within the past two years alone, to a mammoth 2.8 ZB. The study further reveals that the digital universe will reach 40 ZB by 2020. India is one of the leading contributors to this digital information explosion.

 

Can Big Data be used to bring more effectiveness in delivering citizen services through e-Governance? India, which has already set the stage with the ambitious Aadhaar project, the world’s largest biometric identity platform, has a classic opportunity to leverage Big Data to make radical improvements in citizen services. And, that is what makes Big Data an exciting space to watch in the future. It is important to view the promise of a Big Data as a revolution for a better future. The attitude of Governments and businesses towards data will differentiate the progressive from the rest and define the impact they will have on their constituents. To India, Big Data presents the roadmap for it to achieve its vision of becoming a knowledge superpower.

 

Tell us about EMC solutions for Data Centre automation. EMC is helping transform the data centres. The first step to transform the data centre is virtualisation. More importantly, to exploit all the benefits of virtualisation, CIOs need complete infrastructure visibility and streamlined management, along with new levels of productivity and efficiency. This is where EMC storage, EMC de duplication backup software and system offer the ideal solution to virtualized infrastructure challenges. Automation of various feature within storage like fully automated storage Tiering helps deliver sustained performance under unpredictable load scenarios at optimized cost levels.

 

In what ways is the cloud technology evolving over a period of time? What kind of developments can be seen in 2013? Today, Cloud is revolutionizing the IT process by making it possible to run IT As-a-Service to drive maximum efficiency. By deploying a pool of elastic resources, IT is dramatically reducing hard- ware costs and making it simple to provision and help rapid application deployment to unleash the benefit of application to target audience. As users bring new devices to the workplace, they  expect to operate them using both personal and enterprise resources. IT must provide a new end user computing model so they can maintain control over information and access, while allowing users to choose their own devices. EMC thinks of this as the new layering of IT which requires end-to-end security and management across layers. As IT transforms its operations to run IT- As-A-Service, its role will also transform – from an exclusive provider of IT services to a broker of IT services – some of which IT creates and delivers itself, some of which are delivered by service providers. This new role for IT combined with new cloud technology will drive maximum business efficiency.

From http://egov.eletsonline.com 02/06/2013

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

AZERBAIJAN: Taxes Ministry Creates Organisation to Deal with Electronic Audit

 

The Azerbaijani Ministry of Taxes is creating a special organisation to deal with an electronic audit, Azerbaijani Deputy Minister Sahib Alakbarov told Trend on Monday. "In the coming days we intend to make changes to the structure of the Ministry," he said. "This will be a very strong organisation consisting of IT specialists and tax employees. This organisation will begin its activity in early 2013 enabling us to conduct an e-audit." He said that the project of introducing e-audit is under completion. "Specialists at the Ministry underwent special training," he said. "The project consisting of six components (establishing a legal framework, the information base and staff training), is under completion." Head of Tax Policy and Strategic Studies Department of the Ministry Akif Musayev told Trend earlier that the regulatory framework for the electronic audit will be created within the bill on amendments and additions to the Tax Code. This bill is being developed. The electronic audit is intended to protect the rights of taxpayers. An automated information system is required for its application. The Ministry of Taxes has the system, including all the possibilities for an e-audit the ministry said. Using an electronic audit will reduce the number of on-site inspections by 90 per cent.

From http://en.trend.az/ 12/07/2012

TOP↑

 

E-Service Application for Licensure in the ICT Field Integrated into “E-Government” Portal

 

The Ministry of Communications and Information Technologies of Azerbaijan added e-applications for various licensures into its "e-government" portal (ehdis.az), a report published by the portal said on Wednesday. Currently, the ministry offers 25 e-services. Also, services provided by the State Committee for Family, Women and Child Affairs are also integrated in the portal. Currently, an online application for international adoption is also available. "E-government" contains 36 state agencies and integrates over 168 online services. A number of state institutions also appealed to the agency in hopes of joining the portal; this process will be carried out in stages depending on the readiness of their individual IT-infrastructures. The "e-government" portal is a key tool in supporting interaction with citizens as well as with the public and private sectors. The portal is intended to reduce the number of documents requested by citizens, given that different agencies will communicate with each other electronically. Access to the portal is through the use of electronic digital signatures (EDS), the identification data of private businesses and citizens, as well as through the use of verification data (username and password), that may be obtained upon registration with the portal.

From http://en.trend.az/ 12/26/2012

TOP↑

 

Azerbaijani Communications Ministry Introduces Mobile Platform for E-Government Access

 

The Information Computer Centre of the Azerbaijani Communications and Information Technologies Ministry has introduced an authentication system for access to the portal of electronic government through mobile devices (mobile phones and tablet computers). The centre presented an application that will provide access to the e-government portal through mobile devices. The new system empowers users to create digital certificates by using a two-factor authentication system and receive access to the portal of e-government by scanning the QR code. In future, application functionality will be supplemented by modules providing assurance of legally significant documents by electronic signature and its address to relevant departments.

From http://en.trend.az/ 01/24/2013

TOP↑

 

Newly Established Commission to Consider Online Media Complaints in Azerbaijan

 

A commission has been established under the Press Council. It will consider complaints and other issues relating to online media, head of the Press Council Aflatun Amashov said at a briefing today. He said that the commission will consider complaints relating to online media, hacker attacks on websites and other issues in this area. The general concept of the commission's activity will be established, Amashov said.

From http://en.trend.az/ 02/14/2013

TOP↑

 

UZBEKISTAN: To Create ‘E-Government’

 

The Uzbek government has adopted a decree on measures aimed at improving the work of the online state portal with consideration of delivering public services via the Internet. According to the document, the State Committee for communications, information and communication technology of the country has developed and will launch a single portal of interactive public services which will operate as part of the state portal and in the single window mode as well. A single portal providing online public services will be aimed at ensuring access of individuals and entities to information on services and functions provided by the state and economic management bodies as well as public authorities in the field. Alongside, users will be given an opportunity of exchanging data online, making requests through a single point of access to integrated, interactive public services by public and economic administration and public authorities in the field and on a paid basis as well. Consideration of requests and appeals of individuals and entities concerning the functioning of a single portal, including the monitoring of the quality of online public services provided by public and economic administration bodies and public authorities in the field will become available. This measure is taken to ensure full exchange of data in electronic form, to expedite the procedures for the request and improve the interaction of entrepreneurs and the public with public authorities on the basis of use of information and communication technologies.

From http://en.trend.az/ 01/10/2013

TOP↑

 

Creation of "Electronic Government" to Be Accelerated in Uzbekistan

 

Uzbek Cabinet of Ministers instructed State Committee for Communication, Informatization and Telecommunication Technologies to accelerate the development of the concept and comprehensive program for the creation of "electronic government" to introduce electronic delivery of interactive public services to businesses and individuals. This was stated in a decree signed by President Karimov at the meeting of Cabinet of Ministers which reviewed the results of socio-economic development of the country in 2012 and priorities of economic program for 2013. The document was published in the mass media on Tuesday. As previously reported, the Uzbek government adopted a decree on measures aimed at improving the work of the online state portal with consideration of delivering public services via the Internet. It is planned that a single portal of interactive public services will operate as part of the state portal and in the single window mode as well. A single portal providing online public services will be aimed at ensuring the access of individuals and entities to information on services and functions provided by the state and economic management bodies as well as public authorities in the field. Also, users will be given an opportunity to exchange data online, making requests through a single point of access. The portal will also consider the requests and appeals of individuals and entities and conduct monitoring of the quality of online public services provided by public and economic administration bodies and public authorities in the field. The Asian Development Bank (ADB) provided technical assistance to Uzbekistan for the creation of "e-government" to the sum of $ 1.1 million. The funds will be sent towards development of a strategy for government's interaction with the public and businesses through the portal and development of electronic government applications.

From http://en.trend.az/ 01/22/2013

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

AUSTRALIA: Tax Regulator Moves to Cloud Services

 

Australia’s Tax Practitioners Board (TPB) is taking the lead as one of the first federal government agencies to use an integrated cloud-based solution to better access, share and manage tax data from dispersed sites. The board regulates more than 53,000 tax and business activity statement agents. It is moving to cloud services to help staff and board members make informed decisions in a fast-changing business environment. When the cloud service is fully operational, data access will be available from any device – onsite and remotely, and in a secure environment. The cloud roll-out is supported by a virtual desktop platform. Business apps and data will reside on a central virtual server. The platform is “device-independent,” and connects key business offices around Australia. This cloud initiative increases the board’s ability to respond more readily and cost-effectively to dynamic and complex business needs, according to Mark Maskell, secretary of the TPB. He said the board is one of the first Australian government agencies to use a complete cloud-based solution. “This will enable us to be more agile and efficient which will ultimately benefit the tax practitioners we regulate.”

 

The TPB registers and regulates Australian tax practitioners. The cloud project marks the start of a physical and logical separation of systems and services from those of the Australian Taxation Office (ATO). Currently, the board does not have its own independent IT system; this is shared with the ATO. Once up and running, cloud-hosted services will be available in Canberra, Sydney, Melbourne and Brisbane. The TPB contract has been awarded to solutions provider, the ASG Group. This group supports other key federal agencies, including the Department of Broadband, Communications and the Digital Economy, and Department of Prime Minister and Cabinet.

From http://www.futuregov.asia 11/30/2012

TOP↑

 

Australian Govt Fights Against Internet Governance Changes

 

Communications Minister Stephen Conroy is in Dubai this week for the International Telecommunications Union's (ITU's) World Conference on International Telecommunications (WCIT), and said that the Australian government will oppose changes that would give governments greater control over the internet. The ITU will seek the support of delegates from 193 different nations to change the International Telecommunications Regulations (ITR) to give more control over the internet to governments, rather than existing independent organisations, such as the Internet Corporation for Assigned Names and Numbers (ICANN). The treaty was first created in 1988 at a similar conference in Melbourne. The proposal likely to come from the closed-door meeting has already been met with opposition from Google and Anonymous, with Google's chief evangelist Vint Cerf saying that the changes could "put government handcuffs on the net", with a number of governments that have track records of opposing internet freedom getting a vote on the changes to the ITR.

 

Others have warned that the changes would make internet "blackouts", such as those seen in Egypt and Syria, much easier to coordinate. Conroy announced today that the case had not been made for the changes to the ITR to be accepted, and he believed that ICANN should still be kept in charge. "ICANN's multi-stakeholder model has played a significant role in the success of the internet, and is essential for ensuring that the internet remains a central point for innovation and a driver of economic growth," Conroy said. "Australia wants to make sure that any amendments to the ITRs do not undermine this model or fundamentally change the way the internet operates. Australia does not believe a case has been made for change." Conroy said that the ITU should still focus on developing technical telecommunications standards that ensure networks can work with one another across the globe, but said that ICANN should continue to oversee the global Domain Name System. "There appears to be little value in either organisation seeking to encroach on the responsibilities of the other," he said. "Given the increasing importance of communications networks in our day-to-day lives, governments should continue to play a role in developing and protecting this vital infrastructure from harm — either from deliberate attacks or natural disasters."

 

Conroy said that he would be meeting with the delegations from other nations to seek support for Australia's position on the proposed ITR changes. Telecommunications analyst Paul Budde this morning dismissed the concerns about the conference as "conspiracy theories," stating that it was not a "takeover of the internet by the UN," but working to build a consensus about ITR. "The decisions that have been made over that time have been based on consensus, and the Secretary-General of the ITU, the UN body in charge of the organisation organising the conference, is determined that any decision-making at this conference will take place on that basis also." He claimed that people with vested interests were seeking to spread FUD (fear, uncertainty and doubt) about the conference. The conference comes just weeks after the government announced that it would drop its proposal for a mandatory internet filtering system in Australia, which, under its initial proposal, would have seen all content that sat outside the government's rating system blocked from view. Instead, the government has opted to force internet service providers to block content on the Interpol black list.

From http://www.zdnet.com 12/03/2012

TOP↑

 

Aust Gov Drives High-Tech Transport Reforms

 

Facing a high rate of road fatality, the National Transport Commission (NTC) is driving the adoption of intelligent transport management systems – while supporting regulatory reforms to cut the national toll. The NTC is weighing in behind introducing nationwide Cooperative Intelligent Transport Systems (C-ITS) – noting this technology will cut Australia’s road toll by 25 per cent. Nick Dimopoulos, Chief Executive for the NTC, says C-ITS have the potential to revolutionise road safety. Research indicates a widespread introduction may save hundreds of lives. Road trauma in Australia accounts for almost 1,300 deaths each year. These fatalities annually cost the nation an estimated US$27 billion (AUD$27 billion). “With road trauma in Australia currently accounting for 1,300 deaths each year, this technology has the potential to provide a leap forward in road safety,” says Dimopoulos. C-ITS are an emerging technology that enable vehicles and surrounding infrastructure to exchange information about the location, speed and direction of other road users and infrastructure also using C-ITS.

 

Notifications are also relayed about changed traffic conditions such as a train approaching a railway crossing. Among its features, C-ITS technology enables different elements of a transport network, including vehicles and infrastructure, to exchange information using dedicated short range communication. This technology is supported by warning systems that are activated, alerting road users about potential collisions. In Australia, C-ITS is expected to be incorporated into new vehicles by manufacturers over the next three to five years, starting in the high-end car market. La Trobe University (Victoria) recently trialled C-ITS technology for rail level crossings, to warn cars of oncoming trains, at two locations in metropolitan and rural Victoria. The trial was conducted in partnership with Public Transport Victoria and the Australian Automotive Co-operative Research Centre. Other Australian trials are in planning stages and will potentially incorporate heavy vehicles and ports.

 

Active trials are also under-way in Europe and the US – with a large-scale trial being conducted on public roads in the State of Michigan. This trial involves nearly 3000 vehicles. In Australia, work on C-ITS technology is being driven by various State and Territory roads agencies. Australian-New Zealand association, Austroads, and the private sector are also involved, including several technology and automotive manufacturers. The NTC is an inter-governmental agency that is charged with improving the productivity, safety and environmental performance of Australia’s road, rail and inter-modal transport system.

From http://www.futuregov.asia 12/12/2012

TOP↑

 

Super Fast Broadband and Government Service Delivery

 

Senator the Honourable Stephen Conroy, Minister for Broadband, Communications and the Digital Economy, Australia, reveals to FutureGov the strategic considerations and the far-reaching vision behind Australia’s bid to be a leading world digital economy by 2020. As the appetite for services using broadband rises inexorably, many nations are investing in super fast broadband infrastructure. In Australia, the Government has announced the AU$36 billion National Broadband Network (NBN) project that will connect 93% of premises to broadband using optical fibre while the remaining 7% will receive broadband via either a 4G fixed wireless connection or a next generation satellite service. The NBN is to be rolled out over the next decade. In addition to speed and capacity, the characteristics which differentiate the NBN from current broadband services include its Australia-wide coverage, as well as its stability and reliability. The establishment of the NBN as a wholesale-only, open access platform is designed to deliver stronger retail competition, greater choice, lower prices and more innovation.

 

The Australian Government has also released a National Digital Economy Strategy which has the overarching vision to make Australia one of the world’s leading digital economies by 2020. The Strategy includes eight high level goals focusing on the following areas:

·          Online participation by Australian households

·          Online engagement by Australian businesses and not for profit organisations

·          Smart management of our environment and infrastructure

·          Improved health and aged care

·          Expanded online education

·          Increased teleworking

·          Improved online government service delivery and engagement

·          Greater digital engagement in regional Australia.

 

Government service delivery

With the rollout of super fast broadband, the challenge for government agencies at the federal, state and local levels will be to both keep up with the way Australians will want to use the NBN as well as understanding how to take advantage of super fast broadband to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of their programs and services. To assist this, the Federal Department of Broadband, Communications and the Digital Economy is developing a guide to help government agencies identify programs and operations that can best take advantage of super fast broadband.

 

This guide will identify and explain:

·          how the NBN will be different to Australia’s current broadband infrastructure

·          the characteristics of government programs and operations that can most benefit from super fast broadband, and

·          how to establish robust pilot projects to test the advantages that super fast speed broadband can deliver.

 

Client service delivery

Many government agencies use shopfronts to deliver client services. These shopfront services can include circumstances where clients are seeking, for example, to:

·          register a business, car/boat or even a pet,

·          obtain a licence to undertake a regulated activity such as driving a car, getting a visa or passport, obtaining permission for a development proposal, or

·          secure a government payment or subsidy

 

Government shopfronts are often supplemented by a telephone call centre. Over the last 15 years, shopfront services have also been supplemented by an online service delivery channel where clients interact directly with an agency’s client service IT system. Most government client service agencies thus offer 3 channels of service delivery—a physical face to face channel, a telephone channel and an online channel. The online channel has proved to be highly cost-effective and is strongly promoted over face to face service delivery. But despite the inconvenience and cost to clients of physical face to face service delivery (such as travelling to a government shopfront, finding parking, queuing for a service often during the lunch hour, and frequently being re-directed to another agency shopfront to obtain other evidence and then coming back to the original agency), many clients continue to choose the physical face to face channel. This may partly be due to the complexity of the transactions involved or because some clients prefer the re-assurance of a face to face transaction.

 

With the introduction of super fast broadband, a question for many government agencies is whether to introduce a video-based service delivery channel to supplement their online client service delivery. Our hypothesis is that super fast broadband to every premises in Australia, enabling high quality video interaction in combination with the agency’s online client service channel, could significantly improve the quality and cost-effectiveness of client service delivery. It would, for example, enable two or more client service officers to be connected simultaneously to a client at home to enable the needs of that client to be managed comprehensively rather than the client being bounced from agency to agency. The challenge for government agencies will be to test how best this video based service delivery channel can be introduced and operated for the benefit of both clients and government agencies.

 

Other types of government services

Other types of government services that may benefit from super fast broadband include:

·          Outreach services – For a large country with a relatively low population density, efficient service delivery to people and businesses in regional and remote parts of Australia is a major challenge. Many government agencies deal with this by developing outreach services where government officers travel from location to location to deliver services. Super fast broadband offers the opportunity for these services to be delivered via high quality video. This can enable more people to access services more easily and more frequently and that government agencies can deliver these services more efficiently.

·          Consultations with householders and businesses – A key part of the role of government agencies is to consult with people and businesses in the community. Such input is critical to the development of sound service delivery policies and practices. But conducting such consultations can be expensive for government agencies and often inconvenient for people and businesses to attend. Super fast broadband offers the prospect of undertaking these consultations in a way that is significantly more convenient and more efficient.

·          Communication of policies and programs – Government agencies now make extensive use of websites to communicate the details of policies and programs. But most of these websites make only limited use of rich media opportunities because it is generally only people and businesses in metropolitan Australia that have access to adequate broadband to enjoy the benefits of such websites. Ubiquitous availability of super fast broadband will make it much more attractive to government agencies to make more extensive use of rich media to communicate the details of policies and programs.

 

There are of course other opportunities for government service delivery using super fast broadband including the potential benefits for delivery of health and education services as well as opportunities to boost teleworking. As the NBN is rolled out, trials in these areas will also be conducted to better understand and realise the advantages of ubiquitous super fast broadband.

From http://www.futuregov.asia 12/17/2012

TOP↑

 

Queensland Govt Launches Open Data Portal

 

Taking forward its commitment to an ‘open data revolution’, the state government of Queensland, Australia, launched an open data portal earlier this month. The online portal, Queensland Government Data, currently gives the public free access to 73 datasets under categories such as government, public safety, education, transportation and health. ‘Public safety’, for example, contains datasets on crime statistics from the police department, requests for help to State Emergency Service, and current bushfire incidents (which is updated every 30 minutes) from Queensland Fire and Rescue. “Our open data scheme is about providing a level of access to information across the government that has never been seen in Queensland before,” Premier Campbell Newman said in a statement. “This is data that is owned by Queenslanders and we believe it should be available to everyone.”

 

The release of government data is expected to support the development of innovative solutions by individuals and private organisations to problems faced in the state, and help make government more transparent and accountable to the community. “We fully expect to see this information used in the development of new applications that will create opportunities for businesses and help people across the state,” said Newman. The data catalogue and search functions of the portal were developed with the support of the Open Knowledge Foundation, a not-for-profit organisation dedicated to promoting open knowledge. According to a timeline on the open data website, each core departmental agency will publish an open data strategy, including a roadmap to release datasets, by April 2013, and statutory bodies

From http://www.futuregov.asia 12/27/2012

TOP↑

 

Opening Up Government for Citizen Engagement

 

Mick Chisnall, Executive Director of the Government Information Office, Australian Capital Territory, explains the government’s moves towards an integrated service agenda through recent ICT initiatives. Over the past year, the Australian Capital Territory (ACT) government has begun efforts to restructure the ACT Public Services (ACTPS) into a single ‘one-government’ organisation. The government has also launched several initiatives in open government and shared services. Mick Chisnall’s talks to FutureGov about the reorganisation and the new services being launched.

 

Reorganising government

The release of the ‘Governing the City State: One ACT Government – One ACT Public Service’ report in February 2011 recommended that all administrative units within ACTPS be replaced with ‘directorates’ under a unified ACTPS organisation. The subsequent reorganisation also led to the creation of the Government Information Office (GIO) in the ACT government. “My role is a new one,” says Chisnall. “We moved from disparate departments into a single one-government structure, whereby departments affected became directorates reporting to one organisational structure within the APS (Australian Public Service). That’s a very significant move towards an integrated government service agenda”.

 

This new structure helps the ACT government manage several challenges it faces today. The reorganisation also raised new challenges for the traditional, Westminster-style ACT government: “Many of the issues that we struggle with don’t fit into the machinery of government structure,” Chisnall explains. “For example, when we design a new suburb, we have to consider not just the land aspects but transportation, educational, and environmental aspects too. The government needs to respond to these challenges with a concerted cross-directorate, cross-government approach.”

 

Open = Engaged?

The ACT government is also working on a number of Open Government initiatives. Chisnall elaborates: “We’re seeing a strong push from the new Chief Minister towards open government. The provision of government information is now the default rather than the exception.” The data.ACT portal and the Open Government web site give users access to datasets of government information, as well as government reports and results of enquiries under Freedom of Information legislation. The ACT government is also the first in Australia to release a summary of their Cabinet outcomes online. Chisnall believes that there is more to Open Government. “Open government is attitudinal and cultural. A move towards openness requires a degree of soul-searching, cultural change and dealing with issues. We’re on the path to that.” Chisnall, however, adds a cautionary note. “It is easy to say that government information is a public asset, but there are other considerations to take account of. You have to make sure that while you’re releasing as much information as you possibly can, you’re not breaching privacy regulations and important commercial confidences, or raising security issues.”

 

The government has been making consistent use of social media platforms to engage citizens. The GIO launched a Virtual Community Cabinet in which a five-person cabinet responds to tweets which use the #actvcc hashtag. Additionally, emergency services are also taking advantage of the ability of social media platforms to communicate with a large percentage of the population very quickly. At the same time, Chisnall adds, “We have to understand the difference between what I call the ‘Fire Brigade’ message and ‘Fred the Fireman’ message. One is an authoritative message from the government and the other might be an opinion from an individual. Understanding the correct way of thinking about the differences between those two is very important.”

 

How many web sites is too many?

“Regardless of whatever structure the public service might currently have, fundamentally, we have to maximise the service to our citizens,” Chisnall says. The ACT government is enhancing and modifying the services it provides to make them more citizen-centric. “The ACT government has developed nearly 200 websites. We accept that it’s confusing for the public. It represents the way we understand ourselves, but not the way the community does. So, as a first step, we created an open government website to focus access to certain types of information and our efforts towards openness.” The ACT government is rolling out the Single Public Face project to make the government’s presence in cyberspace more citizen-centric. The project creates common templates which all ACT government websites will follow to be more consistent, accessible and engaging for citizens. Additionally, the government rolled out ‘Mobile Canberra’ to make the government more responsive to the changing needs of citizens of Canberra, and intends to engage mobile and app developers to enhance mobile access to government services and information.

 

Shared Services success

The ACT government uses shared services to provide a range of corporate services to government directorates and offices. “The ACT runs one of the most successful shared services organisations in Australia,” says Chisnall. “I believe that any move towards shared services should be done with very strong business acumen, with a realistic view of chances of success, and an enormous respect for the organisations that are going to be affected and integrated. Changing the culture of organisations is a long-term and often complex exercise that requires a very good business case to be successful.” In addition to enhancing savings and reducing duplication within the government, shared service ventures can also provide a good integrative structure for citizen-centric services. Chisnall says, “If one is not dealing with 20 different ways of doing things in order to provide an integrated service, it’s a whole lot easier to make that service coherent.” The new administration has made a good start in working through the recommendations of the ‘One ACT Government’ report and developing ICT solutions to challenges it faces. These initiatives are already successfully enhancing government transparency and citizen engagement, and more efforts are expected in the future.

From http://www.futuregov.asia 01/09/2013

TOP↑

 

Australian Council Launches Town Planning Portal

 

The Sunshine Coast Council (SCC) launched an interactive online mapping portal which gives users access to information pertaining to the region’s development plans. Sunshine Coast Council is located in the Sunshine Coast region of South East Queensland, Australia. Until recently, the community could only view town planning and development information by requesting for hard-copy maps at the city council office or by downloading static maps from the council website. With the new mapping portal in place, the community can have a deeper understanding of the development plans laid out by the council and make themselves more involved in guiding the region towards sustainability.

 

According to SCC Chief Information Officer Brian Beswick, the portal presents data in a map-based format so that residents tourists, businesses, not-for-profit organisations and other stakeholders can understand the development plans in a more innovative and creative way. “Users can look-up information they require on town and planning, create their own maps and eventually download them for use with other mapping software for further analysis,” he said. Beswick added the new portal also supports the council’s main online mapping portal called MyMaps which provides users access to 1,000 interactive map layers of Council data including property information, underground assets and tourist attractions.

From http://www.futuregov.asia 02/05/2013

TOP↑

 

NEW ZEALAND: Government Boosts Digital Services

 

In the next five years, a growing band of Kiwis will go on-line to access services and government information. The administration is targeting 70 per cent coverage in a digital world by 2017. Figures released by the New Zealand Department of Internal Affairs (DIA) confirm that New Zealanders are embracing on-line services in larger numbers. A higher volume of services and information is being accessed on-line. These DIA figures note that 32.4 per cent of Kiwis used secure on-line government services during the July-September 2012 quarter. This compared with 29.9 per cent when traffic measurements were first initiated in June. Details about these results can be found at Better Public Services. On-line services currently being expanded encompass the processing of travel documents, access to social services, as well as transport, conservation, business and tax information. Chris Tremain, Zealand’s minister for internal affairs Minister Chris Tremain says that a “stand-out performance” has involved the launch of the government’s on-line passport renewals programme. “Within a few months, 40 per cent of adult passport renewals are now being done on-line.”

 

He adds that the administration wants to make it easier, more convenient and secure for the public to complete their most common transactions on-line. “Our goal is for 70 per cent of New Zealanders’ most common transactions with government to be done digitally by 2017.” On-line traffic patterns were tracked for agencies that are in the front-line of service delivery programmes. The highest volume of traffic was recorded for New Zealand Customs’ Smartgate programme. Large numbers of citizens now this service to process and manage documents for domestic and international travel. Other agencies tracked for on-line traffic included the DIA, Ministry of Business Innovation and Employment, Department of Conservation, New Zealand Police, New Zealand Transport Agency, Inland Revenue, and the Ministry of Social Development. Under its on-line engagement effort, the New Zealand government wants to “do things differently.” Over the next five years, more than 18 agencies will work together to deliver on key areas of work and service delivery. The focus is to design services that fully support digital engagement. This engagement is supported by technology where people do not have to understand the structure of government to access services.

 

Digital services are being tailored to work across agency boundaries. The aim is to ensure that people will not have to engage more than once with an agency to get things done. On-line services are currently being simplified, integrated and made more “proactive.” Digital services come under the spotlight at FutureGov Forum New Zealand being held Tuesday 28th May 2013 in Wellington.

From http://www.futuregov.asia 01/29/2013

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

 

Global IT Spending to Hit US$3.7 Trillion

 

Resolution of business and consumer uncertainties will accelerate growth in IT sector, according to tech research firm Gartner Inc. Large enterprise expenditures on mobile devices, PC, software will drive global technology purchases in excess of US$3.7 trillion this year, according to a report released by research firm Gartner Inc. Worldwide device spending which includes PC, tables, mobile phones and printers in forecast to reach $666 billion in 2013, up 6.3 per cent from 2013, which is a significant reduction for 2013 compared to Gartner’s previous forecast of $706 billion in worldwide devices, according to the latest Worldwide IT Spending Forecast by the technology research company. “Uncertainties surrounding prospects for an upturn in global economic growth are major retardants to IT growth,” said Richard Gordon, managing president of Gartner. “This uncertainty has caused the pessimistic business and consumer sentiments throughout the world.” “However, much of this uncertainty is nearing resolution, and as it does, we look for accelerated growth in 2013 compared to 2012,” he said. Enterprise spending on software will amount to about $296 billion in 2013, an increase of 6.4 per cent over figure from 2012. The boost will be powered by security, customer relationship management and storage management demands, the report said. By 2014, according to Gartner, investments will also begin to go up in areas such as big data, enterprise content management, data integration and information management. However, Gartner said budget-priced tablets will bring down device expenditures through the next three to four years. “The tablet marker has seen greater price competition from Android devices as well as small, low-priced devices in emerging markets,” said Gordon. “It is ultimately this shift towards relatively lower-priced tablets that lowers our average selling price forecast from 2012 through 2016, which in turn is responsible for slowing device spending grown in general and PC and tablet spending in particular.”

From http://www.itworldcanada.com/ 01/03/2013

TOP↑

 

 

Global Telco Revenues Hit $2trn but Growth Slow

 

Mobile broadband is key segment for operators, Ovum advises; vendors must position themselves carefully. Revenues generated by telecoms operators worldwide surpassed US$2 trillion in 2012, but growth is slow and as such telcos will have to work hard to target the right segments, Ovum reported on Thursday. Meanwhile, equipment makers could find times tough going forward as limited revenue growth impacts on operators' ability to spend. "The recovery from the 2009 recession has been weak, and the ongoing global fiscal crisis continues to present a risk to the telecom industry," noted John Lively, chief forecaster at Ovum. Indeed, this time last year the analyst firm revealed that telecoms service provider revenues grew by 7% in 2011 to $1.96 trillion, but warned that revenue growth would be slow over the subsequent five years. This year's figure suggests a growth rate of just over 2%. "Over the next three-to-four years, both fixed and mobile operators will face the same fundamental challenge: to increase new sources of revenue fast enough to offset the decline in mature services," Lively said. Mobile operators could find themselves in a stronger position than their fixed-line counterparts though. According to Ovum, 60% of the $2 trillion-plus revenues generated last year went to mobile operators. In addition, the analyst firm identified mobile broadband as the "single largest opportunity for telcos to claw back revenue," predicting that the sector will grow by 19.2% annually and generate $122.9 billion in incremental revenue between 2013 and 2016. There is some good news for the fixed-line firms though. Other segments reporting double-digit revenue growth over the next five years will include public cloud, Ethernet, IPTV and managed/hosted IP voice, Ovum predicts. Infrastructure vendors, meanwhile, will have to position themselves carefully to generate revenue increases of their own. With service provider revenues overall experiencing low single-digit growth, capex is likely to be constrained. "To grow revenues faster than the industry average, Ovum recommends that vendors position themselves in one or more high-potential product segments, such as converged packet optical, ROADMs, 40G/100G networking gear, carrier WiFi, and network-related services," the analyst firm advised.

From http://www.totaltele.com/ 01/03/2013

TOP↑

 

 

Global Mobile Ad Revenue to Reach $11.4B in 2013

Worldwide mobile advertising revenue is forecast to reach $11.4 billion in 2013, up from $9.6 billion in 2012, according to research firm Gartner. Worldwide revenue will reach $24.5 billion in 2016 with mobile advertising revenue creating new opportunities for app developers, ad networks, mobile platform providers, specialty agencies and even communications service providers in certain regions.

 

 

 

“The mobile advertising market took off even faster than we expected due to an increased uptake in smartphones and tablets, as well as the merger of consumer behaviors on computers and mobile devices,” said Stephanie Baghdassarian, research director at Gartner. “Growth in mobile advertising comes in part at the expense of print formats, especially local newspapers, which currently face much lower ad yields as a result of mobile publishing initiatives.” “Smartphones and media tablets extend the addressable market for mobile advertising in more and more geographies as an increasing population of users spends an increasing share of its time with these devices,” said Andrew Frank, research vice president at Gartner. “This market will therefore become easier to segment and target, driving the growth of mobile advertising spend for brands and advertisers. Mobile advertising should be integrated into advertisers’ overall marketing campaigns in order to connect with their audience in very specific, actionable ways through their smartphones and/or tablets.” Geographical regions will also evolve at a different pace and in different directions. Historically, the atypically large adoption of handsets for digital content consumption in Japan and South Korea has given the Asia-Pacific region an early lead in mobile advertising worldwide.

 

Looking forward, the high-growth economies of China and India are expected to contribute increasingly to mobile advertising growth, as their expanding middle classes present attractive markets for global and local brands. However, North America and Western Europe will close the gap on Asia-Pacific as the mobile channel gets more and more integrated with 360-degree advertising campaigns, eating up budgets historically allocated to print and radio. Consumer multitasking will drive preference for multiplatform approaches, which will blur the lines between channels and make it difficult to eliminate category overlap. Different types of mobile advertising are evolving at a different pace and in different directions. Mobile search — including paid positioning on maps and various forms of augmented reality, all of which can be informed by location — will contribute to drive mobile ad spending across the forecast period, although it will diminish in strength as the period progresses. Gartner said mobile display ad spending will grow and take over from mobile search. It will initially remain divided between in-app and mobile Web (in-browser) placements — reflecting consumer usage — although after several years of in-app dominance, Web display spending will take over in-app display from 2015.

 

The rapidly growing share of time that consumers spend on mobile devices is generating ad inventory at a pace considerably faster than most advertisers can shift their spending to the medium. This creates a surplus condition that is driving down unit ad prices which in turn has led to a situation in which a significant portion of mobile ad inventory is taken up by app developers paying for ads to promote their apps and get them more downloads, a category known as “paid discovery.” While the revenue basis of paid-for app store downloads provides some economic justification for this category, for many developers the outlay for ads is close to their maximum ad income or even exceeds it. This creates a circumstance, reminiscent of the early days of Web advertising, in which cyclical advertising arrangements among websites produced an inflated picture of revenue that may ultimately prove to be a bubble. “Some correction in the growth rate must occur before demand from brand and local advertisers catches up with supply, and more sustainable economics support a faster growth rate commensurate with consumer adoption,” said Baghdassarian.

From http://newsbytes.ph/ 01/18/2013

TOP↑

 

AFRICA: Nigeria - Minister Says ICT Contributes 5.7 Percent to GDP in Third Quarter of 2012

 

Mrs Omobola Johnson, the Minister of Communication Technology, says the ICT sector contributed about 5.7 per cent to the country's Gross Domestic Product (GDP) in the third quarter of 2012. Johnson made this known at a Forum on Emerging Leaders and the State of the Nation at the 18th Nigeria Economic Summit in Abuja on Wednesday. She said the sector was the fourth largest contributor to GDP in the third quarter of 2012 and was growing at about 29 per cent, faster than any other sector of the economy. The News Agency of Nigeria (NAN) recalls that the sector contributed 5.46 per cent to GDP in 2010 and 2011, making it the fastest growing sector of the economy. Official statistics attributed the growth to mobile network operators, device sales and distribution, value added services, equipment sales and distribution as well as software sales and distribution. Johnson expressed delight that young persons in Nigeria were driving innovation and creating businesses in the sector. She said that the ICT sector was the next most prominent after the agricultural sector out of the 1,500 awardees of the Federal Government's YOUWIN programme. She said the ICT sector accounted for 11 per cent of the grants issued to emerging entrepreneurs under the YOUWIN programme.

 

According to her, many young Nigerians have realised that the sector provides one of the best opportunities to become an entrepreneur and make money. "Skills are much easier to acquire by young people and it does not require huge capital, compared with other businesses. “India is an example where ICT employs 2.5 million professionals and contributes 6.4 per of GDP, which is about 100 billion dollars for India", she said. According to the minister, Nigeria and India share so many similarities in terms of demography, GDP per capita, human development index and poverty rate. She, however, noted that India had been able to develop a very strong global world class ICT sector in spite all these challenges. "We can also do this in Nigeria despite all the challenges we have," she said. In recognition of the need to grow the sector, the minister said the Federal Government was promoting an incentive and support scheme targeted at youth's entrepreneurship in the ICT sector. Johnson said the government had also worked assiduously to quicken the availability of broadband in the last 12 months. She announced that the ministry would launch IT Incubation Centres in Lagos and Calabar to create an infrastructure-rich environment that would enable ICT entrepreneurs to thrive. "The ICT entrepreneurs will bring their ideas to these incubation centres and would have people that will mentor them through the process in addition to providing them with the infrastructure they need." Johnson also announced that government would soon launch an ICT Innovation Fund that would raise about 20 million dollars for ICT entrepreneurs. The minister said the fund would be launched early in 2013. She said the ministry was also collaborating with the banking and oil and gas industries to launch its software development initiative, Techlaunch Pad. She said that the initiative, which would be launched on Monday, would give software developers opportunities in more established businesses and industries.

From http://allafrica.com/ 12/07/2012

TOP↑

 

Asia-Pacific PC Market Contracts for First Time in 2012

 

IDC’s preliminary results showed that the Asia-Pacific (excluding Japan) PC market declined 2 percent in full year 2012 to reach 121 million units, recording a full year contraction for the first time.

 

 

 

Ongoing weakness in the global economy finally caught up with the region, affecting demand across both consumer and commercial segments. Mature markets in the region were impacted by distractions from smartphones and tablets as well, further hurting PC shipments there as a result. In 4Q12 specifically, the market came in 4 percent below IDC’s initial forecasts with a 5 percent year-on-year decline, as channels across the region remained distracted with clearing out existing Windows 7 inventory before bringing in new Windows 8 stocks. “Initiatives such as Ultrabooks and Windows 8 haven’t reinvigorated the PC market as much as the industry had hoped,” said Avinash K. Sundaram, senior analyst for client devices research at IDC. “In light of this softness, IDC expects growth to remain muted in the upcoming years. However, we also must not forget that this is still a more than $60 billion market in the Asia-Pacific (excluding Japan) region alone.”

 

 

 

Lenovo remained in the lead in 2012 as it continued to expand beyond China in the region, making particularly strong strides in India. Internal re-organization activities kept HP busy for much of the year, though its recent efforts at regaining partner confidence helped the vendor arrest some of the decline. Dell, meanwhile, made a strategic choice to shift its focus towards higher valued products. Asus persisted with its strategy of targeting lower tier cities in emerging markets with entry-level SKUs to steadily gain ground across the region.

From http://newsbytes.ph/ 01/20/2013

TOP↑

 

EU: EC Launches Consultation on Cross-Border Ecommerce Issues and Needs

 

On 29 November 2012, the European Commission adopted a Green Paper consultation on an integrated delivery market to boost eCommerce in the EU. Special emphasis is placed on cross-border eCommerce issues and needs, as it is vital to address delivery concerns and improve delivery systems. Stakeholders are invited to respond to the consultation before 15 February 2013. Studies show that only 9 % of EU consumers buy goods online from other countries, with both eRetailers and consumers expressing their concerns about the shortcomings of current delivery systems used for goods ordered online. 57 % of eRetailers consider cross-border delivery to be an obstacle to trading, while 47 % of consumers worry about delivery in cross-border transactions. An efficient delivery (and return) system is key to facilitating further growth in eCommerce and therefore consumer choice and convenience. "This Green Paper consultation will help identify the right measures to improve parcel delivery in the single market," said Michel Barnier, European Commissioner for Internal Market and Services. "A flexible and well-performing EU-wide delivery system focusing on the expectations of consumers and specific needs of eCommerce will contribute directly to the enormous potential of eCommerce for boosting growth and creating jobs." The following three priority areas have been identified to address the problems and challenges faced by consumers and eRetailers in the EU:

•Improve convenience of delivery services for consumers and SMEs across the EU;

•Ensure more cost-effective delivery solutions and better prices for consumers and SMEs;

•Promote improved interoperability of delivery services between operators (better partnerships and cooperation), and between operators and eRetailers, notably SMEs.

 

With this Green Paper, the Commission will collect information on the current state of the delivery market for products bought online, and identify any potential hurdles for the creation of an EU-wide integrated parcel delivery market. It will seek stakeholders' views on how to best serve the interests of customers, businesses and end-consumers. Based on the information that will be provided, the Commission will identify solutions to help develop a seamless parcel delivery process in the EU in order to support the growth of eCommerce, and ensure that the benefits of eCommerce are accessible to all citizens and SMEs across all regions in Europe via a sustainable and well-functioning delivery system.

From http://www.epractice.eu/ 12/08/2012

TOP↑

 

 

German ICT Exports Up 3.5% in First Nine Months of 2012

 

Germany exported ICT products worth EUR 22.2 billion in the first nine months of 2012, up 3.5 percent from a year earlier, according to data released by ICT industry group Bitkom. After a weak first quarter with growth of 0.8 percent, ICT exports grew by 6 percent in the second and by 3.9 percent in the third quarter. Growth was driven mainly by rising exports of communications technology such as phone systems, mobile phones and network technology, with exports of these products up 10.7 percent over the nine months to EUR 8.5 billion. Exports of consumer electronics were up 5.8 percent to EUR 3.6 billion, with exports of IT hardware down 2.7 percent to EUR 10 billion.

From http://www.telecompaper.com/ 01/02/2013

TOP↑

 

Poland Fastest-Growing e-Commerce Market in EU: Report

 

Poland is the fastest growing e-commerce market in the EU, according to a report by the Centre for Retail Research. As recently as 2011, Poland was second-to-last in terms of percentage of retail business done online in a ranking with 13 other European countries. The UK topped that list, while only Italy had a smaller percentage of retail trade than Poland. According to lobby organization Ecommerce Europe, Poland's online sales grew between 25 and 30 percent year-on-year in 2012. Allegro, Poland's largest auction site, has more than 12.5 million users who in 2012 did business with each other to the tune of some zł.10 billion. To put that in perspective, total e-commerce sales in Poland came to zł.23.7 billion. Outside of Allegro, the rise in sales was some zł.2 billion. Wojciech Czernecki, head of the Nokaut Group, an online price-comparison portal, told Rzeczpospolita that the growth of the online retail business is the result of consumers' wallets getting thinner. “During an economic slowdown, consumers are more willing to look for cheaper prices, that’s why the whole sector looks like it will grow strongly.” Continuously rising internet access is another key driver behind the growth of e-commerce in Poland. Based on a study by the Boston Consulting Group, 67 percent of Polish households had access to the internet in 2011, and this number is expected to increase to 75 percent by the end of 2015. Because of the rapid growth, companies such as France-based supermarket chain Carrefour and UK-based competitor Tesco have recently introduced features that allow Polish consumers to buy products online and pick them up at drive-in locations. And Polish online grocery stores such as Frisco.pl have enjoyed popularity for some time. US e-commerce giant Amazon recently made waves in the Polish market with its purchase in January of Polish IT company Ivona Software, a maker of text-to-speech software. For years there have been reports in Polish media that Amazon is considering opening a Polish version of its service.

From http://www.wbj.pl/ 02/10/2013

TOP↑

 

UK IT Sector Missing Out on 280m Worth of R&D Tax Relief

 

The software and IT sector in Britain is missing out on 280 million worth of R&D tax relief, because the HMRC guidelines for submissions are so complex and contradictory that many companies are being put off from making claims. According to research and development tax credit specialist Jumpstart UK, this money could dramatically alter the sector's business advantage in a "brutally competitive" global market. The amount of unclaimed tax credit is calculated by comparing the UK with Canada, which is seen as a saturated market for companies making claims. In order to reach the same saturation levels as Canada, the UK would have to lift its claim levels from the current 1.1 billion to 3.9 billion per annum. This is a shortfall of 2.8 billion for all sectors in the UK. Taking IT and software as 10% of this, the sector is losing out on a minimum of 280 million a year, according to Jumpstart. Separate studies of the SME market in Scotland and the variances in different sectors and in different regions back this up as a prudent estimate. Jumpstart calculates that an average initial claim size is likely to be in the region of 97,000 per company. In order to make a claim, however, companies have to understand the technology and how it has been developed in relation to what else is being developed in the marketplace, as well as the legislation and how that development might be interpreted. Brian Williamson, managing director at Jumpstart, said that most companies understand the technology but not the legislation, and will therefore to go to their accountants for help and support with what is perceived to be a tax submission.

 

However, most accountants do not understand the technology, and they are generalists understanding only a little about the real subtleties of the legislation. The result is either no claims are made or, if they are, they are very prudent ones. "Cash starved businesses are very happy to recover a few thousand pounds and have a 'thankful for small mercies' approach. However they do not appreciate just how much they are missing out," Williamson told Techworld. "The IT and software sectors above all other sectors have the largest opportunity to access this opportunity because they are often beyond the level of technical understanding by the financial world." He added that the UK is a strong market for new technology and design, with a sophisticated consumer base, making it an excellent test bed for ICT companies. The software industry has been responsible for some of Britain's greatest successes in a global arena and it is important for this to be encouraged and rewarded. "The government is keen to support innovation and the cash and credits available through its R&D schemes could make a significant difference. But it is important for companies to be guided through the submission process by professionals, in order to virtually guarantee their chances of success." Commenting on the news, Chas Roy-Chowdhury, head of taxation at the Association of Chartered Certified Accountants (ACCA), said that small business in particular struggle to get their heads around the process of applying for R&D tax credits. "You have to produce a lot of documentation to justify why it's innovative. It it a difficult area for small businesses," he said. "The government is positively encouraging the tech sector to innovate, and clearly anything that will bring down costs for such businesses has to be welcomed."

From http://news.idg.no/ 01/11/2013

TOP↑

 

NORTH AMERICA: Canadian Online Holiday Spending Topped $2.8 Billion - Report

 

Online purchases in Canada rose by 26 per cent in December over the previous holiday season. For many Canadians, online shopping is increasingly a part of their pre-Christmas routine. According to the MasterCard SpendingPulse report Canadians spent $2.8 billion online in December of 2012. That's an increase of 26 per cent over December of 2011, showing online purchasing (and not just online comparison shopping and research before an in-store purchase) is increasingly a part of our annual gift giving routines. Some 6.6 per cent of all December retail sales were conducted online last month. MasterCard pointed to several other measures that point to the increasing popularity of online shopping. December marked 25 consecutive months of growth over 20 per cent, and 43 consecutive months of year-over-year growth. “More and more Canadians are moving from researching online and then buying in stores. Instead, they are taking advantage of the convenience, safety and security of online shopping. You can browse, price compare, find the best deals and check out with your credit card, all in the comfort of your home. During the busy holiday season, that's an attractive proposition for shoppers,” said Richard McLaughlin, senior vice-president, global products and solutions for MasterCard Canada. “You can't shop online with cash and that's one of the benefits of electronic payments. It makes things easy for consumers and opens new doors for merchants.” Overall, total Canadian retail sales were up by 1.6 per cent in December, showing online sales are growing significantly more strongly than the traditional retail channel. “Ecommerce is the new frontier for many Canadian companies looking to grow their base and put their products in the hands of consumers,” said Michael McNamara, vice-president of research and analysis for MasterCard Advisors SpendingPulse, in a statement. “While online shopping shares typically peak during the holiday season, the size of the share in Canada this year is definitely a pleasant surprise for online merchants.”

From http://www.itbusiness.ca/ 01/17/2013

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

 

CHINA: Smartphones Boost Usage of Mobile Internet

 

USERS of mobile Internet in China's third- and fourth-tier cities jumped more than fourfold in the past three years, riding on the popularity of smartphones, according to the latest industry report. More than 32 percent of consumers have used mobile devices to access Internet and they spend an average of 12.6 hours per week on mobile Internet, media investment management firm GroupM China said. These findings are part of the firm's "Project Deep Dive" study which began earlier this year and covered more than 10,000 consumers in 28 provinces. The survey also showed that the average penetration rate of television in the third- and fourth-tier cities has dropped to 84 percent from the peak level of 94 percent in 2009. Most widely used smartphone functions include instant messaging, online search, and e-book. Internet has become the second most influential media for third- and fourth-tier city consumers aged 15 to 45 with the usage rate rising 18 percent this year to 59 percent.

From http://www.shanghaidaily.com/ 11/21/2012

TOP↑

 

More Chinese Translating Online: Report

 

Chinese are becoming increasingly dependent on translation tools that run online as well as on mobile devices, according to a report conducted by an online translation service provider. Some 73.7 percent of Chinese Internet users surveyed for the report said they use online translation tools. Language translation ranked fourth on the list of what people do online, after shopping, searching, and social networking, according to the research by fanyi.youdao.com (Youdao), the country's biggest online multilingual translation service provider. Meanwhile, with the rise of mobile Internet and smartphones, more Chinese people are sourcing translation on their mobile devices. Between September 2011 and September 2012, translation requests to Youdao's mobile app doubled, while those online grew by a relatively slight 30 percent, according to the report. People use the tools mostly to translate words and basic sentences for greetings, chitchat and introductions, the report showed. They are more inclined to put words or phrases into English via the mobile app for communication, while putting content of English articles into the native language through online services. However, nearly 20 percent of respondents to the survey said they are still willing to pay for human translation services, since current automated translation technologies are far from satisfying their needs. China's Internet population has ballooned over the past five years to become the world's largest at 538 million. The country is also the world's biggest computer and smartphone market.

From http://www.china.org.cn/ 12/02/2012

TOP↑

 

China Mobile to Develop Own-Brand Smartphones 

 

CHINA Mobile plans to launch its own-brand smartphones and establish a mobile Internet firm as the country's biggest mobile carrier embraces an emerging mobile Internet age, the company's president Li Yue said today. The carrier, with more than 700 million subscribers, hopes to introduce the latest iPhone into the mainland market but it still has a different business model from that of Apple Inc, Li said at the China Mobile Global Developers Conference 2012. "We have the army (traditional telecom services). Now we need the navy and the air force (new mobile Internet services)," Li told the forum held in Guangzhou today. China Mobile will integrate services such as mobile reading, music, video and the Internet of Things into the business of the new mobile Internet company, Li said. Meanwhile, China Mobile will launch smartphones of its own brand in the future to provide customized services to its clients, Li said without giving a timetable. Despite its huge client base, China Mobile is facing challenges from QQ and Weixin, instant message tools developed by Tencent which is eroding China Mobile's short message and voice message incomes, industry analysts said. Mobile devices now account 13 percent of the world's Internet traffic, compared with 4 percent a year ago. The sales of mobile devices will soon surpass the sales of PC computers, according to Mary Meeker of the investment firm, Kleiner Perkins. China Mobile has launched new tools for mobile payment and voice search, known as "China's Siri." iFlyTek, 15 percent owned by China Mobile, provides a text-to-speech solution that allows a smartphone user to type in his native language when calling China Mobile's hotline or ordering a pizza. China Mobile has had business cooperation with Apple Inc since 2007. "There is no problem in our cooperation. But both sides have differences regarding the business model and profit sharing," said Li. Apple also has cooperation with China Unicom, a rival of China Mobile. China Unicom is scheduled to start selling the brand-new iPhone 5 next Friday.

From http://www.shanghaidaily.com/ 12/05/2012

TOP↑

 

Income from Phone Video Clips Set to Soar

 

VIDEOS shot by mobile phone may generate over 90 million yuan (US$14.5 million) income in China this year, a 50-percent annual surge, thanks to the popularity of smartphones featuring high-quality cameras, top industry firms said yesterday. So far this year more than 60,000 mobile-shot videos have been uploaded and an income of over 90 million yuan from online advertisements, sponsorship and mobile subscriptions is expected, market leaders China Mobile and Youku Tudou said during the weekend. These videos have been viewed by over 40 million people either online or through mobile devices, according to Wu Zheng, vice president of Youku Tudou. "It's a new opportunity for people to become directors without worrying how to broadcast and promote (the videos)," said Wu. Content providers can provide 20-25 percent of Youku Tudou's total income, according to Wu. Li Yue, China Mobile's president, has said mobile video has become a unique opportunity for mobile carriers. The booming sales of smartphones with better cameras have encouraged users to make video clips. Wacker not in favor of tariffs Richard Fu Trade. Germany's Wacker Chemie AG, which provides polysilicon for the solar industry, rejects import duties on solar products amid escalating trade disputes between China and the West, Chief Executive Rudolf Staudigl has said. The US has imposed punitive duties on Chinese solar products and the European Union is also investigating Chinese imports. China, on the other hand, started to scrutinize polysilicon imports from abroad. "We at Wacker are rather concerned about this development. We were one of the first to speak out against any kind of protectionism," Staudigl said in Shanghai.

From http://www.shanghaidaily.com/ 12/17/2012

TOP↑

 

China's Telecom Sector Revenue Rises 9.2%

 

CHINA'S telecommunication sector saw its main business revenue rise 9.2 percent from a year earlier to 983.37 billion yuan (US$156.31 billion) between January and November. About 73.7 percent of the revenue came from mobile communication business, while 26.3 percent was from fixed communication business, data from the Ministry of Industry and Information Technology showed yesterday. In the first 11 months, revenue from mobile communications rose 11 percent year on year to 724.53 billion yuan while fixed communication revenue grew 4.4 percent to 258.84 billion yuan, the data showed. As of November, there were 1.1 billion mobile phone users, of which 220.49 million were 3G users. In the first 11 months, 3G users rose by 92.06 million. Fixed-line users fell 5.72 million to 279.38 million in the same period.

From http://www.shanghaidaily.com/ 12/25/2012

TOP↑

 

Chinese Private Firms May Offer Mobile Services Directly to Users

 

CHINESE private firms could soon be allowed to offer mobile communications services directly to consumers by purchasing bandwidth from telecommunications carriers, a first step in opening up the state-controlled telecom industry, the industry regulator said yesterday. The Ministry of Industry and Information Technology is proposing a two-year trial to allow companies to repackage and rebrand services to consumers in a move that analysts see as an end to the state-controlled telecom industry monopoly. "The new measure is a moderate attempt to break the monopoly and bring opportunities to private companies, even small and medium-sized ones," said Xiang Ligang, telecom analyst and founder of professional website CCTimes. The new policy, which is expected to create "virtual carriers," is also a new opportunity for companies such as Tencent and media groups to penetrate the mobile Internet sector, analysts said. It is the latest detail in China's bid to promote and introduce private capital in the telecom industry, which aims to boost competition and service quality, the ministry said. Private firms, which must have telecom work experience and a team more than 50 people, can apply for the services. They can purchase bandwidth from carriers China Mobile, China Telecom and China Unicom, which have to provide bandwidth at "fair or favorable" prices, the ministry said. It is collecting public feedback on the proposal until February 6. The State Council, China's Cabinet, said in May 2010 that it would encourage private investment in the telecom industry and promote competition. Foreign investment is still limited to minority holdings in listed telecom firms, and foreign companies will not be allowed to apply to become "virtual carriers" at present. By the end of November, China Mobile had 707 million mobile users, China Unicom 236 million users, and China Telecom 158 million.

From http://www.shanghaidaily.com/ 01/09/2013

TOP↑

 

E-Commerce Service Sector Expands 83% in 2012

 

CHINA'S e-commerce service industry registered an 83 percent rise in income last year to 200 billion yuan (US$32.2 billion), Alibaba Group's research center said in a report today. Various e-commerce services from software, online shopping guide to customer inquiry service boomed last year with around 1.2 trillion orders. Many third-party service providers benefited from the boom. Alibaba has stepped up collaboration with third-party software developers to provide data analysis and virtual customer service tools to tens of thousands of vendors on its shopping platform. The number of vendor-oriented third-party tools on Alibaba's platform more than quadrupled to over 8,000 ones in 2012, compared with the previous year.

From http://www.shanghaidaily.com/ 01/09/2013

TOP↑

 

4G Trials to Continue, Firms See Potential

 

CHINA will continue testing and expand the trial run of the new 4G network technology that allows 10 to 20 times faster Internet access, the industry's top regulator said yesterday. It also has a huge market potential that will open business opportunities to domestic firms like China Mobile, ZTE Corp and Huawei Technologies, industry insiders said. "China is actively promoting the 4G network trial after making very good progress in 2012," Zhang Feng, director of the telecommunications development department of the Ministry of Industry and Information Technology, said. Zhang did not give any other details, like the time frame to issue 4G licenses, but specified that the ongoing trials in Shanghai, Xiamen, Nanjing, Guangzhou and Shenzhen will continue. The next step in 4G development will be determined from the results of this test run, Zhang said. The fourth-generation network, or 4G, has been adopted in many markets, including Hong Kong, the United States, Japan and South Korea. In theory, all 3G users are potential 4G users. As of the end of 2012, China had 230 million 3G users. China Mobile, the world's biggest mobile carrier, is actively testing 4G technologies. It finished the first-phase trials in six cities with 850 base stations in September 2011. The company built 20,000 base stations in 13 cities last year and planed to raise that number to 200,000 by 2013. China Mobile does not support iPhone and is losing its market share to rivals China Unicom and China Telecom. The new 4G networks are based on TD-LTE (time division-long term evolution) technology, which is expected to be supported by mainstream firms including Qualcomm and even Apple. Chinese telecommunications equipment makers are also waiting for the 4G networks, investing heavily in equipment. Shenzhen-based ZTE and Huawei, the country's top two equipment maker, may better their results because of domestic 4G orders. ZTE, which is expected to report a loss of up to 2.9 billion yuan in 2012, may turn the slide in the first quarter largely due to the 4G market, the Shenzhen-listed firm said on Sunday. Huawei, China's biggest private telecom firm, now owns 9 percent of the patents on LTE technologies, making it No. 1 among domestic telecommunication companies.

From http://www.shanghaidaily.com/ 01/24/2013

TOP↑

 

Revenue in Online Games Surges 36%

 

REVENUE in Shanghai's online game industry soared 35.8 percent in 2012, surpassing the national growth rate of less than 10 percent, the Shanghai Press and Publication Administration said yesterday. The local online game revenue hit 19 billion yuan (US$3.01 billion) last year, and accounted for 31.6 percent of the national revenue, the SPPA said in an e-mailed statement. "Shanghai has its own spotlight like the mobile game business," the SPPA said. The city has leading firms such as Shanda and The9 developing mobile games. Some of the developers even distributed their mobile games to overseas markets, according to the SPPA. Shanda said its own-developed mobile game sold in South Korea has brought in a solid daily income of US$200,000, equal to a major computer game. Comparatively, China's online game industry grew less than 10 percent in 2012 because of a lack of blockbuster game titles, according to Analysys International, a Beijing-based information technology research firm. In 2012, Shanghai's online game exports exceeded US$200 million, double the exports in the previous year, according to the SPPA.

From http://www.shanghaidaily.com/ 01/24/2013

TOP↑

 

Taobao Mall Expects Home Appliance Sales to Double

 

TAOBAO Mall, the business-to-consumer shopping site under Taobao, expected transaction at its home appliance marketplace to more than double this year with more consumers shifting to online vendors to buy household appliances. A total of 17 home appliance makers yesterday signed strategic cooperation deals with Tmall to drive sales and online lift customer service. Last year, home appliance transactions reached 18 billion yuan(US$2.89 billion) at Tmall and this year the figure is estimated to climb up to 50 billion yuan. According to Tmall, sales of home appliances in the first eleven months last year were 2.7 times from that of a year ago, while those of electronic gadgets grew 1.6 times annually.

From http://www.shanghaidaily.com/ 01/24/2013

TOP↑

 

IT Service Income Set to Expand 15%

 

SHANGHAI'S information technology service industry expects to grow its revenue by 15 percent this year as it taps rising prospects in cloud computing, mobile Internet and financial services. The revenue may reach 450 billion yuan (US$72.3 billion) this year, the Shanghai Commission of Economy and Information Technology said yesterday. The IT service industry, which encompasses software, IT service and the game sector, generated 362.8 billion yuan in revenue last year, an increase of 18 percent, accounting for 6.1 percent of the city's gross domestic product. The IT service industry "will continue growing rapidly this year," said Zhu Zongyao, the head of the commission's software division.

From http://www.shanghaidaily.com/ 01/26/2013

TOP↑

 

Baidu's Net Surges 36%, Revenue Up 42%

 

NET profit at Baidu, China's largest search engine operator, surged 36.1 percent in the fourth quarter of last year to 2.80 billion yuan (US$449 million). Its revenue jumped 41.6 percent to 6.34 billion yuan in the three months ended December 31, the company said in a stock exchange filing yesterday. Its operating expenses jumped 24 percent to 2.85 billion yuan last quarter as marketing expenses rose and the firm spent more on research and development. Baidu sees sales to grow from 38.1 percent to 42.6 percent annually in the first quarter of this year to between 5.9 billion yuan and 6.1 billion yuan. By the end of the third quarter Baidu had a 79 percent share by revenue of China's search engine market followed by Google's 15.4 percent, said research firm Analysys International. Facing pressure from Qihoo 360 and Sohu's search affiliate Sogou, Baidu has been trying to extend its dominance to the mobile Internet segment to tap the rising number of people using smartphones to read and search for news. Baidu's CEO Robin Li said in a conference call yesterday that the company would continue its efforts to enhance the mobile search experience.

From http://www.shanghaidaily.com/ 02/06/2013

TOP↑

 

JAPAN: Consumer Attitudes and Online Retail Dynamics

 

Provides in-depth analysis of the latest trends in online consumer shopping, covering drivers of online shopping, consumer insights, market dynamics (covering 25 product categories) and reviews of the latest best practice in online retail site design- Based on the latest data, the report not only provides details of the size and growth of this increasingly important channel, it also provides essential contexts on the penetration of online sales by product groups, how growth has developed over time, and key drivers of this market in the future. Introduction and LandscapeWhy was the report written? "Consumer Attitudes and Online Retail Development in Japan" is the result of Canadean's extensive market research covering the online retail industry in Japan. It provides the magnitude, growth, share, and dynamics of the online retail market in Japan. It is an essential tool for companies active across Japan's online retail value chain and for new companies considering entry into the Japan online retail market. It provides data for historic and forecast online retail sales, and also includes the business environment and country risk related to Japan online retail environment.By examining best practice from leading national large-scale online retailers (but specifically excluding the likes of Amazon whose sites are well-known and vary little by country), as well as reviewing innovative approaches from smaller companies, the report provides insights and ideas about how best to approach growing online sales for your business.

 

What is the current market landscape and what is changing?

The early adoption of 3G mobile technology meant that the price of fixed internet connections, where most online shopping takes place, was initially very high. Government investment in infrastructure means prices have come down and the penetration rate of fixed broadband internet subscriptions is increasing, but marketers must be prepared to target the large number of consumers who access the internet through their phones. 

What are the key drivers behind recent market changes?

While consumer spending in Japan is recovering from the global financial crisis and the 2011 tsunami, these events have accelerated the evolution of online shopping, driving more consumers online in the search for low cost products and encouraging the Japanese to be more open with their public personas on social networks.

What makes this report unique and essential to read?

Consumers have been reacting to the effects of the global recession, including the following recovery period, on their discretionary spending and retail markets have been no exception. While the country by country market changes have varied, nowhere has been left totally untouched.This report quantitatively examines the components of change in the market by looking at historic and future growth patterns, including how changes in consumer behaviour have affected the online retail sector for different product categories.

 

Key Features and Benefits

Understand consumer behaviour and the online trends in Japan. Understand which products will be the major winners and losers in the coming years. Learn from best practice approaches outlined in the case studies of leading online retailers. Improve market and strategic planning using highly granular, forward-looking market data. Detailed category coverage is provided, covering 25 products, across eight product groups that include: Apparel, Accessories, Luggage and Leather Goods, Books, News and Stationery, Electricals and Electronics, Food and Grocery, Furniture and Floor Coverings, Home and Garden Products, Music, Video and Entertainment Software, and Sports and Leisure Equipment. Assess the impact of the economic recession and recovery on market growth.

 

Key Market Issues

Japanese consumers, who are known to use the internet extensively, find online shopping too complex or prefer to physically examine products before purchasing, which impacts the online retail market. In addition to selling the product, marketing campaigns in Japan will therefore have to convince consumers of the benefits online shopping offers. Early and widespread use of third-generation mobile phones in Japan has limited demand for fast fixed connections at home. Furthermore, high costs when broadband internet first became available drove low initial adoption rates. While prices have come down significantly, use of Fixed Broadband connections in Japan lags behind other countries. While smartphones are widely used in Japan, opportunities for m-commerce are more limited. Factors such as online payment security, a preference for purchase using laptops or computers and the desire to evaluate products physically before purchasing means that shopping using mobiles remains a niche activity. Social Media in Japan is evolving: previously, Japanese consumers were reticent to share public details online. However, the growing popularity of Facebook in the country shows that the division between private and public online personas is disappearing. Japanese consumers still have concerns regarding the security of online payments. They therefore expect online retailers to offer a number of alternative payment systems, including cash on delivery and payment at Konbini stores.

 

Key Highlights

Online retail's share of total retail sales increased from 1.9% in 2006 to 3.9% in 2011 and is expected to reach 6.1% in 2016. In terms of online market penetration, Music, Video and Entertainment software was the leading category, with 30.7% of purchases being made online in 2011. Books and news are also popular products to purchase, and often consume, online. The total number of internet users in Japan passed 100 million for the first time in 2011. Penetration rates are expected to record steady growth, driven by population growth and adoption by older consumers. Long commutes provide marketers with an opportunity to target consumers who often text, browse or shop online through their mobile phones in order to pass the time. Marketers seeking to make the most of online retail, and particularly m-commerce, should therefore study their target groups' commuting patterns in order to increase their chances of success.

From http://www.prnewswire.com/ 01/21/2013

TOP↑

 

SOUTH KOREA: Mobile Advertising Industry Grows Exponentially

 

The mobile phone industry is booming in Korea and the related advertising industry is now starting to catch up. According to a local finance firm on Thursday, the local mobile advertising market has ballooned over 100-fold in the past two years and is expected to be worth US$2 billion by the end of this year. Online advertising is estimated to have grown by just 30 percent over the same period. Analysts say that as an increasing number of people gain access to the Internet via their smartphones, the mobile market will grow to one fifth the size of the online market by 2015.

From http://english.chosun.com/ 11/30/2012

TOP↑

 

IT Trade Surplus Hits Record in November

 

Korea's monthly trade surplus in the information technology sector hit a record-high in November thanks to brisk sales of handsets and semi-conductors. The Ministry of Knowledge Economy said Wednesday that exports of IT products jumped 12 percent from the same period last year to over US$14 billion. Imports dropped 2 percent to over $6 billion, putting the trade surplus at nearly $8 billion.

From http://english.chosun.com/ 12/06/2012

TOP↑

 

Samsung Becomes World's No. 1 Mobile Phone Maker

 

Samsung Electronics has become the world's No. 1 mobile phone maker in terms of annual sales. The Korean electronics giant has been the No. 1 in terms of quarterly sales already. Samsung achieved the feat 24 years after it began selling mobile phones. U.S. market research firm IHS iSuppli on Wednesday said Samsung accounted for 29 percent of the global mobile phone market based on shipments, overtaking Nokia, whose market share stood at 24 percent. Samsung's global market share rose five percentage points from last year, while Nokia's fell six points and relinquished the top spot for the first time in 14 years. Third was Apple with a 10 percent market share, followed by ZTE (6 percent) and LG Electronics (4 percent). Samsung also maintained its top position in the global smartphone market, with a 28 percent share. Rival Apple came second with 20 percent, while Nokia, HTC and RIM each accounted for 5 percent. "The competitive reality of the cellphone market in 2012 was 'live by the smartphone; die by the smartphone,'" said Wayne Lam, an analyst at IHS iSupply. He added that Samsung's success stemmed from its strategy of targeting the market with a wide range of products.

From http://english.chosun.com/ 12/20/2012

TOP↑

 

Smartphone Makers Race to Beat Market Saturation

 

Korean smartphone makers are unveiling key models early this year in a bid to get the upper hand amid concerns over market saturation. Pantech on Monday unveiled the Vega No. 6 Full HD LTE phone, its leading model this year, and LG and Samsung plan to roll out key models in March. Until last year, the three smartphone makers waited to unveil their latest models until May, but fears that the smartphone market both in Korea and abroad is close to saturation point have prompted them to bring the date forward. Pantech's Vega No. 6 Full HD has some features that set it apart from its predecessors. Industry sources say the three core ingredients that determine a smartphone's performance -- hardware, ease of use and functions -- have all evolved. It features a full HD screen that supposedly offers twice the clarity of existing Korean-made rivals, and its 5.9-inch size is the biggest among phones available so far. Pantech also equipped the gadget with a touch pad on the back of the device to improve ease of use. "The screen is large, but we made it possible to operate the phone with only one hand," said Pantech vice president Lee Joon-woo. An incoming call can be answered simply by operating the touch pad on the back of the phone. The camera is capable of taking HD-quality video. 

 

Models show Pantech’s new Vega full HD LTE phone at company headquarters in Sangam-dong, Seoul on Monday. /Newsis Samsung plans to unveil the latest version of the Galaxy S series in March. IT specialist blog Pocketnow reported citing industry sources that the phone will feature a full HD screen. The smartphone will apparently come with an 8-core processor that is more than twice as fast as previous models. LG also plans to unveil its newest Optimus G Pro in March. It will have a 5.5-inch display. LG plans to capitalize on the growing success of its smartphones in Korea and abroad, as demonstrated by the sale of more than 1 million LTE phones in Japan. Apple, too, is speeding up the process of rolling out a new phone. IT news service CNET reported that Apple will unveil a new model in the first half of this year in 4-inch and 4.8-inch screen versions. In 2011 and 2012, Apple unveiled new iPhones between September and November. Overseas, where Korean smartphone makers have been increasing their presence, concerns over market saturation are growing. Global market researcher Strategy Analytics recently said the smartphone markets in the U.S. and Western Europe are already showing signs of saturation. The Korean smartphone market also grew 15 percent last year to 19 million units, but growth this year is forecast to stagnate. "Due to signs of stagnation in the smartphone market, we should see increasing competition with companies racing to roll out new products first," said So Hyun-chul, an analyst at Shinhan Investment.

From http://english.chosun.com/ 01/29/2013

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

VIETNAM: IT Firms Shy Away from PPP Mechanism

 

Local tech firms are unsure about investing in private public projects (PPP) due to the lack of concrete guidance for their implementation in the ICT sector. Too many procedures and formalities are also proving an obstacle for enterprises. According to Nguyen Thanh Phuc, Head of the Information Technology Application Department under the Ministry of Information and Communication, under the national programme to apply IT in state agencies during the 2011-2015 period, 56 projects in information infrastructure needed to be implemented. Lack of capital had also hampered the progress of these projects, with the State budget only able to satisfy 10 per cent of the costs, Phuc added. Phuc said four projects had been completed, 11 were under investment, and nine that had received approval were yet to start. The other 26 projects were in the preparatory steps for investment, while six were looking for alternatives to their initial investment sources.

 

PPP has been cited as the most effective solution to the lack of capital. The mechanism has particular importance at the moment, with the State tightening public investments in an effort to control inflation. Ho Chi Dung, a senior executive of Viettel, said Viet Nam should learn from Singapore. PPP models in Singapore save 15 per cent of total expenses, reduce the implementation duration by 15 per cent, cut design expenses by 30 per cent, and shave 15 per cent off the costs of construction and operation. However, no meaningful progress has been made since State officials and IT firms agreed that PPP was the most suitable mechanism for IT projects. Dung said there was no concrete guidance for the implementation of PPPs in information technology and communications, so despite their advantages, Viet Nam had failed to utilise them on a larger scale. In November 2010, the Prime Minister released Decision No. 71 on the implementation of investment projects under the PPP model.

 

However, the list of the fields which could apply the PPP mechanism stipulated in the decision did not include information and communications technology. To date, only one IT project has been untaken under the PPP model. Analysts believe that IT firms needed to be reassured about the benefits of the PPP mechanism. The Ministry of Information and Communications must take responsibility for building a comprehensive legal framework on the issue. Tran Tuong Lan, a senior official from the Ministry of Planning and Investment, suggested that the Ministry of Information and Communications should make a report on the current situation and the readiness of IT enterprises for PPPs, and form research teams to support their preparation and implementation.

From http://vietnamnews.vn/ 02/19/2013

TOP↑

 

Smart-phone Sales Up 83% as Consumer Interest Grows

 

HCM CITY (VNS)— Smart phone shipments to Viet Nam reached an all-time high in third quarter of this year, with local vendors grabbing a significant amount of market share, according to the latest IDC Asia/Pacific Quarterly Mobile Phone Tracker. Units of smart phones shipped to Viet Nam rose 83 per cent year-over-year (YoY), a growth made all the more significant because total mobile phone shipments declined by 9 per cent YoY. "It should be noted that smart phone shipments to Viet Nam are now double that of PC shipments," said Daniel Pang, ASEAN Research Manager for Client Devices at IDC Asia/Pacific. Androids continued to dominate the Viet Nam smart phone market, posting strong growth on the back of its large library of mobile applications and growing base of local developers.  The anticipated launch of new iOS for Apple and Windows Phone 8 handsets in fourth quarter is expected to keep the market in an active and competitive state, the report said. "Android will keep going strong as more local vendors will follow MobiiStar and Q-Mobile's footsteps and launch affordable smart phones," said Vu Le Tam Thanh, senior market analyst for Client Devices at IDC Viet Nam.

 

"However, Microsoft has spent heavily on marketing and attracting local developers which will help boost Windows Phone 8's fortunes, while the iPhone is always a desired handset amongst the Vietnamese. Things will get interesting as competition heats up," Thanh said. Samsung is still the runaway leader in the smart phone segment, and its success has inspired a number of local vendors to attempt to break into the market. HTC climbed to second position with the Desire and One series selling consistently well, while LG has placed greater emphasis on the smart phone segment as its feature phone line-up struggled to compete. Nokia's market share has declined due to low demand for its older Lumia series, severely impacted by its lack of upgradeability to Windows Phone 8. Meanwhile, Q-Mobile has introduced Q-Smart, a new brand of smart phone, with the aim of distinguishing itself in the fast-growing smart phone space.

From http://vietnamnews.vn/ 12/22/2012

TOP↑

 

More Ha Noi Enterprises Declare Taxes Online

 

The number of businesses making tax declarations online last year rose to over 59,000, or 32 per cent of enterprises operating in the capital city. According to the Ha Noi tax department, 95 per cent of these companies were declaring taxes online on a monthly basis. This year, the department intends to make online tax declarations faster and easier. For instance, the department intends to co-operate with operators of ATM networks to enable tax payments to be made by ATM.

From http://vietnamnews.vn/ 01/12/2013

TOP↑

 

VNPT to Pull Plug on Pay Phone Service

 

HA NOI (VNS)— State-owned telecommunications giant VNPT Group has announced it will decommission all pay phones nationwide from March 25 this year due to a slump in demand.

The company began providing the service in 1997, and the number of telephone boxes around the country subsequently rose to about 11,000. However, demand for the service has gradually decreased with the growing popularity of mobile phone services. The country’s oldest telecom, which last June stopped providing dial-up internet services, is considering using the pay phone sites as wifi hotspots.

 

Fixed fone arm slump

VNPT late last month said it incurred large losses due to the decreasing demand of its fixed line telephone services. The company said the number of its fixed line telephone subscribers has reduced from 13 million to five million, again due to the increasing popularity of mobile phones. “Each year VNPT lost about 25 per cent of its fixed-line subscribers and most of our subscribers now just use the service as a backup connection” said deputy head of VNPT’s Business Department Vu Tien Duong. “In addition, turnover from each subscriber was decreased from VND40,000 (US$2) in 2011 to VND33,000 in 2012, which included a VND20,000 monthly subscription fee.” Duong said with such a rate of decline, he could not predict the fate of the service. Meanwhile, according to VNPT’s calculations, while the price of a fixed-line telephone call charge is VND650 per minute, its subscribers pay just VND400, meaning the company loses VND250 for every minute. The Ministry of Information and Coammunications (MIC) had earlier raised the calling charge from mobile phones in an attempt to stimulate use of fixed lines.

From http://vietnamnews.vn/ 02/18/2013

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

BANGLADESH: SEC Launches New Market Surveillance Software

 

The Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) on Monday launched its new market surveillance software in a bid to check irregularities in the share market. During the launching at the SEC, Finance Minister AMA Muhith said the new software will help the SEC lead the market towards stability ensuring better transparency and accountability. It’ll also help implement the amendments brought to the SEC Act over the last one and a half years,” Muhith added. The Finance Minister pointed out that the share market must become an epicenter of capital accumulation rather than remaining a place merely for selling and buying shares. The software has been installed under the 'Improvement of Capital Market Governance Project', jointly funded by the Bangladesh government and the Asian Development Bank (ADB). SEC chairman Prof M Khairul Hossain said the surveillance software will enable the commission to protect the interests of securities investors and ensure compliances of securities laws.

From http://www.unbconnect.com 12/17/2012

TOP↑

 

E-commerce Week Begins

 

Dhaka, Bangladesh (BBN)- The e-commerce week-2013 began in the capital Dhaka on Saturday with the theme of ‘Shop online, anything, anytime’. The observance of the week has been jointly organized by the Bangladesh Bank (BB), the country’s central bank and Bangladesh Association of Software and Information Services (BASIS) for the first time to spread the online-based services across the country. BB Governor Atiur Rahman inaugurated the week in a city hotel saying e-commerce would benefit both buyers and sellers in the city, as physical movement is difficult due to the traffic jam here. He hoped the e-commerce week would create awareness among the people and businessmen about online procurement and transaction. Executive Director of BB Das Gupta Ashim Kumar, e-commerce week convener and BASIS senior Vice-President Shameem Ahsan, BASIS president A K M Fahim Mashroor, BRAC Bank managing director Syed Mahbubur Rahman, Dutch Bangla Bank deputy managing director Abul Kashem Mohammad Shirin and SSL Commerz chief executive Saiful Islam, among others, spoke on the occasion. A total of 15 ICT organizations, offering e-commerce services, are taking part in the e-commerce week. Besides, four round table discussions, a seminar, two technical sessions and exhibitions at Dhaka University would be held during the week to raise awareness among the people about e- commerce.

From http://www.businessnews-bd.com 01/15/2013

TOP↑

 

INDIA: CMSS to Roll Out e-Procurement Solution

 

New Delhi: The Central Medical Services Society (CMSS) will soon roll out a e-Procurement to procure goods at competitive rates. CMSS is the newly-launched agency to streamline the procurement process in the public sector. The agency is working on a plan to set up an efficient supply chain to prevent leakages, a system to prevent stock-outs and excess inventory, and plan to reduce wastage with the help of a management information system (MIS), based on the assessment of the existing mechanism and the loopholes, sources said. The objective of this Society is to function as an independent, professional and autonomous agency for procurement of quality health sector goods and services required by the Department of Health and Family Welfare, Ministry of Health and Family Welfare in a transparent and fair manner and make the goods available at convenient locations for the benefit of the users by addressing efficiently the supply chain issues.

 

The agency has already done an assessment of the current system. Absence of an IT-enabled supply chain management, inadequate supply chain infrastructure, manual collection of data and absence of any credible MIS for proper stocking and inventory management, and delays in estimation of quantities and in settlement of tenders leading to delayed supplies were found out to be the main problems in the sector now. At present, the Health Ministry is procuring drugs, vaccines, contraceptives and medical equipments departmentally and through procurement agents for its various disease control programmes.

From http://egov.eletsonline.com 12/05/2012

TOP↑

 

NEPAL: Telecom Mobile Service Obstructed Across Country

 

Nepal Telecom's mobile phone network (both post-paid and pre-paid) has been obstructed from 3 pm on Wednesday afternoon. The service has been obstructed due to an error in the system, Kathmandu-based Ujjyalo FM quoted an NT official as saying. The official said NT is working to get the system back online by 5 pm.

From http://www.nepalnews.com 01/23/2013

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

AZERBAIJAN: Mobile Number Portability Service to Be Free in First Mobile Operator’s Network

 

Mobile Number Portability (MNP) service will be free in the network of Bakcell mobile operator, the Head of Bakcell Public Relations Department Suheyla Jafarova told journalists. In her words, the period of migration from one operator to another will take six days. "One of the aspects provided by the service is a notification of subscriber about the network he is calling as the cost of on-net calls and calls to the networks of other operators varies. The main purpose of these notifications is to warn the subscribers about the costs of calls to networks of other operators, “Jafarova said. The advantage of using number portability service is the fact that the user gets the right to choose, which, accordingly, leads to an increase in service quality. According to, a member of the working group on MNP service, Emin Askersoy, migration to other operators' networks will require a SIM-card replacement. "However, this service is not available for SIM-cards used in Data-cards," Askersoy said. According to the rules, the service can repeatedly be used after three months time. "Thus, one of the project's important components is provision of subscriber's migration to the network of another operator without the accumulated debts, otherwise, provision of this service will be denied, "Askersoy said. The introduction of MNP services will allow mobile users to keep their phone numbers when changing mobile operator. Number portability means full migration of a subscriber phone number with the operator's prefix. Operators have been instructed to use a 10-digit set of subscriber numbers. So, it is necessary to dial operator's prefix ("050", "051", "055", "070" and "077") and a seven-digit phone number. MNP service will be launched simultaneously by all three mobile operators in Azerbaijan. "Testing of the system is currently underway. The date of service launch depends on the success of testing. If the system is not launched by late this year, it will be available in January-February 2013," Azerbaijani Deputy Minister of Communications and Information Technologies Iltimas Mammadov said. The introduction of the MNP service increases competition and forces operators to take extra efforts to retain former customers while providing more attractive services to attract new ones.

From http://en.trend.az/ 12/02/2012

TOP↑

 

Microsoft Azerbaijan, Ataholding Sign Cooperation Agreement

 

Microsoft Azerbaijan and AtaHolding signed an agreement on cooperation in the framework of Microsoft Open Value program. Under the contract, AtaHolding is entitled to install the software, mentioned in the agreement, on the computers, purchased after the signing. An important advantage of the chosen licensing option is the inclusion of update subscription, which allows using newer versions of products, patches, while securing customer information system and its constant development in line with global trends. The organization gets to license the entire suite of products or each of the main products particularly, and use the latest versions of selected products for the entire term of the agreement. "Informing the market on the mandatory usage of the licensed software on the state level, as well as numerous activities undertaken by the Copyright Agency of Azerbaijan Republic in this area, are paying off, and today large organizations in Azerbaijan, are already going, through the stage of legalization. This important step is taken consciously and regarded as a business investment, not IT expenditure. After all, it is no secret that Information Technologies hold a prominent place in modern businesses. It's impossible for business to flourish and implement big projects, without a strong IT infrastructure. AtaHolding Company's policy has always kept pace with the times, in regard to IT security, that's why the question of licensing the entire structure of the software caused no doubt, - stated the head of AtaTechnology, Mais Yusifov. - The question was only in the method of licensing. After receiving the quality advice from Microsoft Azerbaijan, LLC AtaTechnology chose Open Value Licensing. In this version we were drawn to two main points. First is the separate payment, which makes it possible to have free funds and invest them in business. Second is the right to use all the new products, released for the duration of the contract. I deliberately did not name the data security matter, because I think it is the basic advantage of licensing, and it is already implied. Besides the above mentioned, there are so many other benefits of OVL which we are already familiar with, and have yet to learn, because our company is in the process of new products and licenses introduction". "We are pleased that in Azerbaijan, our partners are beginning to actively work towards implementing Microsoft solutions. Previously, such agreements were signed only with large corporations. This project has shown that the partners can also offer solutions for small and medium businesses under the Microsoft Open Value program ", - said the General Manager of Microsoft Azerbaijan, Rufat Hajialibayov.

 

Benefits of Open Value:

Small one-time spending on software purchase: payments are made in the form of annual installments, which eliminates the lack of working capitals problem. Single electronic agreement for the organization: more convenient management of licenses and additional orders. Inclusion of all related parties in the agreement to centralize procurement and license management. The right to obtain the latest versions of Microsoft software products, which will be issued within three years of the agreement (Software Assurance), and any previous versions. No need to keep track of the versions will lead to reduction of administrative costs and unplanned expenses for new versions purchase. Significant discounts for operating systems licensing, applications and client access licenses for the entire computer framework. Expenditure control for software acquisition when licensing the entire computer framework - the cost of licenses for basic products per one PC remains constant throughout the term of the agreement, and automatic inclusion of Software Assurance option, can hedge against the possible rise in prices due to the release of new versions. Additional benefits package, offered to customers with Software Assurance program, includes staff training, technical support, access to TechNet resources and much more to make the most of purchased software. Reducing the risk of unlicensed software use. During the term of the agreement Open Value customer receives the right to use licensed products on any computer in the organization, including new PCs added during the period of the agreement, provided that, the order placement was made during the month of installation. Founded in 1975, Microsoft is the worldwide leader in software, services and Internet technologies for personal and business computing.

 

Microsoft Corporation develops and manufactures a wide range of software products. These include desktop and network operating systems, server applications for client-server environments, desktop business applications and business applications for users, interactive programs and games, instruments to work in Internet and development tools. In addition, Microsoft offers interactive (online) services, publishes books on computer topics, and manufactures peripheral equipment for computers, engaged in research and development of new computer technologies. Microsoft products are sold in more than 80 countries, translated into more than 45 languages (including Azerbaijani) and are compatible with most PC platforms. Scalable Server Operating Systems and Microsoft applications are a great platform for Internet services delivery and the effective business organization. Microsoft Corporation, operating in Azerbaijan since 2005, is represented by seven experts, focused on interaction between the public and private sectors as well as on issues of humanitarian concern. Microsoft Azerbaijan's main aim is to offer the latest products and software designs that would contribute to Azerbaijan's development through their introduction into e-government, business administration and education. More information about the company and its products can be found on Microsoft's websites: www.microsoft.com (English), www.microsoft.ru (Russian)

 

Microsoft, Windows and Vista are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S. and / or other countries. Other product and company names mentioned herein may be trademarks of their respective owners. Started to operate in 2003, OJSC "AtaHolding" invests in different economic, financial and intellectual resources, as well as corporate governance. The authorized capital of "AtaHolding" is 83.9 million manat, and is mainly aimed at development of finance, information technology, industry, services and tourism. In the financial sector of "AtaHolding", the following structures are functioning: OJSC "AtaBank", OJSC "AtaInsurance", OJSC "AtaLizinq", LLC "AtaTurizm" in the tourism sector, "AtaTravel" and 5 star "Excelsior Hotel Baku", "Shamkir Poultry", in the industrial sector "AtaTechnology" LLC, in Information Technology. Since 2008 "AtaHolding" OJSC, owns 48.99% of the existing "VTB Bank (Azerbaijan)" shares in Azerbaijan, a subsidiary of the largest financial institutions "VTB Group" in Russia. In all business entities within the group of "AtaHolding" companies, activities are based on the principles of excellence, the latest technology and corporate governance. In 2006, the management system of "AtaHolding" was certified to ISO 9001:2008 by the "Bureau Veritas" international company. The Holding is committed to effective use of the physical and intellectual resources of Azerbaijan, investing in job creation, meeting the needs of shareholders, customers, employees, and as a result, improving the welfare and development of Azerbaijan's economy. "AtaHolding" OJSC is actively participating in social programs, charity events, and also supports projects in culture and art development, contributing to improving the levels of education improvement in the country. In 2007 "AtaHolding" OJSC signed a sponsorship agreement with the International Ice Hockey Federation and the main sponsorship agreement with the International Wrestling Federation in 2013-2017, respectively. Today, "Atasport" club operates with the guidance of the holding. In order to support sport development in our country and promote the achievements of Azerbaijan in the international arena, "AtaHolding" OJSC always pays attention to this field, by sponsoring international competitions and provides all needed assistance for Azerbaijani athletes to achieve their results.

From http://en.trend.az/ 02/14/2013

TOP↑

 

Non-Cash Payments in Azerbaijan Increase by 18.5 Percent in 2012

 

By the end of 2012, the M2 money supply, that is the currency in circulation outside banks and balances in the domestic currency on accounts of non-financial and financial organisations, excluding credit organisations and individuals, increased by 25.54 per cent compared to 2011. This is stated in a statistical report by the Central Bank of Azerbaijan (CBA). This means that last year the M2 figure was 13.806 billion manat versus 10.997 billion manat in 2011. The indicator of cash currency in circulation (M0) was 9.256 billion manat compared to 7.158 billion manat in 2011. Broad money supply (M3) in 2012 amounted to 16.775 billion manat, or 20.66 per cent more than in 2011 (13.903 billion manat). Transaction money (M1) in 2012 amounted to 11.107 billion manat compared to 8.824 billion manat in 2011. Parameters of the money market, AZN

 

Volume, 01/01/2013

Broad Money Supply (М3)

16775.3

Money supply in manat (М2)

13806.4

Currency in circulation (M0)

9256.6

Non-cash in manat

4549.8

The official exchange rate on Feb. 13 is 0.7848 AZN / USD.

From http://en.trend.az/ 02/15/2013

TOP↑

 

Azerbaijani Company Receives License to Provide E-Insurance

 

Azerbaijan Ministry of Finance granted permission to Golden Insurance Company to provide services of an insurance agent, GoldenPay told Trend. Launch of company's services is scheduled for March 19. Ateshgah Sigorta insurance company is a partner within the project. Currently, the module of "remote insurance" online-payment system is under the final stage of testing. Insurance services not requiring personal involvement of insurers will be available at the initial stage. Car insurance will be the first of this type of service offered. Travel and other types of insurance will follow later. The greatest demand for car insurance arises during the period of inspection. The main objective of establishment of Golden Insurance is to provide facilities for insurers. "The mechanism of electronic insurance is very simple. The insurant indicates the car model, year of production, engine size and other necessary information, and then the system calculator automatically calculates the amount to be paid. A request is sent to the company which then sends the contract to the client by e-mail, after which payment is made," the company said.

From http://en.trend.az/ 02/17/2013

TOP↑

 

ICT Sector Revenues Increase by 14 Percent in Azerbaijan in January

 

Information and communications services worth 116.3 million Manat were rendered to organizations and the Azerbaijani population people in Jan. 2013, which is 13.6 percent more than the same period of 2012, the State Statistics Committee told Trend on Friday. Around 72.1 percent of the total volume of information and communications services fell to the services rendered to the population. Around 59.1 percent of the total amount of revenues fell to mobile services, or 4.8 percent less compared to the same period of 2012. The total amount of revenues obtained from mobile services in the country amounted to 68.7 million Manat in January 2012. The official exchange rate is 0.7847 AZN/USD on Feb. 15.

From http://en.trend.az/ 02/17/2013

TOP↑

 

KAZAKHSTAN: Software Market

 

Modernization of the industrial sector and creation of new enterprises in Kazakhstan boost the development of Kazakhstan’s software market. In 2012, this sector of the economy has already grown by 20%. This time, the Real Economy will focus on the Kazakhstan software market. People in Kazakhstan are now widely using information technologies for their economic and social life. According to some modest expectations, in 2013 the software market will grow by 15-20% and its volume will be estimated at 1 billion US dollars. Information plays a key role in the organization of business processes. It is necessary to find proper mechanisms to store business correspondence, customers’ data base, account balance and personal information. Companies with an annual amount of documents exceeding 5 thousand copies use an electronic document circulation system. This computer-aided programme monitors all changes in the information, its movement and scheduled execution time. It is necessary to protect all information from hacker attacks or being stolen by cyber criminals. Additionally, it is possible to lose information due to different reasons such as hardware failure or some physical defects. Therefore, IT experts believe that it is necessary to establish a system, which will be protecting vital information at every stage of business processes. The Argus company reports that only 9% of Kazakhstan’s companies have special divisions engaged in information security, while in Russia this figure is far beyond 50%. Another 10% of Kazakhstan’s companies employ specially trained professionals, who work on digital information security. Experts say that it is impossible to name a company, which would provide a full list of digital security services, because it requires a great amount of human resources and financial injections. However, the market has some players that provide a selected scope of services, such as information security for large holding companies. Specialists working in the Kazakhstan market believe that 2013 will become a year of development for Kazakhstan’s integrating companies engaged in software adaptation in different areas. Additionally, the Kazakhstan market will continue welcoming foreign IT brands, which provide services for such traditional clients as financial and state-run enterprises, service providers and national companies.

 

Boris Berkovich, Technical Director, Borlas Kazakhstan LLP

-Now, the banking sector is very much interested in data banks, analytical systems, risk analysis systems and risk management systems. The sector of government agencies, in its turn, is interested in accounting systems. However, in recent years, they are interested not just in accounting or analysis systems but in the establishment of portal-based solutions, which will allow them to interact with both legal entities and individuals or the general public. The electronic government website is one of the best examples of this trend. Kazakhstan’s industrial sector is an area, which is almost free from competition. Specialists expect that product life cycle supervision systems and computer-aided manufacturing could be widely used in this particular segment. Introduction of these systems will enable both an increase in the operating efficiency and sustainability of businesses in any competitive market. Technologies providing personal information security are another rapidly growing segment of the market. Over the past two years, the sales volume of software designed to protect digital information has increased by more than 100%. Kazakhstan’s banking sector is referred to as the main consumers of these products. The cost of introduction, adaptation and technical maintenance may vary from thousands to millions of US dollars, depending on the scope of work and resources involved in the process. Talking about software producers, experts note the dominating positions of foreign companies. However, Kazakhstan’s software developers can also be seen actively supplying their products in different areas, from financial and accounting services to the solutions for business organization and information support.Unfortunately, local products do not yet provide complex solutions, in particular those for operational support services. This is why, large companies prefer using imported technologies. Such globally famous brands as Dell, Oracle, Hewlett-Packard and others are vendor-partners of Kazakhstan’s companies. Specialists say that only modern developments now arrive at the Kazakhstan market.

 

Edem Tsomartov, Consulting Director, Borlas Kazakhstan LLP

-As a rule, a software producer is interested in providing the market with modern products and they will serve as a foundation for partnership policy afterwards. I mean that they will be trying to provide Kazakhstan and other consumer countries with fresh software. We do not receive software, which was developed a few years ago. We receive only the latest versions of software. Talking about particular developments, in this case, a consulting group bears a great responsibility because it is involved in the introduction, and the success of the project will be directly associated with the group’s competence. Experts say that recently the market has undergone some changes and now companies are mainly focused on providing their clients with complex services. Over the past two years, Kazakhstan’s companies engaged in the adaptation of software have been enjoying the growing interest from state-run companies. At present, the electronic government web site, where any resident of Kazakhstan can get an access to various state services avoiding any queues and red tape, is referred to as one of the most successful IT projects in the country. Specialists say that in the future, local companies will be working on the introduction of high tech applications in partnership with state-run and national companies.

From http://www.caspionet.kz/ 12/18/2012

TOP↑

 

Increasing Numbers of Kazakh Residents Prefer Electronic Payments

 

The number of residents of Kazakhstan, who prefer electronic payments increased by almost a quarter in the first month of this year compared to the previous year, JSC National Information Technologies told Trend. "Only in the first month of 2013 over 33.9 million tenge ($1-150.7 tenge) was paid through the payment gateway of e-government of Kazakhstan. It makes up 25 per cent of the total amount of online payments made through the payment gateway of e-government in the previous year," JSC said. State dues are prevailing among the types of payments. The Kazakhs paid state dues worth 16.4 million tenge in January. That was followed by taxes at 8.8 million tenge paid online. Over 6.6 million tenge accounted for fines. In addition, the Kazakhs increasingly pay for communal public services through the portal of e-government. Today only residents of Astana, Almaty and Kyzylorda can pay for communal public services through the portal of e-government. This year the list will include other regional centres of the country.

From http://en.trend.az/ 02/05/2013

TOP↑

 

TAJIKISTAN: Total Income of Communication Companies Amounts to Over $ 470 Million in 2012

 

The total income of enterprises providing communication services in Tajikistan increased by 14.6 percent in 2012 compared with the previous year, reaching more than $470 million, CA-News reported on Wednesday citing the deputy chief of communications of the Tajik State Administration, Rafikdzhon Shokirov. According to him, over $86 million of the companies' total income were contributed to the budget of the Republic in tax payments. He also noted that within last year about $11 million was paid through issuance of a license and its renewal. Some 43 percents of this amount was contributed to the budget.

From http://en.trend.az/ 01/31/2013

TOP↑

 

TURKMENISTAN: First Private Mobile Communications Operator Set Up

 

The Turkmen Communications Ministry has held the first meeting of the board of founders of Altyn Asyr (TM Cell) closed joint-stock company which provides mobile communications services, local media reported on Thursday. According to Turkmen Dovlet Khabarlary state information service, the transformation of former Altyn Asyr mobile communications company of Turkmentelecom state company into Altyn Asyr JSC had been on the agenda. A number of issues were discussed within the meeting related to the signing of a foundational agreement, approval of the charter and the charter capital of the new company, as well as the election of a general director, board of directors and audit committee. Representatives of the Economy and Development Ministry, Finance Ministry, Supreme Chamber of Control, Central Bank and State Tax Service were invited to attend the meeting. The company was established based on the decree of President Gurbanguly Berdimuhamedov signed in November 2012. Back then, the number of subscribers to TM Cell cellular network reached more than three million people. Established in 2004, the Altyn Asyr cellular network joined the World Association of GSM Standard Mobile Operators, where TM Cell mobile network , Turkmen national network of cellular was registered under number 438 02. During this period, the coverage area of services has significantly expanded, it covers almost all Turkmen settlements, including remote and hard-to-reach areas, and the ones located along roads and railways. The Ministry of Communications is still a monopoly in Turkmenistan. State-owned companies, operating under the ministry provide telephone and mobile communications, Internet and cable TV services to the population. Earlier it was reported that joint ventures with a certain share of foreign capital can be established in the national cellular communication market. In particular, negotiations were conducted with Emirates Telecommunications Corporation (Etisalat) from the UAE - one of the largest mobile operators in the world (more than 100 million subscribers). Etisalat provides communication services in almost 20 countries in the Middle East, Asia and Africa. Russian MTS operator is the only foreign company in Turkmenistan providing cellular communication services

From http://en.trend.az/ 02/01/2013

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

Western Australia Boosts US$23 Mil GIS Project

 

The government of Western Australia is fast-tracking investments in geographic information systems (GIS) under moves to make state-wide land and resources information more readily available for end-users, businesses and agencies. An award-winning Shared Land Information Platform (SLIP) is being upgraded with the expanded use of spatial technology. This upgrade makes location-based knowledge easier to access, share and use across the state. The SLIP initiative is administered by Perth-based Landgate, a statutory authority that maintains land ownership and survey information, as well as the valuation of land and property interests. This platform is being revamped under a new GIS contract that supports the government’s US$23 million (AUD$23 million) Location Information Strategy. This strategy, being delivered during 2012-2015, sources spatial technology to offer more accurate and up-to-date land information. This access further streamlines planning, investment and development activities in Western Australia. Spatial technology offers sought-after cost savings, according to Landgate’s chief executive, Mike Bradford. “Western Australia is internationally recognised as a leader in the management and use of location information and technology.”

 

SLIP is the core technology infrastructure that opens up access to Western Australia’s dispersed land and geographic information resources. Among the enhancements, a “SLIP Future” initiative builds on the success of this programme over the past five years. This programme, running since 2007, is supported by spatial information management tools to access data using a dedicated web portal. A first step involves an “infrastructure refresh” that draws on contemporary architecture and design. The goal is to deliver a more robust, functional and scalable platform that meets fast-changing information needs. The latest upgrade contract has been awarded to NGIS. This firm specialises in location-based technologies for the mining, oil and gas, government, utilities and environment sectors. Track ICT reforms at the flagship FutureGov Forum Western Australia (Tuesday 5th February 2013) Perth, Western Australia.

From http://www.futuregov.asia 11/27/2012

TOP↑

 

Cost Cutting, Productivity Gains Driving Government ICT Spending

 

ICT spending in the entire government sector in Australia is predicted to grow by a compound annual rate of around 2.7 percent in the four years to 2015, although the Federal Government is expected to be cautious in its spending in the next 12 months as it tries to deliver a promised budget surplus. In a report just released by analyst firm, IDC, ICT spending by the federal, state and local governments is forecast to reach $6,481.2 million in 2012, increasing to $7,053.9 million in 2015, and representing a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 2.7 percent. IDC says, however, that the Federal Government is expected to be “cautious” in its spending on ICT due to the uncertainty of its ability to deliver a budget surplus of $1 billion in 2012/13 from a budget deficit of $44 billion. "However, the government is committed to spend on new ICT projects with 30% of the ICT budget allocated to drive expansionary spending as oppose to maintenance spending from the upgrades and renewals of existing products and services," says David So, Australian Vertical Market analyst for IDC.

 

According to so, the Federal Government aims to generate significant cost efficiencies by deploying cloud-based infrastructure and a whole-of-government approach in its ICT procurement policy. "The 35 vendors that were selected in the multi use list for the government's Data Centre-as-a-Service (DCaaS) are well positioned to assist the government in achieving the $1 billion cost savings from the procurement of cloud-based services." So says that IDC believes that the Australian government is beginning to “gain an appetite” - although slower than the private sector - for new generation technologies based on cloud, mobility, social and Big Data. IDC suggests that the leading ICT vendors in the new generation technology  areas will be able to capitalise on the government's ICT expenditure by formulating efficient strategies that can help drive public sector productivity provided that can alleviate the data security concerns.

 

"These ICT growth pillars will not only significantly cut the costs of the government organisations but also will increase productivity and efficiency of the public servants. These productivity improvements should align with its strategic priorities of delivering better service, engage openly and improve government operations,” So concludes.

From http://www.itwire.com 12/20/2012

TOP↑

 

Australian Consumers Drive Demand for Mobile Apps

 

Smartphone, tablets and mobile internet downloads are on the upswing, according to a new report released by the Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA). ACMA is the Australian government’s telco industry watchdog. This agency annually monitors consumer and industry trends for communications, internet and ICT services. A “Smartphones and tablets: Take-up and use in Australia” Report Number 3 tracks consumer traffic during 2011-2012. This report is now available at Mobile report. Among the trends, mobile internet subscriptions now top 21 million subscribers nationally. Smartphones and tablets are increasingly “must-have” accessories. Consumers are downloading popular internet apps. These include banking information and payments, schedules for train, buses, and ferries, as well alerts involving emergency services. Access to government services like health, education and social benefits is being managed using mobile apps.

 

On the downside, consumers now also face “bill shocks, notes the ACMA report. Earlier, ACMA and other senior officials warned that a rise in mobile data usage means subscribers are receiving unexpectedly-high phone bills. Billing disputes involve mobile traffic usage, as well as access to domestic and international services. There is a continued lack of clarity about pricing and billing, especially for unwary consumers. More broadly, the functionality and ease of internet access has led to a proliferation of mobile apps. During June 2012, an estimated 4.5 million Australians downloaded a mobile app. Consumers are making mobile payments, using “mobile wallets,” exploring mobile cloud services to store personal information, or benefiting from anywhere, any-time emergency service alerts. Mobile phone voice-over-internet protocol (VoIP) also recorded considerable growth in 2011–12. There were an estimated 616,000 users using mobile VoIP services. This trend is eroding carriers’ voice and messaging revenue streams. The popularity of smartphones and tablets builds on, and consolidates new revenue streams for telcos, ISPs, and mobile service providers. Mobile networks are being upgraded to support fourth-generation (4G) services. Access to WiFi networks is also driving revenue. During June 2012, an estimated two million Australians used a WiFi hotspot at designated locations, including airports, parks and shopping malls.

 

Australia’s three mobile carriers, Telstra, Optus, and Vodafone Hutchison Australia are either upgrading existing networks to 4G or plan to do so. This year, however, consumer protection is high on the Australian government’s agenda in relation to carriers and ISPs. To tackle billing concerns, ACMA is overseeing a “Reconnecting the Customer” public inquiry. It has also registered a Telecommunications Consumer Protections Code in September 2012. These developments are intended to improve service providers’ performance, especially for billing, advertising and the handling of consumer complaints.

From http://www.futuregov.asia 02/01/2013

TOP↑

 

 

NEW ZEALAND: Christmas Boosts Electronic Card Spending

 

Christmas shopping drove New Zealand consumer spending with credit and debit cards up by 0.3 percent in December to NZ$6.8 billion ($5.71 billion), the government statistics agency announced Monday. It was the third consecutive month-on-month increase in electronic card spending, according to Statistics New Zealand. "Shoppers spent more in all retail industries, except fuel, in December," industry and labor statistics manager Blair Cardno said in a statement. Fuel was the only industry in which the value of transactions fell, dropping 3.5 percent from November 2012. Core retail, which excludes the motor vehicle-related industries, increased 0.5 percent in December, with rises in all core retail industry groupings, led by consumables, which was up 0. 8 percent, and durables, up 0.6 percent.

 

Consumables includes food and liquor retailing, while durables industry includes furniture, hardware, and appliance retailing. When the two industries outside the retail series -- services, which rose 0.1 percent, and non-retail, which was up 0.7 percent -- were combined with the 0.3-percent increase in retail spending, the total value of electronic card spending increased 0.4 percent. Trends for the value of transactions in the total, retail and core retail series had generally been increasing since the series began in October 2002, said the statement.

From http://www.globaltimes.cn 01/14/2013

TOP↑

 

Telcommunications Cable Cuts Prices

 

Southern Cross Cable has cut prices by a fifth. The telecommunications cable, which connects Australia and New Zealand to the United States and is half-owned by Telecom, says the reductions in capacity should encourage prices the trend of larger broadband data caps to customers. Southern Cross says it is the tenth major price cut since the cable was commissioned in 2000 and prices have fallen by an average of 22% a year since then. A bid to build a rival network collapsed in 2012.

From http://www.radionz.co.nz 01/14/2013

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

UNESCO Calls for Wise Use of ICT in Education

 

Director-General of UNESCO, Irina Bokova urged educational policy makers to use ICT wisely and ensure the universal accessibility of ICT in education that would lead to quality education. Knowledge and education can be used to build confident in young women and men as well as to allow them to stand on their two feet, she said at the opening of the Asia-Pacific Ministerial Forum on ICT in Education (AMFIE) 2012 held in Bangkok last week. “ICT can and must serve this essential goal,” she added and continued: “We must ensure that ICT are accessible, and that they bridge divides and favour inclusive education, that they draw on appropriate content, and that they support quality teaching.” This requires effective capacity development and policy dialogue, according to Bokova. However, Bokova strongly emphasised the role of teachers to best use technology for better learning. “Technology can be a powerful education multiplier, but we must know how to use it. It is not enough to install technology into classrooms – it must be integrated into learning. Nothing can substitute for a good teacher.” She continued that it is not technology itself that empowers people, empowerment comes from skills and knowledge. Gwang-Jo Kim, Director of UNESCO Asia and Pacific Regional Bureau for Education inserted that ICT, if used wisely, can contribute to universal access to quality education informal, non-formal and informal education settings across sectors. “However, ICT in education only works when it is closely aligned with a clear national vision, explicit implementation strategies, feasible action plans and solid monitoring and evaluation,” he said. Kim stressed that each country in APAC has its own education context and unique challenges. Integrating ICT in education varies widely—from least developed countries where electricity supply in schools is scarce, to middle income countries where there is high demand for assistance in developing effective ICT policies, to high income countries where there are concerns related to rapidly growing harmful effects stemming from over-supply of, and easy access to ICT. The AMFIE was held this year by UNESCO in co-operation with the Thai Ministry of Education and Intel Cooperation under the theme “The Power of ICT in Education Policies: Implications for Educational Practices” to present challenges and updates on innovative policy making practices. Delegates from 20 countries across the Asia Pacific Region including 15 on ministerial level, 36 senior officials and international experts attended the Forum.

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 11/27/2012

TOP↑

 

Evidence Lacking on Mhealth Effectiveness in Poor Countries

 

Mobile phone technology is frequently heralded as a solution to many health challenges facing the developing world, but two systematic reviews have found that evidence to back such claims is still largely non-existent. There is a lack of rigorous studies in low- and middle-income settings — where experts agree that mobile health (mHealth) initiatives have tremendous potential — according to the reviews, led by Caroline Free from the London School of Hygiene & Tropical Medicine, United Kingdom, and published in PLoS Medicine today (15 January). For example, just three out 75 trials that aimed to assess whether mobile technology interventions for healthcare consumers could change health behavior or improve disease management were conducted in developing countries. And none of the 42 trials of interventions designed to support communication among healthcare providers or between health services and patients were done in the developing world. Mobile phones are thought to be able, among other things, to help manage disease; facilitate drug adherence in tuberculosis patients; speed up diagnosis of HIV and malaria; monitor outbreaks of polio; take and transfer medical images to doctors; and provide an advice hotline for rural health workers. Previous studies have found mobile phone text messaging to improve adherence to HIV treatment in Kenya, as well as their failure to do so in Cameroon. But the new reviews found that for disease management, the only two mHealth applications with sufficient evidence of benefit are ones related to adherence to antiretroviral therapy and smoking cessation. And while certain interventions designed to support healthcare providers modestly improved aspects of clinical diagnosis and management, others were less successful. For example, the use of mobile technology–based photographs for diagnosis sometimes resulted in incorrect diagnoses, compared with face-to-face treatment. And text message-based appointment reminders were better than no reminders, but were no better than reminders sent by traditional routes such as telephone or mail. "Our systematic review shows there is good evidence that text messaging interventions can increase adherence to anti-retroviral medication and can increase smoking cessation," Free, a senior lecturer in epidemiology, said in a press release. "The effects of mobile phone based interventions appear promising in some other areas, but further high quality trials are required to establish their effects." The reviews call for additional rigorous tests of mobile health interventions, especially in low- and middle-income settings where the control group of 'standard care' might be very different from the standard care available in high-income countries.

From http://www.scidev.net/ 01/15/2013

TOP↑

 

Facebook’s Mobile App Dominated in 2012

 

Facebook and Google are battling it out to dominate your smartphone time and, for now, Facebook is winning. According to the latest stats from comScore, Facebook was the most popular mobile app in the United States in 2012. The Google Maps app held the top position until October, when Apple rolled out its latest mobile operating system, iOS 6, and replaced the built-in Google Maps app with its own, less accurate version. Of course, Facebook also had a hand in its own success. Its number of monthly unique visitors rose steadily over the course of the year. In August, the company rolled out a long overdue revamp of its iOS mobile app for iPhone and iPads, significantly speeding up the launch, scroll and browsing times. User reviews in Apple's App Store shot up as a result, and in December the company followed up with a better version of its Android app.

From http://www.ejc.net/ 01/24/2013

TOP↑

 

AFRICA: Internet Exchange Project Aims to Keep Traffic Local

 

Eight African countries have begun setting up Internet exchange points as part of an ambitious project by the Internet Society and the African Union Commission, aimed at improving interconnectivity between countries and reducing connectivity costs. Eight African countries have begun setting up Internet exchange points as part of an ambitious project by the Internet Society and the African Union Commission, aimed at improving interconnectivity between countries and reducing connectivity costs. Africa has been plagued by high Internet costs because most of the exchange points are in Europe. Several finer optic cables have been laid in the region, but costs are still high. In its effort to address the problem, the African Union teamed up with ISOC and signed an agreement in August this year, for training and setting up of national and regional IXPs under the African Internet Exchange System (AXIS), a project funded by the Euro-Africa Infrastructure Fund and the Government of Luxembourg. "The project will be implemented in phases -- the first will be training and setting up of national IXPs, while the second phase, which is expected to start in 2013, will focus on setting up of regional IXPs," said Dawit Bekele, ISOC regional bureau director for Africa. During the first phase, ISOC will organize 60 community-mobilization and technical-aspects training workshops, which will be spread over 24 months. IT industry representatives will also use that time to identify best practices and how to set up national IXPs.

 

Training has already taken place in Burkina Faso, Senegal, Burundi, Gambia, Namibia, Guinea, Niger and Benin. Meanwhile, an IXP has been launched in Kinshasa, Democratic Republic of Congo (DRC), aimed at lowering connectivity costs, accelerating innovation and development of Internet services and supporting the implementation of e-government. The Kinshasa IXP (KINIX) was funded through the Internet Society's community grants and managed by the DRC ISP Association (ISPA-DRC), as part of its DRC-IX project, which aims to establish IXPs in Kinshasa, Lubumbashi and Goma. KINIX is expected to improve local Internet resilience by eliminating the dependence on international connectivity for local Internet services. Initially, KINIX will connect six IISPs: AfriNET, Cielux, Cybernet, Global Broadband Solutions, Microcom and Vodacom.  Twenty-six engineers from these ISPs, as well as employees from Central Bank of Congo; local universities; and the tax, customs and revenue authorities, among others, have received technical, hands-on training prior to the launch through ISOC Africa Interconnection and Traffic Exchange program. The volatile country is largely dependent on satellite connectivity for its Internet access, and latencies for locally hosted content will be reduced significantly from over 500ms to less than 50ms through KINIX. The Internet Society's Africa Interconnection and Traffic Exchange program aims to have 80 percent of local Internet traffic exchanged in Africa by 2020.

From http://news.idg.no/ 12/23/2012

TOP↑

 

 

EU: 700.000 Job Openings in the ICT Sector

 

With 700.000 unfilled Information and Communication Technologies (ICT) jobs and declining competitiveness, the Commission is calling on companies, governments, educators, social partners, employment service providers and civil society to take action in order to provide young Europeans with the necessary tools to enter digital careers or to create jobs as entrepreneurs. As European Commission Vice President Neelie Kroes stated: "The digital skills gap is growing, like our unemployment queues. We need joint action between governments and companies to bridge that gap. The ICT sector is the new backbone of Europe's economy, and together we can prevent a lost generation and an uncompetitive Europe. So I am expecting concrete pledges by companies, everyone I meet will be getting the same request. The Commission will do its bit but we can't do it alone – companies, social partners and education players – including at national and regional level - have to stand with us." The Commission is open to pledges on new jobs, internships, training places, start-up funding, free online university courses etc. Companies such as Nokia, Telefónica, SAP, Cisco, HP, Alcatel-Lucent, Randstad, ENI, Telenor Group, ARM, as well as the CIO community, CEPIS (Council of European Professional Informatics Societies) and Digital Europe were the first to state their interest in such initiatives. Despite the financial crisis, the number of digital jobs is growing by 3% each year, making the need to explore the opportunities of this field urgent. Key priorities to this end are: improving school and university curricula, raising awareness, creating an entrepreneur friendly environment for start-ups and mobility assistance. Finally, in order to promote the ICT sector, the Commission is organizing a conference, open to all who want to actively support this cause, on 4-5 March, as well as launching Startup Europe, a single platform for tools and programmes supporting people wanting to set up and grow web start-ups in Europe.

From http://www.neurope.eu/ 01/26/2013

TOP↑

 

Germany: Internet Access Declared a Basic Right

 

A top German court has ruled that people can sue their Internet providers for damages if connection is lost. The court has ruled that access to the Internet represents a basic need in modern society. The complaint that brought about the ruling came from a man who lost his Internet connection for two months due to an administrative error caused by a takeover of his Internet provider by another company. He is now entitled to monetary compensation - and while the amount may not be very high, the ruling reflects an important shift. With it, Germany's Federal Court of Justice has stated that Internet connection is a modern necessity, on par with the right to mobility. The court compared the situation to a car owner claiming damages after someone else has caused an accident that renders the car unusable for some time.

From http://www.dw.de/ 01/28/2013

TOP↑

 

UK: City of London Gets Free Wi-Fi Access

 

Wireless internet access offered by The Cloud will go free of charge following Olympic trial success. People in the City of London will soon have free wireless internet access after operator The Cloud said it would stop charging for its Wi-Fi service. Currently The Cloud operates a wireless network across the square mile, but it is only free of charge for 15 minutes. After that users have to pay to stay connected. During this summer's Olympic Games a free service was trialled which saw connections increase by almost 100% compared to the previous three months. Now The Cloud and the City of London Corporation have decided to extend the scheme and make it free for everyone all the time. "The success of our free Wi-Fi service during the Olympics and Paralympics demonstrated that it's a vital technology for visitors and shoppers as much as the City's business community, so we're pleased we can now make it available to everyone, especially at a time when other providers are switching to pay-for-use services," said Vince Russell, managing director of The Cloud. Mark Boleat, Policy Chairman at the City of London Corporation, said offering free Wi-Fi is essential if the square mile is to remain one of the world's most popular destinations for businesses and tourists. "The Square Mile is home to 10,000 residents, 400,000 workers, and five million visitors a year. As the world's leading global financial and business centre, the City of London has one of the biggest concentrations of smartphones in the UK so having the best communications infrastructure in place to access vital information on the move is of critical importance," he said. "This partnership between the City of London Corporation and The Cloud will ensure that the Square Mile keeps pace with growing demand in a rapidly evolving technological landscape," Boleat added. There will be no restrictions on how much data can be used, the City of London Corporation said, but The Cloud can filter out adult content. The Cloud is said to operate 15,000 Wi-Fi hotspots across the UK and has deals in place to provide free wireless internet access to businesses such as PizzaExpress, WH Smith, Caffè Nero, Eat, Greggs, Pret and Wagamama. It also operates Wi-Fi hotspots on the London Overground transport network.

From http://media.cbronline.com/ 12/19/2012

TOP↑

 

UK University Launches App for Distant Learning

 

Open University (OU), UK today launched a mobile app—’OU Anywhere’, allowing students to study for their qualifications regardless of location and distant with the course materials to be made available on the app. ‘OU Anywhere’, which is now available for download beginning today—January 30, will see all OU course materials made available on tablets, smartphones and other mobile devices. “From learning a language on the beach to analysing rock samples on the train, OU Anywhere will let our students work towards their qualifications whenever and wherever suits them best. Making education and training accessible to all is vital if we’re going to get the economy growing again, and OU Anywhere will make it easier than ever for students to fit their studies around their busy lives,” said Martin Bean, the Vice-Chancellor of The OU. Via the OU Anywhere app, students will have the option to download all their course and module textbooks, videos and other materials they need, allowing them to study while at home, in the office, or on the move. Moreover, the course’s DVDs will traditionally be posted to them at the start of their studies. Students can use native e-readers to highlight and annotate text using the app, as well as interacting with tutors and fellow students online through the Virtual Learning Environment (VLE). The OU Anywhere app will be available for iOS and Android smartphone and tablet users. All devices running iOS 6 will be supported at launch, with an update for iOS 5 compatibility appearing shortly after. Apps for kindle Fire adn Microsoft Surface will follow the launch afterwards. Undergraduate students will be able to access content immediately, while postgraduate materials will be available online early next year. The Open University (OU) is the largest academic institution in the UK and is well-known for its flexible distance learning. Since it began in 1969, the OU has taught more than 1.8 million students and has more than 250,000 current students, including over 15,000 overseas. Regarded as Britain’s major e-learning institution, the OU is a world leader in developing technology to increase access to education on a global scale. Its vast ‘open content portfolio’ includes free study units on OpenLearn, which has had more than 23 million visits, and materials on iTunes U, which has recorded over 56 million downloads. The OU has a 41 year partnership with the BBC which has moved from late-night lectures in the 1970s to prime-time programmes such as Frozen Planet, Bang Goes the Theory, James May’s Big Ideas and The Money Programme.

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 01/30/2013

TOP↑

 

NORTH AMERICA: Canada - Mobile App Simplifies Recycling

 

The government of the province of Manitoba, Canada, launched a website and a smartphone app in December to help residents find recycling depots near their homes easily. The web portal, Manitoba Eco-Depot, allows visitors to enter their location and the items they would like to recycle (such as cell phones, pharmaceuticals or plastic bags). The website then generates a list of the closest recycling centres and displays their locations on an imbedded map. The smartphone app, named Manitoba Eco Depot App, also allows users to find recycling centres close to their locations, along with driving directions to the centres. The app is available to download for free on the iTunes store. Announcing the launch of the online tools, Conservation and Water Stewardship Minister Gord Mackintosh said, “If you need to find a place to recycle your phone or laptop – now all you need to do is ask them. Green Manitoba’s new online tools make it easier than ever to find the many accessible recycling depots in the province.” The development of the app and website is part of Manitoba’s Green Plan called TomorrowNow, the government’s eight-year strategic plan for protecting the environment while ensuring a prosperous economy.

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 01/03/2013

TOP↑

 

Online Traveller Information Service Launched in Canada

 

The Government of the Province of Alberta, Canada, launched 511 Alberta, a website providing travellers with free, up-to-date road information. The website contains information on highway conditions, roadwork, incident reports such as closures or detours, weather alerts, availability of ferry services, and waiting times at border crossings. Travellers will also have access to more than 100 highway cameras and interactive maps linked to the latest information on road and weather conditions. The website has been designed to be mobile-friendly, allowing travellers to get the latest information on-the-go. Users can also obtain the information by calling the number 5-1-1, which, for the first time, will give callers the option of using either touch tone or voice command to obtain information. According to the website, having both phone-in and website components ensures 511 Alberta is available to the widest range of users. “Albertans have told us they want fast, simple access to the information they need, and that’s exactly what 511 Alberta provides,” said Ric McIver, Minister of Transportation of Alberta. “511 Alberta will help people better plan their trips and make our highways safer, especially during the winter months.” The government has also set up a Twitter account, @511Alberta, to disseminate this information. The service was developed in partnership with the central government, which contributed half of the initial investment of CA$314,000 (US$314,000).

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 02/05/2013

TOP↑

 

U.S.: Health IT Bubble Is No Bubble at All

 

Unlike the disappointing tech startups of the late 1990s, healthcare IT will continue to grow because it addresses problems the medical industry has yet to solve. "Great topics & panelists. Feels like the Internet bubble in 1998," tweeted one attendee following the conclusion of Boston's Xconomy Forum: Healthcare in Transition. I was at the Boston event and I concur that the packed room full of entrepreneurs, venture capitalists and established vendors were in agreement that something big -- driven by tech -- is happening in healthcare. I was also there at the Internet bubble and the healthcare fervor has some big differences from that era of Pets.com, Webvan and Kozmo. Those Internet bubblers were solving problems that didn't exist. The healthcare upstarts are trying to solve gnarly business/technology problems in a multi-trillion dollar industry. Bryan Sivak, CTO of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (HHS), is at the forefront, trying to change an industry that at times seems cast in concrete. "Can technology-driven innovation be infused within the legendary bureaucracies of government?" I asked Sivak in an interview following his Xconomy keynote presentation. "The funny thing is, I don't think government is that much different from other large industries," Sivak said. Sivak, who came to the 90,000-employee HHS six months ago, was the founder of knowledge management company InQuira, which was acquired by Oracle in 2011. "Some of the greatest people I've worked with are in government ... [T]hey are people doing these projects for the right reasons, they are smart, they work hard and they are dedicated. But the way the system is structured can be risk adverse, with no tolerance for any sort of failure. What we are trying to do is to allow people to successfully experiment, even if those experiments don't happen to show the hypothesis to be true." In his keynote, Sivak said "data is changing the healthcare industry right now. Healthcare is an opaque market and you need transparency around cost and quality." He could have the biggest, big data project currently taking place in government. The healthcare industry is awash in data contained in silos, subject to various privacy rules, guarded by companies that want to keep the data to themselves, in an environment where paper and manila folders still rule.

 

Figuring out how to mesh that data, maintain privacy and make it available in a customer-friendly format is a tech and business problem formidable enough to stump the best and the brightest. You need to take the complex data and present it in a consumer-friendly user interface. That information will most likely be viewed on a mobile device and, while difficult, there are some initiatives that are pointing the way. Sivak points to the Blue Button initiative as an example of a simple way for Veterans Administration patients to access complex data streams. Solving the healthcare big data dilemma has enormous rewards. Healthcare in the United States is a multi-trillion dollar industry (2007 figures were $2.26 trillion), and it is expected to continue to grow as the population ages. National health reform, changes in Medicare, and changes in the provider, insurer, and patient relationships are all creating a search for efficiency. This requires new methods of care, as well as the application of business analysis to an industry that traditionally operated under extensive medical and legal oversight, but little impetus for a customer-first attitude. That shifting relationship and the resulting business opportunities filled the room at the Xconomy Forum. Here are four technology trends that will change healthcare over the next five years.

 

1. Cloud: "Payers are stuck with 25-year-old infrastructures. They are asking: Is there another way?" said Rob Gillette, CEO of HealthEdge. The prospect of a cloud-based architecture to mesh those information silos and provide patients, providers and payers with a consistent view into the healthcare system is one of the big health investment drivers. Rock Health, a venture capital organization, tracks health-related startups and lists seven in the health cloud category.

2. Robots: The idea of a robot scooting around a hospital ward checking on patients might sound farfetched -- until you speak with Yulan Wang, CEO of InTouch Health, based in Santa Barbara, Calif. I interviewed Wang from Boston via the RP-VITA robot, which is a co-project with iRobot. The robot allows full-image, full-audio and (for the doctor or nurse) remote monitoring. The biggest issue holding back the wider use of robotics for telemedicine is not technology but figuring out the provider and payee reimbursement systems.

3. Consumers: Consumer gadgets are expanding from music, video and social sharing to include health monitoring and health improvement. The most interesting one mentioned was Scandu, which is pioneering in allowing patients to do tests using a smartphone app that were once restricted to the doctor's office. Where this will lead is anyone's guess, but patients will increasingly know more details about their personal health than any one office visit can provide.

4. Big Data: No tech conference is complete these days without some mention of big data. But just as Sivak's keynote address stated, big data in health may be our biggest data analysis problem with the greatest benefit. Unlike other industries where data on an individual or process may be sparse, the healthcare industry suffers from an overload of data contained in silos, often incompatible and very often still in analog, rather than digital, form. The cloud may help align some of that data, but it will be the data analysis systems still to be built that may finally turn data overload into just the right data being available at just the right time.

 

Venture capital funding of healthcare technology companies is 70% ahead of Q3 2011, year over year, with the Boston and San Francisco Bay regions accounting for about half of the funding. VCs looking for "real" investments, as opposed to yet another social networking app, are betting on those shifts in the multi-trillion dollar healthcare economy to create superstar companies. I'm betting they are right and this bubble is no bubble at all, but the stuff from which great new companies will emerge.

From http://www.informationweek.com/ 12/12/2012

TOP↑

 

 

U.S. Postal Service Continues to Explore Digital Services

 

Few government agencies interact with the public quite as directly and frequently as the U.S. Postal Service does -- and that high-touch relationship brings with it opportunities. The USPS Office of the Inspector General (OIG) on Jan. 7 released a new whitepaper detailing e-government possibilities for the agency tasked with physical mail delivery. The report is the latest in an ongoing research effort by the OIG into Postal's digital future. The new paper explains the evolutionary stages of e-government, which include the interaction and integration of digital services for citizens and other agencies. Serious obstacles remain, however -- the report cites the lack of universal standards and the understandable privacy concerns involving passwords and home addresses. Yet if the Postal Service could provide solutions to these issues, it would both drastically improve government services and secure a future mission for itself. The OIG report suggests that such changes are possible, and cites international examples of how the digital strategy can succeed. Other agencies would also benefit from a postal service e-government offering, the report argues. The Department of Defense, for example, began a program last summer to digitize incoming mail for Pentagon staff, but does not do the same for outgoing mail, so “the Postal Service could offer hybrid mail services with legal standing and force of law to complete the physical-digital cycle for DOD and other agencies,” according to the report. It also notes ways the e-government strategy will help agencies such as the IRS, FCC, Treasury and FEMA, among others, to cut costs and increase efficiency.

From http://fcw.com/ 01/11/2013

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

CHINA: Online Philanthropy More Popular 

 

Online philanthropy is gaining popularity among Chinese, as many believe that it offers more convenience and transparency compared to the traditional methods of donating. Last month, the headmaster of a primary school in west China's Qinghai province posted an online plea for help, as the school's teachers must copy exams by hand before giving them to students because of a lack of printers, which the school cannot afford. Gesanghua Education Aid, an online non-profit charitable organization that works to improve schools in China's impoverished west, subsequently initiated a program to help raise funds for the school in cooperation with Taobao, China's biggest online retailer. The program has raised a total of 264,166 yuan (42,396 U. S. dollars) from 55,907 donors, reaching 88 percent of its fundraising target, according to Yuan Jing, director of the program. Supplies purchased with the donations will be bought online and the process will be open to public supervision, Yuan said, adding that donors can get in touch with the program's team members online if they have any questions about the program. Taobao was involved with similar programs earlier this year, raising donations to improve living conditions for Anti-Japanese War veterans and collecting funds to buy sports supplies for poor students in south China's Sichuan province.

 

"Promoting projects online has become trendy among charitable organizations," said Zhan Chengfu, head of the social welfare and charity promotion department under the Ministry of Civil Affairs, at a symposium on charity causes held last week. New media tools, such as microblogging services and instant messaging programs, have brought charity groups lower costs, greater speed and a broader scope in promoting programs and fundraising, Zhan said, adding that the Internet and online payment technology have lowered the threshold for participating in charitable efforts. A survey conducted among nearly 1,000 charity groups found that more than 60 percent are promoting programs on the Internet, while nearly 40 percent have blogs or microblog accounts. Netizens have largely applauded the trend. "Every time I buy something online, I donate some money to online charity programs," university student Li Fan said. "Most of the time, my donations are just a very small sum of money. Without online donations, I don't think I would bother going all the way to the charitable organizations to donate such a small amount of money," she said. Hong Bo, founder of the Gesanghua organization, said the transparency of online philanthropy has attracted attention at a time when public trust in traditional charities has been eroded by multiple scams and abuses. The development of the Internet has also promoted the development of grassroots charity organizations by offering them more fundraising channels, Hong added.

From http://www.china.org.cn/ 12/22/2012

TOP↑

 

Smart TVs Become Smarter but Still Early Days for the Technology

 

IN the not-so-distant future, couch potatoes will be waving, pointing, swiping and tapping to make their TVs react, kind of like what Tom Cruise did in the 2002 movie "Minority Report." That's the vision of TV manufacturers as they show off "smart TVs." The sets will recognize who's watching and will try to guess what viewers want to see. They'll respond to more natural speech and will connect with your smartphone in a single touch. The idea is to make TV watching easier and more pleasant as viewers are confronted with more and more choices - from the hundreds of live TV channels from the cable or satellite provider to online video services such as Netflix Inc, Hulu and Apple's iTunes. A traditional remote control that lets you flip through channels one at a time suddenly seems inadequate. At a speech this week, Samsung President Boo-Keun Yoon said the company was developing "TVs that have the power to create the ultimate lean-back experience."

 

Long way to go

But don't worry about "Big Brother" looking back at you. Manufacturers such as Samsung Electronics Co will allow motion-capturing cameras to be pointed away. Gesture recognition still has a long way to go, and in some demonstrations at the 2013 Consumer Electronics Show, which opened on Tuesday in Las Vegas, voice commands got lost in translation. At a crowded Samsung booth, one attendant demonstrated how hand gestures were used to play simple kids' games. Raising her hand brought up an on-screen cursor. Grasping the air was equivalent to clicking on what her digital hand was hovering over. But when she tried the same gestures on a menu of TV-watching options, the TV didn't respond well. When she tried to give a sideways wave - like Queen Elizabeth greeting her subjects - the page didn't swipe to the left as it should have. The technology appeared less responsive compared with the Xbox 360's Kinect motion-control system, which seems to do a much better job at swiping through menus. Later, in a quiet, enclosed Samsung booth, the TV struggled to comprehend voice commands. The TV was asked, "find me a movie with Tom Cruise," and correctly pulled up an online trailer of his latest movie, "Jack Reacher." The system was then asked to "find me dramas." The command "Number 3" was given to choose the third option in the results, but the TV instead started a new search and offered a range of viewing options for "Sommersby." There are some safeguards in place so that the TV wouldn't misinterpret casual conversations or gestures as actual commands. You'd need to press a button before giving a voice command, and you'd need to stand still for a few seconds and raise one hand before an on-screen cursor would appear for gesture commands.

 

Exploring possibilities

Paul Gagnon, a TV analyst with research firm NPD Group, said these technologies are still in their early days. "Most interaction I've had with gesture and voice control ... it's not real great right now," he said. "Right now, a lot of people in the industry are just trying to explore the possibilities." The TV makers' new interactive features fared better when they reverted to the traditional remote control format, with some twists. Samsung's new remote has a touch-enabled track pad that swiped through menus similar to smartphone screens on Android and Apple mobile devices. Panasonic Corp is also including a track pad and a microphone on its new remote - though it faces similar challenges recognizing commands. A voice command for "Breaking Bad" on video brought up Google search results on a web browser, as opposed to opportunities to watch the show.

From http://www.shanghaidaily.com/ 01/10/2013

TOP↑

 

China's Internet Users Reach 564 Mln

 

China added 50.9 million Internet users in 2012, bringing the total to 564 million at the end of last year, official data showed Tuesday. The mobile Internet surfing population increased 18.1 percent to 420 million, with mobile phones becoming the primary channel for Web surfing, the China Internet Network Information Center reported. The number of people using a mobile phone to shop online increased 1.36-fold in 2012 from a year ago. By the end of 2012, the number of online shoppers had reached 242 million, an increase of 24.8 percent year on year. Meanwhile, the risks of phishing websites and online fraud can not be underestimated, according to the report. Micro-blogging surged, with the number of users rising 58.73 million to 309 million, the report said.

From http://www.china.org.cn/ 01/15/2013

TOP↑

 

Shanghai Revs Up Internet Speed with Network Upgrade

 

SHANGHAI has the fastest Internet speed on the Chinese mainland and the fastest improvement in broadband speed globally in recent years, the country's biggest land-line operator China Telecom said today.  China Telecom's Shanghai branch now has 2.6 million family subscribers and plans to double its broadband speed to 32 megabytes per second (Mbps) by the end of this year with another round of network upgrade starting in March. By the end of last year, Shanghai's average broadband bandwidth reached 16 Mbps, the fastest on the mainland. Since 2009, Shanghai's average broadband bandwidth has jumped 6.9 times, the fastest in the world, Shanghai Telecom cited Internet service providers like ChinaCache and NetIndex. The carrier won't charge users extra for network upgrade, which makes each megabyte bandwidth cost less, company officials said. The broadband service was often a cause of concern for users because of its low speed and high price. Three years ago, a Beijing-based research firm said Shanghai had the nation's slowest broadband network. China Telecom's average broadband bandwidth in Shanghai will hit 50 Mbps by 2015 to catch up with that in South Korea and Japan, the officials said. The company's faster fiber optic network has covered 2.6 million homes and offices and the number of fiber optic network users is expected to hit 3.6 million by the end of this year.

From http://www.shanghaidaily.com/ 01/22/2013

TOP↑

 

Wi-Fi Service Extended to Some Bus Routes

 

Beijing's free Wi-Fi service was extended on Monday to cover several bus routes, but some people complained that the service is unreliable and slow. Some buses, including buses No 99 and No 52, which run around Chang'an Avenue in the capital, recently added free Wi-Fi. "It's very good news to me because I can kill the time during traffic jams without worrying about the network flow," said Chen Si, a 34-year-old city resident. Chen said he even downloaded a game on Bus 52 on Monday. "This is a very considerate service," he said. The free Wi-Fi coverage is a pilot project conducted with China Mobile, Beijing Youth Daily reported, and subscribers of the cell phone network will get 20 hours of free Wi-Fi a month. Commuters on the routes obtain Internet access after inputting their phone number. A user name and password is then sent to their phone in a text message. A 3 yuan (50 cents) hourly fee will be charged once the subscriber has exceeded the 20 hours of free service. The pilot project will continue through the end of June. Whether China Mobile plans to extend the project is unclear. Company representatives could not be reached by China Daily for comment on Tuesday. Despite the free service, some commuters complained about the speed and reliability of the network. Bai Long, a 26-year-old accountant in Beijing, tested the Internet speed on Monday with his phone and said it was only 80 kb/s. "With Internet speed this poor, you can only browse some web pages, and viewing a video clip is out of the question," he said. Wang Xiangyu, a 34-year-old engineer in the city who takes Bus 52 every Monday, said he is also disappointed with the service. "I took the bus to work every Tuesday when I could not drive my private vehicle because of traffic restrictions in the capital," he said. "However, it seems I can only get access to the free Internet haphazardly. I couldn't get connected last Monday, and I don't know if it's my problem or the network's." Other residents complained of similar problems. "I work around Xidan, but can barely get connected to the free local area network," said Wang Yu, a bank clerk in Beijing. Hangzhou and Shanghai provided free Wi-Fi to passengers in 2012. Beijing has launched free Wi-Fi service in several areas, including Xidan, Wangfujing, the Olympic Center, three major train stations, Financial Street, Yansha and Zhongguancun. As part of the wireless local area networks construction project targeting more than 60 percent of the capital in the next five years, 90,000 WLAN access points will be built, according to the Beijing Commission of Economy and Information Technology. "I hope the pilot project will carry on as promised," Chen said.

From http://www.china.org.cn/ 01/30/2013

TOP↑

 

JAPAN: Cloud Service for Senior Care Introduced

 

A new cloud service for senior care has recently been launched in Japan as part of the collaborative effort by Tetsusy Institute Medical Corporation, You Home Clinic, andFujitsu. Based on the concept of “leveraging ICT to contribute to a society that supports the elderly, this specialised healthcare SaaS will support the health and lifestyles of senior citizens through home healthcare and nursing services, local and non-profit organisations, as well as lifestyle businesses. It aimed to connect seniors to a broader network within society, including healthcare and nursing services, local communities, retail services, and family members. There are three types of specialized home healthcare and nursing services under the name “Fujitsu Intelligent Society Solution Senior Care Cloud Oushin Sensei.” The “Home Healthcare Support SaaS” was aimed to improve the quality of home healthcare services while also reducing the burden on caregivers. Starting in May, Fujitsu will offer a “Home Team Care SaaS” to enable broader collaboration between different care services and facilitate teamwork in supporting the elderly by linking information collected by home healthcare and nursing staff. A “Home Healthcare Support Contact Center Service,” which manages correspondences and inquiries from patients and their families 24/7, is also available. This service will be available only in Japan.

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 02/04/2013

TOP↑

 

Better Info-Sharing to Aid Disabled in Disasters

 

The Cabinet Office plans to revise a law so that municipal governments can share information on elderly and disabled residents, who cannot escape by themselves in case of a disaster, with private organizations on a routine basis. The Cabinet Office aims to amend the Basic Law on Natural Disasters during the current ordinary Diet session, based on lessons learned from the Great East Japan Earthquake, in which measures to save such people were seriously delayed in some cases. However, it will be difficult to strike a balance between the envisaged measure and the protection of the personal information of residents involved.

 

The Cabinet Office aims to add these clauses to the law:

-- Municipal governments shall make lists of people particularly vulnerable to disasters.

-- Municipal governments are allowed to disclose personal information, including lists of names, to private organizations concerned, not only in emergencies but also on a routine basis.

Currently, municipal governments are requested to compile such name lists under the Guidelines for Evacuation Support for People Requiring Assistance During a Disaster. But the guidelines are not legally binding, thus only about 60 percent of municipal governments have compiled such lists. The guidelines were made in March 2006 by the Cabinet Office to assist the elderly, disabled people, infants and others who are especially vulnerable during disasters. The guidelines delineate how the central and local governments should develop assistance systems, and urge municipal governments to compile name lists and contingency plans to assist with evacuation of all residents.

 

The Cabinet Office therefore simultaneously conducted reviews of the law and the guidelines, and presented a draft of the revised guidelines to an expert panel in late January. The panel's chair, Prof. Atsushi Tanaka of the University of Tokyo, who studies information circulation in connection with disasters, said, "It's important that 'private organizations' refers not only to neighborhood associations but also to nursing care service providers and disabled people's associations so that their capabilities can be fully utilized." The government's plan to revise the law stemmed from the reality that many people who are vulnerable to emergencies were abandoned during the Great East Japan Earthquake and its aftermath. Miyuki Owada, 43, who was hit by the disaster in Minami-Soma, Fukushima Prefecture, lives in a temporary housing unit in neighboring Soma. This is her second winter there since the disaster. Owada is a single mother of three daughters--one high-school age, one in the final year of primary school and another in kindergarten. The second and youngest daughters have developmental disorders, and Owada herself has arm and leg disabilities due to complications from a disease. Owada said, "At the time [of the disaster], I was desperate; I couldn't let my daughters starve to death."

 

The day after the tsunami, an explosion occurred in Tokyo Electric Power Co.'s Fukushima No. 1 nuclear power plant, located just 24 kilometers from her family's home. Though her neighbors quickly evacuated, Owada and her daughters stayed at home, thinking it would be too difficult to live in a shelter. Nearby stores closed one after another. Owada and her daughters shared food and rationed their medicines by breaking the pills into pieces. In the disaster, employees of affected municipal governments also became victims. A private organization for the disabled asked eight municipal governments in coastal areas of the three disaster-hit prefectures to offer assistance. Only the Minami-Soma municipal government accepted the request. After about two months had passed since the disaster, members of the Japan Disability Forum's Fukushima center for assisting the disabled in disaster-hit areas began visiting all households of such people based on information provided by the city government. At last Owada received the center's assistance. She said, "I could escape from our isolated conditions, both physically and mentally."

 

But many other municipal governments refused to disclose such information for reasons of protecting the privacy of the people involved. Last year, the city government of Rikuzen-Takata, Iwate Prefecture, disclosed such personal information, following in the footsteps of the Minami-Soma city government. One private organization used the information to interview many disabled people about their experiences during the earthquake and nuclear crisis. It discovered a case where one individual was not able to receive transportation assistance to visit hospitals for more than a year. Even current municipal ordinances for the protection of personal information can allow disclosure of such information without approval of the people concerned under emergency conditions. However, there is no clear definition of what constitutes an emergency, thus local governments tend to be reluctant to make unilateral decisions on the matter. One local government refused to disclose the information, stating that as more than 10 days had passed since the earthquake, the situation could not regarded as an emergency. Local governments and private organizations have therefore urged the central government to present a set of standardized guidelines.

 

In reality there remain many hurdles, the most important of which is preventing the leakage of personal information. The Cabinet Office has considered such measures as obliging persons who receive private information to keep it strictly confidential, and having local governments sign agreements with private organizations in advance to decide how best to manage personal information. Other issues include how much personal information--for example the composition of each family and details of disabilities and diseases--should be disclosed; what kind of private organizations can receive the information; and whether the agreement of the disabled people involved should be necessary for them to be placed on a list. The Cabinet Office will consider such issues and include them in the revised guidelines. Masao Horibe, professor emeritus of Hitotsubashi University, who is an expert in information-related laws, said, "Since the enactment of the Protection of Personal Information Law in 2005, there has been a strong tendency to place importance on privacy protection. But personal information should be used in the event of an emergency. "The public and private sectors should regularly share such information before disaster strikes, partly to prevent elderly people's deaths from going unnoticed. I see the fact that the central government has begun establishing a system for this purpose as a step forward," he said.

From http://www.yomiuri.co.jp/ 02/09/2013

TOP↑

 

SOUTH KOREA: New Mobile Payment System Aims to Replace Wallets

 

Savvy consumers are increasingly ditching cash and plastic in favor of their smartphones, redeeming digital coupons for caramel lattes at coffee shops with a swipe of their handset and keeping track of membership points on the same mobile device. This example of converging technologies and services has become a booming trend in Korea, which prides itself on giving customers and businesses maximum convenience. "I didn't like the fact that my wallet was becoming too thick due to all the cards, receipts and coupons. Now it’s a lot thinner because I can use my smartphone instead," said one Seoul resident. Korea's leading corporations are racing to ensure smartphones not only complement cash and credit, but eventually consolidate everyone's financial needs through a single mobile application. Korea's leading corporations are racing to ensure smartphones not only complement cash and credit, but eventually consolidate everyone's financial needs through a single mobile application. Earlier this month, the nation's second-largest cell phone carrier KT announced a new instant mobile payment system called Mo-Ca. It has already brought on board over 60 companies, including the country's leading banking institutions, coffee shop chains and department stores.

From http://english.chosun.com/ 12/12/2012

TOP↑

 

S. Korean TV Goes All Digital Starting Monday

 

Starting December 31st, all analog broadcasting of terrestrial television content is no longer available, due to the country’s transition to digital broadcasting. Korea Communications Commission said starting 4:00 a.m. on Monday, all terrestrial broadcasters stopped transmission of their analog feeds, including KBS, MBC and EBS and have started transmitting only digital content. As a result, households that have been watching television via analog antennas must have a digital converter in order to watch broadcasts. Those who are subscribed to private cable channels or own digital televisions are not affected by this change. The KCC has said the transition was made for 99-point-seven percent of all transmissions in the country on Monday, while transition for the remaining zero-point-three percent, or roughly 50-thousand households, will be completed as soon as possible.

From http://world.kbs.co.kr/ 12/30/2012

TOP↑

 

Nearly Half of Smartphone Users Have 4G Handsets

 

Almost half of all smartphone users in Korea use fourth-generation LTE handsets, according to the Korea Communications Commission on Tuesday. A survey on the use of smartphones in the second half of 2012 shows that 44.6 percent of smartphones users had LTE handsets, compared to just 28.7 percent in the first half. The survey was conducted jointly by the KCC and the Korea Internet Security Agency in November on 4,000 people between 12 and 59 years of age. Also, 35.9 percent said they intended to either change to an LTE phone or replace their existing LTE handset with a new one, while 41.3 percent were willing to switch to a different service provider in order to get an LTE smartphone. "LTE smartphones are expected to overtake 3G smartphones this year," said a KCC spokesman. Meanwhile, the new subscription rate for smartphones was 6.9 percent, confirming a steady decline since the peak in July 2010. Some 32 million people already had smartphones, while 21 million refused to make the switch due to the high price and complicated functions. The average usage period of a smartphone was 19.5 months, and 68.7 percent of users had owned their handsets for less than two years. People also spent more time using their phone. The average daily usage time was 102 minutes, compared to 87 minutes a year earlier, according to the KCC.

From http://english.chosun.com/ 01/30/2013

TOP↑

 

Online Use of Resident Registration No. Restricted from Monday

 

Companies’ collection and use of resident registration numbers online will be banned from Monday. The Korea Communications Commission says the ban is set to take effect under a revision to the Information and Communication Network Act. Companies were given a six-month grace period to prepare for the revision, and inspections on the collection and use of people's resident registration numbers on the Internet will begin next month. Inspections to enforce the revision will first begin on websites that average more than 100-thousand daily views and expand to portals with over ten-thousand daily visits. The commission will also try and prevent the use of registration numbers on mobile phones by inspecting popular applications, mobile games that require the numbers and adult-only contents.

From http://world.kbs.co.kr/ 02/18/2013

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

INDONESIA: Jakarta to Launch E-Payment System for Public Transport

 

The city administration of Jakarta, Indonesia will be launching a simplified electronic payment system in the city’s Bus Rapid System as part of its on-going efforts to develop an integrated public transport system. According to Jakarta Vice Governor, Basuki T Purnama, the e-payment system, which is called e-Money or money card, is expected to improve commuting experience in the city by providing commuters with a fast and convenient way to settle payments in Transjakarta stops. "Commuters will no longer have to queue at ticketing booths. They simply have to swipe the card on a sensor machine at busway stops to enter the buses.”  The money card will be issued to support the e-ticketing system where users can top-up their respective cards located in various Transjarkarta stops. In order to support the project, the government is planning on forging partnerships with major banks such as Bank Mandiri, Bank Rakyat Indonesia, Bank Central Asia and Bank Negara Indonesia to implement service so that commuters can directly top-up their card from their own bank accounts. "The money card will also allow us to have an efficient financial management system in place as it can help us control certain financial aspects of revenue and costs thereby enabling us to identify certain irregularities or budget leaks as they occur,” he said. The Governor expects all 216 Transjakarta shelters to be equipped with facilities supporting the e-ticketing system by March 2013.

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 01/07/2013

TOP↑

 

MYANMAR: Telemedicine Service Launched

 

Patients in Myanmar can now consult Indian specialist doctors and access to quality medical treatment without visiting the hospital in India. A telemedicine service was launched in Yangon, Myanmar recently by Apollo Group of Hospitals—renowned Indian healthcare providers. The inaugural ceremony was chaired by Deputy Chief of Mission Sailesh Thangal from Embassy of India in Myanmar, along with Dr Prathap C Reddy, Chairman of Apollo Hospitals Group who was joined by tele-link. "Our mission is to bring healthcare of international standards within the reach of every individual. We are committed to the achievement and maintenance of excellence in education, research and healthcare for the benefit of humanity," said Dr Reddy on the tele-link.  At the opening ceremony, a live tele-consultation was demonstrated between doctors from Keen Cie —healthcare provider in Yangon, and Apollo Hospitals in Delhi. Patents sitting in the hospitals in Yangon will benefit from this service and receive the latest medical technology without physically going to India.

 

"Apollo Tele-Medicine Network will facilitate ready access to specialists and super-specialists for referrals, consultation, second opinion, reviews, post treatment follow-ups besides facilitating tele-continuing medical education, programmes for the medical fraternity in Yangon," Reddy added. The network comes with Tele-Education, Tele-Medicine, Internet, video conferencing, and VOIP services via satellite, and fibre optic network. It aims to boost health care access with the use of IT, she said. Dr Kyaw Min, Director of Keen Cie said: "This project will enable us to move to the next level of treatment and will open new avenue for our people to explore latest medical facilities available at Apollo Hospital in real time."

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 02/07/2013

TOP↑

 

MALAYSIA: To Launch Emergency App for People with Disabilities

 

Disabled people or callers who are under threat and cannot speak will soon be able to call for emergency help with the new ‘SaveMe 999’ application to be launched by Malaysian’s Emergency Response Service (MERS 999) next week. MERS 999 will officially introduce this latest update to its existing emergency response platform on December 18. With SaveMe 999 app, users with disabilities will be able to send an accurate location or text a complete address of the location, choose relevant agency, select incident or text complete incident (threaten, kidnap, murder, robbery, rape or fight), then the information will be sent to the MERS 999 response centre and the officers would start the dispatching procedure to the relevant emergency agencies. Emergency callers and location of incident can be tracked accurately with Automatic Number Identification (ANI), and Automatic Location Identification (ALI) on the smartphones.

 

The SaveMe 999 application will be available for download on Android and iOS enabled smartphones and devices. MERS 999 is an initiative by the Malaysian Government for computerised emergency call taking and dispatching. Under its single platform and a single emergency number, the country’s five emergency service providers — the Police, Fire and Rescue Department, Ambulances/Hospitals, Civil Defense and Maritime Enforcement — share information and consolidate and integrate emergency response resources. The MERS 999’s response centres nationwide are operated by Telekom Malaysia. Malaysia has up to 283,204 registered disabled people out of total population of 28 million.

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 12/12/2012

TOP↑

 

Malaysia Determines Suitability of Project Locations with GIS

 

The Economic Planning Unit of the Prime Minister’s Office (PMO) in Malaysia will be launching a GIS application this year which will help government agencies better identify a suitable location for their projects. Dato Rosni Abdul Malek, Director of the National Databank and Innovation Centre, at the Implementation Coordination Unit at the PMO, told FutureGov that location plays a key part to the success of the project and having the ability to assess a project’s intended location can help curb wasteful projects. “When ministries apply for funding for new projects they also have to indicate its location so that our economic planning unit can check and verify if the location is suitable for the nature of the project.” “We’ve had problems where we discover locations selected turned out to be unsuitable for the project. We wanted to avoid such instances as such; we felt the need to develop a GIS system that can help us and other government ministries identify or redirect the location of their project where we know they can achieve maximum results and where people can really benefit from it,” she says.

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 01/28/2013

TOP↑

 

Managing Malaysia's Water Utilities with GIS

 

Sr. Mohd Hazley Halim, Head of Facility Management at the National Water Asset Management Company in Malaysia shares with FutureGov how they are leveraging mapping technology to improve management of crucial water utilities. The Water Asset Management Company or Pengurusan Aset Air Berhad (PAAB) is a wholly owned entity under the Ministry of Finance. It forms part of the Federal Government's efforts to restructure the water services industry in Malaysia to achieve efficiency and quality in the delivery of water services to the public. "When you look at the components of the water industry, we have the catchments, dams, reservoirs, water treatment plants and various distribution systems. Until recently, however, we had no idea how the resources were being used. It became a critical priority to have a central record of each asset's condition so we can properly optimise costs and maximise the use of our assets wisely,” says Hazley. "I think it’s very important that decision makers stress the increasing importance of asset management in running an organisation. Knowing your assets like the back of your hand enables an organisation to ensure that costs, revenue and resources are managed effectively."

 

In this aspect, Hazley stresses the preservation, record keeping and verification of data as factors critical for asset management. "Whatever project that has been planned, built and put on the ground changes over time. In addition, the number of assets an organisation owns also tends to increase over time, thus making record keeping and verification of data a bit of a challenge." To address such problems posed by its growing number of assets and participating operators, PAAB developed a web dashboard application which provides a high level view into the operations and asset handling of the organisation. It leverages on the capabilities of Esri’s ArcGIS technology to enable better asset management and decision making through a series of information pop-ups and reports so that concise map-centric content can be visualised. In addition, the application is also able to address data security concerns by having a secured login access to the PAAB’s central geodatabase which allows the following functionalities: retrieval of operational and maintenance information relating to assets, queries for customer consumption and maintenance, access to information relating to assets, report plant breakdowns, service disruptions and interventions and as well as the capability to quickly produce high quality maps and access technical drawings for repairs and maintenance.

 

By using the web dashboard, PAAB and its participating operators would be able to access detailed information of the country’s water assets. "For example, if you want to see data about water reservoirs, with the dashboard you can see a spatially referenced inventory about each reservoir, the year it was built, top and bottom water levels, updates with the maintenance and other relevant information needed for decision making and forecasting." "At the moment, we are now conducting trainings and workshops for our operators in Negeri Sembilan, Malacca and Johor to use the system." Meanwhile, according to Haji isa Abu Bakar, Chief Operating Officer of PAAB, for the longest time, Malaysia has been regarded as world class in terms of infrastructure but the same unfortunately cannot be said when it comes to facility maintenance.

 

"As PAAB is working towards using the system on a much larger scale in next couple of years, we hope it can be implemented by all migrated operators involved in shaping Malaysia's water industry system so that we may eventually raise the standards of Asset Management in the country." "We hope this can be adopted by the whole industry so that everyone has a single system that will make it easier for us to better manage our assets and facilities and give us an oversight on how to move the industry forward," he says.

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 02/04/2013

TOP↑

 

PHILIPPINES: To Introduce Personal Controlled Health Data

 

Philippine Health Insurance Corporation (PhilHealth) will introduce a Personally Controlled Health Records (PCHR) and allow its members to access and manage their own health information. Commencing this year, the PhilHealth will release specification for the PCHR to enable the shift in health data management. This initiative is expected to recreate a patient-centric care as well as stimulating a new business sector on health data stewardship. The PCHR will be owned by the patients and co-managed with their health providers such as hospitals and clinics. The new data system will empower patients to take care of their own health data and use it for better decision making. The system will be designed as a secure repository for health information for individuals and their families—an important compliance requirement of the recently passed Data Privacy Act 2012. “Disease prevention and health promotion especially of our sponsored members are important to us at PhilHealth. The national government through the Department of Health has invested on the premium of more than 5 million families nationwide. We wish to empower our members to take charge of their family’s health and make informed decisions through proper data management,” says Dr Eduardo P Banzon, President and CEO of PhilHealth.

 

The PhilHealth is a tax-exempt government owned and controlled corporation under the Department of Health that to ensure a sustainable universal health coverage for the Philippines. In April 2012, the PhilHealth launched the Primary Care Benefit (PCB) to its sponsored programme members, organised groups, and overseas workers in which it will eventually be rolled out for all types of members, to ensure access of all the members to health care services. The PCB is now available at PCB providers including government health centres, rural health units and outpatient departments of government hospitals. Private health care providers will be brought in once the PCB is expanded to all member types. Today, 5.2 million families under the National Household Targeting Survey are enrolled in more than 1,600 PCB providers around the archipelago. Electronic reporting system is one of the innovations required to be in the PCB. In 2012, the PhilHealth partnered with the University of the Phillippines’ IT Development Centre, and University of Oslo to implement the District Health Information System (DHIS2). The DHIS2 serves as the receiving system for reports from the PCB providers.

 

The PhilHealth allocated more than PH 3 billion (US$ 73.4 million) into developing the DHIS2 e-reporting system for the PCB in 2012 with its providers expected to submit reports electronically. For the new PCHR, Dr Alvin Marcelo, Chief Information Officer of the PhilHealth faced challenges with resources and a requirement to implement the system in three months. He choose to partner with the academe for a fast implementation with a free and open source reporting system that would receive reports from the PCB providers. “We selected DHIS2 because of its long history of success in Africa and for easy access to its core developers in Oslo, India, and Vietnam. The University of the Philippines provides local technical support and ready expertise in systems administration. With DHIS2, PCB providers can submit their data by logging on to the PhilHealth’s DHIS2 server from their Internet-connected computers including mobile phones,” added Dr Marcelo. “This year, the PhilHealth with the PCHR, we will simplify case management and equip individuals and their families to be more responsible for their health.” The PCB e-Reporting system is the PhilHealth’s response to Health Agenda’s mandate of the President Benigno Simeon Ninoy Aquino, Jr to use ICT to make the health sector more efficient.

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 01/08/2013

TOP↑

 

The Philippines Releases Pension Payments with E-Banking

 

The Department of Budget and Management is leveraging e-banking to seamlessly distribute pension payments worth Php 4.83 billion (US$ 117 million) to 54,660 retirees of the Philippine National Police (PNP). According to Budget and Management Secretary Florencio Abad, the shift from a conventional mode of payments to e-banking will enable the retirees claim their monthly pension payments in a more efficient and timely manner. The new payment system will also allow the government to detect and weed out fictitious or “ghost” entries from the PNP pensioner database. Furthermore, electronic banking will also prevent fraudulent accounts, since the creation of an ATM account will require a personal appearance and valid identification documents from a prospective account holder. “More than ever, we need to lay down the necessary structures for transparency, accountability, and openness in the way we handle public funds. With digital technology now at our disposal, it will be easier for us to track and monitor all transactions within the bureaucracy.” “This doesn’t just lead to faster transactions, liquidation, and auditing—it also helps us ensure that every peso spent by government will not be wasted on corruption, but will instead benefit the ordinary taxpayer in a real, immediate, and substantial fashion,” he said.

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 01/29/2013

TOP↑

 

The Philippines Enhances Performance Monitoring with IT

 

A capacity building workshop was held for the legislative staff of local government units to enhance their skills on using IT in tracking and monitoring local government performance, as part of the government’s efforts to promote transparency and greater excellence in local legislation. The activity was organised by the Local Government Capacity development Division of the Department of the Interior and Local Government (DILG) regional office, and was attended by representatives from the municipalities of Aglipay, Cabarroguis, Diffun, Maddela and Nagtipunan. It centred on the use of the System Information Service (SIS) so that local authorities can solve performance gaps identified by the Local Government Performance Management System. The latter is an e-scorecard project that is used to determine the level of performance and development of local government units (LGU) in the Philippines. The DILG provincial office was able to capacitate the participants in developing and strengthening management capabilities in handling, organising, storing, securing and disposing of relevant data for improved local government operations. "The Project supports and facilitates LGUs’ administrative and planning operation for effective governance and public service. It is a practical approach to data management in support to decision making, problem solving and seeking opportunities with the ultimate goal of effective public service delivery," said Imelda Aquino, Chief of the local government capability unit.

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 02/04/2013

TOP↑

 

The Philippines to Deploy Smart Bus Management System

 

The Metropolitan Manila Development Authority (MMDA), on January 31, has implemented the pilot project of Bus Management and Dispatch System (BMDS) as the first bus reduction programme in the country that use biometrics to manage bus drivers. The BMDS will be pilot-tested at the bus dispatch terminal of the MMDA at Fairview, Quezon City, and twelve more satellite stations will be established all over Metro Manila later this year.  "Our aim is to instill discipline among PUB drivers and make them aware that we at the MMDA, together with other agencies, are capable of monitoring them, especially their driving behaviour," MMDA Chairman Francis Tolentino said, noting the spate of fatal road accidents last year involving public utility buses (PUBs).  The BMDS is an improved system that can dispatch public buses from four MMDA terminal based on passenger demand and current traffic situation on each day. The programme is partnered with private sector who run the bus companies. PUB drivers are required to be identified by finger-scanning at the dispatch terminals prior to being allowed to ply their routes.

 

A PUB Driver’s Databank has been created by the MMDA to contain the personal information of each registered driver, the bus company he or she is employed, and the number of individual unsettled traffic violations. There are a total of 3,471 city buses operated by 105 firms registered in the database, which is linked with other agencies such as Land Transport Office, Land Transportation Franchising & Regulatory Board, and National Bureau of Investigation, for sharing the data. According to the MMDA chairman, only drivers with less than three pending traffic violations will be dispatched from the terminal. “Those with more than three should settle their traffic violation tickets first before being allowed to ply their routes.” The PUBs will be fielded every ten minutes during peak hours and fifteen minutes during non-peak hours, from each BMDS terminal. The BMDS will cut the excess number of city buses in operation to improve traffic situation, and get rid of unregistered buses or locally known as ‘colorum’ buses. The MMDA now has four major dispatch terminals, which are South Station in Alabang and Coastal Mall in Paranaque, Malabon and Robinson’s Fairview in the North.

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 02/08/2013

TOP↑

 

The Philippines Introduces App for Vocational Education

 

The Technical Education and Skills Development Authority (TESDA), the Philippines has launched a mobile app to make available information on technical vocational education and training to the public. A TESDA app is a free application available for download through Google’s Play for Android enabled devices. The iOS version of the same is pending for Apple’s approval. "Being able to reach people to get information on technical vocational education and training wherever they are provides a whole new level of speed, efficiency and convenience to promoting Tesda services," TESDA Director-General Joel Villanueva said.  The TESDA app will provide information on the agency’s programmes and services, as well as the training institutions with TESDA-approved courses offerings, their locations, and contact details. Also, it will update the latest news on TESDA programmes, scholarships, and other services. "With this innovation, Tesda is reinventing the Filipinos’ access to Philippine Technical Vocational Education and Training System (TVET) and potential employment," he added. An offline mode is available on the app after the database has been successfully downloaded to the device. It can also be used to search for available courses and contact details of the school. However, users need to connect to the Internet if they want to use the News feed, and Map function, according to him.

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 02/11/2013

TOP↑

 

SINGAPORE: Wants More Interoperable Health Data - Survey

 

The Patient Satisfaction Survey 2012 recently launched by Singapore’s Ministry of Health (MOH) revealed the patients’ expectation to see improvement in better coordination of care and transfer of information among the health-care institutions. The MOH said it will continue to work on ensuring the patients experience seamless transfer from acute hospitals to community care facilities, while the National Electronic Health Records will help enhance the flow of patients’ medical records across both public and selected private sector entities. Also, the Survey showed the patients’ dissatisfaction over the waiting times at health care institutions. The MOH has tried to improve this area through its Community Health Assist Scheme launched in January to allow more patients to seek subsidised medical treatment with General Practitioners near their homes.  The majority of public hospitals and polyclinics have received an increase in service satisfaction levels compared to two years ago, said the Survey.  Among the hospitals, Khoo Tech Puat Hospital achieved the best results at 83 per cent, followed by Alexandra Hospital at 79 per cent, and Tan Tock Seng Hospital at 77 per cent, said the MOH.

 

Singapore General Hospital made the largest improvement of seven percentage points to score 74 per cent. Singaporean patients were particularly satisfied with the performance of hospitals’ Specialist Outpatient Clinics, according to the MOH Clinics at six out of seven hospitals registered improvements in the level of service rendered. Polyclinics continued to improve on their previous scores with the overall satisfaction levels for the National Healthcare Group Polyclinics going up by two percentage points to 82 per cent and SingHealth polyclinics also up by two percentage points to 77 per cent. Clementi Polyclinic (89 per cent), Jurong Polyclinic (87 per cent) and Hougang Polyclinic (86 per cent) achieved the best results among the polyclinics this year. Tan Tock Seng Hospital is tops when it comes to service at Specialist Outpatient Clinics, moving up from third spot on 2010. The Patient Satisfaction Survey 2012 was commissioned by the Ministry of Health and carried out by an independent survey company, with more than 12,000 patients took part in the survey from June to September 2012.

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 12/12/2012

TOP↑

 

Intelligence Software Brought into Classroom

 

Singapore’s Nanyang Polytechnic (NYP) has adopted real-time operational intelligence software into the classroom to equip students with skills needed for managing big data effectively, especially massive streams of machine data. "Students need to understand the power of deriving insights from machine-generated data across the IT infrastructure and enterprise systems that run the business, and be able to see and solve operational and security-related challenges proactively," said Director Lai Poh Hing from School of Information Technology, the NYP. In collaboration with Splunk—a US based provider for real-time operational intelligence, the project has began in April with students in courses such as Specialist Diploma in IT Security, Information Security, and Information Technology. More than 150 Students have received hands-on training with Splunk software in relevant course modules annually. This will establish a platform for NYP’s industry partners to engage students in projects that would leverage Splunk’s patent technologies. The collaboration will also prepare students for high-value jobs, and facilitate industry attachments for students at local and international offices, according to him.

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 12/28/2012

TOP↑

 

THAILAND: Schools Pilot E-classroom Project

 

Two government secondary schools in Bangkok have piloted a Future Classroom Project to encourage the students to enhance the latest innovative technologies as learning tools and preparing for the government’s roll out of free tablet pc for the seventh graders in 2013. Taweethapisek School and Wat Rachathiwas School, in collaboration with the Office of the Basic Education Commission and Intel Corp, are working on a trial project for grade seven classrooms on adopting education IT solution as part of supporting the government’s One Tablet Per Child (OTPC) policy. The Future Classroom model is an education IT solution tailored for one-to-one e-learning in classrooms starting on the first of December 2012. Under this pilot project, ICT infrastructure including content distribution network, firewall, content catching and classroom management is supported by Intel together with its Learning Series 1-to-1 e-lLearning Professional Development Programme to train teachers using Intel Teach. This is to address the challenges of internet connectivity and content accessibility at the two schools.

 

E-Learning hardware such as 10 units of 10-inch screen tablets have been provide to Wat Rachathiwas School’s standard one class and a class of autistic students, and Taweethapisek School’s standard one class during the pilot period between December 2013 and January 2013. The evaluation of the outcome will be in February. The tablets are equipped with classroom management software programme, which allows teachers to monitor on the devices used during the class. Using the content distribution solution, a team of pedagogical experts select and create appropriate content. The content gets automatically pushed from a central server to the server appliance, which is located at each school. There the content is accessible to the students and teacher via the local area Wi-Fi network, which is fast and reliable regardless of the school Internet connection. The server appliance also provides firewall protection, caching, and other networking services that every school requires. With one-time configuration, the server appliance requires no further support to maintain its performance, and is even remotely accessible should a problem arise. Students can access learning content from the Office of the Basic Education Commission and Intel’s provided content from Skoool, Wikipedia, and Khan Academy through the server appliance of the school.

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 12/05/2012

TOP↑

 

Thailand to Launch Disaster Warning App

 

National Disaster Warning Centre (NDWC) under Thailand’s Ministry of ICT will launch a mobile application for disaster warning alert, said NDWC director Group Captain Somsak Khaosuwan. “We are now progressing the development of this new app that would warn everything about disaster warnings and provide related information such as disaster monitoring, and water flow,” said Khaosuwan. The launch of the disaster warning app is expected to be on December 26, in memory of the 8th anniversary of devastating Tsunami that killed over 230,000 people in fourteen countries around Indian Ocean including Thailand. The application will be available for download on both iOS and Android enabled mobile devices.

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 12/11/2012

TOP↑

 

Thai Government to Optimise Smart ID to Connect with Farmers

 

Thailand’s Agriculture and Cooperatives Ministry (MOAC) and four other government agencies yesterday agreed to collaborate in setting up a “One ID Card for Smart Farmers” scheme, in which the registration will start in March. A memorandum of understanding was signed on January 17, by the MOAC, the ICT Ministry, Interior and Natural Resources and Environment Ministry, and the Electronic Government Agency. 'One ID Card for Smart Farmers' scheme is under the MOAC’s ‘Smart Farmer/Smart Officer’ policy, that aimed to increase the quality of government services to farmers, said Komsan Jumroonpong, Director of the MOAC’s ICT Centre. Prime Minister Yingluck Shinawatra said quality of life for 12.6 million farmers and 7.2 households nationwide will be improved through this project as it would enhance the collaboration among the give government agencies for the integration of data.

 

Starting this year, a survey of farmers will be conducted to compile a database. With the precise farmer database, Helps during disaster, useful information and knowledge transfer will be made possible via Internet-protocol TV and ICT centres in the communities nationwide. The completed database will be kept on the G-Cloud to reduce the overlapping work in technological development. The data will be shared via the Government Information Network (GIN). Both G-Cloud and GIN are provided by the EGA. "I think the One ID Card for Smart Farmers project will drive and improve government services to farmers and reduce the gap between them and officials," Yingluck said. "It also will reduce complexity and corruption. Moreover, it enables the creation of zoning for agriculture for long-term sustainability." The next step, the government will be able to optimise the global information system to plan the zone for agriculture and monitor plantation productivity thoroughly.

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 01/19/2013

TOP↑

 

Thai Traffic Police Engages Motorists Via E-Survey

 

The Royal Thai Police Headquarters used an online survey to receive input from motorists to identify Bangkok’s worst traffic congestion spots and the factors contributing to jams. Deputy Bangkok Police Chief Pol Maj Gen Worasak Nopsitthiporn revealed that the e-survey, conducted over the past week, showed major intersections with the worst congestion. They are Asok, Sukhumvit Soi 24, Sukhumvit Soi 26, Surasak-Sathon, Silom, Narinthon, Kae Rai, Pongpet, Pratunam, Makkasan, Nana, Phloenchit, Chalerm Phao and Pathumwan.  Some entire roads were subjected to traffic congestion, namely Lat Phrao, Phahon Yothin, Ramkhamhaeng, Sukhumvit, Phetchaburi, Nana (Sukhumvit Soi 3), Ratchadamri, Rama I, Ratchaprarop, Phaya Thai, Silom, Sathon, Yaowarat, Charoen Krung, Prasert Manukit, Pradit Manutham, Rama IX, Asok-Din Daeng, Asok-Montri, Ratchadaphisek, Rama IV, Ratchaphruek, Kalapaphruek, Ngam Wong Wan, Rattanathibet, Krungthep-Non, Pracha Chuen, Chaeng Watthana, Ram Intra and Srinakarin.

 

The respondents to the e-survey said that traffic congestion on motorists using the same roads to access department stores, schools, government offices, and fair venues where there is not enough parking space. The situation is made worse when drivers violate traffic laws, they said and continued that offences that cause congestion include driving against the flow of traffic, ignoring parking bans and making sharp turns. In response to the e-survey’s feedback, Pol Maj Gen Nopsitthiporn has managed to order traffic police to take strict action violators of give main offences in an effort to improve the congestion. "They are driving against traffic flow, driving on footpaths, double-parking, making sudden turns and running red lights,” he said.

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 02/13/2013

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

BANGLADESH: Access to ICT to Disabled Stressed

 

Dhaka, Dec 12 (UNB) – Speakers at a roundtable here called for ensuring access to Information and Communication Technology (ICT) to the persons with disabilities for improving their condition.  The use and development of ICT is rising day by day in the country. But its access to the disabled is very limited, which hampered their development, they said addressing the roundtable in the city on Wednesday. Centre for Services and Information on Disability (CSID) organized the roundtable titled “Access of Persons with Disabilities to ICT” at Bangladesh Computer Council Bhaban at Agargaon. Nazrul Islam Khan, Secretary, Ministry of Information and Communication Technology (ICT), attended the programme as the chief guest.

 

Moderated by Monsur Ahmed Chowdhury, Member, UN Committee on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities and vice chairman of CSID, the roundtable was addressed by Dr. Gyanendra Nath Biswas, Executive Director, Bangladesh Computer Council, Fahmida Mariam, Regional Director, South Asia, Sightsavers and Bitalie T Islam, Country Director, Handicap International, and CSID Executive Director Khandakar Jahurul Alam. Addressing on the occasion, the speakers called upon the government to take necessary steps for including the persons with disabilities into the mainstream ICT sector in order to bring them into the mainstream of the country’s development. Non-government organizations should also come forward in this regard, they said. A number of persons with disabilities were also present on the occasion.

From http://www.unbconnect.com 12/12/2012

TOP↑

 

INDIA: License Goes Online

 

The primary aim of the e-Parwana is to provide hassle-free licenses for dealers and manufacturers of agricultural inputs namely, seeds, fertilizers and insecticides. Radhakrishna Vikhe Patil, Minister of Agriculture and Marketing, Maharashtra, is the main inspiring force behind the application. Considerable efforts have also been made by Umakant Dangat, Commissioner of Agriculture, Maharashtra and Dr. S. S. Adsul, Director (Input and Quality Control), Department of Agriculture, Maharashtra. The application has been developed by Kailash Elekar, Senior Scientist, NIC, Pune. Not an easy way. The project is mainly targeted at rural areas where internet penetration is much less as compared to urban areas. Majority of dealer license holders are from rural area. Vijay Ghawate, Nodal Officer for the application, says, “Training of the 35 licensing authorities in areas of seeds, fertilizers and pesticides was a big task which was completed in a phased manner and today, all of them are using the application.”

 

Other stakeholders such as dealers, manufacturers and farmers were motivated to use e-Parwana by integrating the service with m-Governance. MahaAgri SMS service provides timely information regarding license validity and application status. Online help is also being provided on the website. Helpdesk at Director (Input), Commissionerate of Agriculture, has also been set up for the stakeholders. Bridging the gap.The application has brought transparency in the licensing process as the database is accessible in public domain. It has helped to use licensee information more precisely at same time, reducing the time required for license issuance. Response to the project from rural andsemi urban users is overwhelming. Previously manufacturers and dealers had to travel a long distance for obtaining or renewing their license. It was a time-consuming manual process. Introduction of e-Parwana have eased the things. Around 6,616 people have applied for license till date and 1,874 licensed are issued online.

 

Best is yet to come. “The department of agriculture is working on online submission of license fees through an online payment gateway. Implementation of statutory requirements like submission of monthly sales return, inspection and sampling will be done in next few months,” says Ghawate.

• MSR (Monthly Sales Return): This will be implemented in next couple of months. Once implemented, it will become easy to predict requirement of inputs well in advance i.e. before season and accordingly authorities can plan the distribution in advance.

• Product Information: This system will help farmers get information about agriculture products. Farmers will get information about price, recommendations from manufacturer/producer of inputs. This information will be accessible even from mobiles.

• e-Lab: The application will be integrated with State Input Testing Laboratories. e-Lab will computerise quality control of inputs (seeds, fertilizers, insecticides). These results will be made available in public domain to help farmers take informed decision.

• e-Inspector: This application will computerise quality control works such as inspection and sampling. It will help quality control inspectors to get sample results instantly and take action within prescribed timeframe, perform their duties as per various acts, orders and notifications.

 

The department has created a standard set of documents required for various licenses. While formulating the standard set, redundant documents have been deleted from the essential set. Applicants need to present the documents prescribed in the set. While e-Parwana is more business-centric, Maharashtra’s agriculture department also provides a wide range of consumer-centric online applications with most of the information available in Marathi. Farmers can access information such as market rates of commodities, agricultural statistics and new technologies in the field of agriculture and horticulture.

From http://egov.eletsonline.com 01/08/2013

TOP↑

 

Policing Takes a Giant Leap Through CC TNS

 

In the current law and order scenario of the country, the CCTNS Mission Mode Project appears to have a very significant importance for crime control. Please tell us how did the concept of CCTNS evolve? The CCTNS (Crime and Criminal Tracking Network and Systems) Programme has been conceived as a Mission Mode Project fully sponsored by the Government of India under the National e-Governance Plan. CCTNS has evolved from the knowledge and learnings gathered from the erstwhile Common Integrated Police Application (CIPA) programme. CIPA had been initiated to computerise and automate the functioning of police stations with a view to bringing in efficiency and transparency in various processes and functions at the police station level and improve service delivery to the citizens. However, the CIPA programme was found to be progressing too slowly.

 

Also it was talking about only computerisation; it did not have the power for facilitating exchange of information. Even after the computerisation, the various police stations around the country would have remained like isolated islands. Around 2009, we came to this realisation that we need to go beyond CIPA. So based on all the best practices that were available at that point of time and on the advice of DietY, we went in for the CCTNS programme. CIPA has since been subsumed into the CCTNS programme. The goals of the system are to facilitate collection, storage, retrieval, analysis, transfer and sharing of data and information at the police station and between the police station and the state headquarters and the Central Police Organisations.

 

How smooth has been the experience of bringing CCTNS programme to the country so far? Actually we have found that the existing process of procurement is a major stumbling block in the speedy implementation of CCTNS. Many states are finding it difficult to finalise the System Integrators (SI) for the implementation of CCTNS. The System Integrator has to be hired for supplying the software, the hardware, customising the software, integrate the entire set of processes and systems and also maintain the SLAs. The CCTNS is being planned in such a way that while the policy making is centralised, the actual implementation is being done at the state level. Now states have very little exposure to procurement of this kind, so there are obvious hiccups. Some states had to go through a lengthy process; at times RFP (Request for Proposals) had to be issued three or four times. We did lot of capacity building for facilitating progress in the actual implementation. We also appointed project management units. We also had some issues with our own applications, but these have by now been resolved.

 

By when can we expect CCTNS to be fully implemented in the country? How much work has already been done, and how much remains to be done? Most states in the country have now been able to select their System Integrators and so rapid progress is currently being made in the implementation. In various states the project is under different stages of implementation. For instance, the state of Karnataka has already completed its entire implementation. They are now at the cusp of bringing into operation their entire system of CCTNS. At the same time we have some states where the work is yet to start. It’s like a normal distribution curve, some people are very far ahead, and some are yet to start their operations.

 

What about the data centres that will be needed for CCTNS? Are they fully operational? All the data centres have been brought up. The disaster recovery centres have also been brought up. All issues related to connectivity, permissions, etc., have also been resolved. The linking up of data centres with the NCRB is also complete. This is one major activity that has been completed. However, the issue that we are facing now is that of man management in data digitisation. This is a very heavy task as we have stipulated that the data for at least last 10 years should be digitised. Mostly the cases related to crime, property and the like, that are being digitised. The minor issues are not being digitised at the moment. The thing is that if a police station has at least 10 years of legacy data with itself, it will be able to function more smoothly.

 

We are further improving our processes by implementing the lessons that we have learned so far. About 10 percent of the work for CCTNS has already been done. By 31st March of this year another 30 percent will get done. By end of June 2013 we would like to complete another 40 percent. And the remaining 10 percent we would like to finish by end of August this year. We still have a few remotest police stations that are yet to come on the VSAT or the WiMAX. That will be resolved in next five or six months. We also face issues as many police stations are in the process of either being shifted, constructed or are not having enough space. These issues also need to be addressed. Do you think that lack of electricity in certain areas can also be a cause for concern? That is the case. Police stations in remote areas often have to do without any power supply for days. CCTNS would intend to embrace all available platforms, including mobile phones. Emergency or intelligence alerts would be sent to senior police officers via SMS alerts under the system.

 

Any application software is always a work in progress. It has to be constantly updated with new features. How do you ensure that the applications and hardware deployed in CCTNS do not become stagnant and keep evolving through new knowledge? The security systems deployed like Firewalls, etc., are built into the system so that is not an issue. But the fact is that the end users of CCTNS have the habit of constantly changing the goal posts. New requirements and requests keep coming in and that has to be implemented. Constantly enhancing the software does become a bit of a constraint. “CC TNS has evolved from knowledge gathered from the erstwhile Common Integrated Police Application (CIPA) programme”

 

What about the issue of language? Different states have different languages, so how does CCTNS centralise the data that is in different languages? Many of the states are operating in Hindi or English. However, we do have states that are operating in regional languages like Marathi, Gujarati, Telgu, Tamil, and few others. Now we have transliteration software available with C-DAC. It does not do the translation, it only does transliteration. This software is expected to start providing more accurate results with usage. As you keep using and as you make new inputs, the system keeps improving on its own. At times people in the country are unable to receive copies of the FIRs. This problem will get resolved with the CCTNS through which it is being said that people can download copies of the FIRs filed. But what is being done to take care of the privacy related issues?

There are lot of legal issues that are involved in this. Privacy issues are also there. How much information can you put on the internet? How much can people access? How much can they download We have also contemplated the idea of putting digital signatures on the FIRs filed online. You see, if you want people to file an FIR online, you have to be in a position to be able to ascertain the identity of the person. Otherwise we could have miscreants filing online FIRs just to create a nuisance in the society. These issues are coming up, and we are hopeful that we will soon be able to sort out these issues. Ultimately the CCTNS system will be coming up on the National e-Governance Service Delivery Gateway (NSDG). The states will be coming up on the SSDG. Through these platforms lot of citizen services will become available, thus leading to more transparency and accountability. For the services like passports, driving licences, etc., we will be able to conduct verification of the individuals in a quick and seamless manner. The past records of any citizen can be examined very easily.

 

CCTNS is also expected to improve the crime detection and investigation mechanism in the country by bringing many new tools and technologies to the police. Please provide us your views on this. The most useful technology would be that of fingerprinting. We are developing an Automatic Finger Print Identification and Management System. A facial recognition system is also going to be implemented. We are also going to develop the system of mobile terminals, so that when people go to a scene of crime, they can record their experiences in a digital medium on the spot, instead of having to come back to their station and typing it on the computer. The GIS technology will be used to identify the location from where a particular call is coming.

From http://egov.eletsonline.com 02/06/2013

TOP↑

 

Govt to Set Up 500 Community Radio Stations by 2017

 

New Delhi: The Centre has proposed to set up 500 community radio stations by the end of 2017 under the 12th Five Year Plan. For this the Centre has decided to provide Rs 100 crore as financial support to the new initiative. Out of this, Rs.90 crore had been earmarked for financial support to these stations and the remaining Rs.10 crore for training, capacity building and awareness activities, Minister for Information and Broadcasting Manish Tewari said. A “road map” would also be prepared to provide assistance for operating community radio stations, he added.

From http://egov.eletsonline.com 02/12/2013

TOP↑

 

E-Stamping Introduced in All Delhi District Courts

 

New Delhi: The Delhi government has introduced electronic-stamping facility in all the six district courts while doing away with stamp papers of all denominations. “The move is aimed at ensuring hassle-free transactions and prevents fraudulent practices. The exercise for all six district courts has been completed within just three weeks,” Chief Minister Sheila Dikshit said. With this, Delhi has become the first state in the country to introduce e-court fee in all its district courts, the Delhi Chief Minister added. She said this was a major step forward in the direction of a modern judicial system and an e-Governed state. It is a unique system, which enables the public and lawyers to get a court fee receipt of exact denomination, irrespective of the amount, thus, making the entire process of remitting court fee entirely paper-free.

From http://egov.eletsonline.com 02/13/2013

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

ARMENIA: Artsakh President - IT Development to Start from Primary School Level

 

On December 2, President of the Artsakh Republic Bako Sahakyan received a group of participants of the “Meeting of Leaders of Information and Communication Technologies” forum held in Nagorno Karabakh. In his speech President Sahakyan noted that special attention was attached to the development of information technologies, with the stance based on various economic, scientific and political factors. He stressed IT sector as the crucial component of economic globalization and integration processes, adding that the development of information technologies enable young people to engage in highly intellectual and well-paid activities and continuously improve their professional skills without leaving the homeland. The president hailed the work carried out in Artsakh in that direction, with a number of leading organizations having entered the republic. He further highly assessed the active cooperation between the companies, private sector and educational institutions in IT sector, adding that in the near future the development of the field will begin from the primary initial level through launching educational projects for schoolchildren. Vice prime-minister Arthur Aghabekyan and other officials partook at the meeting, the Central Information Department at the Artsakh President's Office reported.

From http://www.panarmenian.net/ 12/02/2012

TOP↑

 

AZERBAIJAN: Minister - Informatization Level of Educational System to Be Satisfactory

 

Azerbaijani Education Ministry have submitted the next phase of project on informatization of educational system to the government of the country, the Minister of Education Misir Mardanov told reporters on Tuesday. According to the minister, ratification of the project, implementation of which is envisaged within 7 years, is expected. Work on informatization of educational system, connecting schools to the global network and enhancing the skills of teaching staff in the field of information technology will be continued within the project. "The current level of educational system's informatization can be considered as satisfactory, and the level of informatization will grow further with the financing of the field," he said. According to Mardanov, today more than half of teaching staff, about 80.000 teachers, have been trained to enhance their skills in information technology. According to these figures, Azerbaijan exceeds average indicators. As for equipping schools with computer equipment, today one computer falls to the share of 20 students, the minister said. "Our main goal is not to reduce the number, for the computers, issued to schools, to be used for the intended purpose . Also one of the important aspects is to improve the literacy level of teachers in information technology, as well as increasing the number of schools connected to the Internet" Mardanov said.

From http://en.trend.az/ 11/27/2012

TOP↑

 

E-Services for Cargo Transportation Introduced in Azerbaijan

 

By the end of this year, Azerbaijan Railways JSC plans to complete the introduction process of e-services in the field of cargo transportation, the deputy head of Azerbaijan Railways JSC Gurban Nazirov said on Friday during a presentation of the new updated version of the company's official website. According to him, e-services in particular will provide the possibility of determining the disposition and location of freight carriages in the entire railway network. Online services will also include services such as tariff determination, which depends upon on route and distance, and the ability to make online orders of carriages needed to transport goods. Nazirov noted that all this will facilitate and accelerate the process of goods transportation by rail. Previously the company introduced a system of online ticket sales. On May 23, 2011, Azerbaijani President Ilham Aliyev signed a decree 'On some measures in the sphere of provision of electronic services to government agencies' according to which the Cabinet of Ministers was instructed to determine the rules for conduction of electronic services by central state agencies and the types of e-services in particular fields. According to Nazirov, within the renovation of the Internet site, all necessary work has been carried out in order to make it more informative and accessible to users. Also, opportunities for further expansion of electronic services were considered.

From http://en.trend.az/ 12/07/2012

TOP↑

 

Some 11,000 People Visited Azerbaijani www.b2b.az Portal Services in 2012

 

Some 11,000 people used e-commerce portal www.b2b.az in 2012, created in Azerbaijan to support entrepreneurs smooth entry to the market, the Economic Development Ministry said on Tuesday. Besides Azerbaijani citizens, citizens from other countries such as Russia, the USA, Turkey, China, Ukraine, Germany, Kazakhstan, India, Belarus, Great Britain, Indonesia, France, Georgia, Iran, Italy, United Arab Emirates used the site. Business proposals posted on the website include those in economic spheres such as food industry, logistics, ICT, educational services and others. www.b2b.az portal was created by the Azerbaijani Economic Development Ministry with the support of the German Society for International Cooperation (GIZ).

From http://en.trend.az/ 01/15/2013

TOP↑

 

Nearly 90% of Tax Declarations in Azerbaijan Submitted Electronically

 

Ministry of Taxes of Azerbaijan provides more than a half of its services in electronic form. This was said by First Deputy Minister of Taxes, Natig Amirov, at a press conference on Tuesday. "Among all government agencies, we provide the largest number of e-services - 57 units. In 2012, the ministry received 88.5 million manat through e-services," Amirov said. According to him, in November-December 2012, 859,000 legal entities with local capital registered online. Today, the country offers the possibility of registration of legal entities - limited liability companies with local capital, the weight of which is 85 percent of the total number of commercial entities. In the future, online registration of joint ventures and enterprises with 100 percent foreign capital will also be possible in Azerbaijan. "In 2012, the ministry started document circulation with six more banks, bringing the total to 37," Amirov said. According to him, in 2012, the ministry received 1.248 million tax declarations, 89.9 percent of which were filed electronically.

From http://en.trend.az/ 01/22/2013

TOP↑

 

Central E-Library System to Be Implemented in Azerbaijan

 

Automated Library Information System of Azerbaijan (ALISA) was developed with the corresponding order of Ministry of Culture and Tourism of Azerbaijan Republic, ULTRA company said in its report on Thursday. Various scattered library systems is implementing in Azerbaijan at the moment and there is no integration and standard approach among these systems. It was the main purpose to create the Unit Centralized Library Information system by the means of the latest technologies which allow to automatize and simplifiy library processes and reader-library relations and to integrate with other world library systems. The Unit Centralized Library Information system conditional consists of two parts. The part opened for the public - The Unit Centralized Library portal and administrative, software part considered for internal use. All elements of the system have been developed by Ultra on the latest Oracle platform. This system has already began to be implemented within the pilot project in three Baku city region central libraries - Khatai CLS, Narimanov CLS and Sabail CLS. During the ALISA system implementation that has easy interface for user, Ultra company's experts collaborate with the libraries closely, the trainings are conducted to the library employees and during the implementation the complete support is fulfilled. The worlds most advanced library systems experience was profited in the process of the system development and it was developed togather with the library expert team. ALISA system is the web based system which was developed with the implementation of the latest technologies.

 

The system represents all functions in itself for complete automation of any national, private, university, school library processes and it was built on MARC21, ISO2709, UNICODE, Z3950 and other standard and protocols. If we have a short look at the Unit Centralized Library Information systems modules, the system consists of acquisition, cataloque, electronic cataloque, management and organizational structure modules, advanced search, online operations, reservation, circulation, reports and statistics and other modules. ALISA system as a complex project completely automates Ministry control system, internal library processes and library-reader realtions and makes it possible to create necessary environment for all these automation processes. So any reader without coming to the library selects any library and get registered, then he comes to the corresponding library and gets reader card - he can use this plastic card in all libraries, he can order online and reserve any publication and coming to the library he orders the reserved publication, he follows the order status in the electronic queue monitor, he takes the order, when he gives back the order, he returns the book to the library by means of the special library equipments. The management of the library can see any report about internal processes of the library. Ministry of Culture and Tourism of Azerbaijan Republic controls all libraries and can get any report. This step that was taken to develop Azerbaijan library system will lead Azerbaijan library system to become the most advanced library system and this system integrate will be integrated with the worlds library systems.

From http://en.trend.az/ 02/14/2013

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

AUSTRALIA: Gov Launches Mobile App for Health

 

Australian government health minister, Tanya Plibersek, has unveiled a US$4.9 million (AUD$4.9 million) internet National Health Services Directory – with information downloads now available from smart phones or Android devices. This National Health Services Directory (NHSD) offers free information to patients about local health services – while supporting anywhere, anytime nationwide coverage. The NHSD is being developed using national and emerging international standards. The project draws on an earlier Victorian Human Services Directory and other directories available around Australia. Supporting health services “on the go,” the on-line directory details the addresses, opening times and phone numbers of GP clinics, pharmacies, emergency departments and hospitals across towns and cities. Once an on-line search is made, services in any given geographic area can be viewed on a Google map. Free downloads are tailored for mobile devices. So far, the directory contains some 14,000 service records that have been checked for accuracy by the Commonwealth’s new primary care network of Medicare Locals.

 

This on-line access is being expanded over the next 12 months. Enhancements feature more detailed information, covering additional types of health services, including allied health providers. “Every parent knows that a trip to the doctor or the emergency department is much more difficult when you’re not familiar with the area or need to find help in the evening,” Minister Plibersek said. “This new internet directory is easy to use and will save people who need fast access to medical care an enormous amount of time and trouble.” Information such as languages spoken, whether they bulk bill, whether new patients are accepted and prerequisites/referral criteria are being added. The directory builds on and consolidates a range of regional healthcare directories. The aim is to provide more detailed and integrated information. Information about public and private health sector providers encompass all Australian states and territories. This service is spearheaded by the National Health Call Centre Network on behalf of, and with the support of, all Australian governments. Partner organisations for this service include the Government of South Australia, Department of Health and Ageing, Department of Health (Western Australia), SA Health, and the National E-Health Transition Authority (NEHTA).

From http://www.futuregov.asia 12/06/2012

TOP↑

 

Aust Wiki Launches Social Media Kit for Disabled

 

The benefits of social media, including Tweets and YouTube, are being extended to people with disabilities under a just-launched initiative by the Brisbane-registered coalition of emergency management professionals, Emergency 2.0 Wiki. Emergency 2.0 Wiki, a voluntary body, has developed an on-line Emergency 2.0 Wiki Accessibility Toolkit. This toolkit is tailored for the sensory and mobility-impaired. Among its features, the toolkit offers tips, resources and apps to overcome the problems of accessing social media for the blind, deaf or physically-restricted. It also offers guidelines for emergency agencies and government. Visually-impaired users of smartphone or other mobile devices will benefit from an “Easy Chirp” service that presents information using an alternative site to Twitter. This makes it easier to monitor emergency notices, or other community news-feeds. Vibrations or flashes also demonstrate on-line information for those with hearing difficulties. Additionally, YouTube videos come equipped with sign language and captions.

 

Eileen Culleton, founder and CEO for Emergency 2.0 Wiki, told FutureGov, it took three months to develop this service. Developers used Media Wiki free software and GoogleDocs information-sharing, collaboration and editing tools. Content was “crowd-sourced” from a global knowledge base, including professionals representing the emergency, government, NGO, and business sectors in Australia, New Zealand, and the US. Dr Scott Hollier, member of the Emergency 2.0 Wiki Accessibility Reference Group, said social media can potentially save lives. But people with disabilities often faced difficulty accessing important messages – as social media was inaccessible in some settings. “For example, the main Twitter website can’t be easily read with a screen reader, the device that reads out information on a screen for people who are blind,” Dr Hollier said. “But important emergency information can be accessed by using an alternative site such as Easy Chirp to read tweets. As people tweet in real time, an accessible app such as Easy Chirp can provide people who are blind with immediate notification of when a fire starts or when flash floods hit a town.” Unlike standard Wiki sites – where collaborating “authors” routinely update posts – the Emergency 2.0 Wiki service has built-in security.

 

Firstly, participants register with a dedicated LinkedIn account. Credentials are cross-checked before access to the network. This network now has 240 professionals from Australia, Asia, Europe, North America, Canada and the Middle East. The Emergency 2.0 Wiki Reference Working Group galvanises expertise from Australia, New Zealand, and the US. This service began as a voluntary initiative of the Gov 2.0 Queensland Community of Practice. It was launched in December 2011 after Queensland’s devastating floods. Social media was widely-used – enabling emergency management field staff, first-responders, medical teams, police and community groups to communicate in real-time across affected locations.

From http://www.futuregov.asia 12/11/2012

TOP↑

 

 

Laying the Groundwork for G-cloud in Australia

 

With an annual budget of US$2 billion, the State Government of New South Wales is taking the first steps towards implementing a state cloud. A new private cloud pilot is underway to test the waters before full-scale migration. The Government of New South Wales is moving towards managing the cost of running ICT infrastructure while delivering agency-wide savings. In October 2012, the State Government launched a private cloud pilot to help agencies migrate to this platform. This pilot underscores continued interest in cloud services — while enabling end-users to benefit from a pay-per-use model and utilise scalable services. This cloud pilot, led by the New South Wales (NSW) Department of Finance and Services, lays the foundations for a broader adoption of cloud services over the next three years. NSW’s Minister for Finance, Greg Pearce, says the NSW Government is responsible for a large annual ICT budget. This budget is estimated at US$2 billion (AU$2 billion) a year.

 

“Our first public cloud pilot will scope the potential of cloud computing,” Minister Pearce says. “We want to deliver leadership in the ICT sector. The goal is to transform the NSW public service into a modern and efficient government, built around a well-defined governance framework.” A “whole-of-government cloud strategy” is influenced by governance requirements and industry-wide consultations — while offering a sound foundation for innovation. Cloud computing offers a cost-effective model to provision agency-wide services. This platform is supported by the State Government’s ICT Strategy for 2012, which explores the potential of cloud computing, among other platforms, while setting new goals and timelines for ICT procurement and policy reforms. An initial cloud pilot enables participating agencies to scope out the pros and cons of hosting data in a private cloud. This approach minimises upfront risks and builds on feedback.

 

Over the past 18 months, the NSW Department of Finance and Services has actively consulted with government and industry about ICT procurement reforms and policy direction, Minister Pearce observes. The decision to move to broader cloud services is influenced, in large part, by “governance procedures” while ensuring this investment enhances productivity and efficiency.

 

Refining the G-cloud roadmap

The NSW Government’s ICT Strategy notes that cloud computing models are being adopted by governments worldwide. Early-on adopters include the US, UK and New Zealand. Australian Federal and State governments are also building the business case for cloud services. “Cloud services are in common use across industry,” this strategy notes. “It is timely for the NSW Government to capture the benefits of a system where IT services can be procured on demand.” Among other benefits, cloud technologies offer governments a chance to deliver significant cost savings. These savings stem from reduced capital expenditure, adopting a pay-per-use model, and being able to use highly-resilient and scalable services. Interest in the cloud is supported by being able to leverage small portions of a larger infrastructure built around ‘on-demand’ offerings. Among service offerings, agencies are exploring infrastructure-as-a-service (IaaS), platform-as-a-service (PaaS), and software-as-a-service (SaaS). Among the trends, Australians are increasingly using cloud-sourced services and software to work, to connect with one another, and for recreation. Increasingly, governments are weighing in with the cloud as a platform of choice.

 

Creating a trusted cloud environment

Establishing a trusted government cloud — that is private and available to agencies — is a first step toward broader migration plans. A pilot offers a low-risk launch pad to migrate to a public cloud, as service offerings mature, and better trust is established. The NSW Government’s cloud deployment offers a staged rollout — firstly, starting with a private cloud pilot. This model will be refined and modified, drawing on feedback and consultation. But clarity is needed about whether agencies should tap into public or private clouds, while tackling security, privacy and data sovereignty concerns. This is especially the case where data reside off-shore or under arrangements with multinational solutions providers. William Murphy, Executive Director, ICT Policy, Department of Finance and Services, says: “We need to appreciate how to better work with challenges involving cloud computing. There are also privacy and security issues that need to be addressed.”

 

He observes that some agencies are already using the public cloud for recruitment and educational purposes. “Cloud sourcing is part of the broader ICT strategy, but it remains for agencies to decide which procurement models suit them best.” Cloud and related ICT services must be made available to agencies in a way that is both “accessible and meaningful to their businesses,” adds Murphy.

 

Assessing risks in the cloud

On other fronts, the NSW Government plans a “comprehensive risk assessment” in relation to how public information is managed, stored, and maintained by cloud providers. There are some classifications of government information that may be unsuitable for access through a cloud-based service, or hosting information at off-shore data centres. To tackle security concerns, the NSW Government established its initial limited “private cloud” for agencies – as underlined by the launch of the October 2012 pilot project.

 

Canvassing key ICT reforms

New South Wales’ broader ICT reforms are the most comprehensive to date. The State’s focus, starting in 2012, maximises the use of technology across key agencies that are at the forefront of service delivery. Overall, the NSW Government’s ICT strategy has involved talking to key cluster agencies about new platforms to deploy. These agencies’ portfolios include Treasury, Trade and Investment, Health, Education and Communities, as well as Transport. At present, the NSW Government employs over 300,000 staff.

From http://www.futuregov.asia 01/08/2013

TOP↑

 

Social Media Drives Aust Emergency Management

 

The up-take of social media continues to grow in Australia – with direct benefits for emergency management teams, and people in affected area, says a study by Queensland University of Technology’s Centre of Excellence for Creative Industries and Innovation. This study tracked social media participation patterns during Queensland’s devastating floods in 2011. Findings reinforce emergency services’ growing reliance on social media to disseminate information. Social media was widely used during Queensland’s floods. This initiative earned the state’s emergency authorities recognition for use of Twitter and Facebook – while improving coverage and response times. Project researchers included Associate Professor Axel Bruns and Dr Jean Burgess, Associate Professor from Queensland University of Technology (QUT). Researchers from the University of New South Wales were also involved.

 

QUT’s Associate Professor, Axel Bruns, told FutureGov Magazine the Queensland flood study is part of a series of projects exploring the use of social media for emergencies. He says that Twitter and Facebook was used widely throughout the floods. End-users encompassed emergency services, including Queensland Police, Brisbane City Council, and news channels like the Australian Broadcasting Corporation. Tens of thousands of citizens also tapped into Twitter and Facebook to warn or to help one another. Professor Bruns heads a team of researchers from QUT and University of New South Wales. This team is tracking crisis communication and social media trends. “We want to drill into the detail of this communication, especially how social media is used in a crisis,” Professor Bruns says. This tracking goes beyond superficial commentary – while looking more closely at feeds from citizens in affected areas, rather than general observations.

 

“We are starting to use analytics tools for access to more specific information about unfolding events. This tracking mechanism helps us work with emergency teams – and share data that is meaningful for tactical responses.” Analytics data is being shared with emergency management teams. This enables them to gain detailed insights, as the situation changes. “This research goes beyond generic comments, and will help influence future policy decisions.” The QUT has recently received a $160,000 three-year grant to look in detail at social media trends, and how to use findings to influence policy decisions and emergency planning. This month, Australian eastern seaboard states are struggling to cope with major bushfires. Social media is being used across affected states to collect, share and distribute information. The Commonwealth Scientific and Industrial Research Organisation (CSIRO), Australia’s national science agency, is also tracking social media trends and patterns, specific to bushfires. This agency estimates that 12.5 million tweets have been sent relating to bush-fires. The CSIRO is analysing Tweets to track new fires, and help with emergency responses. This information-gathering relies on analytics tools to build awareness, and analyse patterns in an unpredictable and fast-changing environment.

From http://www.futuregov.asia 01/11/2013

TOP↑

 

Aust Gov Launches Mobile App for Seniors

 

Australia’s growing band of “grey nomads” or travelling senior citizens can now track their age pensions, and other benefits, using a mobile app launched by the Department of Human Services. This Express Plus Seniors App is available for free from an App Store on iPhone, iPad and iPod touch or at iTunes app stores. An Android version can be accessed through Google Play. This app enables end users to transact with government with a shorter turnaround time. This is especially useful when dealing with Centrelink – the Australian government’s peak benefits delivery agency. This agency earlier recorded 1.7 million calls to its seniors phone line – with each call taking an average of seven minutes. Much of that business is now expected to take a minute or so using a mobile app. More than 600,000 of Australia’s 2.2 million pensioners are already registered to use Centrelink’s online services. Government officials say a mobile app will make a difference to a large group of Australians that rely on benefits.

 

Increasingly, senior citizens are heading off to see Australia or travel overseas. This group of self-proclaimed “grey nomads” comprise tech-savvy baby boomers that use mobile communications to stay connected and manage their personal affairs. Among its features, the latest mobile app enables citizens to subscribe to online letters, as well as store letters and documents in a secure information ‘vault’. They can capture and upload documents rather than having to post hard copies. Pensioners will also be able to view and update personal details, claim an advance and request Centrelink statements. Express Plus Seniors is the latest app developed by the Department of Human Services. This offering joins three other recently-released popular apps. These are Express Plus Families, Express Plus Students, and Express Plus Job Seekers. Combined, these services have been downloaded more than 200,000 times.

From http://www.futuregov.asia 01/04/2013

TOP↑

 

Tenders Available Through New App in Australia

 

The Northern Territory Government in Australia released a new smartphone application for businesses yesterday as part of its efforts to modernise the government tender system. The app, available for free for Android and iOS-enabled devices, will provide information about government quotations and tenders. Users can view and track quotes and tenders, and set preferences to receive alerts and notifications. “The app will provide easy access to current tenders and future opportunities released each week”, said Adam Giles, Minister for Corporate and Information Services. “Tender information will now be available whenever and wherever it suits business. The application is the first of its kind nationally for government procurement.” The app is part of the government efforts to make it easier to do business with the government, and assist efficient and secure access to government information online. Key upgrades to the Quotations and Tenders Online system were also launched last week as part of these efforts. The enhancements include the creation of a single system to view and lodge quotations and tenders and a new feature to store standard responses to tender specifications.

From http://www.futuregov.asia 02/15/2013

TOP↑

 

NEW ZEALAND: Broadband Cost 'Too High' - Survey

 

More than 60 per cent of New Zealanders believe they're paying too much for broadband. And despite the nationwide rollout of ultra fast broadband (UFB), 43 per cent say they don't know the difference between that and what they already have, according to a Canstar Blue survey released today. More than 1800 broadband account holders were questioned about their online habits. Telecommunications Users Association of New Zealand chief executive Paul Brislen says Kiwis don't know much about UFB because the consumer rollout - to homes rather than schools, hospitals and businesses - hasn't really begun and won't for a couple of years yet. "Awareness of the benefits is critical and we're keen to help tell everyone about the benefits the UFB will bring, but until they see trucks in the street and have the kids come home from school talking about it, awareness will be quite low." Brislen says if customers have enough information about what they can do with UFB, the price issue should disappear. "We need to sort out the issue around legal online content, especially TV and movie content, because uptake worldwide has been driven by access to movies."

 

In 10 years, Brislen would expect multiple users with multiple devices and a range of home services all connecting via the net. That required UFB and higher data limits. "Without increased data caps you're basically driving a Ferrari with only a litre of fuel. You can get out the driveway but that's about it." internetNZ this week said there needed to be a wider discussion on how to secure the UFB rollout given the controversy around the broadband price for the existing copper network. Spokeswoman Susan Chalmers said fibre broadband was more expensive than copper and the Government and Chorus were concerned that reducing the copper price could stymie the uptake of fibre. "The problem lies in rolling out a $5 billion fibre network with only $1.5 billion available. In addition, that fibre network must compete with a legacy copper network that is already cheaper than its faster counterpart."

 

Communication breakdown

One in 10 New Zealanders say the amount of time they spend online is negatively affecting relationships. Whether it's reduced family time, ignoring loved ones in favour of the internet or simply sitting in silence connected to mobile gadgets, all of it is damaging, according to experts. Those in Generation Y are most likely to have relationships suffer because of spending time online - 13 per cent said it had a negative impact, according to a Canstar Blue survey. Social media commentator Simon Young said many websites were designed to keep people hooked. "It's not just the geeks, it affects everyone. Everyone can spend too much time online," Young said. Celia Walden, the wife of renowned broadcaster Piers Morgan, has recently come out about her husband's Twitter use. "I'm tired of watching him miss out on little things like, oh, his daughter's first step (too busy taunting Alan Sugar about the size of his 'follower count'), sunsets (preoccupied, flirting with Cindy Crawford), and birds of paradise (who cares about them when you're in the midst of a cyberspace caper with Wayne Rooney?)," Ms Walden wrote in the Telegraph late last month.

 

OUR ONLINE LIFE

Percentage of respondents who agreed with the following statements:

* 62 per cent I think I pay too much for my broadband package

*43 per cent I don't understand the difference between ultra fast broadband and what I currently have

*10 per cent The amount of time I spend online is negatively impacting my relationships

*27 per cent I often feel guilty about the amount of time I spend online, but it doesn't change the amount of time I spend online

*39 per cent My children spend more time on the internet than they do watching TV

From http://www.nzherald.co.nz 02/07/2013

TOP↑

 

Free Service to Ease Skills Shortage

 

A new free service has been launched by a Warkworth businessman to help close the gap on New Zealand's skills shortages. As pressure starts to build for people to work on reconstructing Christchurch, Geoff Taylor has revamped the recruitment and immigration business he has been running for 21 years to help employers connect with job hunters from the UK. "Since starting the business in 1992 I think we have helped around 12,000 people move to New Zealand," says Taylor. The business, Skilled British Workers, used to be based on charging clients a fee to find them a job in New Zealand. But Taylor says that business model is broken. However, his firm's visa business is going strong thanks to the number of people wanting to live here. "Immigration to New Zealand is now job-led, with immigration officers preferring to see people with a job to go to - particularly one that's listed on the government's skills shortage list," he says. "Our main activity is in the UK, because that is where the Brits are. We do all the visa work over there."

 

Taylor's revamped business and website is helping job hunters and employers connect for free. One part of the site allows employers to list as many jobs as they want without charge. On the other side, job hunters can list their CVs and job hunting requirements - also for free. "We are now opening up our database of more than 20,000 UK-based job hunters to employers," says Taylor. "This way, the employers can decide who they think is the best person for them, knowing that people who have posted their details online are serious about moving to New Zealand. "Employers can make direct contact with job hunters. We don't have to get involved at all. I think the new site is beneficial for employers." Where Taylor hopes to clip the ticket is in charging employers to do background checks on potential staff, and helping to ease the path for job hunters in obtaining a visa. "We just hope we will get the visa business if a job is offered," he says. "It is in the employers' interest to have the candidate turn up and legally be able to start work and not be delayed in the immigration system. "The employer will want to know that the applicant it is looking at is credible and eligible. So we hope employers will want us to perform these checks on their behalf. Employers will want to know how serious a person is before committing too much time to them."

 

Taylor's firm has offices in New Zealand and Britain, and says February is one of the busiest times of the year for international job searches online. Another firm that's looking to help close the skills gap in Christchurch is Auckland's iPlacements. "Christchurch needs more than 30,000 skilled workers for its rebuild," says iPlacements Paul Janssen. "New Zealand is not in a position to provide that many people. "In the minds of employers, migrants are always going to be second in line to local job candidates, but the reality is that's where people with jobs to fill are going to have to focus their efforts." Janssen blames "successive New Zealand governments" for ignoring the looming skills shortage. "It has been worsened by the earthquake damage," he says. "You can't just dial up an engineer, a foreman or a commercial law specialist, and expect them to turn up tomorrow." Janssen says the Garden City's personnel requirements, combined with the graduate brain drain and ditch-jumping, is putting a strain on New Zealand's labour market. "The good news is New Zealand has always been a popular destination for migrants. The gloomy Christchurch cloud has a potential silver lining as long as we can get qualified, English-speaking people who can be easily assimilated into the New Zealand way of life," he says. "Most employers are either unfamiliar with the immigration process or simply not planning ahead enough - which can lead to frustrations for all parties."

 

Janssen recommends employers work with skilled and qualified immigration consultants who can help them avoid "most, if not all issues"."We physically go to the source and look at whether or not the candidate has the right skills, the right attitude and is going to provide the employer with an asset, rather than a liability," says Janssen. Like Taylor, Janssen says his firm has more than 20,000 job seekers looking for employment.

From http://www.nzherald.co.nz 02/13/2013

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research Shows “Dramatic Growth” in Global Cyber Attacks

 

Data from Websense Labs has identified a dramatic increase in cyber attacks during 2012, led by an astounding 600% increase in malicious web links detected by the company’s ThreatSeeker monitoring network. The Websense 2013 Threat Report culled forensic evidence from 900 million-plus endpoints monitored by the company’s enterprise customers. The analysis was broken down into six areas of concern: web, email, and mobile security, in addition to malware behavior and data theft. The most significant finding was the dramatic 600% increase in malicious web links worldwide, led a 720% increase in North America and an uptick of 531% in the EMEA region. This increased volume is likely attributed to a fragmentation of attacks, according to Charles Renert, VP of research and development for Websense Labs, the research arm of the data security provider. He told Infosecurity that attacks are now being distributed on a more diverse geographic basis, “and a widening of this net is of value to the attacker community”. The result, he added, is the exfiltration of high-volume, low-yield data that helps increase return on investment for attackers as the data are sifted through. It also leads to attackers honing in on targets after this data mining is completed. In his analysis: “Cast a wide net, get initial data, and then go after specific targets”. Renert breaks down a typical, targeted attack as: luring, social engineering, redirection (the compromise step) and, finally, data exfiltration. To combat this attack cycle, the Websense VP asserted that behavioral detection will be the way of the future. “The behavior is more indicative of maliciousness”, and by using real-time behavioral analysis of network activity, “you can detect an attacker’s command and control and encryption (obfuscation) strategies”, he commented during a recent briefing.

 

By using a behavioral-based detection strategy, Renert continued, security professionals can identify the custom encryption hackers use to cover their tracks. Data theft is indicative of a prior malware infection within a device or network, and Renert said that new-generation data loss prevention (DLP) technologies with a foundation in behavioral analysis will better protect against data theft and leakage. The promise of these technologies is simple, he asserted: “If I actually know about something, then I can stop it”. Most current security models rely on post-incident detection. In these cases, the data has already left the network, and prevention is impossible. The new standard must be “T = 0” Renert insisted, which means the time to detect a suspicious transaction must be instantaneous to help prevent data loss. With respect to malware hosting, the report found that the US continues to top the list, followed by Russia, Germany, and China. Renert said China has actually slipped down this list because, in his estimation, attackers there are becoming “more clever about how to kick off attacks and avoid detection”. In addition, the Websense researcher said the US occupies the top malware spot because the country has more web hosting infrastructure, which helps maximize attack yield. The US also occupied the top spot for ‘victims’ of web-based attacks, with the company’s research indicating 1719 attacks per 1000 customers worldwide. In Renert’s opinion, organizations in the US are attractive targets because of several factors, including volume of web traffic, a propensity for early adoption of mobile devices, a diversity of computing platforms, and the perception that there are more “rich” targets within its borders.

 

Mobile threat intelligence gathered by the report was mostly ‘par for the course’, reaffirming previously established trends. For example, Websense detected that 82% of malicious mobile apps employed SMS messages as part of their attacks. “We should not expect app stores to be clean pipes”, Renert commented. “Attacks will look different” going forward, he added. The top risk, in his estimation, is not the moment malware infects a device or takes hold within a network. Rather, it’s the subsequent data leakage that is a primary concern for organizations, many of which lack network-level protection to detect these leaks. To facilitate instant behavioral detection, Renert says organizations must employ an analytic strategy that examines content streams in real-time, and in such a way that it does not require a person in front of a screen to initiate a defensive response. In addition, the strategy must correlate detection capabilities to identify common attacks and the strategic requirements these attacks must employ. “Defense will never be 100% effective”, Renert admitted, but he added that “effective defense must make attacks far more difficult to execute”. In cases where attackers are seeking out a specific target, early warning responses deployed by the targeted organization can often lead to attackers delaying their exploits, or even moving on to a different one. “The trust model is gone”, Renert remarked. “Organizations need to build a mesh framework into their security strategy so that attackers find themselves tripped up at some point within the defensive net.”

From http://www.infosecurity-magazine.com/ 02/13/2013

TOP↑

 

 

ARAB STATES: ITU-IMPACT Establishes First Cybersecurity Innovation Centre for Arab Region

 

Geneva, 19 December, 2012 – ITU and its cybersecurity partner, the International Multilateral Partnership Against Cyber Threats (IMPACT), has announced a partnership with the Information Technology Authority (ITA) of Oman for the first Cybersecurity Innovation Centre to cater to the needs of the Arab region. The formal exchange of Agreement took place in Muscat, Oman on 15 December 2012. ITU Secretary-General Dr Hamadoun I. Touré said: “It has been our aim to localize ITU-IMPACT’s cybersecurity services through establishment of regional cybersecurity centres. Through such centres, ITU-IMPACT will be better positioned to respond to the needs of our stakeholders more effectively and efficiently. This underpins our overall strategy to expand and widen ITU-IMPACT’s cybersecurity initiatives in the region, as well as to enhance the capacity, capability, readiness, skills and knowledge in the areas of cybersecurity. The Government of Oman is well known throughout the region for its strong commitment to cybersecurity. So it is very fitting indeed to establish ITU-IMPACT’s very first cybersecurity regional centre here in Muscat.” With a total investment of over USD 2 million from the Oman government and ITU, the establishment of the new Cybersecurity Innovation Centre will play a pivotal role in supporting ITU-IMPACT’s global headquarters in Malaysia in localizing cybersecurity services and support to meet the unique needs of the Arab region.

 

The Centre will also serve as a catalyst for enhancing regional cooperation, coordination and collaboration to address escalating cyber threats. The Centre will benefit from ITU-IMPACT’s existing global threat information and collaboration platforms. These include ITU-IMPACT’s state-of-the-art systems such as NEWS (Network Early Warning System) and ESCAPE (Electronically Secured Collaborative Application Platform for Experts). Datuk Mohd Noor Amin, Chairman of IMPACT, said; “We are extremely proud to establish in Oman ITU-IMPACT’s first Cybersecurity Innovation Centre. This centre will lay a strong foundation for increased cybersecurity cooperation within the region and it will help position the centre, and Oman itself, as a regional cybersecurity hub.” Dr Salim Sultan al Ruzaiqi, Chief Executive Officer, ITA Sultanate of Oman said: “Another key objective is to ensure that we continually develop the capabilities to offer our stakeholders throughout the Arab Region a flexible and intuitive approach in the areas of cybersecurity. This success marks a significant milestone in our region, especially in planning a more regionalized service, offering a greater assistance against cyber threats.” With 144 countries now part of the ITU-IMPACT coalition, IMPACT is entrusted with the task of providing cybersecurity support and services to ITU’s Member States and other organizations within the UN system. ITU-IMPACT’s global partnership now embraces over 200 industry, academia and international organizations.

From http://www.itu.int/ 12/19/2012

TOP↑

 

European Commission Launches Cybercrime Centre

 

The European Commission (EC) launched a new European Cybercrime Centre (EC3) within Europol, the European law enforcement agency, with an operational budget of 7 million euros (US$9.3 million). The EC3 has been set up as the focal point in the EU’s fight against cybercrime, helping the Union join forces to dismantle cybercrime networks. It is mandated to tackle three main areas of cybercrime: activities of organised crime groups (such as online fraud), crime causing serious harm (such as online child sexual exploitation), and crime targeting critical infrastructure and information systems in the European Union (EU). The Centre will collect information from a variety of sources to support investigations conducted by Member States’ authorities. It will also help member states and institutions build operational and analytical capacity for cybercrime investigations, and support their cooperation with international partners. Further, the Centre will develop a common standard for cybercrime reporting to ensure that serious cybercrime is reported in a uniform way, and hence, information regarding crimes across the EU can easily be accessed and disseminated. It will pool expertise and information from across the EU and promote EU-wide solutions. “The European Cybercrime Centre is designed to deliver expertise as a fusion centre, as a centre for operational investigative and forensic support, but also through its ability to mobilise all relevant resources in EU Member States to mitigate and reduce the threat from cybercriminals wherever they operate from”, said Troels Oerting, Head of the EC3. In addition to supporting investigations, the EC3 will facilitate R&D and capacity building in cybercrime and security, and produce threat assessments such as trend analyses, forecasts and early warnings. A Cybercrime Help Desk will be set up within the Centre to gather and process cybercrime related data, and disseminate it to the member states’ law enforcement units.

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 01/14/2013

TOP↑

 

EU Cybersecurity Plan to Protect Open Internet and Online Freedom and Opportunity

 

The European Commission, together with the High Representative of the Union for Foreign Affairs and Security Policy, has published a cybersecurity strategy alongside a Commission proposed directive on network and information security (NIS). The cybersecurity strategy – "An Open, Safe and Secure Cyberspace" - represents the EU's comprehensive vision on how best to prevent and respond to cyber disruptions and attacks. This is to further European values of freedom and democracy and ensure the digital economy can safely grow. Specific actions are aimed at enhancing cyber resilience of information systems, reducing cybercrime and strengthening EU international cyber-security policy and cyber defence. The strategy articulates the EU's vision of cyber-security in terms of five priorities:

•Achieving cyber resilience

•Drastically reducing cybercrime

•Developing cyber defence policy and capabilities related to the Common Security and Defence Policy (CSDP)

•Developing the industrial and technological resources for cyber-security

•Establishing a coherent international cyberspace policy for the European Union and promoting core EU values

 

The EU international cyberspace policy promotes the respect of EU core values, defines norms for responsible behaviour, advocates the application of existing international laws in cyberspace, while assisting countries outside the EU with cyber-security capacity-building, and promoting international cooperation in cyber issues. The EU has made key advances in better protecting citizens from online crimes, including establishing a European Cybercrime Centre (IP/13/13), proposing legislation on attacks against information systems (IP/10/1239) and the launch of a Global Alliance to fight child sexual abuse online (IP/12/1308). The Strategy also aims at developing and funding a network of national Cybercrime Centers of Excellence to facilitate training and capacity building. The proposed NIS Directive is a key component of the overall strategy and would require all Member States, key internet enablers and critical infrastructure operators such as e-commerce platforms and social networks and operators in energy, transport, banking and healthcare services to ensure a secure and trustworthy digital environment throughout the EU. The proposed Directive lays down measures including:

(a) Member State must adopt a NIS strategy and designate a national NIS competent authority with adequate financial and human resources to prevent, handle and respond to NIS risks and incidents;

(b) Creating a cooperation mechanism among Member States and the Commission to share early warnings on risks and incidents through a secure infrastructure, cooperate and organise regular peer reviews;

(c) Operators of critical infrastructures in some sectors (financial services, transport, energy, health), enablers of information society services (notably: app stores e-commerce platforms, Internet payment, cloud computing, search engines, social networks) and public administrations must adopt risk management practices and report major security incidents on their core services.

 

Neelie Kroes, European Commission Vice-President for the Digital Agenda said: "The more people rely on the internet the more people rely on it to be secure. A secure internet protects our freedoms and rights and our ability to do business. It's time to take coordinated action - the cost of not acting is much higher than the cost of acting." Catherine Ashton, High Representative of the Union for Foreign Affairs and Security Policy/Vice-President of the Commission said: "For cyberspace to remain open and free, the same norms, principles and values that the EU upholds offline, should also apply online. Fundamental rights, democracy and the rule of law need to be protected in cyberspace. The EU works with its international partners as well as civil society and the private sector to promote these rights globally." Cecilia Malmström, EU Commissioner for Home Affairs said: "The Strategy highlights our concrete actions to drastically reduce cybercrime. Many EU countries are lacking the necessary tools to track down and fight online organised crime. All Member States should set up effective national cybercrime units that can benefit from the expertise and the support of the European Cybercrime Centre EC3."

 

Background

Cyber-security incidents are increasing in frequency and magnitude, becoming more complex and know no borders. These incidents can cause major damage to safety and the economy. Efforts to prevent, cooperate and be more transparent about cyber incidents must improve. Previous efforts by the European Commission and individual Member States have been too fragmented to deal with this growing challenge.

 

Facts about cybersecurity today

•There are an estimated 150,000 computer viruses in circulation every day and 148,000 computers compromised daily.

•According to the World Economic Forum, there is an estimated 10% likelihood of a major critical information infrastructure breakdown in the coming decade, which could cause damages of $250 billion.

•Cybercrime causes a good share of cyber-security incidents, Symantec estimates that cybercrime victims worldwide lose around �290 billion each year, while a McAfee study put cybercrime profits at �750 billion a year.

•The 2012 Eurobarometer poll on cyber security found that 38 % of EU internet users have changed their behaviour because of these cyber-security concerns: 18 % are less likely to buy goods online and 15 % are less likely to use online banking. It also shows that 74% of the respondents agreed that the risk of becoming a victim has increased, 12% have already experienced online fraud and 89% avoid disclosing personal information.

•According to the public consultation on NIS, 56.8% of respondents had experienced over the past year NIS incidents with a serious impact on their activities.

•Meanwhile, Eurostat figures show that, by January 2012, only 26% of enterprises in the EU had a formally defined ICT security policy.

From http://www.i-policy.org/ 02/08/2013

TOP↑

 

EU Cybersecurity Agency Warns About Over-reliance on Cloud

 

The growth in cloud computing is a double-edged sword, Europe's top cybersecurity agency warned on Thursday. The European Network and Information Security Agency (ENISA) published a new report on the cloud from the perspective of critical information infrastructure protection, just one week after the European Commission announced its plans for a new Network and Information Security Directive. Under that proposed new law, ENISA would play a key role in helping the European Union's member states share information about security breaches. ENISA clearly sees the cloud as the area of most concern, given the concentration of users and data and its use in critical sectors such as finance, health, energy and transportation. "In a few years, a large majority of organizations will be dependent on cloud computing. Large cloud services will have tens of millions of end-users. What happens if one of these cloud services fails, or gets hacked?" asks the report. It notes that cloud services are themselves becoming a critical information infrastructure. ENISA executive director Udo Helmbrecht welcomed plans for mandatory breach reporting in the new directive, particularly for cloud services, and dismissed claims by businesses that this would put an undue burden on them. "Companies are always complaining," he said. But he sees breach reporting as essential in protecting critical cloud-computing services. The report also calls for better transparency regarding logical and physical dependencies -- which critical operators or services depend on which cloud computing services -- and says that governments should include large cloud services in national risk assessments as well as tracking cloud dependencies. However, the report did find one silver lining to the cloud growing over the IT industry: Cloud computing can provide "resilience in the face of natural disasters and Distributed Denial of Service attacks," it said. The agency plans to launch a new working group focusing on CIIP and governmental cloud security in the coming months.

From http://www.networkworld.com/ 02/14/2013

TOP↑

 

 

Latvian Web Site at Center of Cyber-Bullying Inquiry

 

RIGA - A Latvian-owned Web site has made international headlines recently as the Web site was blamed for being the catalyst in two Irish teenagers’ deaths. The Web site Ask.fm, founded and owned by five young Latvians, was blamed for being the site of cyber-bullying which led to the teenagers’ suicides in September and October. The social networking site describes itself as “ask and answer.” People ask questions on another user’s profile, and the user replies. If you’re over 14, the purpose of this may seem baffling: it isn’t hugely different from the way many people use other platforms, like Twitter or Facebook, but one key difference explains its appeal to teenagers: the ability to ask questions anonymously. While many questions are mundane (“What’s the funniest video you watched recently?” or “What is your favorite tea?”), others delve into more personal territory: “What kind of underwear are you wearing?” “Is your sister dating anyone?” “Have you had sex with your boyfriend?” It’s easy to see how such a tool might become the stuff of preteens’ dreams and nightmares. In Ireland, two young teenagers’ suicides over the past two months have been attributed to stress over cyber-bullying on Ask.fm. Both girls, a 13-year-old and a 15-year-old from different areas of Ireland, were users of the Web site and allegedly bullied by schoolmates and others on the site. This follows a wave of similar stories over the past few years, many sensationalizing the stories and often emphasizing the youth and good looks of the victims, especially teenage girls. The September death of a Canadian teenager was a particularly extreme example, drawing a huge amount of media attention both in the country and internationally, creating a situation in which the girl’s previous bullies and others joined in to posthumously continue to taunt her online. Now the Latvian site has been pulled into the battle against online bullying and has caused parents, educators and others in Latvia to ask questions about bullying.

 

Founded in June 2010, the Web site initially took its idea from an American question-and-answer social networking site called Formspring. The Latvian founders, Mark Terebin, Oskars Liepins, Ilja Terebin, Klavs Sinka and Valerijs Vesnakovs admitted to taking the idea for Ask.fm from the American site in 2010, but with ideas for building a better platform and streamlining features. The Web site now boasts over 21 million users. With their recent success, the company is currently building a new office space in Riga and was recently looking online for new employees for a “dream job” with the company. Aiming to reach an international audience, the site is available in 31 different languages and allows users to log in through accounts on Facebook, Twitter, or Russian social network Vk.com; it’s popular with teens in Latvia, but also many other countries worldwide. Nearly half of Ask.fm’s users are under 18, with another 34 percent between 18 and 25, according to a March interview with Latvian daily Diena. Company founders refuse to admit that the Web site has any responsibility in the children’s deaths. They have refused almost all media requests, though Mark Terebin gave a statement to Ireland’s national broadcaster RTE’s Frontline program in early October following the first girl’s suicide, in which he suggested that Irish and British teenagers are crueler and that this was the reason for the two deaths in Ireland.

 

Terebin commented last week on his own Ask.fm profile, when asked by a user why the founders refused to comment to the Irish press: “Mass media is knocking on wrong door [sic]. It is necessary to go deeper and to find a root of a problem...Ask.fm is just a tool which helps people to communicate with each other, same as any other social network, same as phone, same as piece of paper and pen. Don’t blame a tool, but try to make changes.” Co-founder Klavs Sinka was more literary in his response to an inquiry on Ask.fm. “We created Ask.fm as an attractive way for people to communicate with each other. For several years, millions of people all around the world have happily used our product. From the beginning, we have tried to create tools with which to fight and prevent publishing of unwanted content on Ask.fm... However, despite all our efforts, we cannot completely prevent users from having a negative psychological impact on one another.” Sinka suggested that parents keep a better eye on their children and brought up the phenomenon of an increased incidence of suicide following media publicization, referring to the so-called “Werther Syndrome,” in which a spate of suicides followed the publication of Goethe’s novel The Sorrows of Young Werther in the 18th century. The company’s actions tell a different story, however. The company has left the two teenagers’ profiles active after their deaths. And one might ask what, exactly, the twenty-something founders expected from their Web site. By its nature, this type of anonymous forum encourages bullying. Ask.fm acts like an incognito game of truth-or-dare: teenagers will only be amused by anonymously asking each other their favorite ice cream flavors for so long before the questions turn more salacious. In response to an inquiry on the company’s Twitter page, the company said it would never reveal names, locations or IP addresses of anonymous users. Mark Terebin’s October statement to Irish television said, “There are no complaints regarding cyber-bulling from parents, children, or other sources in other countries,” however, one can find online that the Web site has elicited complaints and warnings from schools and parents across Europe and in North America.

 

The Web site also allows video responses, changing formerly empty comments like “show us your tits” into something where one might actually get a response. Latvian social media experts and employees interviewed in Diena blamed the anonymity of the site for its nefariousness, suggesting that the cover of anonymous posts let youth feel free to behave in ways they never would with their name behind them. The head of Latvia’s State Inspectorate for Protection of Children’s Rights Laila Rieksta-Riekstina commented that problems generally start at school and later move on to the Internet. Diena warned parents to watch what their children get up to online. Following the deaths, parents in Latvian schools held a conference to discuss reducing bullying in schools, mentioning the Web site and the importance of educating children how to use the Internet safely. For many teens, however, the answers seem clear. Teenagers in Ireland and elsewhere have called for the site to be taken down in the wake of the girls’ deaths and for users to delete their profiles out of respect; an online petition to take down the Web site has been started as well. The Irish Minister of Children and Youth Affairs Frances Fitzgerald has called on Latvian authorities to investigate and increase controls on the Web site.

From http://www.baltictimes.com/ 12/01/2012

TOP↑

 

NORTH AMERICA: U.S. - Senate Panel Takes Up Electronic Privacy Issues

 

The Senate Judiciary Committee took a step on Thursday toward updating the nation’s outdated laws related to when law enforcement and other government agencies can access e-mail and other electronic communications. As part of legislation to modernize the Video Privacy Protection Act, the committee attached provisions that would update the 1986 Electronic Communications Privacy Act. Senate Judiciary Chairman Patrick Leahy, D-Vt., acknowledged that the bill is unlikely to pass Congress before the end of the year but said it would help advance work on the issue in the 113th Congress. Rep. Bob Goodlatte, R-Va., the sponsor of the video privacy bill and chairman of the House Judiciary Intellectual Property, Competition, and the Internet Subcommittee, said he would prefer to see the ECPA provisions stripped from the legislation so his video privacy bill could move on its own before the end of the year. The video privacy bill, which the House passed late last year, would update a 1988 law aimed at protecting the privacy of consumers' video-viewing records to allow companies such as Netflix to obtain one-time consent to share a customer's video-rental information with others.

 

“It is my hope that we can separate the VPPA fix this Congress and move forward with that, while taking more time to examine EPCA,” Goodlatte, who will chair the House Judiciary Committee in the next Congress, said in a statement. “I certainly agree that ECPA is something that Congress should look at closely to see if updates or reforms are necessary but I do not think that it is possible to complete the thorough examination that is needed in the short amount of time we have in this lame duck session.” Privacy groups, tech firms, and others have been pressing lawmakers to update ECPA to reflect the vast changes in technology since the law was first enacted. They argue that many of the law’s protections are out of date and provide inconsistent protection depending on how long and where an e-mail and other electronic records are stored. For example, law enforcement can obtain e-mail that is six months old or older from a third-party provider like Google or Microsoft with a subpoena. The ECPA amendment the committee adopted to the video privacy legislation would require law enforcement, with a few limited exceptions, to seek a warrant based on probable cause before obtaining e-mail from a third party. “Three decades after the enactment of ECPA, Americans face even greater threats to digital privacy,” Leahy said. “With the explosion of new technology and the expansion of government surveillance power … the committee has an important opportunity to begin to address this privacy challenge.”

 

The issue of e-mail privacy has gained new attention in recent weeks after Gen. David Petraeus resigned when an extramarital affair he had was revealed through e-mails obtained by the FBI. The committee began marking up the video privacy legislation in September but postponed action after Judiciary ranking member Chuck Grassley, R-Iowa, raised concerns that the proposed changes to ECPA would hamper the ability of law enforcement to carry out investigations. In response, Leahy drafted an amendment adopted by the committee on Thursday that made some changes, including giving law enforcement officials more time before they are required to notify an individual that their e-mail or other communications have been obtained from a third-party provider. Grassley said he still has concerns with the legislation but voted to move the bill out of committee with the understanding that supporters would continue to try to address his concerns.  “I believe we can craft the bill in a way that increases e-mail privacy but protects law enforcement’s ability to obtain information as part of a criminal investigation,” Grassley said. “While I don’t believe this version strikes the proper balance, I think it is the start of an important discussion.” The committee rejected an amendment from Grassley that would have retained the current subpoena standard for investigations involving child abductions, child pornography, and violent crimes against women such as rape. Leahy and other committee members said that the bill already provides exceptions for investigations involving such emergency situations. The committee approved a handful of other amendments including one that would limit the one-time consent for sharing video rental information to one year. Despite the changes Leahy made to his ECPA legislation, many of the groups that have been pushing Congress to overhaul the law say they still support the measure. “We believe the central privacy protection of the bill—a search warrant for all content—remains in place so we think it would be a substantial step forward for privacy,” Chris Calabrese, legislative counsel for the American Civil Liberties Union, told National Journal.

From http://www.nextgov.com/ 11/29/2012

TOP↑

 

 

9 Ways Hacktivists Shocked the World in 2012

 

Despite the arrests of alleged LulzSec and Anonymous ringleaders, ongoing attacks -- including Muslim hackers disrupting U.S. banks -- prove hacktivism remains alive and well. Hacking websites, cracking databases, leaving behind defacements and releasing untold amounts of purloined information has been happening for years. The exploits of hackers appeared to reach new heights last year, in the wake of 2011's high-profile attacks against HBGary Federal, Sony and numerous government websites, together with the debut -- and self-imposed demise -- of the sharp-tongued hacktivist group LulzSec. Yet, throughout 2012, hacking exploits continued unabated, with still more attacks targeting and obtaining sensitive information from governments, law enforcement agencies, businesses and more. Furthermore, the exploits continued despite the surprising news that the leader of LulzSec had not only been busted in 2011, but worked with the FBI to help snare his Anonymous associates. Here are nine notable ways that hackers and hacktivism have remained in the headlines in 2012:

 

1. Anonymous Hacks FBI Cybercrime Conference Call

The LulzSec gang announced its retirement in June 2011, and while some alleged members, such as Jake Davis -- accused of being the group's spokesman, "Topiary" -- were arrested, at the beginning of 2012, many participants appeared to be still at large. Come February 2012, elements of Anonymous even took down the CIA's public-facing website, and leaked an FBI conference call in which investigators coordinated Anonymous and LulzSec participants'' arrests. Curiously, however, key details -- such as the alleged hacktivists' names -- had been blanked out of the audio file that was ultimately released.

 

2. Stratfor Hack Upends Private Sector Intelligence Provider

Also in February, Anonymous announced the release of a trove of emails and personal data stored by Strategic Forecasting, better known as Stratfor, which is an intelligence contractor. A member of Anonymous -- who turned out to be LulzSec leader Sabu -- reported that the plaintext emails and customer information had been obtained by exploiting known vulnerabilities in the Stratfor network. Ultimately, the breach exposed personal information on 860,000 Stratfor customers, 60,000 credit card numbers and a massive trove of emails between Stratfor and its sources.

 

3. Hacker King Turns Informant: Feds Reveal Sabu Bust

Come March, the FBI announced the arrest of five principal members of Anonymous and LulzSec, accused of hacking into the websites of Sony, PBS and Stratfor, amongst other organizations. In retrospect, the blanked-out audio of the released FBI conference call might have been a giveaway, as court documents unsealed after the arrests revealed that LulzSec leader Sabu -- real name, Hector Xavier Monsegur -- had himself been arrested back in June 2011. Facing the potential of serious jail time for alleged identity theft, Sabu quickly turned informer and began working around the clock to help investigators counter emerging attacks, as well as bust high-profile Anonymous participants. Since the March arrests, prosecutors have continued to expand the case, including arresting Jeremy Hammond, the alleged ringleader of the Stratfor hack.

 

4. Hacktivists Drive Global Law Enforcement Agencies To Unite

One side effect of the rise in hacktivism has been increased cooperation -- no need for cybercrime treaties -- between law enforcement agencies in various countries. "A lot of people think this is just a bunch of kids fooling around, but in reality, it's not, it can destroy your business," said Eric Strom, the unit chief for the cyber initiative and resource fusion unit in the FBI's cyber division, at the RSA conference in San Francisco in February. "You know, market share goes down and you're talking about significant damage to a company." Asked at the conference what the FBI was doing about the problem -- months after the bureau had secretly turned Sabu, but just days before busting the alleged higher-ups in Anonymous and LulzSec -- Strom kept his cards close to his chest. "So let's put it this way, the FBI has put a lot of resources towards this problem ... it's not something that we just look at as a small issue, we have a lot of people around the country working this, as well as around the world, so companies should do the same." But Strom said the word "hacktivism" meant little to the bureau. Instead, he said the FBI attempted to differentiate between people's online freedoms of assembly and speech versus clear evidence of law-breaking.

 

5. Despite Arrests, Hacktivist Operations Continue

No matter the arrest of Sabu and other alleged Anonymous, LulzSec and AntiSec luminaries delivering on the hacktivist assertion that "you can't arrest an idea," attacks launched under the mantle of those groups continued unabated. After claiming an end to LulzSec's retirement, LulzSec Reborn doxed a military-focused dating site and released details on 170,000 members. Other hacktivist groups, claiming no LulzSec or Anonymous affiliation, also continued their efforts. Team GhostShell, notably, leaked usernames, passwords and resumes from a Wall Street jobs board in July, followed later in the year by a massive data dump involving 1.6 million records related to a variety of organizations, including NASA, Interpol, the Department of Defense and trade organizations.

 

6. Symantec Sees pcAnywhere Extortion Shakedown

Another notable hack came to light in February, when Anonymous released 2 GB of source code pertaining to the 2006 version of Symantec's pcAnywhere remote access software. Seeing the source code made public was cause for concern since enterprising coders might find new vulnerabilities that could be quietly exploited, as, by many accounts, the code remains relatively unchanged in more recent versions of the software. But this wasn't a straight-up data release (a.k.a. doxing) operation. After first denying that the source was legitimate, Symantec confirmed that the source code had apparently been stolen -- unbeknownst to the security firm -- in a 2006 security breach. Symantec also said that it, and then a U.S. law enforcement agent disguised as a Symantec employee, had been communicating in advance of the source code release with one or more hackers, who threatened blackmail if the security vendor didn't pay up. Meanwhile, hacker Yama Tough -- leader of "LoD," short for Lords of Dharmaraja, which describes itself as the "Anonymous Avengers of Indian Independence Frontier" -- uploaded to Pastebin a series of emails he'd sent to Symantec to tell his side of the story, and demanded that Symantec wire $50,000 into an offshore account if it wanted to prevent the code from being released. When the security firm failed to pay up, he shared the stolen source code with Anonymous. How Yama Tough obtained the source code, however, and who else may have had access to it in the five years after it was stolen, remains a mystery.

 

7. Hackers Target U.S. Banks Over Anti-Muslim Film

This year also saw the launch of a number of high-profile distributed denial of service (DDoS) attacks by a Muslim hacktivist group calling itself the Cyber fighters of Izz ad-din Al qassam, who began targeting U.S. banks in retaliation for the YouTube posting of a clip of the Innocence of the Muslims film that mocks the founder of Islam. The attacks against U.S. bank websites weren't without precedent. In Feb., for example, Anonymous-backed attacks reportedly disrupted the NASDAQ and BATS stock exchanges, as well as the Chicago Board Options Exchange. But what differed was the sheer scale of the new attacks, which overwhelmed the websites of leading Wall Street firms, including Bank of America, BB&T, JPMorgan Chase, Capital One, HSBC, New York Stock Exchange, Regions Financial, SunTrust, U.S. Bank and Wells Fargo. That was despite the attackers previewing the sites they'd target, as well as the days and times that the attacks would commence. U.S. officials blamed the Iranian government for sponsoring the DDoS attacks again U.S. banks, but in numerous Pastebin pronouncements, the Cyber fighters of Izz ad-din Al qassam said that their members hailed from multiple countries.

 

8. Anonymous Continues Pressing Political Agenda

Efforts conducted under the Anonymous banner continued throughout 2012, despite the arrest of Sabu and other alleged group leaders. In May, for example, as part of anti-NATO protests, the group's members obtained and released -- together with Anonymous affiliate AntiS3curityOPS -- a 1.7 GB Justice Department database. In July, in support of Syrian rebels, Anonymous worked with WikiLeaks to release 2.4 million Syrian government emails. Other campaigns included the Nov. launch of Operation Israel (OpIsrael) after violence between Israel and Hamas flared into an eight-day conflict. In Dec., meanwhile, the hacktivist collective vowed to dismantle Westboro Baptist Church, an independent group that self-identifies as a church, after the group said it would picket the funerals of people killed at the Sandy Hook Elementary School in Newtown, Conn.

 

9. Anonymous' Achilles Heel: Anonymity

One recurring problem for hacktivists, however, has been the apparent difficulty of remaining anonymous online. Numerous alleged Anonymous and LulzSec participants were busted in 2011 after VPN services such as HideMyAss.com complied with law enforcement requests to share subscriber data. Investigators then cross-referenced subscribers' access times with data related to attacks to help pinpoint attackers' real identities. Likewise, the FBI earlier this year arrested Galveston, Texas-based Higinio O. Ochoa III and accused him of being part of the hacking group CabinCr3w, which launched attacks against the websites of the West Virginia Chiefs of Police, the Alabama Department of Public Safety, the Texas Department of Safety and the police department in Mobile, Ala. According to law enforcement officials, the Mobile police website defacers left behind a taunting image of a woman in a bikini top, holding a sign reading "PwNd by wOrmer & CabinCr3w <3 u BiTch's!" The EXIF data contained in the image file, however, revealed the GPS coordinates where the iPhone photo had been taken, which led investigators directly to the house of Ochoa's girlfriend in Australia. Other anonymity-busting 2012 incidents involved former CIA director David H. Petraeus and antivirus founder John McAfee. They further highlight just how difficult it is to remain anonymous online, which will no double be a cause for concern for any hacktivists who remain active come 2013.

From http://www.informationweek.com/ 12/21/2012

TOP↑

 

 

GovTech's Top 10 Cybersecurity Stories of 2012

Stories about privacy violation, network security threats and changing malware were among the top 10 hottest Government Technology cybersecurity Web items for 2012. Many of these articles were published in previous years, but readers in 2012 still found them interesting enough to read in droves. We ranked the top 10 most viewed cybersecurity stories in order from the greatest to the least. Let’s take a look at these popular stories and see why they struck a chord.

1. Site Reveals Salaries of New York State Employees, Other State Financial Data
In 2008, the Empire Center for New York State Policy posted the salaries of public employees online, which raised privacy concerns.
2. Top 10 Network Security Threats
In 2010, we listed the year’s top 10 network security threats that were compiled by Fortinet.
3. Deposit System Sends Money to Prison Inmate Accounts
A Florida county allowed citizens to deposit funds into accounts prisoners used to purchase food.
4. ‘Anonymous’ Didn’t Take Down Our Site, Chicago Police Say
Hacktivist group Anonymous claimed it took down the Chicago Police department’s website, but the police denied the accusations.
5. Utah Health Data Breach Blamed on Configuration Error
Hackers stole 280,000 Social Security numbers and 500,000 records from Utah government. The information included names, addresses and phone numbers of several state residents.
6. South Carolina Breach Compromises Millions of Records
A data breach in South Carolina compromised millions of records, which put citizens’ debit and credit card information in the hands of criminals.
7. Stealthy 'Frankenstein' Malware Developed
Researchers at the University of Texas at Dallas created “metamorphic” malware that mutates to avoid detection. Their goal was to study their own malware’s activity so they’d be prepared to combat the malware unleashed by cyber criminals.
8. 7 Characteristics of Weak Passwords (Infographic)
This story showed readers what not to do when they set up network passwords.
9. Ex-Hacker Mafiaboy Discusses Local Government Web Security
Michael “Mafiaboy” Calce, a reformed hacker who shutdown Yahoo! when he was 15, talked to Government Technology about cybersecurity in local government.
10. Top 10 States for Internet Crime
This article ranked states according to the numbers of cyber crime complaints their residents filed in 2011.
                                                                                                                                                                                  From http://www.govtech.com/ 12/21/2012

TOP↑

 

New Defense Budget Aims to Improve Cybersecurity

 

$633 billion package requires the Department of Defense to adopt next-generation cyber defenses and take new steps in secure software development. Cybersecurity and other information technologies play strong roles in the newly signed National Defense Authorization Act (NDAA) for fiscal year 2013, emphasizing the military's increasing reliance on IT. The $633 billion package requires the Department of Defense to adopt next-generation cyber defenses and regularly report to Congress about its cyber efforts; includes guidelines on reporting cyber intrusions; and outlines steps that the military must take in software development and software licensing. The NDAA does not take into account pending possible across-the-board cuts of DOD funds that will begin March 27 and reduce defense spending by hundreds of millions of dollars over the next 10 years if Congress fails to act by March 1. Key among the NDAA's tech guidelines are provisions dealing with cybersecurity and cyberwar. For example, the law instructs the DOD to "develop a strategy to acquire next-generation host-based cyber-security tools and capabilities" that go beyond current anti-malware and signature-based threat detection and instead can address "new or rapidly morphing threats." These new technologies, the law says, must be installed in an open architecture that allows for multiple cybersecurity tools -- such as insider threat detection and continuous monitoring and configuration management -- to be added and integrated. Other cyber provisions overhaul the software development process within the DOD, requiring the military to develop secure software development policy that does three things: Requires the use of static code analysis such as that performed by Veracode or a number of other code checking tools; prioritizes vulnerabilities based on risk; and ensures that secure software development is dealt with during the contracting phase of software development projects.

 

The DOD also must report to Congress quarterly on all the offensive and "significant" defensive military operations it carried out in cyberspace in the previous quarter. The NDAA notes that Congress expects to be briefed more widely on the activities of Cyber Command. Finally, under the law, contractors will be required to report successful penetrations to DOD. Other broad IT requirements include DOD-wide IT initiatives. One such requirement could have a significant impact on how the DOD spends money on software by requiring an inventory of DOD software licenses and the development of a plan to assess how the military can "achieve the greatest possible economies of scale and cost savings in the procurement, use, and optimization of" those licenses. The law requires the DOD to develop and submit to Congress a plan for a more consolidated IT infrastructure within the DOD known as the Joint Information Environment that will include milestones and metrics. It also requires the DOD CIO to study big data tools and submit a report on such tools to Congress. The NDAA includes tech requirements for individual military services as well. For example, it requires the Army to review the Distributed Common Ground System (DCGS) -- a key operational IT system that deals largely with tactical and intelligence information -- and to issue plans for the system. As for other services, the law will allow more open bidding on the Air Force's Network-Centric Solutions 2 (NETCENTS-2) acquisition vehicle. NETCENTS-2 was supposed to simplify big Air Force IT buys, but has been held up by vendor protests of contract awards.

From http://www.informationweek.com/ 01/04/2013

TOP↑

 

 

Cyber Threats, and Agency Costs, Expected to Climb in 2013

 

Cyber threats grew exponentially in recent years, a trend that will likely continue in 2013. And that, cybersecurity experts say, could spell trouble for cash-strapped agencies. Top concerns in 2013 include larger-scale attacks that seek to destroy rather than disrupt, vulnerabilities introduced by new and disruptive technologies (including mobile), and an evolving adversary that may be politically extreme, supported by nation-states or driven by a cyber-weapons “black market.” “Cyber criminals and hacktivists will strengthen and evolve the techniques and tools they use to assault our privacy, bank accounts, mobile devices, businesses, organizations and homes,” a new 2013 threat prediction report from McAfee states. Defense Secretary Leon Panetta has on several occasions warned of cyber attacks that will escalate from disruptive – such as denial of access – to destructive, which was illustrated last year by attacks on the Saudi state oil company that corrupted 30,000 computers. According to the McAfee report, this acceleration already is occurring. “What we’re finding is consistent with what Panetta has talked about ... a shift where adversary intends not to annoy you but to cripple you,” said Tom Conway, McAfee director of federal business development. “We’ve been predicting for years that attacks would become more destructive to operations. People may be surprised by how fast that’s happening.” And it is happening as government leadership, like it or not, works to figure out how to embrace the technologies that are part of everyday life outside federal offices. Mobile is one of the biggest factors, but even upgrades in software and operating systems are subject to cyber threats that continue to advance. “We see trends building – mobile is becoming more of a threat because people are using it more as their predominant end point. HTML5 is the next generation of the web; it has a lot of great features, but a great feature in wrong hands can be dangerous,” Conway said. “A lot of government agencies, especially the military, are moving to Windows 8. Microsoft increasingly does a better job, but bad guys will always find a way in ... it’s always a cat-and-mouse game.”

 

According to a recent report from the Business Roundtable, government systems and users increasingly are being targeted. Furthermore, the government does not do itself any favors with the current system for addressing information security, the report noted. “Cybersecurity threats from well-financed and motivated adversaries have the potential to disrupt critical services ... threats are increasingly targeting core functions of the government, economy and U.S. national security infrastructure,” the report stated. “However, instead of focusing on information sharing and collaborative risk management, government proposals misdirect scarce public and private-sector resources to compliance-based, check-the-box models.” To add to that, the government – particularly in the current fiscal climate – can be slow to upgrade, resulting in an IT environment with varying iterations of systems and software that is more difficult to secure, Conway pointed out. “The government doesn’t upgrade all at once, so there’s a huge variety of really old, semi -modern and new, like Windows 8," he said. "It’s a huge scale issue and complexity issue because it takes long time to upgrade. There are always multiple environments, and that’s harder to defend than a homogeneous environment.” So what can government agencies do to boost security amid growing threats and shrinking resources? Both Conway and the BRT report highlighted the importance of information-sharing and risk management, which will require, at least in part, changes to current policies.

 

“The single most important element of an effective cybersecurity policy is information sharing,” the BRT report notes, stressing the need for public-private partnership. “Effective information sharing is not only an exchange of threat information but also a robust set of trusted, well-structured and regularized policies and processes among the U.S. government, international allies and private-sector entities. Effective information sharing includes the two-way exchange of alerts, response actions, situational awareness and mitigation analysis.” Conway said that information-sharing must go beyond just person-to-person, to faster machine-to-machine exchanges that keep pace with cyber threats and allow for better continuous monitoring. Agencies with scant resources need to take full advantage of what is already available to them, and managers must fully weigh the risks and benefits, he added. “In a tough budget environment, agencies need to get every ounce of capabilities out of their portfolio. The government can do a better job of getting more out of what they own,” Conway said. “That means not buying new stuff, better training ... and don’t just willy-nilly introduce new technologies into the enterprise without serious consideration of the vulnerability you’re introducing. You have to do the risk management. CIOs have to make balanced decisions and go in with eyes wide open and understand the effects on their security posture.”

From http://fcw.com/ 01/15/2013

TOP↑

 

 

 

Obama Signs Executive Order for Cybersecurity

 

(Editor's Note: During the State of the Union address, delivered several hours after this story was published, President Barack Obama announced he had signed the executive order earlier on Feb. 12. Read the order and the accompanying Presidential Policy Directive.) The White House is finally set to issue a long-awaited executive order that seeks to secure U.S. critical infrastructure against cyberattacks. The order is expected to be discussed in a news briefing scheduled for the morning of Feb. 13 at the Commerce Department in Washington. Gen. Keith Alexander, commander of U.S. Cyber Command and director of the National Security Agency, is slated to to discuss cyber policy alongside Michael Daniel, special assistant to the president and White House cybersecurity coordinator, and top officials from the Commerce, Justice and Homeland Security departments. Among the likely provisions in the executive order will be voluntary cybersecurity standards and best practices created at least in part by the government for companies operating critical infrastructure, such as water and electric utilities. It is also expected that the order will boost the role of DHS and the National Institute of Standards and Technology and accelerate collaboration between industry and government, according to one insider. "NIST will likely be asked to develop a cybersecurity framework," said Harriet Pearson, a partner in Hogan Lovells’ privacy and information management practice.

 

"A NIST cybersecurity framework would likely become an industry standard, but companies will be wary of check-the-box compliance efforts." The move comes after Congress failed to pass a cybersecurity bill last fall; since then, officials have deemed the issue too important not to address. Many federal leaders have also continued to urge Congress to tackle cyber legislation this year, noting that an executive order can only go so far. It "can’t do a few things only legislation can do, such as liability protection for companies when they are sharing information,” Homeland Security Secretary Janet Napolitano said in September. "An executive order will help, but we still need comprehensive cyber legislation." Many hope the order will spur action on Capitol Hill. Already, Rep. Mike Rogers (R-Mich.), chairman of the House Permanent Select Committee on Intelligence, and Rep. C.A. Dutch Ruppersburger (D-Md.), the committee's ranking member, plan to reintroduce the controversial Cyber Intelligence Sharing and Protection Act on Feb. 13, according to a statement from the House Permanent Select Committee on Intelligence. CISPA passed the House but then died last year. t remains to be seen what type of cyber legislation will be brought forward this year, but the White House measure might help, as could mounting international pressures, Pearson said. "The executive order on its own, depending on what it does, will help to organize the activities of the federal government and increase momentum because of the force it has to prompt government action," Pearson said. She also pointed out that the "European Commission last week proposed a sweeping cybersecurity directive, showing that the push for regulation in this area extends well beyond Washington."

From http://fcw.com/ 02/12/2013

TOP↑

 

 

Obama’s Cyber Security Plan Lacks Muscle: Experts

 

President Barack Obama’s directive last night requiring federal agencies and critical infrastructure owners to collaborate in reducing cyber risks is a good start but has some weak spots, according to security experts. Obama’s cyber security order was announced Tuesday night during his State of the Nation address. The order requires federal government agencies to share cyber threat and vulnerability information with each other and with private companies. It calls for the creation of two national critical infrastructure centres to be operated by the Department of Homeland Security to focus on physical infrastructure and on cyber infrastructure security. The centre will be responsible for collecting, analyzing and disseminating threat information. The DHS centres will recommend prevention and mitigation measures from critical infrastructure prior to and during a cyberattack as well as assist in incident response and restoration efforts. Some contents of Obama’s executive order are similar to those of a 2012 Cyber Security Act backed by the White House but still stuck in the Senate over objections from Republican law makers who see it as giving to much enforcement power on the DHS. “We know how hackers steal people’s identities and infiltrate private emails,” Obama said in his speech. “Now our enemies are also seeking the ability to attack our power grid, our air traffic control system. We cannot look back years from now and ask why we did nothing to face real threats to our security and our economy.” The effectiveness of the DHS centre will depend on the quality of threat information the government can share with private companies, said Lawrence Pingree, analyst for Gartner, in an interview with Computerworld.com. The final version of the order was weaker that the draft version, according to Allan Peller, research director for the SANS Institute. He said draft versions of the order required businesses to develop voluntary practices for cyber security and assigning regulatory agencies to enforce them. The final version, Peller said, did not contain this provision. The Financial Services Roundtable, which represents 100 of the largest financial companies in the U.S., also said the order needs legislation and bipartisan Congressional action is needed “to affect additional fundamental improvement.”

From http://www.itworldcanada.com/ 02/13/2013

TOP↑

 

US to Share Cyberthreat Data with Private Sector

 

US President Barack Obama has signed an executive order early this week requiring federal agencies to share cyberthreat information with private companies as well as creating a cybersecurity framework focused on reducing risks to companies providing critical infrastructure. The new framework will be voluntary for some operator of critical infrastructure, but federal agencies are required by the new order to oversee critical infrastructure to determine the operators and industries most at risk and to see if the government can require those companies to adopt the framework. The agencies will particularly focus on critical infrastructure “where a cybersecurity incidents could reasonably result in a catastrophic regional or national effect on public health or safety, economic security, or national security”, according to the order. During the speech, Obama said that enemies of the US who want to sabotage the country’s power grid, financial networks, or air-traffic control systems: “We cannot look back years from now and wonder why we did nothing in the face of real threats to our security and our economy.” Obama called on the U.S. Congress to pass additional laws to secure U.S. networks, although he didn’t lay out details. The order tasks the US National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) to lead in the creation of the cybersecurity framework for operators of critical infrastructure, with the framework based on “voluntary consensus standards and industry best practices.” The framework will be developed with public input, the order said. The order also directs the secretary of homeland security, the attorney general, the director of national intelligence and the secretary of defence to share cyberthreat information with private companies in the US.

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 02/15/2013

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

CHINA: Nearly 100 Telecom Ring Scammers Going to Jail

 

Ninety-one people involved in an international telecom scam were given prison sentences ranging from 18 months to eight years for fraud, a Beijing court ruled yesterday. The convicts, including 59 women, were members of a ring that operated out of 106 locations in China, Indonesia, Cambodia, Philippines, Vietnam, Thailand, Laos, Malaysia and Singapore. They were convicted of stealing money over the phone between March and June 2011. The oldest convicted was 55 years old and the youngest was 20. The ring, led by two Taiwanese, targeted people from both China's mainland and Taiwan. The ring members called the victims randomly through a special calling system that could make their call display as if it were a number belonging to the police, procuratorate or court on the victims' phones. They convinced the victims to leak their personal and bank information by pretending to be employees of China Telecom or local judicial personnel who were "kindly" informing the victims that they had unpaid telephone bills, credit card debts or their bank accounts were unsafe and they were involved in a criminal case, officials said. After that, the victims were induced to dial their identity number, bank account and password to transfer their money into a "safe" account via online or telephone banking. The ring stole 220 million yuan (US$35.3 million) from March to June 2011. The victims were mostly retired. A woman in southwest Chongqing City had the biggest loss, nearly 4 million yuan.

From http://www.china.org.cn/ 02/04/2013

TOP↑

 

China Threatened by Overseas Hackers

 

China itself is a sufferer of severe Internet hacking rather than the source of such attacks that Western media has portrayed, a Chinese Internet security center said on Thursday. The New York Times and Wall Street Journal last week reported that their computer systems had been breached by China-based hackers, while China has been regularly characterized as a major origin of web threats in the United States. In fact, weak security awareness and wild hacking activities from overseas have made Chinese Internet users victims of cyber crime, the National Computer Network Emergency Response Coordination Center (CNCERT) said in a statement. China's Internet mainly suffers three kinds of attack, said the CNCERT, the country's primary computer security monitoring network. One of the attacks sees overseas hackers control computers in China via Trojan or Botnet. CNCERT statistics show that a total of 73,286 overseas IPs were involved in hijacking nearly 14.2 million mainframes in China in this form last year. Of the victim mainframes, 10.5 million, or 74 percent, were under control by servers in the United States. Hacker IPs from the Republic of Korea and Germany also respectively controlled nearly 785,000 and 778,000 mainframe IPs in China, according to the CNCERT. The second form of attack involves spreading malicious codes by domain names registered overseas. The CNCERT said it found that a monthly average of 65.5 percent of the malicious domain names were registered overseas in 2012. The third concerns attacks on websites in China from overseas. In the United States, 7,370 IPs controlled 10,037 websites in the Chinese mainland, making the United States the biggest attacker of China's Internet. Facing severe Internet hacking activities, communication industries in China have launched crackdowns on malware and fake source addresses. The CNCERT joined various institutions and companies in 2012 to conduct 14 campaigns sweeping Trojan and Botnet malware, destroying 2,463 overseas Internet-controlling terminals and 1,227 malware sources. It also carried out six campaigns to crack down on rogue mobile Internet programs, the CNCERT said. It added that some network operators have managed to reduce the rate of common "TCP SYN Flood" and "UDP Flood" attacks from 70 percent in 2011 to 49 percent in 2012.

From http://www.china.org.cn/ 02/08/2013

TOP↑

 

JAPAN: Police to Add Cybercrime to Bounty System

 

The National Police Agency has decided to expand the scope of crimes that can be covered under its reward system to include cases other than homicide, kidnapping and other life-threatening crimes. The decision, made Thursday, comes in response to a recent case in which four innocent people were arrested on false accusations of making online threats. Police later found those threats were sent from their personal computers infected with a remote-controllable virus, without their knowledge, and released the four. The agency said it planned to implement the revision immediately. Since the arrests were made largely due to a lack of effective means of investigating cybercrimes, the agency decided to relax its rules for the bounty system to include a wider variety of cases in the hope this will lead to gathering more information.

From http://www.yomiuri.co.jp/ 12/08/2012

TOP↑

 

National Competition Held to Find 'White-Hat' Hackers

 

The government is seeking "white-hat" hackers to aid in its fight against the growing threat of cybercrime and cyberterrorism. Faced with such recent incidents as the mistaken arrests in a case involving remote-control viruses and cyber-attacks on computers at government offices, the Economy, Trade and Industry Ministry held its first national competition for hackers in Tokyo's Akihabara district on Saturday and Sunday. Participants vied with each other over how quickly they could discover weaknesses in computer servers and hack into them. They also competed over how quickly and accurately they could determine how information had been stolen from a server, when the theft occurred and what had been taken. Forty-six teams of 166 working adults from around the country participated in preliminary contests held in four regions from November to December. These competitions whittled the field to the nine teams that took part in the national championships Saturday and Sunday. The final winner was Agent IV, a team of four engineers from an information security company in Tokyo. "People tend to have a negative image of hackers," said Agent IV member Yasushi Akizuki, 25. "I'm so happy the government finally held an event like this to test the skills of white-hat hackers." The competition used a game called "Capture The Flag" (CTF), a staple of hacking competitions around the world. The CTF at DefCon, an annual hacking competition held in Las Vegas since 1993, is very well known, and U.S. government officials have visited the event to recruit staff. The U.S. Homeland Security Department has also held the National Collegiate Cyber Defense Competition since 2005.

From http://www.yomiuri.co.jp/ 02/05/2013

TOP↑

 

Over 10% Help Hackers by Using Same Info for All Online Accounts

 

The official of a Tokyo-based major online game company could not suppress a sigh as he looked at a computer display showing the status of log-ins to its site. "On some days, attempts are made to hack into more than 100,000 accounts," he said. The display showed more than 10,000 pairs of user IDs and passwords had been sent from a single Internet Protocol address in an attempt to access an account. "I think these user credentials were stolen from another company's database," the official said. "The hackers apparently tried to sneak into our site to play games with the stolen information." Using the ID and password for one online account to hack into another account has become a serious problem. In Japan, hackers are said to have a very high success rate using this tactic because more than 10 percent of Internet users here reportedly use the same password for multiple accounts--so gaining access to one can account open the door to others. On Saturday, even Twitter Inc. urged its users to take precautions to keep their passwords safe after announcing that hackers had penetrated its database and stolen information on more than 250,000 accounts. It was once common for hackers to access websites by using user IDs or passwords by randomly inputting letters and numbers in "brute force attacks." Others sought to access accounts by guessing words they thought the user might pick. However, very few of these attacks were successful. This changed around the autumn of 2009. Studies found that attacks based on lists of user information stolen from corporate databases by hackers were becoming more effective. According to a game company employee in charge of online security, such stolen data might be exploited for attacks against not only online game sites but also on shopping sites. Some customers have had a nasty surprise when they found expensive items had been charged to them without their knowledge. A black market for lists of stolen user information reportedly exists overseas. The game company has been informed that lists of customer information was being sold through a social networking service in China. There is also said to be a tool that automatically tries to log in to various websites once a stolen list of user information is entered. This tool was reportedly sold for 40,000 yen to 50,000 yen on an auction site in China. A Twitter official in Japan said the company announced the recent cyber-attack to raise awareness of such threats. "We believe some users use the same ID or password for other online sites, so we made the announcement to prevent the damage from spreading," he said.

From http://www.yomiuri.co.jp/ 02/05/2013

TOP↑

 

Survey: 14% of Net Users Use Only 1 Password

 

Internet users use an average of 14 password-protected websites, and 14 percent of them use the same user ID and password for all their online accounts, according to a survey. The online survey, conducted by antivirus software company Trend Micro Inc. in December, found 69 percent of respondents had no more than three different passwords. The usernames and passwords were used for shopping, banking, social network service and gaming websites. Fifty-one percent of respondents seldom change their password, according to the survey. Tatsuji Ishibashi, who is in charge of password security at Trend Micro, said Internet users should be very careful about protecting their passwords. "Passwords need to be managed according to the importance of online services, as lists of stolen user information may be widely used to hack into a variety of websites, including those for online shopping, which can involve credit card transactions," Ishibashi said.

From http://www.yomiuri.co.jp/ 02/05/2013

TOP↑

 

'Cyber-Attack' Strikes Govt Again

 

At least 20 internal documents, including confidential items, may have been stolen from the Foreign Ministry via an official computer in an apparent cyber-attack, it has been learned. The ministry said Tuesday it had examined only one computer so far, and it would examine other computers to determine whether they were not infected with malware. The cyber-attack followed the recent revelation at the Agriculture, Forestry and Fisheries Ministry that more than 3,000 pieces of information, including highly confidential documents, are suspected to have been stolen via unauthorized access to its computers. According to the Foreign Ministry, it was notified by the National Information Security Center (NISC) on Jan. 28 that a computer at the ministry had possibly been the victim of unauthorized access. The ministry conducted an investigation and verified one of its computers had unauthorized communications with an external server. The documents believed stolen include conference materials that could be considered class-2 information in terms of confidentiality according to the government's standard classification. Class-2 items come after class-3, a designation for the most confidential materials. Class-2 materials are defined as "items whose disclosure may infringe citizens' rights or administrative operations." The documents the ministry suspects were stolen were saved on an open local area network that does not handle important diplomatic communications that may be class-3 items. The ministry said it is investigating whether the server that obtained unauthorized access to the ministry's computer was located abroad.

 

In 2011, the ministry also discovered that computers at many of its diplomatic missions in Asia, North America and Africa had been infected with viruses capable of stealing information. Recently, various government organizations have been the targets of a slew of attacks by hackers trying to steal important information. The farm ministry revealed last month more than 3,000 pieces of information, including about 20 highly confidential documents on the Trans-Pacific Partnership free trade negotiations, may have been stolen by a third party overseas. Although class-2 items were among those that may have been stolen, the ministry did not disclose the cyber-attack until about a year after it was discovered. Even after newspaper reports uncovered the attack, the ministry denied any harm had been done, saying, "There were no traces of information leaks." However, on Jan. 8, the ministry reversed its stance and admitted the possibility of an outflow of information, announcing it would relaunch an investigation into the matter. The incident is still under investigation by a panel that includes specialists from outside the ministry. In response, the NISC, a division of the Cabinet Secretariat that monitors online communications at government ministries and agencies, last month held a meeting with officials in charge of information security. In the meeting, the NISC urged attendees to promptly report any potential cyber-attacks to benefit from shared information among themselves. This time, the Foreign Ministry announced the cyber-attack a week after it was discovered. "We tried to address the matter swiftly, so as not to follow the example of the agricultural ministry, which was slow to respond," an official of the Foreign Ministry said.

From http://www.yomiuri.co.jp/ 02/07/2013

TOP↑

 

Net Banking Scams Seen on the Rise

 

The National Police Agency reported an increasing number of sophisticated computer-based scams in which culprits steal money from victims' online accounts through the use of fake web portals for major banks. About 48 million yen was transferred from the accounts of 63 Internet banking users without their knowledge from June to December. In January, 22 million yen was similarly stolen from the accounts of 20 users, the NPA said. In the scams, users are often tricked into accessing a fake portal site that appears to be the authentic site of a major bank. They are then asked to enter their personal information, including passwords. The victims were customers of five major financial institutions, including Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corp. and Mizuho Bank, according to the NPA. Of the 63 victims across 16 prefectures last year, 48 received a fake e-mail from a major bank. The fake e-mail requested that the user take security and other preventive measures. However, when the users visited the URL enclosed, a fake data entry screen appeared. In November and December, the scams employed a fake page whose background and layout were identical to the authentic site of a major bank. When users accessed the page, they were led to a data entry screen, according to the NPA. Another scam involves the use of a computer virus. Seven of the victims last year entered an authentic banking site. But because their computers had been infected with viruses, a fake data entry screen appeared. The NPA and other authorities believe such viruses were also used in some cases this year. Leading antivirus software programs are designed to protect computers from viruses confirmed last year. A NPA official said, "You can protect yourself by updating antivirus software frequently." The NPA also recommends that Internet banking users confirm the e-mail addresses of senders. In a fake screen, users are sometimes asked to enter their personal identification numbers in their entirety. According to the NPA, however, banks never make such a request. The NPA recommends that people make bank inquiries by telephone or at a teller when in doubt.

From http://www.yomiuri.co.jp/ 02/11/2013

TOP↑

 

Japan Steps Up Cybercrime Investigation

 

Japan’s National Police Agency (NPA) has recently planned to compile a handbook of investigation in a bid to step up efforts to fight against cybercrime. The plan was initiated following a recent case whereby four men were wrongly caught over threatening messages sent from remotely controlled computers. The handbook will include key lessons and concepts learnt from the recent case that it is not always possible to identify the sender of a message based merely on a computer’s IP address. A senior NPA official said that the handbook is expected to enhance the knowledge of cybercrime investigators who have yet to involve in the real investigations. Prefectural police forces are likely to employ 545 more officers next year. Of this number, 272 will be allocated to cybercrime investigations, he added. The NPA realized that nurturing professional cybercrime investigation skills through in-house training is a considerably long process. So, it intended to recruit mid-career engineers from private sector who can start the job immediately. A meeting was launched to discuss on leveraging the skills of private sector employees to help in investigations. However, the collaboration between the both parties have faced some challenges. “We’d like to benefit from the skills of advanced employees in the private sector, but we have concerns about classified information being leaked,” said the NPA official. The NPA said last month it will encourage ties with computer security experts or ethical computer hackers to help shape the way police combat cyberattacks in Japan. The Defence Ministry also announced plans to build a defence force to fight against cyberattacks, gathering information on computer viruses for analysis, and studying methods of counterattacks.

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 02/14/2013

TOP↑

 

SOUTH KOREA: Twitter Hit by Cyber Attack

 

Social media giant Twitter says it was hacked this week, in a sophisticated cyber attack that exposed the passwords and other information of about 250,000 users. The company said in a blog post Friday that it had detected unauthorized attempts to gain access to its user data. The site's information security director, Bob Lord, said Twitter employees discovered one live attack and shut it down in process moments later. Twitter said it reset passwords and that it was notifying affected users. Unlike the New York Times and Wall Street Journal newspapers, which said they were attacked by Chinese hackers this week, Twitter did not provide any information on where the hacking had originated. But Lord said in the posting that the attack was "not the work of amateurs," and that Twitter does not believe it was an isolated incident. He called the attackers "extremely sophisticated." The company said it is working with government and federal law enforcement in their effort to track down the attackers to make the Internet safer for all users.

From http://english.chosun.com/ 02/04/2013

TOP↑

 

Korea’s IT Secures the Safety of Special Olympics

 

Korean athlete Kang Hyeon-ju crosses the finish line first during the snowshoeing race on January 30 at Alpensia Resort (photo: Jeon Han). What if you get lost in a strange country whose culture, environment, and geography you don’t understand? What’s even worse -- if you have intellectual disabilities, then what would you do? In order to avoid this kind of problem, the Special Olympics Organizing Committee has provided all participating athletes with a small gift. The athletes are more likely to go missing due to their diminished intellectual capacity. There was an incident last May when a 17-year-old participant with intellectual disabilities at the National Sports Festival in Korea for the intellectually disabled went missing, only to be found hours later, which left the athlete’s family in panic mode. However, there will never be such a scene at the Special Olympics World Winter Game PyeongChang 2013 which kicked off on January 29. A volunteer takes off her own jacket and wraps it around an athlete to keep her warm after the race on January 30. Volunteers keep a close eye on all athletes to keep them safe (photo: Jeon Han). As there have been lots of cases of people with intellectual disabilities going missing, the Organizing Committee provided all participating athletes with Global Positioning System (GPS) devices which help keep track of every movement of the athletes. The location-based system will nip the problem in the bud. The GPS device with a camera installed is a state-of-the-art device that allows for the easy tracking of the whereabouts of the wearers.  This GPS device is given to all participants in the Special Olympics (photo: Thinkware). Four centimeters in diameter and 1.5 centimeters thick, the GPS device can be worn like a necklace. Real-time tracking of athlete location is started by entering the athlete’s PIN number. Additionally, the Organizing Committee has safety activities in place in cooperation with interagency working groups. The Organizing Committee is responsible for keeping tabs on all entrances and exits to and from the sports stadium, operating the GPS system to prevent the athletes from going missing, and monitoring the CCTVs, while the interagency working groups have initiated counterterrorism action plans, beefing up security and fire prevention. The security liaison office established jointly by the Organizing Committee and the interagency working groups will run until February 6. Meanwhile, volunteers are doing “one-on-one monitoring” on every athlete to keep the athletes away from any problem. “We have paid lots of attention to the safety and wellbeing of all the athletes,” said Chairwoman Na. “Hopefully the Special Olympics will come to a successful conclusion without any accidents.”

From http://www.korea.net/ 02/05/2013

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

INDONESIA: To Improve Government Website Security

 

Indonesian government will tighten the cyber security measure after the series of hacking attacks that has defaced and paralysed a number of government owned websites early this week. Indonesian Communications and Information Minister Tifatul Sembiring said on January 30 that the ministry would improve the security firewalls of government’s websites as part of a counter measure to the current series of cyber attacks. Several government owned websites have been hacked by a group identifying itself as Anonymous Indonesia as an act to protest against the arrest of a man in Jember, East java, who is facing imprisonment for defacing President Susilo Bambang Yudhoyono’s personal website. A man named Wildan Yani Ashari has been charged and is now facing at least five years imprisonment if convicted.

 

The target of the attacks were the websites owned by the Law and Human Rights Ministry, the Social Affairs Ministry, the Tourism and Creative Economy Ministry, the Business Competition Supervisory Commission, the Central Statistics Agency (BPS) and also indonesia.go.id. Also, the latest hack on Wednesday night—January 30, have turned down the police’s website, polri.go.id, for which the group claimed responsibility.Minister Sembiring revealed that this was not the first wave of attacks against the government's official sites. There were at least 36.6 million hacking attacks against the government in 2012. "Anybody who violates the law has to face the legal process. We can’t let the lawbreakers go free, because cyber crime is a serious matter," he said and added that the ministry had already succeeded in cutting short all of the attacks. "We have a team that work 24 hours under the ministry," he said.

From http://www.futuregov.asia 01/31/2013

TOP↑

 

SINGAPORE: Government Amends Law to Deal with Cyber Attacks

 

Singapore government has recently announced the changes in a law to give extensive powers over cyber space in defending the country’s critical information infrastructure (CII).  The Computer Misuse Act, now renamed the Computer Misuse and Cybersecurity Act was passed on January 14, to empower the Ministry of Home Affairs (MHA) to have extensive powers over cyber space in times of cyber attacks on the country’s information assets or the CII, as defined by the government.  The CII is defined as systems which are necessary for the delivery of essential services to the public in various key sectors including energy, water, finance, and banking, government, healthcare, infocomm, security and emergency services, and transportation. “

 

Cyber attacks on CII pose a real and present danger to all countries,” said the government in its statement. “Singapore is not immune to cyber threats. We are a highly inter-connected nation. As of 2011, 85% of Singapore households had access to broadband at home, while 81% of businesses used the Internet. With cyberspace being essential to many aspects of our lives, we are vulnerable in many ways to any breaches. In fact, we too have been the target of cyber attacks in recent years. For example, in the lead-up to the APEC 2009 meetings held in Singapore, there were at least seven waves of malicious email attacks which targeted members of the APEC Organising Committee and APEC delegates from various countries. While these attacks did not target our CII, they are indicative of the potential for future attacks against other Singapore targets.”

 

The amendments to Section 15 of the Act now state that the relevant minister can order a CII-related person or organisation to “take measures or comply with requirements necessary to prevent, detect or counter a threat to the national security, essential services, defence or foreign relations of Singapore”. Such requirements may include data breach reporting, or supplying technical information including network design architecture, firewall rules, and software algorithms in order to provide early-warning of an attack or help deal with an ongoing threat, according to the statement. The new law allows the MHA to be “proactive” and take “upstream action against a threat before it materialises to cause any harm”. It is also stated that non-compliance offences will be punishable with a fine not exceeding $50,000 (US$40,000) or imprisonment for a term not exceeding 10 years or both.

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 02/06/2013

TOP↑

 

More Cyber Extortion Cases in Singapore Last Year

 

SINGAPORE, Feb. 14 (Xinhua) -- The number of sexually-related cyber extortion cases in Singapore involving foreign female suspects has more than quadrupled to about 50 cases last year, local media reported on Thursday. There were only 11 such cases in 2011, the police said. The victims are often men, typically students, full-time national servicemen or working adults who meet the women on social networking sites such as Tagged.com and Facebook, and add them as friends. They are then persuaded by the women to strip and masturbate when they see the women naked or dancing. Once the men are naked, usually while on a video call with the women "friends," the women end the session abruptly, claiming someone is at their door, the Straits Times said. The men later receive a message from the women, informing them that video footage had been taken of them in sex acts. The women then demand money and set deadlines for payment.

 

Sometimes the men are given a link to a YouTube clip of their " performance". It is not known how long these videos stay "live" in each case. Some perpetrators back away from demanding money when the victims say they will go to the police. The foreign women, from countries such as the Philippines, South Korea and Japan, usually operate from their home countries. According to the police, more than 1,200 Singapore dollars (968 U.S. dollars) was transferred by victims in 2011, and the number rose to 1,700 Singapore dollars (1,371 U.S. dollars) in total. The transfers were made using PayPal, they added. The police urged the public to be wary of messages from unknown people who want to befriend them online. Internet users should not fulfil any requests that put them in vulnerable positions, such as performing compromising acts in front of a webcam, or giving personal details about themselves. Those who become victims of such attempts should call the police immediately and should not remit or transfer money that has been requested, it said.

From http://news.xinhuanet.com/ 02/14/2013

TOP↑

 

THAILAND: To Develop Public Offering System for Securities

 

The Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), Thailand will develop a ‘Public Offering System’ to provide one-stop service for the end-to-end issuance of Equity Instruments, Bonds, and other Financial Instruments. SEC Director of ICT Department Dr Kumpol Sontanarat said that this system will perform real-time interaction with other regulatory agencies such as Thai Securities Depository (TSD), Thai Bond Market Association (ThaiBMA), and the Bank of Thailand (BOT) via web services to issue identification to particular instruments. It will also promote relevant information pertaining to those instruments and securities on the SEC’s website and on the BOT’s Country Economic Report. The Public Offering system will be an in-house development project as one of the SEC’s twelve core services, he added. Apart from this, the SEC will also develop ‘SEC Centerpoint’ for through internal knowledge management, and Business Intelligence to manage and integrate large pools of Thai capital market information from various sources.

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 12/19/2012

TOP↑

 

New Law on Cybercrimes to Deal with New Techno

 

The Information and Communications Technology Ministry will speed up its submission of the draft amendment to the Computer Crime Act of 2007 for Cabinet consideration. ICT Minister Anudith Nakornthap said the amended version covered the issues stemming from new technologies. He made the remark yesterday at a seminar held by the National Broadcasting and Telecommunications Commission (NBTC) and Nation Multimedia Group (NMG) to raise awareness of cybercrime. The Electronic Transactions Development Agency has also prepared a policy to prevent cybercrime, he said. The ministry has already established the National Cyber-security Committee. The ministry regards the fight against computer crime as a national priority, Anudith said.

 

The seminar was one the NBTC's National Cyber-security Awareness Day events set to run until Monday. The activities are aimed at increasing awareness of the crime threat via mobile devices, especially when people conduct transactions on smart phones. Suthichai Yoon, chairman of NMG, said third-generation wireless broadband and terrestrial digital TV would revolutionise the mass media by changing the ways people consume information and news. Information will come from four screens - TV, computer, tablet and mobile phone. The three holders of licences to use the 2.1-gigahertz spectrum are expected to launch 3G services next quarter. They are Advanced Wireless Network of Advanced Info Service, DTAC Network of Total Access Communication, and Real Future of True Corp.

From http://www.nationmultimedia.com/ 01/25/2013

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

BANGLADESH: Forming Tribunal to Try Cyber Criminals

 

Bangladesh has formed a fast-track court to try cyber criminals after a spike in crimes involving mobile phones and social networking sites such as Facebook, an official said Thursday. The move comes four months after major communal violence in which an alleged Facebook posting of a photo defaming the Koran by a Buddhist sent tens of thousands of Muslims on the rampage against the minority community. Officials said the Cyber Tribunal, the first of its kind in the country, will be empowered to conclude trials within six months. "This tribunal was needed for the sake of quick and efficient trial of cyber crime cases as they disturb social stability," said Rahman Khan, an assistant director of the government's telecommunications regulatory commission (BTRC).

 

"We are receiving a growing number of complaints about abuse and harassment using fake Facebook IDs, doctoring photos, filming porno footage with mobile phone and posting them on websites and hacking of websites," Khan told AFP. The BTRC set up a taskforce to deal with the cyber crimes last year and it was "overwhelmed with thousands of complaints", he said. Last year police arrested at least half a dozen people after they allegedly made derogatory comments and posted doctored photos of Prime Minister Sheikh Hasina on their Facebook accounts. Bangladesh, a country of 153 million people, has nearly seven million broadband Internet users and nearly 100 million mobile phone users.

From http://www.globalpost.com 02/07/2013

TOP↑

 

INDIA: Over 10K Government Email IDs Hit in Cyber Attack

 

New Delhi: In what is being termed as the biggest cyber attack on the country’s official computer networks, over 10,000 email addresses of top government officials were hacked in a single day on July 12 this year. The IDs included those of officials working in the PMO, defence, external affairs, home, finance ministries, as well as intelligence agencies. The attack has been blamed on state actors, based in countries inimical to India’s interests. The attack took place despite an alert issued four days earlier, on July 8, by the National Critical Information Infrastructure Protection Centre (NCIIPC), formed under the National Technical Research Organisation (NTRO), as the malware or malicious software used was “sophisticated” and targeted subjects, individuals and organisations.

 

The advisory was issued on July 8… and the PMO, NSA and other agencies alerted,” a top NTRO official told The Indian Express. “The MEA and MHA took the biggest hit, plus strategic information related to critical sectors, including troop deployment, was compromisedParamilitary forces were also badly hit, especially ITBP, as deployments were revealed. There were serious cases of negligence, the involvement of insiders, if any, is also being checked,” he added. News of the attack was confirmed by officials of intelligence and enforcement agencies who attended a day-long NCIIPC conference in the capital on Monday where Cabinet Secretary Ajit Seth, NSA Shiv Shankar Menon and NTRO Chairman P V Kumar were among those present.We would not like to name the state actors but D4 — destroy, disrupt, deny and degrade — process was initiated and counter offensive launched,” the NTRO official said.

From http://egov.eletsonline.com 12/19/2012

TOP↑

 

Securing the Telecom Network

 

Give us an overview of the policies that the department has developed to take care of the security related challenges in the telecom sector? The most critical issue from the security aspect of the telecom infrastructure is reflected in our 31st May 2011 guidelines issued to All  Unified Service Licensees. The guidelines state that the Licensee shall be completely and totally responsible for security of their networks. The network elements have to be security tested as per the international standards. From 1st April 2013, they have to be  work certified by labs located in India. The licensees need to have the organisational policy on security and security management of their networks. Network forensics, network hardening, network penetration test, risk assessment, actions to fix problems and to prevent such  problems from recurring, etc., should be part of the policy and they should take all measures in respect of these activities. We have also asked all the telecom service providers to conduct security audit for their telecom network.

 

These days people are using tablets, laptops, notebooks and mobile phones to log into the telecom networks and do their work. While such proliferation of devices is leading to more productivity, it might also be making the network vulnerable. How do you tackle this problem? It is difficult to regulate so many devices as the numbers are too vast. Some kind of standardisation of devices and equipments is required. If only the devices and equipments that have been tested as per the existing standards are being used by the people, it will greatly contribute to the safety and security. If people are using security checked devices, they will also be in a better position to safeguard their private information and data. The security of the telecom infrastructure is dependent on the cooperation that is received from the people, who are the end users of the system. People need to understand that if the network security is at risk, even their own information and data can be at risk. So they should only use devices and systems that have been properly audited for security.

 

How do you go about developing the procedure for security auditing devices and software? By the time you develop the procedure for one set of devices, the same might become obsolete. The world of technology is changing at a very fast pace. This is true. This is an ever growing game. The security has to keep evolving with the technology. I would also like to point out that absolute security is a utopian concept. It cannot be achieved; even the most sophisticated security system can be breached. But that does not mean that we need not take adequate measures to secure our infrastructure. We have to try our best to optimise the security so that we are in a position of guarding the network against the existing threats. You never know in this world who might  attack the network. It can be a random hacker, who wants to penetrate a network and prove his prowess, it can be an anti-social element, and it can even be a state actor. There can be stealing of information, blocking of information or even the telecom network  might come under attack. The Department of Telecom has evolved guidelines to cover all these areas.

 

If you have too much of security, you run the risk of slowing down the system. The connectivity can be slower. The implementation of new technology might get delayed, if the process of vetting the new technology becomes cumbersome. How to you address these concerns? It is not necessary that things should get slowed down while we are addressing the security related concerns. For instance, if you are using safe devices and placing safe infrastructure in the network, it is only a one time exercise. You don’t need to change your systems frequently. Only at the time of installation or at the time of security audit, you need to run a few tests. This does not slow down the system as such. But there can be certain type of security measures that might take longer time to execute. An example of that is the new set of guidelines that have been issued for proper identification of those who are purchasing new SIM cards. You will agree that proper identification of telecom users is necessary. What you ultimately need is a healthy balance between the needs for speed and security.

From http://egov.eletsonline.com 01/08/2013

TOP↑

 

India Setting Up National Cyber Security Architecture

 

New Delhi: India is in the process of setting up National Cyber Security Architecture to prevent sabotage, espionage and other cyber attacks from within and outside the country. The National Security Advisor to Prime Minister Shivshankar Menon said that the National Security Council is working out the final details for its implementation and also holding consultations with concerned Ministries and Security agencies. The architecture once ready will protect critical information, infrastructure and other networks. It will also involve in monitoring, certification and assurance of vital networks. As part of the process, Government of India will set up a separate Fabrication facility to develop high end semi-conductor chips for installation in networks used in high Security setups. He said that the Union Ministry of Information Technology will soon invite bids for the purpose of setting up the fabrication facility in the country.

From http://egov.eletsonline.com 01/22/2013

TOP↑

 

PAKISTAN: Transparency to Be Ensured in 3G Licence Auction at Every Cost

 

ISLAMABAD: Prime Minister Raja Pervez Ashraf on Monday constituted a five-member Oversight Committee which will monitor the 3G Licence Auction. The Committee will comprise of representatives of media, civil society, National Accountability Bureau, technical expert and an economist. This was decided at a meeting of 3G Auction Supervisory Committee chaired by Raja Pervez Ashraf here at the PM House. The Prime Minister said that the government's aim is to introduce the latest technology in the country, adding, the 3G Auction is being planned in a manner that will ensure a healthy competition while adding revenue to the government exchequer. The Prime Minister said the people of repute, standing and impeccable integrity will be associated with the Oversight Committee to ensure transparency and due process at every cost.

 

"I stand guarantee as Prime Minister that not a penny will be embezzled," he affirmed. The Prime Minister said that 3G is a valuable asset which will boost our economy, encourage foreign investment and promote economic activity in the country.A presentation was made by International Consultants, Dr. Rob Nicholis, Spectrum Valuation Expert, Mr. Dennis Ward, Auction Design Expert, Mr. Marton Semis, Auction Software Expert, through video conferencing from Canada, Australia and England. This was the first time that video conferencing facility was utilized during a meeting at Prime Minister House. It is expected that 20,000 direct and indirect jobs will be created with the introduction of 3G in the Telecom sector. The meeting was also attended by Minister for Finance, Dr. Abdul Hafeez Sheikh, Minister for Water and Power, Chaudhry Ahmed Mukhtar, Deputy Chairman Planning Commission, Nadeem ul Haq and senior officials of the government.

From http://www.brecorder.com 12/11/2012

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

AZERBAIJAN: Azerspace Satellite to Be Used for Security of Export Energy Routes

 

The resources of the first Azerbaijani satellite Azerspace/Africasat-1a will be used for ensuring safety of such projects as the Baku-Tbilisi-Ceyhan (BTC) and other oil pipelines used to deliver energy resources to Europe, Azerbaijani Communications and IT Minister Ali Abbasov told media today. According to the minister, the resources of the Turkish satellite Turksat are currently used for this purpose. According to the minister, the Turkish satellite and French Hotbird compete with the Azerbaijani satellite in the region. Such key main lines as the BTC oil pipeline and gas pipelines are in the range of Azerspace. The Azerbaijani satellite is able to provide these routes with the necessary requirements for the secure exchange of information and governance and Turkish satellite could act as alternative. Azerspace/Africasat-1a was launched from the start complex ELA-3 at the Guiana Space Centre on Feb. 8. The payload of Azerspace/Africasat-1, built on the STAR-2 platform, consists of 36 transponders (24 C-band transponders and a 12 Ku-band range). The frequency band of each transponder is 36 MHz. The satellite weights 3275 kg and it service life in orbit will reach up to 14 years. The satellite will be launched into geostationary orbit at 46 degrees east longitude and is leased from Malaysia's Measat Satellite Systems, owned by the government of Malaysia. Eastern Europe, the Caucasus, Central Asia and North Africa will be included in the service area of Azerspace. The Azerbaijani satellite Azerspace/Africasat-1 is designed to provide digital broadcasting, Internet access, data transmission and the creation of VSAT multiservice networks and governmental communications.

From http://en.trend.az/ 02/19/2013

TOP↑

 

TAJIKISTAN: Internet Providers Told to Unblock 131 Websites

 

Tajikistan's telecoms agency told internet service providers to unblock access to the 131 website it ordered blocked last week, telecoms sources told RIA Novosti on Tuesday. In a letter to internet providers, the deputy head of Tajikistan's telecommunications service Rafik Shokirov said last Friday that access to certain websites should be blocked. Tajikistan's telecoms agency said in a letter to RIA Novosti that the move was due to "technical repair work." "We received a call from the telecoms service on Tuesday evening, and were told that Rafik Shokirov's letter has been annulled," sources in three telecommunications companies told RIA Novosti. Most of the targeted sites host music and video content, such as topvideo.tj - dubbed Tajikistan's answer to YouTube. Popular social networking services Vkontakte, which is similar to Facebook, and Odnoklassniki, which is similar to Friends Reunited, were also on the list. Access was also blocked to sites popular with Tajik bloggers and to some publishing pro-opposition content or run by Tajiks abroad.

From http://en.trend.az/ 12/26/2012

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

AUSTRALIA: Gillard to Announce Cybersecurity Centre

 

PM Julia Gillard will today announce the establishment of an Australian Cyber Security Centre, to be open by the end of 2013. In a wide ranging speech yesterday on national security at the Australian National University, Prime Minister Julia Gillard has set out the government’s plans for an Australian Cyber Security Centre (ASCC). She said it would be “a world-class facility combining existing cyber security capabilities across the Attorney-General’s Department, Defence, ASIO, the Australian Federal Police and the Australian Crime Commission in a single location.” The ASCC will be based in Canberra. It will most likely combine a number of existing IT security activities such as the Computer Emergency Response Team (CERT). The government has already committed $1.46 billion out to 2020 to strengthen its networks – that funding will now be brought into the cybersecurity strategy. The government has also established the position of Cyber Policy Coordinator within the PM’s department.

 

“The centre will provide Australia with an expanded and more agile response capability to deal with all cyber issues — be they related to government or industry,” said Ms Gillard. “It will also create a hub for greater collaboration with the private sector, state and territory governments and international partners to combat the full breadth of cyber threats.” Many in the private sector have been pushing for the establishment of such a centre. The most vocal recent call has come from Huawei, keen to boost its local security credentials after being banned from the NBN as a security risk because of its connections to the Chinese Government. Ms Gillard’s announcement is part of a broader National Security Strategy, which she described as “an open statement to the Australian community, our business sector and to domestic and international partners. Our plans and intentions are clear for all to see. The strategy identifies our national security objectives and surveys our national security outlook. It sets out what we judge to be the key risks to our security and describes the policies, institutions and capabilities – the key pillars – which protect us.”

 

The intention is to better coordinate all aspects of Australia’s security. “So, in pursuit of partnerships, my message to our national security community is: if you see a silo, dig it up. Not just because a silo mentality constrains thinking but it also risks wasting resources.” Ms Gillard said malicious cyber activity will likely be with us for many decades to come, “so we must be prepared for a long, persistent fight. In this digital era we also face the new and growing threat from state and non-state actors of malicious cyber activity which poses such dangers to government, to business and to individuals. “As we roll out the National Broadband Network, we are deploying a more sophisticated focus on cyber security. Australia is an attractive target for a range of malicious cyber actors, from politically-motivated hackers and criminal networks to nation-states.” It is hard to be too critical of the government’s cybersecurity strategy. It’s a Good Thing – isn’t it? The more cynical amongst us might say it’s just more window dressing. Surely not!

From http://www.itwire.com 01/24/2013

TOP↑

 

NEW ZEALAND: Clear Way to Secure Online Identity

 

New legislation passed by New Zealand Parliament will make it easier and safer for companies and government agencies to offer services on-line. Amendments to the Electronic Identity Verification Act, passed 11th December 2011, will enable the public and private sector to better verify people using services over the internet. These changes, expected to become operational in early 2013, are supported by an integrated on-line RealMe service that is being fast-tracked in the New Year. This service enables government service delivery providers and private sector entities to verify that a person using a service over the internet is who he or she claims to be. This RealMe service is being offered jointly by the Department of Internal Affairs (DIA) and New Zealand Post. The initiative is designed with data security and privacy as its top priorities. When fully operational, end-users will have full control over their personal information – including name, date of birth, gender, and address.

 

Fiona Mullacrane, DIA’s general manager for service delivery operations, says verified RealMe accounts are being built on the agency’s existing well-tested igovt services. End users of RealMe will only need to show up in person once every five years to set up and maintain their RealMe account. “They get a biometric photo taken at a PostShop. We do some data checking and get their RealMe account going soon after that.” Using the RealMe service, people will gain access to more on-line products and services from government agencies and organisations, including banks and insurance companies. Mandy Smith, the head of agency services (PostShop) for New Zealand Post, says the RealMe service delivers a high degree of certainty that people are who they say they are when they contact a participating company electronically. “Currently, the most an organisation usually knows about its on-line contacts is that they have a valid username and password; you still can’t be sure that they are who they claim to be,” she says. “There’s a massive amount of business that would happen on-line if only the service could be certain of the identity of the person on the other side of the online transaction. RealMe fully responds to this clear business need.”

 

The RealMe service improves the overall customer experience. These improvements stem from a simpler, secure, and straight-through processing of transactions. There will also be “less hanging around in queues, and robust mitigation against identity theft,” according to New Zealand Post’s Mandy Smith. Among its benefits, RealMe also helps financial institutions comply with identity verification requirements in the Anti-Money Laundering and Countering Financing of Terrorism Act. This law is expected to come into effect at the end of June 2013.

From http://www.futuregov.asia 12/12/2012

TOP↑

 

NZ App Users at Risk of Cyber Attacks - Survey

 

New Zealand smartphone app users are among the most vulnerable in the world to attacks from cybercriminals, according to research from a global cloud security company. A survey by Trend Micro ranked New Zealand 7th in the top 10 countries at risk of privacy exposure, behind India, Turkey, Philippines, Bulgaria, South Korea and Austria. The ranking was based on the percentage of Android apps rated as high-risk over the total number of apps scanned per country. Android's growing popularity among smartphone users means the platform is becoming a prime target for cybercriminals, said Trend Micro cyber safety expert Aman Chand. Kiwis may not be aware just how much personal data is at risk when they use apps, he said. "The accessibility people have to mobile devices is on the rise, particularly from a young age. "More now than ever before, it is essential that as a nation, we understand how much information, is too much, to disclose."

 

According to a report from Google released in May last year, smartphone penetration in New Zealand at that time was at 44 per cent of the population. Smartphone owners who used the internet regularly had an average of 25 apps installed on their phones, Google said. Chand said cybercriminals were getting smarter all the time. "Apps like 'Angry Birds' and 'Angry Birds Space' can access data like a phone's IMEI number and a user's location, threatening an individuals' privacy." An International Mobile Station Equipment Identity (IMEI) is a number which identifies an individual device and can be used to stop a stolen phone from accessing the network. Dr Hossein Sarrafzadeh, head of computing at Unitec, said smartphones are just as vulnerable to cyberattacks through malware as a desktop computer or laptop. "You've basically got a computer in your smartphone. It's a similar risk but the methods or infiltration are different," he said. If someone gets access to the phone's IMEI number they can track its location, and consequently the owner's location. "And if that smartphone has your details on it then they can access that as well," Sarrafzadeh said. Its rankings were based on the yearly analysis of real-time threat detection via one of its products, Trend Micro Mobile Security Personal Edition.

 

The 10 most at-risk countries:

India

Turkey

Philippines

Bulgaria

South Korea

Austria

New Zealand

Russia

Hong Kong

United States

From http://www.nzherald.co.nz 01/23/2013

TOP↑

 

New Zealand Fights Crime with Smartphones for Police

 

New Zealand Prime Minister John Key has unveiled an initiative that embraces smartphone and tablet technology to help front-line police officers fight crime. A nation-wide roll-out of mobile technology, planned for April 2013, offers access to information for officers on the move, using smartphones and tablets. Field officers are being provided with mobile devices – enabling them to source information, without travelling long distances. Under funding arrangements, New Zealand Police is investing up to NZ$4.3 million of capital expenditure and NZ$159 million of operating expenditure from 2012-13 through to 2023-24 on new initiatives. An initial three-month phase sees 6,086 officers access mobile communications. This uptake is expected to grow to 6,500 by mid-2014. Among the benefits, mobile technology enables officers to check offenders’ details, including photographs and bail conditions, as and when needed. “This is rather than having to drive to a station to access information, or using the Police radio,” Mr Key says. “This means more time to focus on stopping crime and protecting communities, and less time each day on administration duties at their desks.”

 

New Zealand Police has chosen Vodafone New Zealand as its partner for mobile communications. Under the project, Vodafone is delivering customised mobile services, tablets and smartphones to district staff from April this year. Earlier, New Zealand Police ran an 11-month pilot involving 100 officers at Lower Hutt, Napier, Counties-Manukau West and the West Coast. This project showed that officers could save nearly 30 minutes each during eight-hour shifts using mobile communications. Moreover, for rural officers that police a large area, mobile access means saving time by checking emails and data on smartphones, rather than travelling long distances back to base. Rolling out smartphones and tablets fundamentally changes the way officers do their jobs, according to New Zealand’s Police Commissioner, Peter Marshall. “We believe greater use of modern technology is the way of the future. It’s common sense, and will ensure officers can remain on the front-line rather than returning to stations to complete paperwork.” This May New Zealand Minister for Internal Affairs Chris Tremain delivers a keynote at the Annual FutureGov Forum New Zealand being held Tuesday 28th May 2013 in Wellington.

From http://www.futuregov.asia 02/13/2013

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

 

Information Economy Report 2012

 

The Information Economy Report 2012: The Software Industry and Developing Countries is the seventh in the flagship series published by the United Nations Conference on Trade and Development (UNCTAD). In the 2012 edition, special attention is given to the role of software capabilities in accelerating progress towards a more inclusive information society.

Key issues covered include:

•The link between software capabilities and development

•Global and regional trends in production, spending, trade, investment, venture capital and employment in the software sector

•The evolving ICT landscape and its impact on software production patterns

•Trends and implications related to free and open source software (FOSS)

•An analysis of the market orientation of software production in developing countries

•Country case studies

•Policy recommendations on how governments and their development partners can better leverage software for development and strengthen national software systems

 

The Information Economy Report 2012 finds that, because software is increasingly permeating societies at all levels of development and activity, it is becoming more important for countries to develop the technological capabilities needed to adopt and adapt existing software solutions, and eventually to innovate. Software and service activities represent an opportunity for developing countries, thanks to the low capital entry requirements, the sector's high-value, high-growth nature and knowledge-rich profile. Due to changes in the ICT landscape, even small-scale developers in developing countries can now participate in software development and production, for example in the area of mobile applications. The Report suggests that there is considerable room for developing countries to make better use of the software potential.

 

The Report introduces the concept of the national software system. It emphasizes that domestic software producers and users are greatly influenced by the quality and affordability of ICT infrastructure, access to relevant human resources and capital, the legal framework, an enabling business infrastructure, as well as by the links with software networks in the rest of the world. Governments play a central role in the national software system. Overall, the competitiveness of the system is affected by the national vision, strategy and government policies which should nurture software capabilities and the system as a whole. In particular, Governments are important users of software (notably through e-government and public procurement activities) and they strongly influence most of the enabling factors of the system. The Information Economy Report 2012 offers several policy recommendations to governments, such as:

•To take active part in fostering their national software systems.

•To tailor software development strategies to their specific contexts, based on consultations and partnerships with relevant stakeholders.

•To integrate software strategies into broader development plans

•To strike a balance between domestic and export market promotion related to software

•To adapt education and training schemes to the new ICT landscape

•To encourage technological upgrading in enterprises, and adoption of relevant international standards and certifications

•To facilitate the strengthening of developer communities

•To give adequate attention to FOSS, especially in public procurement

•To seek the support of development partners in training, application development, support to the strengthening of legal and regulatory frameworks, supporting IT/software associations and clusters, meetings of developers, software SME development and more

•To leverage South-South cooperation where appropriate

 

The Information Economy Report 2012 explores various examples of software development initiatives by individual countries and groups of countries.

Among the cases cited are:

•Software trends in the BRIC countries

Nigeria's new software strategy

•The emerging Android ecosystem in Sri Lanka

•The Malaysian Public Sector Open Source Software Programme

•The eGovFrame platform of the Republic of Korea

•Software for sustainable development in Lao PDR

•The Free Software and Open Source Foundation for Africa

•A global UNCTAD/WITSA survey of national IT/Software Associations

•Locally developed software to improve farmers' access to information in Bangladesh

•Software promotion in Argentina

In the Statistical Annex of the Report, UNCTAD presents among other things international data on software spending, exports and employment.

From http://unctad.org/ 11/29/2012

TOP↑

 

Global Internet User Survey 2012

 

The Global Internet User Survey provides reliable information relevant to issues important to the Internet’s future and informs the Internet Society's programmes and activities. In 2012, more than 10,000 people in 20 countries were asked about their attitudes towards the Internet and behaviors online, offering one of the broadest views of people’s attitudes about key issues our world faces when it comes to the Internet. The questions ranged from how users manage personal information online, attitudes toward the Internet and human rights, and the potential for the Internet to address issues such as economic development and education. We believe it's people who are the source of innovation that has driven the Internet’s development, evolution and dramatic growth over the past four decades. The data collected is openly available to everyone. Download the Summary of the report here.

 

Key Findings

Key findings from this year's survey cover a broad range of topics.

The Internet and Human Rights:

•Eighty-three percent of respondents agreed or agreed strongly that access to the Internet should be considered a basic human right.

•Eighty-nine percent agreed or agreed strongly that Internet access allows freedom of expression on all subjects, and 86 percent agreed or agreed strongly that freedom of expression should be guaranteed.

•Sixty percent of respondents agreed or agreed strongly that Internet access has contributed significantly to civil action and political awareness in their country.

 

Internet censorship:

•Thirty percent of users agreed strongly that censorship currently exists on the Internet.

•Sixty-six percent of respondents agreed or agreed strongly that governments in countries with no Internet censorship have a responsibility to keep the Internet free of censorship in countries where the Internet is being censored/controlled/shut down.

•More than 70 percent of users agreed or agreed strongly that more government involvement would make the Internet too controlled or would limit content they can access.

•More than two-thirds agreed or agreed strongly that increased government control would inhibit the growth of the Internet and/or stifle innovation.

 

Online privacy and identity:

•Even when users know they are sharing personal data with a site or service, most users (80 percent) do not always read privacy policies and a significant fraction (12 percent) of respondents admitted that they never read privacy policies.

•Of users who logged into online services, only half reported that they logged out.

•Nineteen percent of respondents were aware of circumstances in which personal data was used in a way they did not expect. The most commonly reported consequences were: unsolicited communications, stolen personal data, private data becoming public, impersonation, and financial loss.

 

The Internet and economic and societal issues:

•Nearly two-thirds of respondents agreed or agreed strongly that the Internet would play a significant role in solving global problems, including reducing child mortality (63 percent), improving maternal health (65 percent), eliminating extreme poverty and hunger (61 percent), and preventing the trafficking of women and children (69 percent).

•An even higher percentage of respondents agreed or agreed strongly that the Internet would increase global trade and economic relationships (81 percent), improve the quality of education (80 percent), and improve emergency response during a natural disaster (77 percent).

•A majority of respondents felt strongly that the Internet plays a significant role in making improvements to business, science, and technology in areas such as: expanding the availability of goods and services (66 percent), allowing entrepreneurs to conduct business across all countries (65 percent), and advancing science and technology and creating a technologically recognized workforce (61 percent).

 

Attitudes towards the Internet:

•Ninety-eight percent of users agreed or strongly agreed the Internet is essential for their access to knowledge and education.

•More than 80 percent agreed or agreed strongly that the Internet plays a positive role for their individual lives as well as society at large.

•Nearly 75 percent of users strongly agreed that access to the Internet allows them to seek any information that interests them.

General Internet usage:

•Internet users nearly universally (96 percent) indicated they accessed the Internet at least once a day.

•More than 90 percent of Internet users surveyed globally indicated they use social media, with a majority (60 percent) using it daily, an increase of 10 percent over 2011.

•Connection speed (73 percent) and reliability (69 percent) ranked slightly above more affordable monthly fees (68 percent) among factors that would increase usage. Other factors included more content in their local language (50 percent) and more online availability of government and/or community services (49 percent)

 

Background

The Internet Society is a trusted independent source of leadership for Internet policy, technology standards, and future development. More than simply advancing technology, we work to ensure the Internet continues to grow and evolve as a platform for innovation, economic development, and social progress for people around the world. The Global Internet User Survey (GIUS) is a globally-scoped survey programme developed by the Internet Society to provide reliable information relevant to issues important to the Internet’s future. As an ongoing effort, the survey informs and supports the activities of the global Internet Society community. While other ICT surveys focus on economic, infrastructure, or other Internet use indicators, the GIUS focuses on users, which are the source of innovation that has driven the Internet’s development, evolution and dramatic growth over the past four decades. In 2012 the GIUS interviewed more than 10,000 Internet users in 20 countries. This report is intended to provide a general overview of the behaviors and opinions of Internet users on various topics. The data and this report aim to represent the views of the users surveyed rather than the positions or views of the Internet Society, or its global community. The 2012 GUIS was conducted for the Internet Society by Redshift Research, a leading business market research firm.

 

Methodology

The 2012 Global Internet User Survey was conducted via online panels comprised of a total of 10,789 Internet users across 20 countries. Because of differences in sample sizes, the margins of error in the results for each country vary between 3.10% and a 4.38% at the 95% confidence level.

From http://www.i-policy.org/ 12/07/2012

TOP↑

 

Beyond ICT: The Newest Digital Revolution

 

The history of human social development is, to some extent, the history of human scientific and technological progress. Humanity achieves scientific and technological progress by pushing its physical and mental limits and breaking away from the restrictions of time and space. This has been true in times both ancient and modern. Our ancestors built beacon towers and invented the wheel, while we have ubiquitous Internet connection and vehicles capable of reaching outer space. In the course of our scientific and technological development, two epoch-making inventions have been the steam engine and the computer. The steam engine ushered in the industrial age by providing far more power than what manual labor and beasts of burden could generate. The computer brought us into the information age through data processing capabilities that far outperform the human brain. The past century has witnessed several waves of progress made possible by information technologies, including those used for communications (telegraphy, telephony, and broadcasting), home entertainment (radio, TV), computing, and the Internet. Information technologies drive economic growth worldwide and reshape the way people live and work. At present, we are evolving from a "society on wheels" to a "society on the network." However, information systems are still regarded as aid tools and support systems, keeping the digital and physical worlds somewhat parallel and compartmentalized. Now, as the digital and physical worlds begin to merge, the development of the Internet of Things has proven to be an effective catalyst of information-based developments and is sure to bring groundbreaking changes to all of humanity. Beyond information and communications, the increasing integration of the digital and physical worlds will lead to a new digital revolution. British philosopher Karl R. Popper divides human society into three parts: the physical world, the mental/psychological world, and the world of products of the human mind (also known as the world of objective knowledge). In the future, the physical world will be married with the digital world to form a new world. This integration will bring tremendous changes to the way we live and work, the way businesses operate, and the way society functions — a new age of digital citizens, digital enterprises, and digital society.

 

•Heavy reliance on networks will usher in an age of digital citizenry. Nowadays, the ways in which people communicate, acquire information, study, have fun, shop, make friends, and pair-bond are quite different from what we saw just two decades ago. People not only have more means to stay connected and obtain information, but have exceeded the constraints of their physical location or time zone. With the developments in this short time span, rather than waiting days or even months for letters to arrive, people now contact others in real time via email, instant messaging, and social networking. Likewise, people can read the news online anytime, anywhere, rather than clinging to their TVs or radios. Wikipedia and other interactive platforms allow people to easily find answers to their questions, without having to wade through voluminous encyclopedias or wait for office hour-working librarians. Internet users exceeded 2.4 billion in 2012, over 34% of the world's population, with this figure growing roughly 8% each year. There are also as many as 1.1 billion smartphone subscribers right now, an increase of 42% over 2011. However, this is just the beginning. As digital lifestyles are adopted, digital citizenry will shape the behaviors of next-gen consumers, changing the way people live, and shaking up numerous industries. For example, traditional video sales and rental stores are disappearing, and the 244-year old Encyclopedia Britannica is no longer printed. It is very likely that in the next few decades, children will ask why the word newspaper contains the word paper in much the same way as our children today ask why the media is still referred to as the press.

 

•The age of digital business is drawing near, as seen by our commercial dependence on networks for production and operations. Network developments have significant influence on business activities. Which business today can even continue to operate if its network fails? E-commerce is booming and extending its reach into every consumer buying decision, whether involving digital content (e-books and digital music), cars, or home appliances, or even small items like snacks and slippers. In 2012 alone, electronic retail sales worldwide totaled $1.1 trillion. Information technologies will be further applied to enterprise production and operations. Rather than being tools or support components, ICT will become integral to production, decision-making, customer relationship management, service provisioning, marketing, and logistics. ICT will be employed in the building of end-to-end systems that work in real time, playing a role in each and every link, from idea generation to product conceptualization to precision marketing to efficient operations to on-time delivery. In other words, digitization will become a key characteristic of the future enterprise.

 

A borderless internet gives rise to a digital society. Thanks to the boundary-free nature of the Internet, a large number of borderless virtual communities and societies have come into being. A plethora of these communities will combine to form a digital society that transcends borders, cultures, and races. Facebook is home to over one billion users (or netizens), making it the third largest "citizenry" in the world. This type of digital society, which mirrors while extending beyond the physical world, will undoubtedly impact many aspects of social administration and transformation, including politics, economy, law, culture, news & media, security, and ethics, among others. As a communications tool and support system, information technologies have significantly changed the way in which people live and work over the past few decades. They also spawn new economies and industries while reshuffling traditional ones. No doubt, the increasing integration of the physical and digital worlds will have a more tremendous impact on society. Such integration will direct ICT development in a way that can better serve society. Smart infrastructure presents opportunities for further ICT development. Technologically-speaking, ICT innovations mainly fall into five groups: mobility, broadband interconnectivity, social networking, cloud computing, and big data processing. The objective of these innovations is to transform the physical world into a smart world underpinned by smart ICT infrastructure, making the latter key to advancing information-based development.

 

•From big data to "big” wisdom, the IT systems of carriers and enterprises are evolving from post-processing support systems to real-time business systems. This transition marks a fundamental change in how IT functions. We are living in what may be the “big bang” of information. In 2012, up to 2.4 zettabytes of data (that’s 2.4 billion terabytes) was generated globally; it would take as many as three trillion DVDs to store all this data. By 2020, the amount of data generated is expected to grow fourteen-fold. This data will have two major sources. The first is from the huge amount of transactions between enterprises and between enterprises and consumers. The second is from countless interactions on the Internet, social networks, enterprise service networks, and the Internet of Things. Social networking will be particularly pervasive; it will be emblematic of all applications, not just for social networking utilities like Facebook. Typically, big data has four characteristics: variety, volume, velocity, and value. Velocity and value are most important. By combining the analytical capabilities of the human brain to determine behavioral patterns and the data processing capabilities of computers, we can quickly analyze big data and leverage digital assets to develop valuable diagrams that show relationships, intentions, consumption patterns, interests, and mobility. From big data to "big" wisdom, IT systems will be capable of understanding not only the present preferences of customers but also their future tendencies. This will make social administration, corporate decision-making, and individual lifestyles smarter and more logical. Therefore, IT systems for both enterprises and carriers shall no longer function as post-processing support systems. Rather, they will become real-time business systems that facilitate business operations, a transition that marks a fundamental change in IT.

 

•As traditional IT enterprise architecture is no longer capable of processing the huge volumes of data being encountered, an Internet-oriented cloud computing architecture is needed. The rebuilding of data centers will prove the basis of supporting big data. Over the past two decades, most enterprises have applied client-server architecture for their IT. Although these systems were constantly upgraded, their technical architecture was not, making each upgrade repetitive and not transformative. With client-server, the server primarily stores small volumes of enterprise transaction data, leaving most data scattered across employee PCs (clients). As Internet technologies have continued to develop, data has begun its migration from the PC to the cloud, causing a sharp spike in data volume for the latter. The need to store such vast volumes is exactly what is driving innovations in computing and storage architectures, and giving rise to the emergence of cloud computing architectures that feature virtualization, parallel computing, distributed storage, and automation, making for a dramatic change over the traditional architectures. In fact, this new push is considered the third major wave of IT transformation after those related to the mainframe and client/server architecture. Presently, traditional enterprise IT architectures are no longer capable of processing the voluminous amounts of data that they take in. To answer this need, an internet-oriented cloud computing architecture is required. This architecture will form the basis of both big data and "big" wisdom.

 

•Low-bandwidth networks are hindering information-based development and user experience improvement. A ubiquitous Gigabit network is a prerequisite for any digital society. To lay the foundation for a Terabit-network society, next-gen research is needed. As public and private clouds develop, the amount of data they carry is sure to mushroom, as the analysis of data is more effective when its storage is centralized. To drive this migration, ubiquitous networking with greater bandwidth is required to support data upload and data usage. Ubiquitous broadband makes cloud computing accessible. Devices across the entire industry chain, including content creation devices (video cameras), cloud computing devices that process information, and terminals where information is generated and consumed (PCs, tablets, etc.) all now support high-definition video, even smartphones that cost only $150. However, the global network, which has an average bandwidth of only 3.1Mbps, is still unable to support high-definition video, leading to the aforementioned hindrances to user experience. Therefore, we must accelerate the construction of Gigabit networks to enable seamless ultra-broadband access, the basis for building a digital society. We must also intensify our research into and innovation efforts for technologies such as next-generation mobile access, next-generation digital subscriber line (DSL) access, passive optical network (PON) access, next-generation Internet, and all-optical networking (AON). This focus on future networks will lay a solid foundation for building a Terabit-network society.

 

•To support evolution from a "hard" pipe to a "soft" pipe, we should develop programmable, scalable, application-agile, automatic, and open intelligent networks. Software-defined networking (SDN) will lead to the development of next-gen network architectures. Technologies are enablers of network development. In the past two decades, driven by advancements of technologies from time-division multiplexing (TDM) towards all-IP, networks have undergone three different revolutions: analog to digital, fixed to mobile, and narrowband to broadband. At present, All-IP networks are undeniably the mainstay for telco and enterprise networks. However, as networks grow, with information flowing in and out in uncertain directions and technologies being upgraded rapidly, it is important that networks be flexible, intelligent, scalable, and automated. Equally important is a change in how we think about network architectural design. The core concepts for cloud computing development, such as virtualization, software decoupling from hardware, centralized resource pool scheduling, automatic deployment, high scalability, and on-demand service provisioning, provide valuable references for network development. Introduction of these concepts into the design of network architectures and products can form the concepts of SDN, including forwarding and control element separation (FORces) to centralize network control and resource scheduling, software decoupling from hardware to virtualize network functions, network function development of cloud-based architecture to realize automatic deployment and high scalability, and application-aware network development to improve network capabilities, among others. By adopting these concepts, we can lead the developments of next-generation product architectures and network architectures, establish an intelligent application-aware network that can intelligently schedule traffic, improve user experience and network utilization, support traffic-based operations, and generate new revenue streams.

 

•Intelligent terminals will not just be tools for communications; they will become extensions of our own senses. Terminals of the future will be context-aware and have intelligent sensory capabilities. What makes a terminal intelligent is far more than just its CPUs and operating system - It also relates to its sensory capabilities. By using various sensors (compasses, accelerators, gyroscopes, barometers, global positioning systems, light sensors, microphones, cameras, touch screens, temperature sensors, and infrared instruments), we can extend the human sensory and nervous systems in the form of intelligent terminals,  bringing us one-step away from true brain-machine interaction. These intelligent terminals will be context-aware, and able to both sense and predict behavior through features such as auto-completion. By combining cloud-based big data analysis capabilities with context-aware terminals, we can provide personalized and intelligent services that realize true human-machine interaction, enabling a dramatic improvement in the user experience.

 

To respond to the ICT transformation being driven by the integration of the physical world and digital worlds, Huawei has developed a pipe strategy that covers cloud-based data center infrastructure (used for information storage and processing), infrastructure networks (used for information transmission and delivery), and intelligent terminals (used for information creation and consumption). Huawei has also set up its 2012 Laboratories, dedicated to researching next-generation technologies, while developing a SoftCOM (Software Defined Network + teleCOM) network architecture development strategy.  Huawei will openly partner with industry peers to raise information society to a new level.

From http://www.telecomasia.net/ 01/04/2013

TOP↑

 

Local Software Can Spur Development, Says UN Report

 

Local software production and development can spur economic growth in Africa and other developing economies, says a report by the UN Conference on Trade and Development. The 'Information Economy Report 2012' shows that information and communication technology (ICT) software and services are dominated by the developed world but developing economies are catching up. It says that piracy, poor ICT infrastructure and inadequate protection of intellectual property rights are some of the major challenges hindering ICT software development and service expansion in developing regions such as Africa.

 

The report urges governments in developing countries — significant buyers of software — to help the software sector by putting in place policy measures to facilitate the development of affordable ICT infrastructure and introducing legal frameworks to protect intellectual property rights. Enhanced access to ICTs in developing countries is widening opportunities in areas including health, education, governance and business creation and expansion, according to the report. "Software production can contribute to the structural transformation of economies — that is, wean them away from dependence on low-technology goods and on a limited number of products for export," the report states.  Kenya and South Africa top the continent in supplying software and services for domestic consumption, with areas of focus being smartphones and tablets, as well as mobile applications driven by mobile broadband Internet services. "Software development is strategic for Africa's development as it offers a lot of opportunities," said Aida Opoku-Mensah, director of the ICT and Science & Technology Division of the UN Economic Commission for Africa (UNECA), at the launch.

 

"Adapting software to local contexts helps firms to manage resources better, obtain information more efficiently and [set up] cost-effective business operations," she said. Software development in African nations also creates market opportunities for developers and boosts learning, innovation and job creation in those countries, she explained. Opoku-Mensah tells SciDev.Net that there is an encouraging trend in Africa of local ICT software development and use of services, particularly in countries such as Ghana, Kenya, Rwanda, Senegal and South Africa. Ethiopia has taken the lead in Africa in adapting software developed elsewhere into local languages, for instance it turned English software into Amharic and Tigrinya with UNECA's assistance, according to Opoku-Mensah. UNECA is working with partners and governments to adapt other software from industrialised countries into local languages, she said. Daniel Adinew, an Ethiopian software engineer who developed a computer operating system called EthioNux, says that locally developed software helps to minimise dependency on foreign firms, which may place restrictions on the use of their products. He adds that increasing software development can also stimulate the manufacturing of computer hardware.

From http://www.scidev.net/ 01/08/2013

TOP↑

 

Best Broadband Cities in the World

 

The latest Net Index city statistics revealed that Hong Kong has the highest average broadband speed, followed by Vilnius in Lithuania and Bucharest in Romania. According to the Net Index website, which uses data from millions of recent test results from Speedtest.net, the Hong Kong central district has an average real-world download speed of 46Mbps. This is significantly higher than the global average of 12.64Mbps. The latest Ookla Net Index statistics list the following cities as the top broadband cities in the world.

1.Hong Kong Central District – 45.93Mbps

2.Vilnius, Lithuania – 41.41Mbps

3.Bucharest, Romania – 35.58Mbps

4.Singapore, Singapore – 35.47Mbps

5.Taipei, Taiwan – 34.57Mbps

6.Seoul, South Korea – 34.50Mbps

7.Constanta, Romania – 34.16Mbps

8.Iasi, Romania – 33.95 Mbps

9.Tokyo, Japan – 33.37Mbps

10.Sofia, Bulgaria – 32.83 Mbps

 

In South Africa Edenvale is currently ranked as the area/city with the highest average broadband speed, followed by Midrand and Sandton.

1.Edenvale – 6.73 Mbps

2.Midrand – 5.94 Mbps

3.Sandton – 5.73 Mbps

4.Paarl – 5.19 Mbps

5.Johannesburg – 4.42 Mbps

6.Brits – 4.35 Mbps

7.Worcester – 3.91 Mbps

8.Randburg – 3.54 Mbps

9.Pretoria – 3.43 Mbps

10.Boksburg – 3.42 Mbps

From http://mybroadband.co.za/ 01/14/2013

TOP↑

 

Big Data Grows in 2013

 

The doomsday scare might be over. But there's another threat lurking within enterprises: The data beast. No matter who you ask--analysts, CIOs, or technology providers--they all agree that the challenge of data growth will only get more accentuated during the coming year. The data challenges of most companies, however, pale in comparison to those of some other companies, those that generate data by the petabyte. That's probably why despite the immaturity of big data (the industry still can't decide whether the term 'big data' represents the problems that come with large amounts of data or the solution set to leverage it) it's getting plenty of traction among IT leaders. In fact, it has made its way to one of the top technologies that Indian CIOs plan to implement this year, joining the ranks of more established technologies such as mobility or business intelligence. According to State of the Indian CIO Survey, 40 percent of Indian IT leaders plan to implement big data analytics over the course of this year--while 16 percent say they are already in the process of implementing it. Here are some of the benefits that four companies--that are already using or planning use big data technologies in the coming year--see from their big data initiatives.

 

Streamlining the Business and Improving Research

With diverse businesses ranging from aircraft engines, power generation, water processing and household appliances to medical imaging, business and consumer financing, and industrial products, GE produces as much data as a small country. Until two years ago though, much of that data wasn't structured, nor was it leveraged in the most effective manner. Which is why the multi-billion dollar multinational decided to create a separate team--and assigned a dedicated leader--to spearhead a big data initiative. "GE's financial needs for big data were huge. We required a more holistic view, so we set a milestone around big data. When you have a business with a long fail-cycle, you need to look at data across multiple years, and the defects that surface on a daily basis," says Amarjeet Singh, CIO, General Electric India. According to Singh, GE started on its big data journey last year. And the outcomes it has seen have driven it to pump more money big data's way. "We started our big data journey in a huge way in 2011. Trends such as how we are doing in our software business came out of big data. By Q2 of 2012, we started seeing results and based on these results we will be investing more in the future," he says. There are plenty of plans in GE's big data pipeline, but it's doing stuff right now that has the potential of saving the company billions. Based on its big data initiative, for instance, GE implemented a tool that monitors different parts of an aircraft during take-off, and then shares that information with the ground maintenance crew.

 

The idea, says Singh, is to be able to analyze and predict the spare parts required to service an engine even before an aircraft lands, thereby ensuring that it does not remain on the ground--where it isn't making any money--for too long. GE is betting big on big data. And why shouldn't it? According to GE's Industrial Internet report, it predicts that big data technology could result in a 5 percent cost reduction from better flight planning and operational changes. That's $8 billion (about Rs 44,000 crore) a year--from a single business. The big data bug hasn't only bitten extremely large companies like GE. It's also percolated down to organizations like the Kokilaben Dhirubai Ambani Hospital. According to Rajesh Batra, VP-IT at the hospital, big data is being seen as a game-changing asset. "It's a reality. Not only is patient data growing, our requirements for creating vast storage space for medical records is also growing by the day. Since the deployment of a common hospital management system last year, organizational data has run into petabytes," says Batra. The hospital has over 750-beds, 103 full-time doctors, 520 nurses and 200 paramedics. And it has data streaming in from as many 18 departments, with radiology creating a bulk of its unstructured data. According to Batra, the hospital is aiming to use analytics to draw intelligent information from patient data for the purpose of research in the near future.

 

Increasing Market Share

At the 121-year-old Philips, executives hope that in the future big data could lead them to the Holy Grail of business: Competitive differentiation from new products. As the world's biggest lighting manufacturer, and Europe's largest consumer electronics producer, Philips generates tons of data. Its three highly-successful businesses--healthcare, lighting and consumer lifestyle--create data in the range of several petabytes. Philips has put in place an organization-wide business transformation project that's being led by its global CEO. The only way to extract intelligence out of data that large, is to approach the problem using the emerging tools in big data analytics. "Conventional data warehousing solutions arep not going to be sufficient to analyze this kind of data. We need solutions that can do parallel processing and provide relevant data in a timely manner, to the right business people, in order to drive decisions that will influence business parameters and performance," says Sreeji Gopinathan, senior director-IT, Philips India. "For big data and analytics solutions to work, getting visibility to the right data and analyzing it at the right time is essential. This could help us gain market share and profitability." Press reports of the company show that Philips is targeting sales growth in the range of 4-6 percent.

 

Its business transformation and big data project could go a long way in helping it reach that target even in a sluggish economy. Philips isn't the only company that wants to employ big data to help it drive sales and acquire greater market share. TVS Motor Company's big data challenge is to find meaning in the surplus of unstructured data streaming in from its highly successful social media strategy, one that has ensured 150,000 likes and comments on TVS' social media page for big sellers like Scooty Pep and Apache. According to CIO T.G. Dhandapani, the company plans to increase market share and wants to leverage data from mediums such as Facebook and Twitter to help it get there. Earlier for instance, the auto manufacturer used to invest heavily in market-focused studies, in which executives travelled across different metros and locations to gather information, collate it, and deliver it to businesses. The entire process took between three to six months and incurred a huge cost to the manufacturer. Using social media in areas like market research is a trend that Gopinathan has observed, and he says, it has ramifications for big data. "If we look at the way that functions like marketing, R&D, sales, etcetera are run, it's changing. Concepts like social listening, crowd-sourcing, mobility will generate huge amounts of data; much more than we have been handling so far," he says.

 

Like Gopinathan, Dhandapani thinks big data technologies can help. But one of the challenges in the way is finding and nourishing the talent and resources the business will need. That's a challenge Singh says they faced at GE. But they worked their way through the problem. "We have placed a lot of focus on hiring internal domain experts and are arming them with tools, resources and training. We augment that talent with external technical expertise, where necessary," says Singh. The company hired 30 percent of its workforce from outside who were trained in different analytical tools and the rest were trained internally for the initiative. Another challenge that Gopinathan says companies going down the big data path need to be prepared for is amount of preparation and ground work needed before big data can take off. "For big data and analytics solutions to work, it's not enough to just have the solution. It's important that the underlying transactional systems and the business processes that run on the systems are streamlined. Or else there would be tons of systems where data needs to be collected, and collated and data normalized, before analytics could give meaningful results, and usually they are not effective." At TVS, Dhandapani has already created a project that applies intelligence to the feedback it's getting, and it's helping lower both the cost and the time it takes to do market research. "We have introduced a pilot involving analytics. This has reduced latency by 50 percent, a tremendous upsurge in receiving timely feedback from customers for TVS' products," says Dhandapani, adding that the success of the project will propel an investment in big data. As a result of this implementation, Dhandapani says product sales have increased considerably. With results like that it's not hard to see why there's so much interest in big data among Indian companies. According to CIO research, 30 percent of Indian CIOs say their companies rate their interest in analyzing big data between 4-5 (on a scale of 1-5, with 5 being extremely interested). Not bad for a new kid on the block.

From http://news.idg.no/ 01/18/2013

TOP↑

 

 

The Public Cloud Arrives in 2013

 

In corporate circles, inside the four-walls of IT, and at executive gatherings, tales of the affair between the public cloud and IT have fed uninterested CIOs with far-from-juicy gossip. It was clearly a relationship--between IT and the public cloud--that was doomed from the start. A lack of trust, a world of insecurity, and a baggage of unresolved issues had crippled its foundation. A series of public cloud outages wasn't helping. And it seemed like IT would never be able to trust the cloud again. Well for starters, there was a time when even the very concept of vanilla cloud computing took a considerable amount of time to build credibility. But with the passage of time, the cloud has only matured. From being a bottom-of-the-pyramid technology, cloud computing, in its many shapes and forms has grown to be a respectable and reliable technology for enterprises. This is evident from the fact that it features in the CIO priority list and is gradually making its presence felt in Indian organizations. Consider this: According to the findings in the State of the CIO Survey, almost 80 percent of all respondents were at some stage of implementing or had already implemented a cloud solution. Also, 35 percent of all respondents thought that cloud computing will have the single most profound effect on the CIO's role in the near future. When it comes to the type of cloud implementation CIOs plan to deploy, 48 percent said they opted for a private cloud, 38 percent chose hybrid cloud, and only 14 percent went for a public cloud. The public cloud might not be a favourite yet but the percentage of organizations implementing it has jumped by 9 percent--a significant improvement. This makes the public cloud promising. Its gradual progress to the top is encouraging CIOs to spare a thought for the technology.

 

Going Public

Taking a leaf from their peers, some forward looking CIOs have already started looking up to the public cloud. According to this edition of the State of the CIO Survey, a good majority--53 percent--of respondents see the main benefit of implementing a public cloud solution as that of increasing business agility. This was followed by other factors like reducing infrastructure costs and converting capex to opex, among other things. For Jagdish Belwal, CIO, Tata Motors, cost savings, scalability and process excellence are the benefits that he is expecting from his public cloud implementation. Belwal is planning to move his Web-based, external facing portals to IaaS platforms. In addition, he also plans to explore moving non-production systems--such as development boxes--to an IaaS platform as they are prone to seasonality of usage and remain unused for long periods of time. On the other hand, he strongly feels that the cloud offers niche, expert process solutions. Tata Motors has decided to leverage this through a technology principle. "We will first look at the cloud to deliver any new business process requirement that comes our way. Our technology principle now is that whenever a new process enablement request comes in, we will first look at the cloud as an option, then we will look at packaged products. And then only we will turn to internal development" says Belwal. Another public cloud champion is Jayanta Prabhu, CTO, Essar Group. Prabhu also wants to reap the benefits of reduced capex and scalability when he looks to expand his presence on the public cloud. "Going forward, I have aggressive plans to increase the number of apps on--Microsoft's public cloud platform--from four to 10," says Prabhu. "We are also evaluating the possibility of moving SAP to the cloud." Today, going to the cloud for specific business applications can surely be a cost efficient strategy. M.G. Raghuraman, CIO, Mphasis, says that Mphasis reaped significant cost benefits when he opted to deploy a cloud-based on-demand solution for his CRM system. Through this CRM tool--which has also been integrated with their enterprise applications--Raghuraman says that the company is now able to manage and track the entire sales life cycle, from lead generation to opportunity, right up to finalizing the deal. "I pay Oracle on a pay-per-use model based on the number of licenses deployed. This helped me cut initial investment costs during implementation and also provided me the flexibility to ramp up based on additional business requirements," says Raghuraman. Another advantage that Raghuraman gained out of opting for this solution is that it was quick to implement and therefore it reduced his time-to-market.

 

Cloud Cover

There's no doubt that the issues surrounding public clouds have over-shadowed the various benefits that it offers. From vague SLAs to infrequent availability, and from security to vendor-lock in, the public cloud's shortcomings can't be ignored. When opting to implement a public cloud solution, Prabhu says there are a bunch of hurdles that CIOs need to cross. "Contracts management is a big concern with public cloud service providers. Appropriate SLAs, availability and performance uptime are still far from being precise. However, this is expected to improve gradually." However, Raghuraman points out that there is an inherent lack of flexibility to customize cloud-based applications as you would see on on-premise enterprise applications; and this is a factor CIOs must keep in mind when opting for cloud strategy. There is a clear trade-off between time to market and customization. Fortunately for Raghuraman, the CRM tool that he chose had most of the features he wanted, and he only had to customize very minimally. He also cited possible degradation in application performance as an additional reason for not opting to overly customize a cloud application. "These cloud apps have been tailored to suit the most prevalent business processes and the best practices in the industry. So, if we use any cloud app as it is, we will perhaps get the best performance. However, if you start customizing it, then it would adversely affect performance and speed although you will get the additional functionality. So you always have to make the best compromise between the level of customization which you need and the performance of the cloud application. As a practice, my strategy is not to fiddle around and do too much customization on a cloud-based application," says Raghuraman. Another aspect of the public cloud that could be a challenge is getting buy-in and funding for implementing the technology. However, both Prabhu and Raghuraman faced a relatively unencumbered path as far as getting the required finances to implement the project are concerned. In Prabhu's case, despite a lack of prototypes and successful cloud implementation stories, his senior management was supportive of his efforts and Essar has been recognized as an early adopter of cloud computing by NASSCOM. Raghuraman, on the other hand, had sold his idea to the CFO on the premise that he was going to opt for a pay-per-use model when implementing his cloud app solution. "The cost economics of the cloud strategy as stated earlier, found a favor with my CFO," says Raghuraman.

 

Forecast: Sunny Days Ahead

Cloud computing has had a tough time earning the respect of the sceptics and the naysayers. But it has come a long way from being IT's incomplete invention to a full-blown, promising opportunity for Indian organizations. However, the public cloud has fought--and is still fighting--a long and hard battle to get CIOs' attention. Sure, there are a number of concerns with the public cloud like security and integration with enterprise apps, among other things. But the advantages it offers--added business agility, reduced infrastructure costs and scalability--are tempting benefits for companies and IT departments to give this relationship a chance to prove itself.

From http://news.idg.no/ 01/18/2013

TOP↑

 

 

Global Internet Connection Speed Up 11%

Global Internet connection speeds dropped by 7% between the second and third quarters of 2012 to 2.8mbps, according to a new report from Akamai Technologies. However, during the entire year the average connection speeds rose 11% compared to 2011. During late 2012, South Korea registered the highest average connection speed at 14.7mbps, followed by Japan (10.7 Mbps) and Hong Kong (8.9 Mbps). According to the report, the global adoption of high broadband rose 8.8% during the third quarter, while overall global broadband adoption increased 4.8%.

From http://telecoms.cbronline.com/ 01/28/2013

TOP↑

 

 

ICT in Energy and Utilities: Frost & Sullivan's Top Predictions for 2013

 

The evolving smart energy market offers significant potential for Information & Communication Technology (ICT) solutions.  In the last two years, the industry has seen both ICT and energy vendors positioning themselves for such an opportunity.  Frost & Sullivan believes that vendors' ambitions and smart energy value propositions dictate the long term success.  Looking ahead, Frost & Sullivan expects 4 main forces to drive smart energy developments panning out in 2013 towards 2020; technology adoption, new business models, vendor dynamics and customer preference dominate business discussions this year. The main market trends and opportunities for ICT within smart energy will be summarized during Frost & Sullivan's upcoming web conference on Tuesday, 5th February 2013, at 14.00 GMT. Frost & Sullivan Programme Manager for ICT in Energy/Utilities, Yiru Zhong , will highlight the main drivers that will support the continued optimism of the ICT sector in the energy industry. Ms Zhong will also present market predictions for 2013 and beyond, focusing on immediate ICT opportunities and showing signposts that could tip the market into the full blown growth phase.

 

"We know that the market potential for ICT from smart grid investments is substantial, but the intensity of competition is equally significant," notes Ms Zhong. "The emerging players within smart energy will not only provide core expertise to energy companies but also address financial and efficiency concerns. This suggests a bias for large IT vendors for their consulting and professional services; however we have also seen telecommunication players investing in this capability in the last few years. This is a long haul game and it will be interesting to see how ICT players develop their potential to establish a sustainable competitive edge in this new market place." This complimentary web conference will benefit ICT players who are looking beyond the hype around smart grids and into actual ICT market opportunities as energy companies build a smart energy future. The briefing will also present a summary of ICT trends in smart energy in 2012 to define the Business-As-Usual growth scenario for the ICT sector in 2013. Finally, Ms Zhong will highlight some of the obstacles that must be addressed to bring the energy sector closer to the smart energy future. If you would like to participate in this complimentary web conference, please email Joanna Lewandowska , Corporate Communications, at Joanna.lewandowska@frost.com, with your full contact details. Upon receipt of the above information, a registration link will be e-mailed to you. You may also register to receive a recorded version of the briefing at anytime by submitting the aforementioned contact details.

From http://www.prnewswire.com/ 01/28/2013

TOP↑

 

Cisco Visual Networking Index Forecast Projects 13-Fold Growth in Global Mobile Internet Data Traffic from 2012 – 2017

 

Nearly Half of All Cellular Traffic Will Be Off-loaded to Fixed or Wi-Fi Networks by 2017; 4G Expected to Support Nearly 10 Percent of All Mobile Connections by 2017. According to the Cisco Visual Networking Index Global Mobile Data Traffic Forecast for 2012 to 2017, worldwide mobile data traffic will increase 13-fold over the next four years, reaching 11.2 exabytes* per month (for an annual run rate of 134 exabytes) by 2017. The expected steady increase in mobile traffic is partly due to continued strong growth in the number of mobile Internet connections (personal devices and machine-to-machine applications), which will exceed the world’s population (United Nations estimates 7.6 billion) by 2017. *An exabyte is a unit of information or computer storage equal to one quintillion bytes. The forecast’s annual run rate of 134 exabytes of mobile data traffic is equivalent to:

134 times all the Internet Protocol traffic (fixed and mobile) generated in the year 2000, or 30 trillion images (e.g., via MMS or Instagram) — 10 images daily from each person on earth for one year, or 3 trillion video clips (e.g., YouTube) — one video clip daily from each person on earth over one year.

 

The projected 2012 to 2017 global mobile data traffic increase represents a compound annual growth rate of 66 percent. The incremental amount of traffic being added to the mobile Internet just between 2016 and 2017 is 3.7 exabytes per month, which is more than four times the estimated size of the entire mobile Internet in 2012 (885 petabytes per month). During the 2012 to 2017 forecast period, Cisco anticipates that global mobile data traffic will outpace global fixed data traffic by a factor of three. The following major trends are driving global mobile data traffic growth:

More mobile users: By 2017, there will be 5.2 billion mobile users (up from 4.3 billion in 2012).

More mobile connections: By 2017, there will be more than 10 billion mobile devices/connections, including more than 1.7 billion M2M connections (up from 7 billion total mobile devices and M2M connections in 2012).

Faster mobile speeds: Average global mobile network speeds will increase seven-fold from 2012 (0.5 Mbps) to 2017 (3.9 Mbps).

More mobile video: By 2017, mobile video will represent 66 percent of global mobile data traffic (up from 51 percent in 2012).

From http://newsroom.cisco.com/ 02/07/2013

TOP↑

 

World Bank Publishes Report on ICT in Africa

 

Africa is still at the beginning of its growth curve in the use of ICT in key sectors of the economy and now is the time for rigorous evaluation, replication, and scaling up of best practice, according to the eTransform Africa report produced by the World Bank and the African Development Bank with the support of the African Union. The report identifies best practice in the use of ICT in agriculture, climate change adaptation, education, financial services, government services and health. It also highlights the role of ICT in enhancing regional trade and integration. The report includes more than 20 case studies of ICT transformation in action in Africa, as well as a statistical annex presenting data on mobile and broadband access in African countries.

From http://www.telecompaper.com/ 12/13/2012

TOP↑

 

ASIA: IT Recruitment to Slow in 2013

 

TECHNOLOGY recruitment experienced a significant decrease in hiring activity in the fourth quarter, with expectations of a slow moving year in most industries in 2013, a report finds. The latest Ambition Market Trends Report, released today, found on the infrastructure side there was a general consensus of little or no new hires next year. "I think people thought there would be a big charge to the end of the year, but it is just not happening," Ambitions technology division managing director Andrew Cross said. The report also found that continued investment in mobile applications had fuelled demand for ASP.Net developers with experience in working on HTML5 and mobile compatible websites/web applications. It said contractors in this mobile area were particularly sought after to help guide projects, which for many companies were the first of their kind to be developed internally. "MVC3 was a niche and in demand skill earlier this year, but it is now seen by many companies as a 'must have' skill," the report said. It found change management had become an important part of the implementation process and organisations were investing resources in the area with a view to realising real return-on-investment.

 

"Demand is steady for project managers (PM) and more senior business analysts (BA), who can assume some PM responsibility assuming their cost isn't too high," the study said. The research found BA roles tend to be all-inclusive, combining elements of testing, BA and PM with a trend for more technical than commercially-focused skill sets. "Big data continues to intrigue all and sundry with Hadoop still the leading option it would appear," it said. The report noted several large corporate entities were adopting its use within the finance sector to extract potential value from vast petabytes of data. "As a result, employers are seeking permanent 'business data analysts' to engage with business, marketing, finance and IT parts of the business to maximise the use of analytics," the study found. On the infrastructure side, fixed term contracts and permanent hires were viewed more favourably than temp/contract hires and the trend was likely to continue through next year. "People are not prepared to commit additional spend at the moment to re-fill roles," Mr Cross said. "I think that is going to come to a tipping point towards the back-end of the first quarter when people are going to have to bite the bullet and invest."

From The Australian 12/19/2012

TOP↑

 

EUROPE: Estonia Decodes IT Future

 

The European Union launched an information technology agency in Estonia last Saturday, just months after the Baltic country announced it would begin teaching computer programming to first-graders. For a nation that recognizes Internet access as a fundamental human right, boasts the greatest Internet freedom in the world, is home to NATO’s Cooperative Cyber Defense Centre of Excellence, and produces more tech start-ups per head of population than any other country in Europe, these latest achievements only cement its status as an IT trailblazer. Establishing the EU’s IT headquarters for large-scale home affairs, such as Schengen area border policies, in Tallinn is “a sign of respect,” according to Estonia’s Minister of the Interior, Ken-Marti Vaher. Many would argue, however, that the move represents more than a mere accolade and is the result of a two-decade long strategy to shape an “e-Estonian” identity. Estonia’s size first encouraged President Toomas Hendrik Ilves–a self-proclaimed computer “geek”–to carve a niche in the IT field following the collapse of the Soviet Union. He believed  computers could compensate for a tiny workforce and for a lack of physical infrastructure, in addition to eradicating the culture of oppression prevalent during Soviet rule. Now that same momentum is propelling a drive for universal code literacy in the nation of 1.3 million. A pilot program introduced last September by the government-sponsored Tiger Leap Foundation, which promotes science and technology in schools, laid the foundation for instructing six and seven-year-olds in Java, Perl, C++ and other skills needed for coding, such as logic. The intention behind the program, known as ProgeTiiger, is not to build an army of computer scientists, but to develop a generation of users with a more intimate connection to technology.

 

“We want to change thinking that computers and programs are just things as they are,” Ave Lauringson, founder and project manager of ProgeTiiger, told Forbes. “There is an opportunity to create something, and be a smart user of technology.” The program, which receives some $90,000 from the Estonian government for course material and to train teachers online, is still in the very early stages, with 20 of the country’s 550 public schools participating in ProgeTiiger. The plan is to make computer programming a mandatory course for grades 1-4 and an elective course with extracurricular “coding clubs” thereafter. Neighboring Latvia and Lithuania are also emerging as tech havens, with the some of the fastest Internet download speeds in the world and the London-based TechHub selecting Riga for it’s first international expansion, but both lag behind their Estonian counterparts. Some secondary school students in these nations can take elective computer courses and participate in international programming competitions, but Latvia seems more interested in bringing technology to senior citizens than in wiring the youngest generations. Lithuania, meanwhile, is still adapting to information and communications technology in the classroom and is working to ensure an Internet connection in every school–something the Tiger Leap Foundation was finalizing in Estonia as early as 1997. Organizations such as Girls Who Code and CodeNow are attempting to breed an interest for computer programming in schoolchildren, but Estonia is unique in starting at such a young age and in implementing the program on a universal scale. It will be decades before the benefits of the ProgeTiiger program can be evaluated, but Lauringson said Estonia’s small size makes it a model country for experimenting with new projects and that their “e-society” mentality is ideal for turning a nation of ingrained tech users into tech developers–two factors the EU is certainly embracing with their new headquarters.

From http://netprophet.tol.org/ 12/16/2012

TOP↑

 

UK G-Cloud Enters Second Phase

 

The G-Cloud Programme in the UK entered its second phase with the launch of G-Cloud ii, its second procurement framework, in October. The G-Cloud programme was created by the government to introduce cloud-based ICT services into the public sector. Under the direction of the CIO Delivery Board, the governance body responsible for implementation of the government’s ICT strategy, the G-Cloud programme launched CloudStore in February, an online marketplace where government agencies and departments can explore and purchase a variety of cloud services on a ‘pay-as-you-go’ basis instead of developing their own solutions. The upgraded CloudStore, under G-Cloud ii, now offers more than 3000 cloud services (double the previous offering) from 458 suppliers (from the previous 257), covering categories such as accessibility tools, anti-spam & captcha, learning management, and end-user device services. The new supplier framework has been designed to make it easier for small and medium enterprises (SMEs) to offer their services through CloudStore. More than 75 per cent of suppliers on CloudStore are SMEs. “The high representation of SMEs on both G-Cloud frameworks and in purchases from CloudStore is a positive sign that the government is moving away from dependence on a small number of large suppliers for IT services,” said Denise McDonagh, G-Cloud Programme Director, in a statement. “It also demonstrates growing support for the G-Cloud concept. We are creating a truly competitive and diverse marketplace that encourages service providers to improve the quality and value of the solutions they offer, reducing the cost to taxpayers and suppliers, who also benefit from the speed and ease of procurement that G-Cloud offers.” As of 26 October, 99 purchases of IT services had been made through the CloudStore, at a total of more than £2.2 million (US$3.5 million). 70 per cent of this amount has been spent on services provided by SMEs.

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 12/04/2012

TOP↑

 

North America: U.S. - 2013 IT Trends Predicted

 

With 2013 fast approaching, IT experts are weighing in on what the new year will bring for issues like big data, cloud computing and cybersecurity. Eleven executives from IT firm EMC shared their predictions in a Nov. 26 blog on the company's website. Many executives agreed that several key technologies will dominate the IT atmosphere in the coming months, with big data hogging much of the spotlight. “Big data is on virtually everyone’s short list,” said Scott Yara, senior vice president for EMC's products division. “The combined effects of social and mobile technologies, the constant need for driving improved competitive advantage and the pervasiveness of analytics software and services will change the way vendors and end users consume information." New technologies are making it possible for petabytes of data to be stored and processed in more cost-effective ways, leading to a host of innovations in application development fueled by big data. The growing focus on big data is also reflected by IT investments. In 2009, venture capitalists invested $1.1 billion in startups related to big data. The following year saw $1.53 billion invested, and in 2011, investments reached $2.47 billion, according to information from Thomson Reuters.

From http://www.govtech.com/ 11/27/2012

TOP↑

 

2012 Year in Review: Big Data - It’s Really Happening

 

From GIS to predictive policing, data streams are being used increasingly to provide better services to communities. Government and law enforcement agencies ramped up their use of big data this year in a number of different ways. One of the more interesting developments was the first major project of the G7 — short for Group of Seven — an informal collaboration between big city CIOs. The group launched Cities.data.gov on Aug. 1. The website adds a new layer to the federal government’s open data portal, Data.gov, featuring data sets from Chicago, New York, San Francisco and Seattle. While not every data set from each city is online yet, G7 member and San Francisco CIO Jon Walton said his city has about 90 percent of its data on the shared portal and plans to add new data sets to it as a regular practice going forward. The other cities involved also are expected to contribute new data, too. Perhaps even more important, the data is standardized. By making the flood of data available, cities could spur innovation among developers through hackathons and other collaborations to create apps and other advancements to improve the quality of life of residents. Creating those apps on standardized data sets increases the potential for multi-city development events and more convenient apps for users. For example, the same parking app people use at home in San Francisco could also work for them while vacationing in New York. The approach also makes it easier for G7 cities to evaluate their performance against their peers. The concept of big data — analyzing large data sets and using the information to make decisions — continues to grow as agencies get better at capturing and sharing statistics on what they do. For example, Colorado is taking a look at data from the state departments of education, higher education and a number of others to get a better understanding of why some students prosper and others don’t once they finish school. The idea is to find out whether factors such as early childhood education or a having an incarcerated parent make a tangible impact on a student’s success.

 

The problem with big data, however, is that much of the information has errors that affect the quality of studies being done from it. To overcome this, Colorado is relying on technology known as master data management (MDM) which analyzes bits of wrong information such as name misspellings and slightly incorrect addresses to determine what data belongs with a particular individual. It cleans up “dirty data” and makes it more reliable. Another growth area for analytics is law enforcement. Police departments throughout the United States continue to harness the power of data analytics to get a better handle on crime hotspots and in some cases, stop illegal activity before it happens. For example, predictive policing was a huge success in Santa Cruz, Calif., this year. Through the use of advanced analytics and predictive technology, the Santa Cruz Police Department reported a 19 percent reduction in property theft in the first six months of 2012 compared to the same time period in 2011. No changes were made in the department during that time, except for the use of data-driven prediction methods. Looking ahead, some experts believe big data will expand beyond statistics into behavioral practices, leading to further success in anticipating crime through technology. Dawn Clausius, police intelligence analyst with the Olathe, Kan., Police Department, told Government Technology earlier this year that offender behavior and other non-traditional information such as virtual gaming could potentially increase the effectiveness of predictive technology in the years to come. “I don’t think law enforcement and public safety has even tapped into that as far as a data source or intelligence,” Clausius said. “There are all kinds of games for all different purposes … and maybe on a federal level they are already gaming and in those worlds, but from a local law enforcement level, we are not in any of that.”

From http://www.govtech.com/ 12/12/2012

TOP↑

 

 

10 Smartest Cities in North America

 

Co.Exist recently published a list of the top 10 smartest cities in North America. The rankings are based on measurements of six components: people, economy, government, environment, lifestyle and mobility. Each component is measured with a number of related data sources. For example, smart governance was evaluated based on a not-yet-released e-governance ranking conducted by Rutgers University, and the Center for Digital Government's 2012 Digital Cities Survey.* Here are the top 10 overall smartest North American cities based on Co.Exist's evaluation system:

Boston

San Francisco

Seattle

Vancouver

New York City

Washington D.C.

Toronto

Chicago

Los Angeles

Montreal

 

While these are the overall rankings, individual category rankings were somewhat varied. New York City was ranked first when it came to smart mobility, thanks to the city's open data efforts and events like NYC Big Apps. Seattle ranked first in smart governance, based on the city's use of RFIDs to track waste as well as its use of Twitter to communicate about stolen vehicles. Seattle Police also announced a program in Oct. that allows residents to monitor crime in realtime through a program called Tweets-by-Beat. San Francisco ranked first in smart environment, thanks to high rankings in energy, buildings, waste and air quality measurements. The city also tied for first place with Boston for smartest people, as the city is a known center of innovation, home to organizations such as Code For America.

From http://www.govtech.com/ 12/13/2012

TOP↑

 

 

The Best Open Data Releases of 2012

 

Last year, Cities named ten of its favorite metro datasets of 2011 from cities across North America, illustrating the breadth of what we might learn (regarding mosquito traps! misplaced vehicles! energy consumption!) in the still relatively young field of urban open data. For this year's installment, we're going one step further. Sure, raw data is great. But useful tools, maps and data visualizations built with said data are even better. Below, you'll find our picks for 2012's best open data releases from municipal vaults, with an emphasis on tools that can be used by anyone, not just developers and data geeks. If we missed your favorite, please add it in the comments. 

 

1. Crime in Philadelphia. Philadelphia snuck onto our 2012 list just under the wire, publishing last week a big data set on all major crimes in the city dating back to January 1, 2006. The data is now updated daily, covering incidents of homicide, rape, robbery, assault and theft. Philadelphia now joins Chicago, which released 10 years of crime data last year. Baltimore has a similar dataset. For Philadelphians more interested in live trends than historic ones, the city is now also mapping recent crimes (see the above graphic). A smart bonus feature: when you click on an individual incident, the map gives you an opportunity to "submit a tip" to the Philadelphia Police Department.

 

2. Bikeshare rides in Boston. Boston’s Hubway bikeshare system published a massive file of historic trip data earlier this year, then invited riders and developers to turn the information into something useful with a data visualization challenge. This map comes from one of the winners, Ari Ofsevit, showing the average speeds across different routes between bikeshare stations: Capital Bikeshare in Washington also publishes trip data. Nice Ride in Minneapolis did so earlier this year as well, although that release ran into privacy complications when it turned out the anonymoized data wasn’t so anonymous after all.

 

3. Public transit in Atlanta. Earlier this year, we wrote about the handful of large metros in the U.S. that were still not opening up their GTFS files of public transit data to anyone other than Google. Atlanta was one of the notable holdouts. In October, however, the Metropolitan Atlanta Rapid Transit Authority finally published this feed, making it possible for developers anywhere – and not just Google Maps – to produce apps, maps, trip planners or other tools with the city’s real-time transit data.

 

4. Blight in New Orleans. Code for America helped the city build a web tool this year mapping and tracking blighted properties all over town to help neighbors and community groups keep track of the status of abandoned and code-violating properties. With Blight Status, residents can for the first time follow blighted properties through the process of inspections, legal hearings, judgment and resolution. As a result, the city is able to convey that it’s actually working on the problem, while residents are given some reassurance of that progress.

 

5. Pedestrian injuries in San Francisco. San Francisco’s Department of Public Health publishes a slew of data and maps (see their great Sustainable Communities Indicators website tracking everything from air quality to food access). One project in particular has had a significant impact. San Francisco’s High-Injury Corridors map tracks data on pedestrian injuries across the city. But instead of mapping individual collisions, the tool weights pedestrian deaths more heavily than other injuries and highlights injury-prone corridors instead of intersections. “The story that this map tells is that 5 percent of the city streets account for 55 percent of the injuries weighted for severity,” says Rajiv Bhatia, director of environmental health for the city’s Department of Public Health. “That was a transformative map to both the pedestrian safety stakeholders, to the police department and the transportation agency.” This is the map he’s talking about: “The transportation agency realized that if you overlay this map with a map of where the city of San Francisco has made their traffic calming and traffic safety investments,” Bhatia adds, “you’ll see almost no overlap.”

 

6. Green roofs in Chicago. The city has identified 359 vegetated roofs across town, with a total surface area of more than 5 million square feet. The city’s data portal now publishes data complete with location, dimensions and satellite imagery for all of them, as well as a map of their locations. Perhaps the most well-known green roof in town? This one, above Chicago’s City Hall:

 

7. Rat sightings in New York City. No, New York doesn't keep a special call-in line or data log just for rat spottings across the city. This data comes instead from the broader database of 311 service requests to city hall over the past three years. The good news? "This information is automatically updated daily." And you can use the New York data portal to map the results. But we're holding out for someone else to do this with a bunch of tiny rat icons.

 

8. Tsunami sirens in Honolulu. Honolulu published data on the location of dozens of warning sirens around the island, and Code for America helped to build an app on top of the data allowing local citizens to "adopt" a siren in the same way that other communities have created adopt-a-hydrant programs. In this case, instead of volunteering to dig out hydrants during snow storms, Honolulu residents can take responsibility for listening to siren tests and reporting problems ahead of any Tsunami. As this map shows, about half of the sirens (those in green) have already been adopted.

 

9. Dangerous dogs in Austin. "Declared Dangerous Dogs" in Austin are court-ordered to be restrained at all times and are required to wear large tags identifying them as such. "They have attacked in the past," warns the city. "If they attack again the court could order them put to sleep." Want to know where they live? The city has now mapped them, complete with useful dog descriptions. Watch out, for instance, on Daleview Drive for "Nibbles," a female red-and-tan Golden Retriever/Chow mix.

 

10. Fixed speed cameras in Baltimore. Baltimore has dozens of these things around town waiting to snap photos of aggressive drivers. The penalty? A $40 mailed citation for going more than 12 miles per hour over the speed limit. But at least the city is up-front about where these cameras are located. This map and dataset on Baltimore's open-data portal identifies the intersection, coordinates and even driving direction (southbound, eastbound, etc.) for all of them. We can imagine such data might come in handy in any number of navigation apps.

From http://www.theatlanticcities.com/ 12/19/2012

TOP↑

 

10 Transformational Impacts of the Cloud in 2013

 

In the coming year, the cloud's impact on business and government strategies will continue to accelerate, and it will be the biggest driver behind major IT decisions, said Cary Landis, senior architecht at NJVC, an IT solutions provider that just released the top 10 transformational impacts of the cloud in 2013 — all of which will transform business and government in the biggest disruption IT has experienced in 25 years, according to the company. "The disruptive impact of cloud is uprooting old industries and making way for new,” Landis said. 

 

The Top 10 Transformational Impacts of the Cloud in 2013 are:

1.    Cloud technologies will converge.

The cloud will continue to forge a massive convergence of technologies — similar to the evolution of the cell phone to the smart phone.

2.    Custom software will hit the cloud.

For years, everyone has been talking about the “low-hanging fruit” of commodity email and infrastructure.But non-commodity custom software is beginning to move to the cloud in a meaningful manner.

3.    Integration will become the new “killer app.”

The term “killer app” generally refers to the technology that’s so necessary it drives adoption of a computing paradigm. IT professionals will turn to cloud services brokers to manage the growing complexity problem by integrating heterogeneous infrastructure services; whereas software developers will turn to Platform as a Service (PaaS) for integrating disparate Web services to deliver seamless user experiences to their customers.

4.    India and outsourcing countries will drive industry adoption of PaaS worldwide.

In 2013, PaaS will be adopted by companies in India and in other major outsourcing countries in a rapid and notable fashion. It will cause a ripple effect throughout industry because these outsourcing companies are so integral to modern business operations. The cloud makes geographic boundaries irrelevant.

5.    Major data centers will go undergo a “survival-of-the-fittest” scenario.

Winners will emerge in the data center shakeout, as many large data centers will close and sell assets, or become acquired and consolidate. Cloud services brokerages will play a larger role for data center service providers to help their customers sort out the confusion and effectively manage an increasing number of cloud service providers.

6.    Health IT will adopt PaaS to replace niche “dinosaur” apps.

“The problem with health IT is that the enterprise systems have grown too large to merely replace, but there are limits to what they can do,” Landis said. “For the healthcare industry to move forward and achieve the goals set out in the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, the cloud must play a major role in the next generation of healthcare IT. Healthcare CIOs are looking at how much it will cost to upgrade their HITECH-compliant systems — and they are finding that proprietary models will leave them with unfavorable lock-in, while others in the healthcare industry embracing the cloud march forward.”

7.    Organizations will rapidly adopt cloud services brokerages.

The need to use multiple cloud services providers to manage multiple functions will create a fast adoption of the cloud services brokerage model: either via a new internal role or external source, like the NJVC Cloudcuity Management Portal.

8.    The U.S. government will re-think major IT contracts.

Large system integrators, whose success long depended on very expensive, highly complex and customized, on-premise solutions, will redefine their practices and their overall operating and profit models, especially as more businesses go beyond basic, "out-of-the-box" cloud services and turn to the cloud for more customized implementations. U.S. government agencies will begin to add new requirements to several major IT contracts.

9.    Innovation and entrepreneurship will hit overdrive.

Entrepreneurship will go into overdrive, especially as full-featured, "idea-to-revenue" platforms take developers from concept to development and to deployment and sales. This will trigger a new wave of innovation, entrepreneurship and disruptive startups that will make things interesting for system integrators.

10.    Cloud adoption will move from an option to a "must have."

Cloud adoption will move away from something buyers purchase with surplus budget money to a “must have” that replaces the traditional IT enterprise business model. The cloud's value can only be fully realized when traditional and more costly ways of storing, using and securing data are replaced with new business models that take advantage of "fast-and-lean" cloud services. "In the coming year, companies will accomplish this by halting old projects, re-thinking old contracts, and shifting funds to affordable and innovative cloud services that can transform the IT enterprise," Landis said.

From http://www.govtech.com/ 12/20/2012

TOP↑

 

 

4G, 5G and the Future

 

It's been almost a year since the International Telecommunication Union (ITU) approved specifications for the next iteration of wireless data networks -- specs that would give speeds up to 10 times faster than they are now. Called IMT-Advanced, the ITU claimed the new technology will give mobile device users maximum speeds of 1 gigabit per second and improve spectrum efficiency so as to enhance overall quality of service. But when will those speeds actually make their way to everyday wireless users? Colin Langtry, chief of the radio communications study group for the ITU, said IMT-Advanced deployments will likely occur in the more advanced countries in the shorter term. "And in the longer term, perhaps 2015, you could expect a widespread deployment of that technology,” he said, adding that establishing standards is one of the first steps before countries can begin implementing the technology, and it often takes a long time before adoption begins. While real-world measurements of wireless technologies typically don't measure up, IMT-Advanced is purported by the ITU to be much closer to the speeds originally promised by 4G technology. With speeds 100 times faster than what current 3G devices can achieve, IMT-Advanced will be like plugging a fiber-optic cable into a mobile phone, said Fran?ois Rancy, director of ITU’s Radiocommunication Bureau. Other experts, however, have said that the fastest iterations of IMT-Advanced will reach only 15 megabits per second in the real world. Though that is faster than the 12 megabits per second currently offered by 4G services, it is not the huge leap the ITU claims. One strength of the new standard, Langtry said, is that it's interoperable and backward-compatible with current 4G technologies. Two versions of the IMT-Advanced standard were created -- LTE-Advanced for piggybacking on carriers that use 4G LTE and WirelessMAN-Advanced for those who have adopted WiMax. “There is continuity,” Langtry said. “It's not disruptive introduction of a new technology.”

 

With billions of mobile devices drawing data from cell towers around the world, the need for mobile bandwidth remains strong, but it is conceivable that technology could eventually outpace the need of individuals to request data. However, Langtry pointed out, there is a trend toward machine-to-machine data transactions that will necessitate increased mobile bandwidth over the next five to 10 years. With the advent of smart cities and smart grids, more bandwidth will be needed for automated mobile applications. In part to meet increased demand for wireless data transfers, the ITU will meet for the World Radio Conference in 2015 to re-establish international wireless spectrum usage. Though planning is still in an early stage, an agenda of proposed conference topics can be viewed online. Looking even further into the future, the University of Surrey in the UK announced in October a $56 million research program to begin study on 5G wireless technology. The funding, which came from government grants and private companies such as Huawei, Samsung, Telefonica Europe, Fujitsu Laboratories Europe, Rohde-Schwarz and AIRCOM International, will be used to develop a specialized research center for developing 5G technology in Europe.

From http://www.govtech.com/ 01/02/2013

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

CHINA: Boost for Mobile Internet Industry

 

SHANGHAI opened four new industrial parks, unveiling favorable policies alongside, to give the local mobile Internet industry a shot in the arm, officials said at an industry summit yesterday. The city is hoping to lead China in the new sector by 2015, they told the Shanghai Mobile Internet Industry Summit. Shanghai's mobile Internet industry revenue will hit 80 billion yuan (US$12.7 billion) by 2015, creating a total of 60,000 jobs, compared with 13 billion yuan now, according to the Shanghai Municipal Commission of Economy and Information Technology, the city's top IT regulator. "Shanghai will establish itself as a leading city in the mobile Internet industry nationwide, and it has the conditions to achieve the target," said Zhu Zongyao, a senior official at the commission. Shanghai launched the four mobile Internet industry parks in Xuhui, Huangpu and Baoshan districts and Pudong New Area yesterday. Firms in the park can enjoy favorable land rental rates and related subsidies. Mobile Internet has become a catalyst to develop the information service industry in Shanghai and help the city complete its economic transformation into becoming more service-oriented, said Zhu Xiaoming, the professor of the China Europe International Business School. Shanghai has a complete industry chain from chip designing, handset manufacturing, telecommunications networks to mobile entertainment and mobile payment, according to the commission's Zhu. With improved broadband and Wi-Fi networks, Shanghai has unique advantages in developing the mobile Internet industry, China Telecom and China Unicom officials said. Mobile payment, a convergence of online payment, cloud computing and wireless technology, represents the future, said Zhou Ye, president of China PNR, a Shanghai-based third-party payment firm.

From http://www.shanghaidaily.com/ 11/28/2012

TOP↑

 

Report Says 'Smart City' Construction Faces Risks 

 

THE construction of "smart cities" in China is facing challenges and risks as more mainland cities join the go-intelligent bandwagon, a report suggests. The report cited blind expansion and limited funding channels as among the challenges. Nearly half of China's 47 major cities or regions have officially included a smart city blueprint into their strategic development plan to improve urban competitiveness. The plan calls for embracing innovations in information and communication technologies. But some Chinese cities are too impatient in their smart city ambition and don't have an overall, long-term plan and lack sufficient coordination. That could result in redundant construction and insufficient use of information resources, according to a report by Xinhua news agency unveiled yesterday. "Chinese cities should avoid simply pursuing a big scale while building smart cities," Wu Hequan, former vice president of the Chinese Academy of Engineering, said in the report. "The purpose is not to change the face of a city but to make life better for its people." Funding for the construction of smart cities is also limited, with government being the main source, as the private sector has concerns about investment returns and risks.

From http://www.shanghaidaily.com/ 12/05/2012

TOP↑

 

100m New 3G Users Seen in 2013

 

CHINA will add an estimated 100 million new 3G subscribers in 2013, according to the Ministry of Industry and Information Technology. The number of broadband Internet users will increase by 25 million, Miao Wei, minister of industry and information technology, said at the ministry's annual meeting yesterday. The ministry enhanced industrial supervision this year by allowing more private capital to enter the market, lowering service fees and improving service quality, Miao said. By the end of November, the number of mobile phone users exceeded 1.1 billion, with 220 million 3G users and broadband Internet users at 174 million.

From http://www.shanghaidaily.com/ 12/28/2012

TOP↑

 

Internet Speeds to Be Among Asia's Fastest

 

SHANGHAI currently has the Chinese mainland's fastest Internet speed and it is expected to be among the fastest broadband speeds in Asia by 2015, the country's biggest fixed-line operator China Telecom said yesterday. China Telecom's Shanghai branch, which has 2.6 million household subscribers, plans to double broadband bandwidth to 32 megabytes per second (Mbps) by the end of this year with a new wave of network upgrading operations that is due to start in March. Bandwidth in Shanghai will hit 50 Mbps by 2015, it said. Shanghai is way ahead of the industry regulator's target to upgrade broadband networks in urban regions to 20 megabytes per second by 2015 on the mainland, triggering a total investment of 500 billion yuan (US$79.4 billion) last year, according to the Ministry of Industry and Information Technology. By the end of last year, Shanghai's average broadband bandwidth reached 16 Mbps, the fastest on the mainland. Since 2009, Shanghai's average broadband bandwidth has jumped 6.9 times, Shanghai Telecom said. Shanghai will be among the cities with the fastest Internet in the world by the end of this year, said Wu Dongli, Shanghai Telecom's vice general manager. Hong Kong currently ranks No. 1 in the Asia-Pacific in broadband bandwidth of 44.4 Mbps, followed by Singapore's 39.3 Mbps and Japan's 38 Mbps, according to Net Index. China's broadband market is dominated by China Telecom and China Unicom, which have been criticized as providing "fake broadband" because of low speeds and high prices. Net surfers have complained about broadband speed, with industry watchers questioning the real speed available. In December 2011, Beijing-based Data Center of China Internet said 91 percent of users experienced broadband speeds less than 400 kilobits per second by the third quarter of 2011. The average cost of 1 megabyte per second bandwidth on China's mainland was four times the cost in the US and over 400 times that of Hong Kong.

From http://www.shanghaidaily.com/ 02/23/2013

TOP↑

 

JAPAN: “City Innovation” to Take the Stage at Smart City Week 2013 in Yokohama

 

World’s premier Smart City Event brings local government, smart city experts and companies offering green, smart city-related products and services together to learn, communicate and discover significant opportunities for mutual growth. October 21, 2013 marks the start of the world’s most progressive Smart City Conference and Exhibition “Smart City Week 2013” (SCW2013) at Pacifico Yokohama International Conference and in Yokohama, Japan. After last year’s showing of more than 22,601 visitors including some 1000 participants from abroad, this year’s Meet (the third of its kind) is set to bring 30,000 experts, business people and local government representatives from Japan and abroad together under one roof for a full week of learning, information exchange and business development. Organized by media giant Nikkei Business Publications, Inc., and with special cooperation by the City of Yokohama, the core strength of Japanese business media and the full support of one of Japan’s most advanced smart cities will promote discovery of new and interesting opportunities presented by the Smart City effort around the world.

 

Expecting some 30,000 visitors to Explore Smart City for the World

With 6,982 participants at the various conferences and seminars in 2012, Smart City Week 2013 will expand the program and focus on “City Innovation." The program includes trend seminars set to explore topics including renewable energy, smart grid innovation, smart mobility, disaster recovery, using sensors and wireless networks to create new urban functions, use of Big Data, innovative storage batteries for a visible path to genuine power control, location data use to build urban services and increase safety and the sense of security in the city, architecture under changing urban functions and the future of urban development, promising roles of digital signage, cutting edge BEMS to eliminate customer concerns, risk management in the smart cities and more. Firms, experts, local and National government representatives, visitors from international organizations and chamber of commerce leaders will be among the participants at this year’s event in search of new ideas and opportunities in the smart city realm. Last year’s three day exhibition portion of Smart City Week was attended by 15,619 people from all over the world with some 940 international participants representing 40 countries. This year the expanded program and added innovation is expected to attract over 3000 international guests from some 50 countries across all of Asia, the Middle East, the Americas, Europe and Africa.

 

An International Environment for Business Opportunity

“Walking through the exhibition area last year, the environment was so international. Languages from around the world could be heard at exhibition booths and there was a vibrant sense of common purpose for comfortable networking and information exchange," says Ruth Jarman Shiraishi who assisted with Chamber exhibitor booths at the 2012 event. Jakob Edberg of GR Japan adds, “Regardless of Japan’s shift in government, there is an energy revolution going on in Japan known as “locally produced, locally consumed." We will see projects like wind farms or mega solar in one city where instead of going through the common grid, residents would be able to point to areas where their solar field contributes to the community. Smart cities will no longer consume, they will contribute.” A variety of sponsor plans and exhibiting options are available for registration until June 21 and an exhibitors briefing is planned for mid-July. Some 20 Cities, primarily from Asia, were represented by Government Heads and other senior officials at the 1st Asia Smart City Conference in 2012 (held as part of the overall Smart City Event) and gained from the opportunity to exchange ideas on urban issues and the future of the smart city. SCW 2013 will again offer workshops and tours for emerging nations and in conjunction with overseas media, efforts are underway to attract more international visitors and strengthen the influence and opportunity offered by this unique conference.

 

Local Governments Explore New Solutions

In 2012, local government summits and private seminars attracted a total of 815 people from 14 local governments in Japan. This conference is one of the best opportunities to meet decision makers from Japan’s various localities where efforts towards smarter solutions to city living and energy consumption have brisk momentum due to Japan’s general effort to reduce dependence on nuclear power. This year, with expanded programming on schedule, local governments and municipalities are expected to account for more than 1200 of the total visitor group.

 

About Pacifico Yokohama in Minato Mirai, Yokohama Japan

Only 40 minutes from Haneda Airport and 90 minutes from Narita airport by bus, the bustling and beautiful Minato Mirai “Port of the Future in the 21st Century” is a symbol of cutting edge Japan. Boasting waterfront vistas, Japan’s tallest skyscraper, numerous international hotels, excellent shopping, and a myriad of amusement facilities, Minato Mirai is the perfect venue for groundbreaking discussion of Smart City technology and future vision.

From http://news.yahoo.com/ 02/13/2013

TOP↑

 

'S. Korea, World’s Second-Most Innovative Country'

 

Korea is the second-most innovative country in the world according to Bloomberg Businessweek. In its annual Global Innovative Index, a list of the 50 most innovative countries, Korea gave away the top spot to the U.S. Korea ranks second out of 50 countries on Bloomberg’s annual Global Innovative Index. The Innovative Index for each country is evaluated based on seven factors: R&D intensity, productivity, high-tech density, researcher concentration, manufacturing capability, education level, and patent activity. Korea, which stood at third place last year, climbed one notch. Korea was ranked first in patent activity and was in the top quarter in the categories of productivity, education level, and R&D intensity. However, the country lagged behind in productivity, only taking 32nd place. The U.S. jumped up to the first spot from seventh, possibly due to its outstanding results in high-tech density. Japan and Singapore were the only other Asian countries in the top ten, taking sixth and seventh place respectively.

From http://www.korea.net/ 02/14/2013

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

Unlocking the Cloud: Enhancing Efficiency and Accountability

 

This is the first part of a series of reports on FutureGov Breakfast Briefings around Asia. The first breakfast briefing of 2013 was held in Manila, the Philippines on 23 January. Seventeen ICT decision-makers of the Philippine government gathered to discuss the role of cloud computing in government using open source tools at a FutureGov Breakfast Briefing on 23 January. The interactive roundtable, sponsored by Red Hat, underscored the significance of the topic as the ICT heads of agencies such as the Bureau of Internal Revenue, Department of National Defense, and the Department of Social Welfare and Development of the Philippines shared their concerns and queried guest speakers for their views on this subject. Before the discussion began, the delegates were asked to rate their team’s understanding of cloud computing on a scale of 1 to 5. 50 per cent of the delegates selected 3, and none selected 5, indicating a weaker understanding of the technology and the advantages it can offer.

 

The expert guest speaker, Teo Chin Seng, Executive Director of iCity Labs at the Singapore Management University, who researches the impact of information technology in building smarter and intelligent cities, spoke about his recent study on how cloud computing is driving change in Asia. Teo stated that cloud computing holds two main benefits for Asia – efficiency and transparency. Enhancing efficiency is the biggest challenge facing ICT-enabled intelligence cities emerging in Asia today. "The government wants to be efficient for its people", Teo explained. “Increasing efficiency requires different departments within the government to be connected, which is not easy. Agencies must communicate openly, integrate their policies and share information. Ike Seneres, CIO of the Philippine Charity Sweepstakes Office, agreed . “Though we recognise the need to collaborate, silos still exist in government because we have to ensure the integrity of our data”, he said. This is where cloud technology, especially hybrid clouds which give the government greater control over access to their data and systems, helps. Government clouds allow departments to share information easily while protecting sensitive data. Departments can even share internally-developed open source applications or solutions, thus eliminating duplication of efforts and investment.

 

Efforts are underway in the Philippines to break down information silos and increase collaboration. Linda Papa, Deputy Administrator of the National Mapping and Resource Information Authority, shared her experience of developing a portal for geo-spatial information in the country. “Along with uploading our own data, we are collaborating with other departments, such as the Department of Natural Resources”, she informed the group. “With the huge volume of data available, we’re very interested in cloud computing.” The second benefit offered by cloud computing is increased transparency and accountability. For example, cloud makes it easier for government departments to evaluate their efforts. “Governments need to measure themselves using key performance indicators (KPIs) and key outcome indicators (KOIs)”, Teo stated. Big data generated through cloud plays a huge role in this. “Cloud computing is easily socialised and is often tied into social media, allowing citizens to provide instant feedback on government services”, Teo explained. "Cloud gives you the facility of generating report cards to understand the interactions of people with the government."

 

This will also help the government ensure that citizens are at the centre of every policy implemented, and that their needs are being met. “Cloud computing in government, by definition, has to focus on serving the needs of citizens first, emphasising scalability and accessibility as reasons to pick the cloud in the first place”, said Teo. “Through cloud and open source, governments can ensure that new services reach every person.” The discussion at the Breakfast Briefing established that a hybrid cloud must be the cornerstone of public sector ICT strategy. Damien Wong, General Manager of ASEAN, Red Hat explained that since governments need to combine a high level of control over their data and systems with allowing public access to government services hosted on the cloud, a hybrid cloud is the ideal solution. A hybrid cloud allows the public sector to provide a secure platform for delivering high value citizen-centric services while protecting data sovereignty and ensuring the integrity of the information. “In the future, we will see an increased adoption of hybrid cloud”, said Wong. “Governments can scale up or down to a limited extent with internal resources, but a public cloud permits scaling without the upfront infrastructure”.

 

Teo’s presentation stirred a spirited discussion on the concerns about adopting cloud technology in government. Lilia Guillermo, Deputy Commissioner and CIO of the Bureau of Internal Revenue, asked if there was an international certification of cloud computing akin to ISO standards. This implementation of safeguards, she felt, would facilitate widespread acceptance of the technology amongst government departments. Responding, Harish Pillay, Global Head, Community Architecture and Leadership at Red Hat, assured the delegates that the Cloud Security Association, a not-for-profit body representing various interests in the field, was working with the ISO standards body to set benchmarks for cloud computing. The delegates raised other concerns about adoption of cloud computing, such as outdated government procurement protocols and ensuring continuity of ICT projects. These and other concerns will be addressed next week in the second part of this report.

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 01/30/2013

TOP↑

 

PHILIPPINES: Pushing Ahead National Worker Database with Local Government

 

The Department of Labour and Employment (DOLE), the Philippines will ink a MOU with the municipal government of Virac for the implementation of Skills Registration System (SRS).  The MOU allows the DOLE to undertake the establishment of SRS—which is an on-going nationwide manpower skills registration—the National Skills Registration System (NSRS), using the existing Phil-Jobnet as the repository of the Register, said DOLE Catanduanes Provincial Office Chief Rosemarie Rl Cleofe. Cleofe said that the SRS is envisioned to enhance the databank of manpower supply with their corresponding skills and qualifications for ready access of employment service clients. It aimed to strengthen the current system of Register of Labour demand from employers which will be available for both jobseekers and employers. To deliver quality employment services to citizen in Virac, the municipal government in coordination with the DOLE, has established a Public Employment Service Office (PESO) that will facilitate the employment of those currently employed and help in the business establishment in sourcing qualified manpower to fill the existing vacancies, she explained.

 

Virac Mayor Jose U Alberto II said that the PESO will help decrease the rate of unemployment and underemployment in the province by serving as agent/ middleman between a business establishment and an applicant.  The municipal government will have to designate at least one personnel to assist the existing PESO staff and coordinate with Barangay Captains to undertake purposive data gathering phase, encoding of manpower information and updating register.  It will have to provide the DOLE full access to its data gathered and stored in relative to the SRS project as well as attending to the capability building trainings and other related activities organised by DOLE. The DOLE will designate one counterpart staff that will coordinate with the PESO designated the SRS focal person, providing technical assistance and allying support services to the PESO for conducting the SRS.

 

To achieve the main goal of the program, the local government must make sure to register all their citizens, Cleofe said and added that aside from helping people find jobs suited to their capabilities, the registry system and the PESO will also help the local government in hiring quality workers and employees. The NSRS is a registration system collecting database of an individual from every city or municipality, with his or her respective skills. It will be used as a benchmark data in determining the intervention of the DOLE to combating child labour, human trafficking and illegal recruitment. Virac is the capital of Cantanduanes province, located on the East of the archipelago. It has a population of 66,951 as per the 2010 census.

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 02/15/2013

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

INDIA: Enhancing Mobility Through ICT

 

RSRTC has been around for many decades. Tell us about the scale of the  operations of the organisation. What is your vision for the organisation? Rajasthan State Road Transport Corporation came into being in 1964, so this is its 48th year of operations. The corporation has been established under the Road Transport Act 1950 with the objective of providing economic, adequate, punctual and efficient services to the travelling public in the state. Currently, 4,500 buses across 46 depots are plying more than 16 lakh kilometres and carrying more than 9 lakh passengers per day. Our vision is to provide high quality services in a consistent manner. We are endeavouring to keep improving the services for the satisfaction of the passengers. Today RSRTC is providing connectivity not only within the state, but also to States and Union Territories like Madhya Pradesh, Uttar Pradesh, Punjab, Haryana, Gujarat, Maharastra, Uttarakhand, Himachal Pradesh, Jammu-Kashmir, Delhi and Chandigarh. Best possible services are being provided to the remotest areas of Rajasthan.

 

The size of the operations being handled by RSRTC must be really large. It must be a challenge to manage it. What kind of  management strategies are you using? Considering the size of operation and controlling area, RSRTC has envisaged an ambitious e-Governance programme. We have an Integrated Transport Management System (ITMS), which is very effective in enhancing the workings of Depot/Zonal/HO. RSRTC has already executed Electronic Ticket Issuing Machine (ETIM) module of ITMS in all depots. We have also introduced a large number of modules for bringing efficiency and transparency in our operations. What are the main objectives of ITMS? As I said earlier, the main objective is to bring efficiency and transparency to our operations. We are trying to modernise the existing passenger ticketing and seat reservation system. We are providing facility of “Anyplace to Anyplace” advance booking at all booking centres which means tickets can be booked anywhere, any place for forward & return journeys during schedule reservation timings. The passengers have the convenience of having the information related to Expected Time of Arrival & Departure of Buses. The idea is to provide maximum benefits to the citizens and to the RSRTC. We are trying to serve the passengers not only through IT initiatives, but also by keeping in mind that the buses are clean and there is punctuality of services. Passengers have the right to accident-free services.

 

What are the different methods through which passengers can book their tickets for RSRTC operated buses? Online booking is one method. Passengers can book their tickets directly through the Internet. So there is no need to stand and wait in long queues. There is 365x24x7 availability to the commuters. Consumers can even book tickets through Mobile Application. We will start issuing RFID passes from 15 January, 2013. It will provide passengers the independence from the hassle of day to day transactions. They can pay once and then keep using the system over a period of time. Then there is the system called ePurse, which can be used for a fast, easy and convenient journey. There are easy recharge options for ePurse, which can be used for pay- ment at parking bay, toll collection and rendering of various merchant options.

 

Passenger Amenities

• At all the bus stations seven days advance reservation of tickets facility is available free of charge.

• For Passengers of Jaipur City, through 40 Kiosks online ticketing facility for Air conditioned, Deluxe, Semi-Deluxe and Express busses is available on additional payment of Rs.10/- as service charges.

• Facility to book six seats in each service through telephone is also available for passengers boarding at jaipur.

• Other than CBS Jaipur on line booking facility is available free of cost at RSRTC countries at Narayan Singh Circle and Ghat Gate, Jaipur.

• For Member of Parliament, Legislative Assembly, ladies and handicapped people RSRTC has reserved special quota seat in each service.

• At 27 major Bus Stands like Jaipur, Ajmer, Jodhpur, Kota Bikaner Udaipur, Delhi, Ahmedabad etc. Computerised Reservation along with return ticket facility is available.

• Holders of Return tickets are allowed 10 percent concession in fare for travelling in RSRTC Busses.

 

Along with advantages to the passengers, the IT initiatives must also be leading to gains to the RSRTC. Tell us about the commercial advantages that are being accrued. The IT systems like ETIM-ORS Integration have the impact of minimizing and eliminating revenue leakages. It saves manpower cost and lowers maintenance costs. Through RFID Pass System and ePurse, we plan to develop additional revenue streams. We also have diesel monitoring systems which can lead to reduction/ elimination of fuel pilferage and other losses. There is vast reduction in costs associated with non optimal passenger load. Our Transportation ERP solution has improved profitability through funds, cash and investment management. Human resource management has been optimized. There is overall reduction in manpower and support costs.

 

Many cities are now coming up with the concept of Common Mobility Card. Are you having any such plans? The RFID Smart Cards will play the role of Common Mobility Cards. In the initial phase RFID Smart Card’s e-Purse shall be utilized for Concessional Travelers. Senior citizens, MLAs, MPs, media persons, monthly pass holders and other categories of people come in the category of Concessional Travelers. Commuter shall be carrying this Smart Card to render the services of that particular organization only. Progressively, the concept shall be made generic; e-Purse shall be transformed into Common Mobility Card (CMC). In the CMC various corporations and merchants shall be incorporated and thus their respective services shall be rendered by the Common Man carrying CMC. The system will facilitate cashless transactions and the facility can be used in buses and at railway stations.

 

The web portal being operated by RSRTC seems quite interesting. What are the main advantages being offered by this portal? The web portal of RSRTC is at – http://rsrtc. rajasthan.gov.in. Citizens can log in to find out details of the bus list, the kiosks lists and other facts. We are also developing a system that will allow the web-based services to be used for keeping track of the time schedule of the buses. In all the bus stands and at booking stations RSRTC provides inquiry facility from where passengers can obtain service details.

The modules executed by RSRTC under ITMS

• State-Wide Online Reservation System (ORS)

• Integration of Existing Electronic Ticket Issuing Machine (ETIM) with ORS

• Online Management Information System (MIS)

• Vehicle Scheduling and Dispatch System

• Vehicle Tracking and Passenger Information System

• Accounts Computerisation through TALLY

From http://egov.eletsonline.com 12/11/2012

TOP↑

 

AISECT Wins Manthan Award for eFinancial Inclusion

 

New Delhi: AISECT, Bhopal has won the ninth edition of the prestigious Manthan Award South Asia and Asia Pacific 2012 in the eFinancial Inclusion and Livelihood category. External Affairs Minister Salman Khurshid was present as the chief guest on the occasion. This year, the competition received 470 entries from organizations across all major South Asian countries. The category of efinancial Inclusion and Livelihood received 25 nominations. The Manthan Awards recognize and acknowledge out-of-the-box innovations in ICT development across 16 different categories. Dr. Rajendra Kumar, Joint Secretary, DeitY conferred the award to Mr. Siddharth Chaturvedi, Director, AISECT and Mr. Abhishek Pandit, Director, Business Services, AISECT. Since 2009, AISECT is extending hassle-free savings, loan facilities and other banking services at an affordable cost to the under privileged and unbanked population.

 

AISECT currently works as a Business Facilitator (BF) as well as a National Business Correspondent (BC) for the State Bank of India (SBI). In collaboration with the Government of India, AISECT has set up 2926 Common Service Centers (CSCs) in Madhya Pradesh, 1487 in Chhattisgarh and 585 in Punjab. In 2010 Financial Inclusion Scheme took a new turn with the SBI launching mobile banking services in Madhya Pradesh in collaboration with AISECT. This was the first time such a service had been introduced under financial inclusion in any state of the country. Services delivered by AISECT Centers acting as BCs include account opening in CSC Kiosk, Deposit and withdrawal in Account and Micro Finance. Apart from this, 931 Rural and Urban Banking Kiosks have been installed and two Mobile Vans, fitted with ATM and Kiosk banking mechanisms, are in operation in rural areas.

 

As a result, AISECT has been successful in including more than 6,50,000 citizens of the country into the banking space who in turn have made more than 280 crores worth of transactions in the last two years. Also, massive awareness generation programs are being undertaken by the organization to ensure that the community at large develops an understanding of the various financial products and their advantages. To offer premium collection services in semi-urban and rural India, AISECT has also joined hands with ING Life Insurance. Commenting on the awards, Mr. Abhishek Pandit said, “It is indeed a matter of great pleasure when the hard work and the innovative initiative of the team get recognized on such a prestigious platform. Such recognition encourages us to work with even more dedication towards making banking services accessible at the grassroots level. AISECT is already a leading IT Education, Training and Services player with strong inroads in rural and semi-urban India.” The Manthan Award 2012 is the latest in the long line of achievements and recognition that AISECT has won over the years.

From http://egov.eletsonline.com 12/17/2012

TOP↑

 

India Drafts Agenda to Spread IT Literacy

 

New Delhi: The Government of India plans to make one person Information Technology (IT) literate in every household by 2020. Giving details of the agenda of the Department of Electronics and Information Technology (DeitY) for 2013, IT and Communications Minister Kapil Sibal said that one IT literate person in 10 lakh households, is the target for the current year. He said 18 specific agenda items have been identified for further promotion and development of domestic electronics and IT-enabled Services in the country during the year. Sibal said the government will also notify the Cyber Security policy to set up an ecosystem for cyber security in the country.

From http://egov.eletsonline.com 01/23/2013

TOP↑

India’s IT Spend to Go Up by 10.5% in 2013 Gartner

 

The IT sector in the country is all set to get a shot in its arms as the Indian government is slated to spend Rs 368 billion (US$6.9 billion) on IT this year, a 10.5 percent jump from Rs 333 billion (US$6.2 billion) in 2012,  a Gartner report said. The report says the estimated expenditure spans internal IT and IT personnel, hardware, software, external IT services and telecommunications. Telecommunications will remain the largest overall spending category throughout 2013. It is expected to grow 6.8 percent to reach Rs 118 billion this year, up from Rs 111 billion last year, largely driven by enterprise network equipment, it said. The highest growth segment for government IT spend will be software. The category will see a growth rate of 18 percent in 2013, led by investments in desktop and infrastructure software, it said. India’s IT industry can expect to indirectly benefit from various government projects, the report said.

From http://egov.eletsonline.com 02/05/2013

TOP↑

 

SRI LANKA: Outsourcing Specialists Join International Grouping

 

Feb 07, 2013 (LBO) - A newly established Sri Lanka chapter of The International Association of Outsourcing Professionals (IAOP), a body with over 200,000 members will help raise standards and attract new business, officials said. The International Association of Outsourcing Professionals (IAOP) with over 200,000 associate members worldwide already has 60 local chapters, sets standards and acts as an advocacy body. Bobby Varanasi, global ambassador for IAOP, said best practices adopted by the association came from around the world and standard setting was a two-way process. "We are also looking forward to interactions with members in Sri Lanka," he said. "You can bring your best practices and take it to the world." Standard were developed in consultation with buyers of services, Varanasi, who is from Malaysia said. He said the early versions of the standard were America focused, but by the 11th version it had become global.

 

The association now had the 15th version of standards. Varanasi said more than 70 percent of outsourcing contracts that were aborted within six months of inception, due to non-delivery of services at the quality that that was promised. IOAP also worked with universities. There was also certified outsourcing professional exam. The launch of the Sri Lanka chapter was promotion by the Sri Lanka Association of Software and Service Companies (SLASSCOM). Sujiva Dewaraja, head of SLASSCOM said Sri Lanka's real estate costs were low and wages were not too high, but telecom leased line and power costs were high. But power in Sri Lanka was more reliable that the rest of South Asia. Sri Lanka has small but growing high-end outsourcing industry engaged in legal and accounting services as well as software development.

 

Jayantha Fernando from Sri Lanka's state ICT agency said the industry association will help boost the profile of the country and attract greater business. Varanasi said though Sri Lanka had some very good outsourcing firms they were not very well known. IAOP had rankings and awards which Sri Lankan firms could participate which would increase visibility. Events where end-users participated would also boost international links and business opportunities.

From http://www.lankabusinessonline.com 02/07/2013

TOP↑

 

NEPAL: ICT Conference 2013 Kicks Off

 

With the unique theme 'E-Democracy', ICT Conference 2013 organised by Computer Association of Nepal (CAN) kicked off at Hotel Yak and Yeti in the capital from Friday. Inaugurating the conference, Minister for Science and Technology Keshav Man Shakya said that due to the lapses in the bureaucracy, information technology has not been able to take off in the country. On the occasion, ICT experts said that the government should prioritise the ICT sector for its development. The two-day event will have participation of experts from national and international level where they will share and exchange their experiences and developments of the sector. ICT Conference is being organised on the sideline of the 19th edition of CAN Info-Tech that kicked off at Bhrikutimandap in the capital on Wednesday.

From http://www.nepalnews.com 02/08/2013

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

AZERBAIJAN: Revenues from ICT Sector May Reach $9 Billion by 2020

 

By 2020, revenues from information and communication technologies sector may reach $8-$9 billion compared to $1.7 billion in 2011, Azerbaijani Communications and IT Minister Ali Abbasov said addressing International Conference "Azerbaijan 2020: Look into the Future" on Monday. Abbasov said that annual growth rate of the sector should hit 20 percent in order to achieve the set goal. "The results of 10 months of 2012 allow to say that 20-percent growth rate of the ICT sector will be achieved this year. During the 2009-2011 global crisis, annual growth rate of the sector was 14-15 percent," he said. Abbasov spoke about major projects implemented in Azerbaijan, including the project of construction of the Trans-Eurasian Information Super Highway (TASIM), projects of Azerbaijani satellite program, development of broadband Internet services, and building of the "e-government". Volume of investments in the ICT sector in Azerbaijan will be $1.3 billion in the near future, Abbasov said.

From http://en.trend.az/ 12/04/2012

TOP↑

 

Azerbaijani Communications Ministry Announces Promising Directions in Connection with Announcement of 2013 as Year of ICT

 

The Azerbaijani Ministry of Communications and Information Technologies has declared promising directions in connection with the announcement of 2013 as the year of information and communication technologies. As the head of the Department of the Information Society of the Ministry of Communications and Information Technologies of Azerbaijan Isbandiyar Aliyev told Trend, preparation and approval of plans for events to be held this year is the next step. "The plan will reflect promising directions and projects to be implemented by the end of this year. Placement of the first telecommunications satellite Azerspace-1, which will be in orbit in early February is the most important and crucial event of the year. Development of broadband Internet, which will be funded by the Azerbaijani State Oil Fund will mark the second large-scale event of this year", Aliyev said. Aliyev also mentioned the adoption of the Concept 'Azerbaijan 2020: A Look into the future' by presidential decree in late December, according to which in order to organize and coordinate the activities of state bodies in the two-month period, the Ministry of Economic Development was entrusted to submit proposals for the establishment of the National Team to the Presidential Administration of Azerbaijan within the concept and its composition, as well as a list of government programs, policies and other documents and measures to be taken to ensure the implementation of the concept. Therefore, currently, the Ministry of Communications and Information Technologies of Azerbaijan is working on a generation of projects that will be presented to the Ministry of Economic Development.

From http://en.trend.az/ 01/15/2013

TOP↑

 

Over $ 131 mn Allocated to the Development of Broadband Internet in Azerbaijan

 

The Communications and IT Ministry and the Oil Fund has allocated around 103 million Manat to implement a project for developing broadband Internet on the "Fiber to Home" model in 2013, Azerbaijani Communications and IT Minister Ali Abbasov said at a meeting of the Cabinet of Ministers today chaired by Azerbaijani President Ilham Aliyev dedicated to the results of socio-economic development during 2012 and the country's upcoming challenges. The project is profitable and will be implemented in three phases, he said. Beginning in 2014, around 30-35% of the total project cost will be backed by reinvestment. The main goal of the project is to provide remote regions of the country with broadband Internet (at a speed of 10 to 100 Mbit/s) and expand the number of users up to 85%. Thus, according to this index, Azerbaijan will reach the level of developed countries by 2017. Azerbaijan has maintained its leading position among the CIS countries in terms of broadband Internet penetration over the past three years, the minister said. Abbasov said that internet penetration rates in 2012 increased from 65 to 70%. Operations were conducted to improve the quality of data transmission services. The capacity of international communication channels increased by 2.2 times compared to 2011 and prices were reduced by 35%. Today, the cost of connecting to the Internet at a speed of 1 Mbit / s is about 3% of the average wage. For comparison, the figure is an average of 20% in developing countries. Azerbaijan became the ninth country, where the 4G network was deployed amongst European countries and 37th in the world. According to the ministry, there are 110 mobile phones to every 100 people in the country. The whole territory of the republic was covered by the mobile network for the first time among the CIS countries in 2010. Today, the majority of mobile users are also Internet users.

From http://en.trend.az/ 01/16/2013

TOP↑

 

Azerbaijan to Make Considerable ICT Achievements in 2013

 

Creating a high-tech park in Azerbaijan will stimulate increased production of high-end technological products, Azerbaijani Economic Development Minister Shahin Mustafayev's article published in the newspaper Azerbaijan said on Wednesday. Mustafayev added that at present some 70 per cent of the population uses the Internet and 50 per cent broadband Internet n Azerbaijan. According to the Global Information Technology Report - 2012 of the World Economic Forum, Azerbaijan on this index is the leader among the CIS countries which exceeds the world average indices two-fold. Moreover, Azerbaijan ranks 61st among 142 countries on the Networked Readiness Index, the article says. Mustafayev said that announcing 2013 as the Year of ICT in Azerbaijan, by launching the first telecommunication satellite as well as other work being implemented in many ICT areas, gives reason to say that great achievements will be reached this year in the field of information and communication technologies. As of 2012, the growth of the ICT sector in Azerbaijan amounted to 18 per cent. Every three years, starting since 2004, the country experienced a twofold increase in the ICT sector which exceeded the world average indices by 2.5 times. Last year the volume of investments in the ICT sector exceeded $400 million.

From http://en.trend.az/ 01/31/2013

TOP↑

 

Azerbaijan to Invest in Afghanistan’s ICT Sector

 

The development of Afghanistan's information and communication technology (ICT) infrastructure, the creation of an "electronic government" system and Azerbaijani investors' investments in the ICT sector of the country are urgent topics in Azerbaijan, and the first steps have already been taken in their direction, head of the UN assistance mission to Afghanistan, Jan Kubis said at a meeting with the Minister of Communications and Information Technologies Ali Abbasov, the ministry said on Thursday. According to Kubis, the UNDP, with support from donor countries and organizations, is working on a new project for economic development in Afghanistan. Kubis stood for Azerbaijan's accession to the process as a non-permanent member of the UN Security Council. Referring to the recent visit of the Special Representative of the Azerbaijani Communications and Information Technologies Minister in Afghanistan, Kubis said that the development of a special package of proposals was launched after a preliminary analysis and discussions with relevant agencies. Stressing that as executive secretary of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe, he has had the opportunity to review the achievements of the ICT sector in Azerbaijan at the forum organized by UNECE and Azerbaijani Communications and Information Technologies Ministry within the Bakutel exhibition and conference two years ago. The guest appreciated the ministry's adherence to such initiatives. According to the UN representative, a global center of UNECE will be established in Azerbaijan for cooperation between the public and private sectors, and all countries of the region, including Afghanistan, that face the problem of a shortage of staff will be able to take advantage of the center. "If in the future Azerbaijan will attract Afghan experts to the trainings in the areas of ICT, where they have more experience, this will be very productive," Kubis said. In turn, Azerbaijani Minister of Communications and Information Technologies Ali Abbasov, welcomed the proposal, saying that University of Information Technologies is being created in the country, and experts from India will be able to participate in the courses organized at the university along with experts from other countries. The minister added that cooperation between the two countries will continue in the future, and complex work will be carried out to gain expertise in the ICT field.

From http://en.trend.az/ 02/07/2013

TOP↑

 

Revenues of ICT Sector to Grow Fivefold by 2020

 

Azerbaijan's economy is less vulnerable to negative global economic disruptions, the Minister of Communications and Information Technologies Ali Abbasov said on Tuesday at a meeting with professors, magisterial staff and students of the Baku High Oil School. "This is due to rational use of oil and gas revenues. The State Oil Fund of Azerbaijan was founded for this purpose," he said. According to Abbasov, the main task is transferring revenues from the energy sector to the development of the non-oil sector, including ICT. "The ICT sector in Azerbaijan is developing rapidly. Revenues received in Azerbaijan last year exceeded $ 1.7 billion, or by 18 per cent more than in 2011. This rate in previous years was at 25 -30 per cent," the minister said. The main task in his view is to maintain this figure at 20 per cent. While maintaining such a pace, earnings for the sector will reach $8-9 billion by 2020, Abbasov said. The head of the ministry also touched upon the project on the development of broadband internet throughout the country, implemented with the support of the State Oil Fund. Work on implementation of the three-year project worth $450 million has already begun. According to the minister, successful implementation of the project will increase the level of internet penetration to 85 per cent from the current 70 per cent. He also said that the increase of Internet coverage of the population will expand the number of users of e-services. "Today, e-services are used by seven per cent of the population. By 2020, this figure will reach 100 per cent," Abbasov said.

From http://en.trend.az/ 02/19/2013

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

AUSTRALIA: ICT Integration Underway

 

The Australian Government’s Department of Human Services is spearheading the country’s largest ICT integration programme to support a US$1.25 billion Service Delivery Reform program. This reform streamlines on-line access to medical services, social security benefits, and child support services. FutureGov speaks to CIO Gary Sterrenberg. When Australia’s Department of Human Services (DHS) became a “mega-agency” in 2009, the ICT team faced major challenges in integrating agency-wide platforms that supported provision of health, social services, child support and disability services to thousands of Australians. The DHS was formed in 2009 after the Federal Government announced a massive shake-up of the welfare portions of its agencies. This shake-up involved merging Medicare, Centrelink, the Child Support Agency, Australian Hearing and Commonwealth Rehabilitation Service (CRS) Australia into a new mega-agency.

 

At the time, ICT managers faced the massive task of integrating different agencies’ technology assets, while continuing to deliver services at the front-line. The full scope of this project directly touched all aspect of DHS’ technology systems and supporting agencies. The overall project included integrating HR and finance systems, consolidating data-centres, rolling out a common desktop based on Windows 7, migrating different email systems including Lotus Notes onto Microsoft’s Outlook/Exchange, and going to tender for a raft of new contracts. The DHS is now part-way through a US$387 million (A$374 million) Service Delivery Reform (SDR) program to consolidate the merged agencies’ data centres, IT systems and contracts. In October 2011, Gary Sterrenberg joined the DHS as its Chief Information Officer to take this ICT integration to the next level. He took over from Centrelink’s retiring CIO, John Wadeson, moving from a previous role as general manager for technology at ANZ Bank.

 

Charting the journey

“The first step was to talk at length with management and staff, and gain a full appreciation of directions and policies,” recalls Sterrenberg. “We needed to maintain customer services delivery, while tackling the back-end integration of platforms.” Overall governance issues were pretty much in place; the next step was to ensure a seamless agency-wide transition, without affecting client service delivery. As a lead service delivery agency, with a 37,000 strong staff, the DHS needs to handle its ICT integration in stages. The scope of this integration directly affects millions of clients, including five million on-line Centrelink customers, A$16.8 billion (US$16.4 billion) worth of Medicare payments, and nine hundred branch offices nationally.

 

Consolidating data centres and networks

Agencies were running separate platforms—among these were four separate networks for Medicare, Centrelink, Child Support, and Commonwealth Rehabilitation Centres. There were 14 separate data centres holding client records being managed by agencies. Plans were refined to rationalise these data centres into three. As a start, the DHS has moved out of its data centre in Bruce, Australian Capital Territory (ACT), and one run by telco carrier, Macquarie Telecom in NSW. It is also vacating another facility in Burwood, NSW. By 2014, the plan is to have three data centres – one in Hume, near the ACT-NSW border, and two in the southern Canberra suburb of Tuggeranong (ACT). Apart from the data centre amalgamation, the DHS deals with large volumes of data, previously residing in mainframes–-and averaging 30 per cent growth annually. Bulk of this data volume incorporates financial information held by Centrelink. Client information at data centres is now kept separate to comply with Federal and State privacy legislation. Agencies benefit from data centre rationalisation and shared services, and as a result, manage to reduce the cost of running data centres and supporting infrastructure.

 

Delivering common architecture for desktops

On the desktop front, from October to December 2011, DHS deployed 500 desktops using a new common desktop architecture based on Windows 7 and Outlook. By June 2012, the agency will roll out another 10,000 desktops, and by the end of the year, another 15,000 desktops. Among other initiatives, the DHS is reviewing its telecommunications network services. There is a move toward unified communications, and using multiple rather than single telco contracts. Additionally, more services will be brought in-house, while replacing large outsourcing deals.

 

Online citizen portals and social media

The DHS plans to link 20 agencies under a common authentication umbrella and information portal. This initiative is supported by www.australia.gov.au, a portal that offers clients an entry point to dealing with the Australian government. Clients can register for online services through a password-generated ID log-in account, and track entitlements for Centrelink, Medicare, or Child Support Services. The DHS’ technology reform is about empowering citizens, notes Sterrenberg. “The emphasis is on customer service delivery, while integrating and streamlining the ICT platforms. An integration effort simply cannot go wrong, because in the end, it affects services to citizens in need.” The DHS is assessing the use of social media apps, which offer the best channel to reach more deeply and broadly into communities—ideal platforms for DHS, as its mandate is to implement and support welfare programs. Among these, Facebook, Twitter, and smart-phones apps will soon support service delivery programs. The agency needs to connect with Australians at crucial points in their lives: for example, when between jobs, in need of medical care, or needing disability support.

From http://www.futuregov.asia 12/27/2012

TOP↑

 

Smartphones Use Doubles in 2012

 

­The report also found that 9.2 million Australians went online via their mobile phone and 4.4 million accessed the internet using a tablet in the six months to May 2012. The number of mobile internet subscribers increased by 22 per cent to 22.1 million subscribers at June 2012. "The extraordinary rate of adoption and greater usage of smart phones underlines the critical and increasing importance of mobile and 4G services," said ACMA Chairman, Chris Chapman. "To support these wireless services, high speed mobile broadband, "fit for purpose" spectrum frameworks and availability, and efficient infrastructure are the new essential."

 

Compared to other mobile phone users, smartphone users were:

*  nine times more likely to go online via their handsets

*  four times more likely to purchase goods online

*  three times more likely to stream or download audio or video content

*  three times more likely to pay bills online

*  twice as likely to access social networking sites.

 

The report notes that continued rollout of mobile network upgrades, growth in 4G coverage and the increased use of Wi-Fi hotspots are key drivers for the increase in smartphone ownership. In the June 2012 quarter, over two million Australians used a WiFi hotspot, 32 percent up on the previous year. In addition, the huge range of apps available for smartphones and tablets has increased their ease of use and functionality. The number of applications downloaded by smartphone users increased by 85 percent during 2011-12, with over 4.45 million smartphone users downloading an app during June 2012.

From http://www.cellular-news.com 01/31/2013

TOP↑

 

NEW ZEALAND: Ranks Midway for Innovation

 

New Zealand has been ranked 28th in an index of the world's 50 most innovative countries. The list, compiled by global news and information provider Bloomberg, evaluated nations based on seven factors including Research and Development (R&D) intensity, productivity, tertiary efficiency and patent activity. New Zealand ranked 30th for R&D intensity, 25th for productivity, 11th for tertiary activity and third for patent activity. In the overall index, this country only managed to rank just ahead of China - a country not renowned for its high tech capabilities - which came 29th. Technology commentator Peter Griffin said 28th was about where he would expect New Zealand to rank on such a list. R&D intensity and productivity were two areas where this country was lacking, he said. "We aspire to be like other small innovative nations like Finland and Singapore - but until we sort those two things out, we'll always struggle in such world rankings."

 

Griffin said it was interesting that according to Bloomberg, New Zealand's rate of patent activity was so high. "Traditionally [patent activity] has been seen as a measure of innovation, but increasingly companies in countries like the US, which is the world leader in innovation, see patents as less important than speed to market and first mover advantage - this is particularly true of software and dotcom start-ups," Griffin said. "While patents are a good form of intellectual property protection, maybe our relatively good performance by this measure says something about the state of our knowledge economy - we aren't innovating as much in the fast-moving digital economy." Israel, one of the hotbeds of global tech activity, was ranked 32nd in Bloomberg's index. Australia came in at 22nd place. The United States was ranked first, followed by South Korea, Germany, Finland and Sweden. South Africa managed 50th place, just ahead of Belarus and Macedonia.

 

Top innovators

(1) USA

(2) South Korea

(3) Germany

(4) Finland

(5) Sweden

(6) Japan

(7) Singapore

(8) Austria

(9) Denmark

(10) France

(22) Australia

(28) New Zealand.

From http://www.nzherald.co.nz 02/07/2013

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Powered by   UNPAN-AP Editorial Department